Bibliography and Index oi tne Sirenia and Desmostylia SERIES PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Emphasis upon publication as a means of "diffusing knowledge" was expressed by the first Secretary of the Smithsonian. In his formal plan for the institution, Joseph Henry outlined a program that included the following statement: "It is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year in all branches of knowledge." This theme of basic research has been adhered to through the years by thousands of titles issued in series publications under the Smithsonian imprint, commencing with Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge in 1848 and continuing with the following active series: Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology Smithsonian Contributions to Botany Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology Smithsonian Folkiife Studies Smithsonian Studies in Air and Space Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology In these series, the Institution publishes small papers and full-scale monographs that report the research and collections of its various museums and bureaux or of professional colleagues in the world of science and scholarship. The publications are distributed by mailing lists to libraries, universities, and similar institutions throughout the world. Papers or monographs submitted for series publication are received by the Smithsonian Institution Press, subject to its own review for format and style, only through departments of the various Smithsonian museums or bureaux, where the manuscripts are given substantive review. Press requirements for manuscript and art preparation are outlined on the inside back cover. I. Michael Hey man Secretary Smithsonian Institution SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY • NUMBER 80 Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia Daryl Paul Domning SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS Washington, D.C. 1996 ABSTRACT Domning, Daryl Paul. Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology, number 80, 611 pages, frontispiece, 1996.—The significant published literature on the neobiology, paleobiology, and ethnobiology of the mammalian orders Sirenia and Desmostylia is exhaustively cataloged in approximately 4590 main entries alphabetized by author. Both technical and popular works are included, and many entries are annotated. The earliest work cited is a letter by N. Syllacio published in 1494 or 1495, describing Columbus's second voyage to the New World. The effective closing date of the bibliography was 1 May 1994. Six appendices list serial publications devoted to Sirenia, additional sources for history of sirenology and sirenian conservation, coins and postage stamps depicting sirenians, a comprehensive classification and synonymy of sirenians and desmostylians, a summary of the nomenclature of the Recent species of sirenians, and an alphabetical list of the species-group names that have been applied to sirenians and desmostylians. An extensive index is provided, employing 1059 subject headings and cross references; the subject headings include all Linnaean names and combinations ever employed for sirenians and desmostylians, as well as names of all reported sirenian food plants and parasites. More than 40% of the main entries are fully indexed, and many others are partially indexed, yielding a total of over 13,950 index entries. Each complete index entry includes author and date of the work cited, a brief annotation describing the content of the work as it pertains to the indexed subject, and a page reference for the material pertaining to that subject. OFFICIAL PUBLICATION DATE is handstamped in a limited number of initial copies and is recorded in the Institution's annual report, Smithsonian Year. SERIES COVER DESIGN: The trilobite Phaecops rana Green. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Domning, Daryl P. Bibliography and index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia / Daryl Paul Domning. p. cm.—(Smithsonian contributions to paleobiology ; no. 80) Includes index. 1. Sirenia, Fossil—Bibliography. 2. Sirenia—Bibliography. 3. Desmostylia—Bibliography. I. Title. II. Se- ries. QE701.S56 no. 80 [Z6033.P2] [QE882.S6] 560 s-dc20 [016.569'5] 95-30000 CIP ® The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials Z39.48—1984. Contents Page Introduction 1 Aim and Content of the Bibliography 1 Format of the Bibliography 2 Design and Use of the Index 3 Comments on Information Retrieval Methods 4 Frequently Used Abbreviations and Symbols 5 Acknowledgments 5 Bibliography of the Sirenia and Desmostylia 7 Appendices Appendix 1: Serial Publications Devoted to Sirenia 368 Appendix 2: Some Additional Sources for the History of Sirenology and Sirenian Conservation 371 Appendix 3: Coins and Postage Stamps Depicting Sirenians 372 Appendix 4: Classification and Synonymy of the Sirenia and Desmostylia . . . 375 Appendix 5: Summary of the Nomenclature of the Recent Species of Sirenians 396 Appendix 6: Alphabetical List of Species-Group Names of Sirenians and Desmostylians 397 Index 401 in FRONTISPEICE.—The earliest illustration of a sirenian to be published: the West Indian manatee, from the 1535 edition of La Historia General delas Indias by Gonzalo Fernaridez de Oviedo y Valdds. The slightly different woodcut that has been reproduced several times as the earliest figure of the manatee is actually from the 1547 edition. Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia Daryl Paul Domning Introduction What can human beings learn about a particular sort of animal, given five hundred years in which to study it? Sea cows, though long familiar to other large segments of the human race, did not enter the consciousness of Europeans until the time of Columbus. Perhaps the question is not entirely fair, because most of the ensuing centuries have been precisely those in which we were first learning how to learn about nature effectively. If we are granted another half-millennium, our performance will surely eclipse that of our apprenticeship. Furthermore, the wonders revealed by the Age of Discovery were such that shy and homely creatures of distant seas could not expect to rank high on the agenda of investigation. For these reasons the study of sirenians, like that of other strange new beasts of the tropics, emerged but slowly from the mists of legend and anecdote. The last of the living species regarded today as taxonomically distinct was not recognized until the 1830s, about the time that the fossil record of the order was starting to be uncovered. Some physiological experiments were reported in the 1940s; careful observations of free-ranging wild sirenians began only in the 1950s; controlled experiments on behavior not until the 1970s. Desmostylians were discov- ered in 1876, but were not generally recognized as a distinct order until 1953. Even today, knowledge of the Sirenia lags behind that of many more diverse but more familiar, accessible, or economi- cally important orders of mammals. This is only natural. But it would be wide of the mark to imagine, as those newly acquainted with this group sometimes do, that our information about it is, on some absolute scale, scanty. I discovered this for Daryl P. Domning, Research Associate, Department of Paleobiology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, and Laboratory of Paleobiology, Depart- ment of Anatomy, College of Medicine, Howard University, Washing- ton, D.C. 20059. myself when, in 1967, I naively began to compile an "exhaustive bibliography" of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Like Joseph Sabin at the start of his incomparably greater task of cataloging the printed works dealing with America (Biblio- theca Americana, vol. 1, 1868), had I imagined the eventual scope of the project, I would probably never have attempted it. So it is, I suppose, with all the larger goals we set ourselves; among our greatest blessings is ignorance of the future. Hence the present work. AIM AND CONTENT OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY This work is intended to be, as nearly as possible, an exhaustive bibliography of the significant publications dealing with the mammalian orders Sirenia and Desmostylia. Its compilation was begun at Tulane University in January of 1967 and continues at this writing; even aside from the daily growth of the literature, true completeness in a work of this scope can only be approached asymptotically. It now contains approxi- mately 4590 main entries. Of equal importance with its comprehensiveness, it is both annotated and indexed, for without this apparatus its size would render it almost useless. My aim has been to cover all aspects of the paleobiology, neobiology, and ethnobiology of sirenians and desmostyli- ans—in short, to embrace all published material dealing with these orders that might conceivably be of use in any sort of biological research. The extinct Desmostylia are justifiably included because they were long regarded as sirenians, are closely related to sirenians, and shared with sirenians the distinction of being the only herbivorous marine mammals. One noteworthy "ethnobiological" topic, however, has been almost ignored: the vast literature on mermaids, whose connection with sirenians is questionable at best and whose interest to zoology is in any case nil. I have included parasitological literature that reports or discusses actual occurrences of parasites in sirenians, but have tried to avoid works that only discuss the taxonomy or biology SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY of the parasites themselves, on the grounds that this is a bibliography of the sirenians and not of the species that parasitize them. The same principle applies to their food plants. Articles in popular magazines as well as in technical journals are included. However, newspapers, textbooks, encyclopedias, Grasses Traite de Zoologie, and other general reference works have for the most part been omitted. This rule has been applied more strictly to the more recent literature; hence I have included many such secondary sources and works of a general nature published prior to the mid-19th century. Likewise omitted are newsletters of many governmental and nongovernmental organizations and private companies, notices in the United States Federal Register, unpublished theses and dissertations, and other forms of "gray literature" such as in-house and contract reports, unless these latter are available through the U.S. National Technical Information Service (NTIS). Newsletters specifically devoted to sirenians are listed in Appendix 1, but their contents are in most cases not listed in the Bibliography. Also omitted, but of potential historical interest, are some sources listed in Appendix 2. To these might be added a host of leaflets, brochures, posters, and other ephemera dealing with sirenians, which I have endeavored to collect over the years but have not attempted to catalog. (The U.S. National Biological Service's Sirenia Project, headquar- tered in Gainesville, Florida, also possesses an outstanding collection of such material, especially items pertaining to Florida.) Having excluded the above, I must add that even many of the references that remain might better have been omitted. The Bibliography as it stands embraces much that is repetitious and trivial—partly because I preferred to err on the side of inclusiveness, especially when citing works I had not seen; but largely because the time needed to weed out the truly worthless could better be spent on other things. I hope and suspect that the bulk of the chaff lies among those items not yet indexed (see below), where it will waste a minimum of the user's time. A still better argument for inclusiveness, however, is that even trivial items are sometimes cited in other works, and it will be useful to the reader to find their true nature and content clarified to some degree here—perhaps forestalling a tedious search in a library. Regarding those miniature substitutes for scholarly publica- tion known as abstracts, they are a perennial, and usually unmitigated, bibliographical nuisance, and I for one would much prefer they did not exist. Decisions about how to treat them in a work such as this (whether to deem them "published" or not; whether to list them separately from the properly published works, which they sometimes summarize but frequently precede; how to list them when they are summaries of one author's work written and signed by another author, or when they differ in authorship from the main work; etc.) are almost impossible to make and apply consistently. Whoever is annoyed by my lack of consistency will, I hope, resolve not to burden future bibliographers with any more such writings than can be avoided. One area in which this work may prove less helpful than the user might wish is that of the pre-19th and especially pre-18th century literature. Though I think I have been adequately inclusive for that period, I would like to have spent more time on the annotations for those works, in order to provide clearer guidance respecting their many and various editions and to give more detailed and critical summaries of their sirenological contents. Not having found time to do this in the course of a quarter-century, however, I thought it best not to delay this edition further on this account and to put the greater effort into analyzing the more modern literature, which is of interest to the greater number of readers. I gladly acknowledge my debt to a long line of other compilers of sirenian bibliographies, beginning with the admirable work of Joel Asaph Allen (1882), who set a standard of descriptive bibliography that I have not attempted to match. I have greatly shortened and simplified his citations, in order to maintain throughout the present work a relatively uniform style that nonetheless should suffice for the purposes of biological (as opposed to bibliographical) research. I refer the reader to Allen's work for further collational and other information on the items he lists, which I have identified as such in the annotations given here. All compilations of sirenian literature subsequent to Allen's (for a list of which see the Index under Bibliographies of the Sirenia) I have tried to supersede by the present one, though I have omitted some items from those collections in accordance with the criteria outlined above. In addition to those published bibliographies, I have also had the benefit of some manuscript sources: "An Annotated Bibliography of the Helminth Para- sites of the Sirenia" by David Blair, and "An Annotated Bibliography of the Antillean Manatee, Trichechus manatus manatus," by Antonio A. Mignucci Giannoni. Also consulted were the specialized collections of sirenian literature at the U.S. National Biological Service's Sirenia Project (Gainesville, Florida) and in the laboratory of Dr. Helene Marsh (James Cook University, Townsville, Australia). I particularly thank these colleagues for giving me access to their materials. FORMAT OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY The main entries are hopefully self-explanatory in most respects, but it is necessary to understand the following points in order to use the Bibliography most efficiently. Many of the works listed here I have not seen, and many that I have seen I have not yet indexed, or have indexed only partially and provisionally. (The latter are represented in the Index by obviously incomplete citations.) Works that are as fully indexed and fully annotated as I intend to make them are marked by an "x" at the left-hand margin in both Bibliography and Index, or by an "n" in the Bibliography. Please note: Only the citations so marked should be relied upon for completeness and accuracy. Though I have tried to make all citations as accurate as possible (but have included even very fragmentary ones for the sake of completeness), I do not vouch for the NUMBER 80 correctness of any entry not marked as verified. In addition, I have marked with a question mark any information in the main entries or annotations of verified items of which I am unsure. This includes the citations of reviews and abstracts of major works, many of which I have taken from A.S. Romer et al., "Bibliography of Fossil Vertebrates Exclusive of North America, 1509-1927," Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 87, 1962. Such of these citations as I have not personally verified are followed by a question mark, though they are probably quite reliable. I have attempted to transcribe the titles of works as fully and accurately as possible, but note that my transcriptions are of the titles alone and not the title pages. In other words, material appearing on the title page other than the title itself is not included or not necessarily transcribed exactly as it appears (e.g., name and titles of the author; mottoes; listings of illustrative material; address of the publisher, etc.). Names of the places of publication are generally given in their modem English forms, however they may appear on the title page. In citations of periodical articles, except where otherwise stated, the numbers following the name of the periodical signify (series)volume(number)(whole number or article num- ber, if any): pages. These are followed by the numbers of included tables, figures (= text-figures), plates, portraits, and/or maps. The date following the collation is either the nominal date of publication as stated in the work itself, or the actual date of publication where this can be determined, unless otherwise noted. The annotations generally present information in the following sequence, where applicable: Number assigned to the work in the bibliography of Allen (1882); language of the work and any summaries in other languages that are included (where not stated, the language of the work is the same as the language of the title); information on other editions and translations; brief citations of extracts, notices, separately published abstracts, reviews, and reprintings of the work (where the year of publication of any of these is not stated, it is the same as that of the main entry); any other information of a bibliographical or historical sort pertaining to the work; summary of the contents or major conclusions as they pertain to sirenians or desmostyli- ans, together with critical comments. I have generally restricted the latter to comments that would steer the reader to related works or away from objective pitfalls of interpretation; purely subjective evaluations of quality or accuracy have been kept to a minimum. In the cases of some works I have not seen, I have taken brief annotations as well as citations from other sirenian bibliogra- phies. As these have often appeared verbatim in more than one other compilation (in most cases those of Husar and of Marsh, Channells, and Morrissey), I have generally not bothered to indicate the source(s) from which I obtained each of them. Instead I repeat here my thanks to them all for making my own work much easier and, indeed, possible. Where a book has appeared in multiple editions, I do not guarantee that I have listed them all, and I have usually not attempted to. Instead I have, in general, listed those that I happened to become aware of, unless they are excessively numerous, and paid special attention to different editions only when I was aware of differences in the sirenian-related material contained. For the rest (and for more nearly complete transcriptions of title-pages and descriptions of formats and collations), I refer the reader to library catalogs and the standard works of reference, with the reminder that this work is primarily intended as an aid to biological rather than bibliographical research. The information I have provided will certainly be adequate for citing books in any of the styles presently used in scientific literature. Where Linnaean names other than those in current use (see Appendices 4 and 5) appear in the annotations, it is because those are the names used in the work being described; I have frequently not attempted to "correct" the author's nomencla- ture, but neither have I consistently refrained from doing so. (Consistency of any sort is no easy thing to maintain over the course of a labor spanning a quarter of a century!) However, in annotations of Index entries pertaining to Recent species, I have generally used the modem designations of the species in order to facilitate rapid scanning and to avoid annoying the reader with obsolete synonyms when this would serve no useful purpose. DESIGN AND USE OF THE INDEX From the outset, I envisioned the Index as an absolutely essential (and the most original) aspect of this work, as it was obvious that without a highly detailed analytical apparatus the Bibliography would be rendered nearly useless by its own size and comprehensiveness—features that ought to be assets rather than liabilities. My goal was to create an index of the entire corpus of literature that would be practically as detailed as the index of a single book, including page references. Furthermore, because many subject headings have large numbers of entries, it was desirable to give each Index entry a brief annotation of its own to aid the reader in choosing among them. In constructing the Index, I have tried to adhere to the following rules, though I am sure that inconsistencies have crept in over the many years during which this project has been a part-time occupation. 1. Systematics. A. Generic and specific names of sirenians or desmostyli- ans given in a work are indexed except where only mentioned by way of general orientation (e.g., when an article begins with a brief synopsis of the living species and where they occur). B. When only a generic name is given in a particular passage, but the author considers that genus to include only a single species whose name is given elsewhere in the same work, that passage too is indexed under that specific name. C. When generic and specific names are not explicitly given in a work, the material is indexed under the narrowest deducible taxon (e.g., statements concern- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ing "the dugong" are indexed under Dugong dugon; those concerning "manatees" or "the manatee" are under Trichechus; but those concerning "the manatee in Florida" are under T manatus latirostris). D. Higher-category names are indexed (if at all) when they are given as part of a suggested classification scheme, or when the group as a whole is explicitly treated as such. E. Names of food plants and parasites of sirenians are indexed as given in the work. F. Names used in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed. 2. Geographic Occurrence. A. Fossil occurrences are indexed under state, country, or region when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length. Usually only those pages of a work where the geographic location itself is discussed are cited in the Index. B. Recent occurrences are indexed under state, country, or region when discussed at length or (if the locality is highly unusual) whenever mentioned. Usually only those pages of a work where the geographic location itself is discussed are cited in the Index. C. Localities of food plants and parasites are usually indexed when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length. D. Localities only mentioned in direct or indirect quota- tions from other works are not indexed. 3. Geologic Age. A. Fossil occurrences are indexed under geological epoch when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length, and when their age is explicitly stated or is determinable. They are indexed under the epoch to which they are assigned in the work, even if this has proven to be erroneous. Usually only those pages of a work where the age is discussed are cited in the Index. B. Chronostratigraphic occurrences mentioned in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed. 4. Other Subjects. A. Subjects other than those above are indexed when significant information is provided. B. Subjects mentioned in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed or are indexed only under general topics. An obstacle to retrieving information on particular species is the great number of synonyms that have been used for many of them in the past. As stated in Rule 1A above, I have indexed all material under the Linnaean name actually used by the author. Therefore, citations pertaining to Trichechus manatus, for example, are scattered under some 20 different subject headings. Uniting them all under a single heading, which would be desirable for many purposes, did not seem advisable because many synonymies are subjective and hence liable to revision, especially in the case of fossil forms. To aid the user I have instead included, as Appendix 4, a complete classifica- tion and synonymy of the Sirenia and Desmostylia (reflecting, of course, my own current views on their proper nomenclature and arrangement). This appendix lists, under each of the names presently in use, all the other names and combinations under which that species is cited in the Index. As a short cut around this problem, however, the user interested in the Recent Sirenia should realize that the majority of synonyms of these species were hardly ever used. Indeed, if just the following three synonymies are kept in mind, the Index can be used efficiently for nearly all purposes without reference to Appendix 4 and with no significant loss of information. The names used in much of the older literature for the three Recent genera—indeed, the only synonyms ever used for them to any important extent—were Manatus for Trichechus; Halicore for Dugong; and Rytina (or Rhytina) for Hydrodamalis. These rules of thumb, together with the indications of synonymy given in the Index headings themselves, should make the Index simpler to use than may at first appear. Finally, Appendix 5 provides a convenient list (unencumbered by synonyms) of the correct scientific names now used for the living species of sirenians, and Appendix 6 is a finding index showing all the generic names with which a given specific or subspecific name has been combined in the sirenian-desmostylian literature. If the user is seeking lists and synonymies of the various vernacular or informal names of sirenians that appeared in the earlier literature, extensive compilations of these can be found in the more comprehensive 18th- and 19th-century works such as those of Erxleben (1777), G. Cuvier (1809), de Blainville (1844), J.F. Brandt (1846c, 1868a), and J.E. Gray (1866). For non-European vernacular names, see the Index under Vernacu- lar Names. COMMENTS ON INFORMATION RETRIEVAL METHODS This work was put into computerized form using the Notebook II database program (Pro/Tern Software, Inc., Stanford, California). However, I designed it long before the advent of personal computers, and with the intention that it would be disseminated and used purely in printed form. Although the use of a computer to convert my handwritten index cards into the present publication has yielded an electronic database as a byproduct, the work's format still reflects my original intent. Specifically, and in contrast to most other computerized bibliographies, there is nothing here that corresponds to "key-words"; the Index has not been generated by the computer, but rather has been constructed entirely by hand, as a glance at the annotations will show. Though demanding great labor from the bibliographer, this approach has the very important advantage to the user that most of the computer searches that might be desired (including many Boolean combinations) have, in effect, already been "done" and the results printed out in the Index. Thus the user who lacks ready access to a computer can retrieve from this printed copy NUMBER 80 most of the more commonly desired sorts of information, and do so about as efficiently as could be done with a computer, simply by visually scanning the Index. Having put myself to the trouble of constructing in this manner an index (still obviously far from complete) of a comparatively small body of literature (roughly 4500 titles), I have several observations to offer on the implications of this work for future developments in information retrieval: 1. A hand-made index of this level of detail is not really practical for a corpus of literature even as small as the present one, and would require tremendous amounts of time and dedication even for a bibliography of only a few hundred titles. Therefore I do not recommend this work as a pattern for most others to follow. 2. Only you, the user, will be able to decide whether the result has been worth the trouble, in terms of the rapidity with which you can locate the information you want and avoid searching out in a library works you do not want. On the other hand, however, the existence of such a detailed index of at least one body of scientific literature provides precisely the opportunity to determine whether this degree of indexing (however achieved) is worth the trouble. In other words, it sets a benchmark (approaching a theoretically "maximal" depth of indexing, though short of the detail of a concordance) for comparison with other retrieval systems. It shows what can be accomplished, given sufficient investment of labor, and poses the question: Is this level of detail needed, or desirable? 3. If it is judged desirable, or desirable up to a point, then the challenge will be to attain this level of detail by more efficient (i.e., automated) means. Barring presently unanticipated ad- vances in artificial intelligence, however, this will not be easy. Key-word systems come close to doing the job only for the most recent technical literature, narrowly focused, accurately titled, and packaged in standardized formats. How much highly trained human labor would be needed to corral the exuberant chaos of writings left by earlier naturalists, and to reduce it to a comparable system, with or without the aid of computers— that, I invite you to judge for yourself by browsing through the pages that follow. FREQUENTLY USED ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Used in left-hand margins: x n D Entry verified, fully indexed, and in final form Entry verified and in final form but not indexed (used only in Bibliography) Entry contains material on Desmostylia Taxon referred to only under a vernacular name, or otherwise than by the Linnaean name under which the entry is listed (used only in Index) Reference of particular interest or importance with regard to the subject in question (used only in Index) Used in annotations: DD Dugong dugon HG Hydrodamalis gigas TI Trichechus inunguis TM Trichechus manatus TML Trichechus manatus latirostris TMM Trichechus manatus manatus TS Trichechus senegalensis abstr(s). abstract(s) ace. account capt. captivity chaps. chapters comp. w/ compared with; when not otherwise stated, the comparison is usually with regard to osteology distr. distribution econ. use economic use ed(s). edition(s); editor(s) Engl. English Eoc. Eocene gen. ace. general account; contains no original data in capt. in captivity m (before mention; i.e, only passing mention is made of the page topic, so that the reader's examination of the number; 1 reference would not be justified in most cases Ma million years ago Mioc. Miocene mm. millimeter n.comb. new combination n.fam. new family n.gen. new genus n.sp. new species n.subsp. new subspecies NTIS National Technical Information Service (U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Springfield, Va. 22151) Olig. Oligocene Pleist. Pleistocene Plioc. Pliocene pop. ace. popular account; written on a less formal level than "gen. ace." publ. published Rec. Recent repr(s). reprinting(s), reprinted rev(s). review(s) sir(s). sirenian(s) summ. summary(ies) syn. junior synonym transl. translation { } enclosed quotation includes all sirenian-related information in the cited reference {{ 11 enclosed quotation includes the entire content of the cited reference Acknowledgments It would be impossible to acknowledge all my friends and colleagues who have contributed references or other forms of aid to this project. If bibliography itself is a thankless pursuit, SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY assistance rendered to it seems to be still more so, though I would wish it otherwise. But some names cannot be omitted. S. David Webb unknowingly set me on the path to this project when he taught me that one cannot claim to be a specialist in a field without thoroughly knowing its literature. Joseph A. Ewan gave the project its earliest material help, guidance, and encouragement, and, with his wife and collabora- tor Nesta, set an unforgettable example of scholarly dedication. Clayton E. Ray, while admirably filling the roles of mentor, colleague, and collaborator over many years, has also provided an example of persistent attention to detail that has often inspired or shamed me into rekindling my flagging energies. Laszl6 Kordos gave valuable assistance with the Hungarian literature, and Jean Smith helped with the references on Georges Cuvier. Galen Rathbun, Thomas O'Shea, Lynn Lefebvre (U.S. National Biological Service Sirenia Project), and Helene Marsh made available to me their libraries of sirenian literature, and librarians at many institutions helped me as greatly as they do countless others. Of particular value to me have been the libraries of institutions with which I have been affiliated during the course of this project: Tulane University; the University of California at Berkeley; the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia in Manaus, Brazil; and the Smithsonian Institution (including its Remington Kellogg Library of Marine Mammalogy). At the Smithsonian, David Bohaska brought to my attention many references I would otherwise have missed. Victor B. Scheffer and Noel D. Vietmeyer generously bestowed on me their extensive personal collections of sirenian literature. My parents, Maud M. and Emile F. Domning, have given a lifetime of moral and material support, including purchase of the software for the computerization of this work. Raymond L. Bernor gave crucial help in obtaining the necessary computer hardware. The Atherton Seidell Endow- ment of the Smithsonian Institution provided generous grant support to aid in the computerization of the Index. Here Clayton Ray's enthusiasm for the project was once again indispensable, in obtaining this support and in smoothing the project's path to completion. He and James G. Mead also reviewed the manuscript. Publication costs have been defrayed by generous subsidies for which I thank the Office of the Director, the Remington and Marguerite Kellogg Fund, and the Department of Paleobiology (chair, William A. DiMichele), National Museum of Natural History; the U.S. Marine Mammal Commission and its Executive Director, John R. Twiss, Jr.; the Save the Manatee Club and its Executive Director, Judith Delaney Vallee; the U.S. National Biological Service Sirenia Project, and its Director, Lynn W. Lefebvre; and the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Environmental Administrator Patrick M. Rose. Over the last half-decade of the project, which has called for the most intensive and sustained output of labor, my wife Kathy has cheered and sustained me with her encouragement and unwavering enthusiasm despite the many hours of my time that this work demanded. My sincere thanks to her and all the others, mentioned and unmentioned here, who have helped. Finally, I thank in advance the users of this work who call to my attention the many errors and omissions that doubtless remain, and thereby help to improve it. Bibliography of the Sirenia and Desmostylia A Anonymous 1507. Paesi nouamente retrouati. Et Nouo Mondo da Alberico Vesputio Florentino intitulato. (Montalboddo Fracanzani, ed.) Vicenza: unpaged, 112 chaps, in 6 books. -J. C. Rodrigues {Bibliotheca brasilense ..., pt. 1, Rio de Janeiro, Rodrigues & Co., 440, 1907) reportedly gives a Portuguese transl. and lists 13 other eds. in Italian, Latin, German, and French. C. Malheiro Dias et al. {Histdria da colonizaqao portuguesa do Brasil.... Porto, Litografia Nacio- nal, 2: 112-117, 1923) published a facsimile of the Italian original with a Portuguese transl. W.B. Greenlee (pp. 53-94 in: The voyage of Pedro Alvarez Cabral to Brazil and India from contem- porary documents and narratives, London, Hak- luyt Soc., series 2, No. 81: 1-228, 1938) also reproduces the Italian original with an Engl, transl.; the relevant passages of both are reprinted in Whitehead (1977: 169). Whitehead considers this work, which is the earliest one cited in this bibliography after that of Syllacio (1494?), to contain the first published description of the manatee (book 2, chap. 66, leaves 52 verso-53 recto; p. 60 in Greenlee's transl.). The locality was Bahia Cabr£lia, Brazil; the unknown author was a member of Cabral's expedition. A different version of the same account is said to have appeared in Latin in 1571; this was translated into English (in J. Os6rio da Fonseca, The history of the Portuguese .... London, A. Millar, 1: 98, 1752) and into Portuguese (in J. Os6rio da Fonseca, Da vida efeitos de El-Rei D. Manuel..., Porto, Liv. Civ., 1: 87-88, 1944); see Whitehead (1978: 498). Anonymous 1765. Lamantin. In: Encycl., ou Diet, des Sci., des Arts et des Metiers. Vol. 9: 225. -Allen 294. x Anonymous 1829. The mermaid of the Shetland seas. Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 6: 57-60. For Oct.- Dec. 1828. -Report of capture and release by Shetland Islands fishermen of a three-foot-long manatee- like animal. See also J. Fleming (1828). Anonymous 1868a. Jets over den Lamantijn (M. latirostris). Jahrb. K. Zool. Genootsch. Amsterdam, 1868: 185-188. Anonymous 1868b. Til Dyrenes Udryddelses historic Tidskr. f popul. Fremstilling. af Naturvidensk., (3)5. Anonymous 1870. [Dugong oil.] New Remedies (Australia?), Jul. 1870. -Notice: Pharm. Jour. & Trans., Jul. 14, 1870: 63. Anonymous 1872. Dugong oil. Pharm. Jour. & Trans. (Australia), Jul. 6, 1872: [pp.?] -Describes a dugong exhibit at the International Exhibition (see Ramsay, 1883?), and discusses the dugong and the commercial prospects for its oil. This evoked a letter from J. McGrigor Croft {Pharm. Jour. & Trans., Aug. 3,1872: 100) about his own efforts at marketing the oil. x Anonymous 1874a. The manatee at St. Augustine, Florida. Forest & Stream, 2: 276. Jun. 11, 1874. -Reports sightings of manatees near St. Au- gustine, and plans to capture one for exhibition, x Anonymous 1874b. Attacked by a menatee [sic]. Field & Stream, 2(13): 446. Nov. 14, 1874. -Brief description of Florida manatee and two accounts of frightened manatees colliding with boats. x Anonymous 1875. Manatee at the Zoological Gardens. Nature (London), 12: 294-295. Aug. 12, 1875. -Detailed pop. ace. of sirenian anatomy; com- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ments on the first manatee brought alive (from British Guiana) to England, and on previous unsuccessful attempts. Anonymous 1876. The walrus formerly in South Carolina. Amer. Naturalist, 10: 561. -Sir. in Ashley phosphate beds near Charleston. x Anonymous 1878. [Acquisition by St. Petersburg Museum of nine skulls, plus other elements, of Rhytina borealis.] Zool. Anz., 1: 321. -P. 321: ("2. NOTIZ.—Die palaontologische Abtheilung des St. Petersburger Museums hat ausser dem so eminent wichtigen Elasmotherium- schadel kiirzlich noch eine seltene Bereicherung erfahren. Sie erhielt namlich neun Schadel nebst anderen Skeletresten der Rhytina borealis."} x Anonymous ("Redspinner"; pseudonym of William Senior) 1881. Notes on the dugong. Gentleman's Mag., 251(= n.s. 27): 738-747. -Interesting account of the Queensland dugong industry, with details on hunting, use of various parts of the animal, and optimistic appraisals of its economic potential. Anonymous 1882. Steller's manatee. Amer. Naturalist, 16: 406. x Anonymous ("K.") 1883. Aus Kamtschatka. Deutsche Geogr. Blatter, 6(1): 92-93. -P. 93: {"Herr St[ejneger]. wurde von der Smithsonian Institution in Washington zu naturwissenschaftlichen Sammlungen ausgesen- det; nach den letzten Nachrichten ist es ihm gelungen, elf wohlerhaltene Schadel und viele Knochentheile der ausgestorbenen Seekuh (Rhy- tina Stelleri) zu erlangen. Dieser kostbare Fund ist bereits in Washington angelangt. D. Red."} (Notice of L. Stejneger's collection for the Smithsonian Institution of eleven skulls and other bones of Rhytina.) Anonymous 1886. Dados estatisticos e informaqoes para os immi- grantes.... Pard [= Bel6m, Brazil], Typ. do "Diario de Noticias," 1-200. -P. 129: {"A quantidade de mixira de peixe-boi entrada [into Beleni from the interior of the province of Par&] nos mesmos annos foi de 48,969 kilos, em 1884; de 23,843 kilos, em 1885; e de 34,351 kilos, em 1886."} Anonymous 1886? Ausrottung der Seekuh. Globus. Illus. Zs. f. Lander- u. Volkerkunde, 54: 125. x Anonymous 1889. Notes from the Zoo.—The manatee. Saturday Review, 67(1749): 527-528. May 4, 1889. -Reports on a young manatee from Demerara (British Guiana) in London; also mentions two previous specimens there (527). Includes pop. ace. of Sirenia. x Anonymous 1893. The "mermaid" at the zoo. Chambers's Journal, 70: 799-800. -Account of mother and baby manatee brought to London (799-800); popular discussion of sireni- ans and mermaid legend (800). Anonymous 1893. SEE ALSO Chobee, O.K., 1893. Anonymous 1896a. Moron dugong. Vesmir (Prague), 25: 265-266. 1 fig. Anonymous 1896b. La destruction des especes. Les lamantins. Le Cosmos, 45(1): 14-15. 1 fig. Anonymous ("E. K.[?]") 1896c? Ausrottung des Lamantins in Florida. Prometheus, 7: 747. x Anonymous 1897. Manatees. Saturday Review, 83: 36-37. Jan. 9, 1897. -History of the Zoological Society of London's attempts to import manatees to England (36); suggests that the major cause of death is lack of immunity to local "microbes" rather than temperature (36); comments on sir. evolution (37). x Anonymous ("J.W.S.") 1898. Notes from Seminole land. Forest & Stream, 50: 102. Feb. 5, 1898. -Includes two short paragraphs on Florida mana- tees and their harpooning by Seminole Indians, x Anonymous 1901. Dugong hunting in the Torres Straits. Sci. Amer. Suppl., 51(1325): 21238-21239. 3 figs. May 25, 1901. -Interesting and detailed account of dugong hunting by New Guinea natives, describing techniques (nets and harpoons) and religious observances. Anonymous 1902. [Manatee at Ft. Myers, Florida.] Amer. Field, 57(4): 78. Anonymous 1905. Au mus6e de 1'instruction publique. Collection de Bois. Lamantin. Naturaliste Canad., 31: 121-123. 1 fig. NUMBER 80 Anonymous (Ministerio das Relacoes Exteriores, Brazil) 1907a. Memoria da Commissdo Mixta Brasileiro- Peruana de reconhecimento do Rio Jurud e relatorio do Commissario Brasileiro 1904-1906. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nacional, 1-212 + annexos A-I. -P. 98: {"No curso inferior e no m6dio [do Rio Juru£] surgiam & tona d'agua, de instante a instante, os dous cetaceos: boto, porco do mar, pira-jaguara ou peixe-cao dos indigenas {del- phinus) e a goardba destes, vacca-fluvial ou peixe-boi dos brasileiros {manatus americanus), que 6 a sereia da fabula. O boto na vasante faz espera aos peixes pequenos, que descem dos affluentes, para devoral-os."} Anonymous 1907b. Dujong? von Kamerun! Sport im Bild, No. 37: [pp.?] 1 fig. x Anonymous 1908a. A manatee in a net. Forest & Stream, 71(14): 532. Oct. 3, 1908. -P. 532: {{"Fishermen at Ocean View, Va., brought a manatee ashore in their seine last week and it will probably be sent to some museum, as it is a large, healthy specimen of the manatee usually found in Florida waters."}} (See also J.F. Duncan, 1908.) x Anonymous [C.H. Townsend?] 1908b. Miscellaneous notes. Manatee. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 2(29): 427. Apr. 1908. -Reports that the Florida manatee obtained Sep. 5, 1906, is still living on eelgrass and (in winter) lettuce leaf trimmings. x Anonymous 1909. The commercial possibilities of the dugong. Sci. Amer. Suppl., 68(1753): 93. Aug. 7, 1909. -Pop. ace. of Australian dugong, economic uses, and capture with nets. Anonymous 1910. The Queensland dugong {Halicore sp.). Zoologist, (4)14: 31-33. -Dugongs said to have once been abundant in northern Queensland; describes commercial du- gong fishing at St. Helena after 1855. x Anonymous 1911. Schadel der Stellerschen Seekuh. Korresblt. Naturf. Ver. Riga, 54: 37. 1 fig. -Photo of skull, published as supplement to C.A. Grove- (1905). The length of the skull is given as 72 cm. x Anonymous [C.H. Townsend?] 1915. Manatee from Porto Rico. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 18(2): 1216-1217. 1 fig. Mar. 1915. -Brief notice and photograph of 7'7", 437-pound manatee, which arrived at the New York Aquar- ium Aug. 31, 1914, and lived less than 3 weeks, x Anonymous 1916a. A manatee from the Amazon. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 19(6): 1419, 1421. 1 fig. Nov. 1916. -Brief notice and photograph of a "Manatus inunguis" 5' long, brought to New York Jul. 3, 1916; compares its behavior to that of Florida manatees previously at the Aquarium. Anonymous 1916b. Manatus. Verh. Natw. Ver. Hamburg, (3)24(68). Anonymous 1917. SEE ALSO Fairchild, D., 1917. Anonymous 1917a. Real mermaid. Home Prog., 6: 315-316. Mar. 1917. x Anonymous 1917b. Millions in manatee raising. Illus. World, 28(3): 454. 1 fig. Nov. 1917. -Maintains that raising manatees for market would be simple and profitable. The photo of a manatee "captured off the Florida coast" is actually of a Puerto Rican specimen and is from Anon. (1915). x Anonymous 1919. Amazon manatee. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 22(2): 46. Mar. 1919. -Reports the death on July 9 [1918?] of a M. inunguis that had lived at the Aquarium for two years. It was found to have "two distinct stom- achs"; death was attributed to indigestion associ- ated with this supposed anomaly! x Anonymous 1923. Mr. Joseph and his manatee. Lit. Digest, 79: 75. Nov. 3, 1923. -Animal collector Ellis S. Joseph's account of his unsuccessful attempt to bring a Niger River T. senegalensis back to civilization alive. xD Anonymous 1926. Concerning Shark-tooth Hill. Standard Oil Bull., 14(4): 12, 16. 2 figs. Aug. 1926. -Illustration and mention of a "sea-cow" [Desmo- stylus] tooth from Sharktooth Hill in a letter from G.D. Hanna (12). D Anonymous 1928. An occurrence of Desmostylus in Saghalien. Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo, 35: 569-570. -In Japanese. Anonymous 1929? [Title?] 10 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Current Science (Columbus, Ohio?), x Anonymous 1930. Tritons and sirens. Lit. Digest, 106: 37-38. 1 fig. Jul. 26, 1930. -Pop. ace. of mermaid legend and sirs. Anonymous 1933. Un lamentin peche" dans le Tchad. Bull. Economique de VAfrique Equatoriale Franqaise, 9(30): 35. 1 fig. x Anonymous 1934. A Canadian "monster": sea-cow, basking shark or "Cadborosaurus"? Illus. London News, 185(4991): 1011. 4 figs. Dec. 15, 1934. -Reports a carcass found at Henry Island, British Columbia, thought by "officials of the Provincial Museum at Victoria" to be the last Rhytina. (It was clearly a basking shark.) Anonymous 1941. Indicador estatistico do Estado do Pard. Belem (Brazil), Oficinas Graficas do Inst. Lauro Sodre, 1-82. Anonymous 1945. A new record of the dugong on the Palestine coast. Bull. Jerusalem Naturalists' Club, 12: 1. x Anonymous 1949a. Des lamantins dans l'U616? Zooleo (Leopoldville), (3)1(3): 36. Nov. 1949. -Notice of F. Colmant (1949). xD Anonymous 1949b. Prehistoric sea cow skeleton is unearthed. Set News Letter, 56(20): 313. Nov. 12, 1949. -Report of a Miocene skeleton found by R.H. Reinhart near Coalinga, Calif; presumably desmostylian, but described as "the ancestor of the modem sea cow." x Anonymous 1952. This is a mermaid? Well that's what science says. Life, 33: 129-130. 4 figs. Sep. 15, 1952. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees, and of a captive specimen at South Daytona, Florida, x Anonymous 1954. Notre lamantin "Goliath." Zoo (Antwerp), 19: 78. 2 figs. -Brief notice of recently arrived T. senegalensis, with photos showing healing of wounds suffered in transit. x Anonymous 1955a. The original mermaid. Time, 66(33): 79. 1 fig. Dec. 5, 1955. -Pop. ace. of Sirenia, South Pacific dugongs, and captive dugong "Eugenie'"s trip to the Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, x Anonymous 1955b. A pip of a stiff upper lip. Life, 39(24): 73-74. 4 figs. Dec. 12, 1955. -Pop. ace. of "Eugenie," the dugong at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, x Anonymous 1956a. Death of a mermaid. Newsweek, 47(2): 49. Jan. 9, 1956. -Report of the death of "Eugenie" the dugong at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, from infec- tion and pneumonia, x Anonymous 1956b. Hear manatee sounds for first time. Sci. News Letter, 70(3): 39. Jul. 21, 1956. -Reports manatee recordings made in Puerto Rico by Dr. and Mrs. Charles J. Fish, x Anonymous 1958. [Dugongs caught alive off Malindi.] Illus. London News, 233: 693, 792. 3 figs. Oct. 25 and Nov. 8, 1958. -Pictures of two dugongs captured in Kenya. Anonymous 1959a. Die Blutkorperchen der Seekuhe. Natw. Rundschau, 12(3): 105. Anonymous 1959b. Shark ray and dugong. Austral. Mus. Mag., 13(2): 49. Jun. 15, 1959. -Notice of an adult male dugong stranded at Port Hacking, New South Wales, on Feb. 12, 1959 (see also Marlow, B.J., 1962). Anonymous 1959c. Sanctuary for mermaids? Loris, 8(4): 256. Dec. 1959. -Reports the killing of dugongs with dynamite in the Gulf of Mannar, Ceylon, x Anonymous 1960a. The useful manatee. Time, 76(25): 58. 1 fig. Dec. 19, 1960. -Account of W.H.L. Allsopp's weed-clearing experiments with manatees in British Guiana. The index page of the issue (p. 9) contains a short paragraph about the mermaid legend by Bemhard M. Auer, with a photo of a dugong. x Anonymous 1960b. Manatee for aquatic vegetation control? Commercial Fish. Rev., 22(4): 5. Apr. 1960. -States that the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization and the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Coun- cil were studying manatee vegetation control in Ceylon and Thailand (erroneous; see Anon., 1960c). x Anonymous 1960c. Manatee for aquatic vegetation control? Commercial Fish. Rev., 22(9): 70. Sep. 1960. -Correction of Anon. (1960b); FAO and IPFC not studying manatee use. See also U.N.F.A.O. (1961). NUMBER 80 11 Anonymous 1960d. Manatee, the original mermaid. Chap. 27 in: Wild animals of North America. Washington, D.C., Natl. Geogr. Soc, 364-365. 1 fig- Anonymous 1962a. Seekuhe sollen den Karibasee frei machen. Das Tier, 2(7): 37. Anonymous 1962b. Seekuh als Briefmarkentier. Das Tier, 2(12): 28. Anonymous 1963. Kleine Seekuh erstmals in einem Zoo geboren. Das Tier, 3(8): [pp.?]. x Anonymous 1964a. Manatee for weed control. Florida Wildlife, 18(3): 29-30. 1 fig. Aug. 1964. -Describes the weed-control study in progress under the direction of Dr. Peter Sguros of Florida Atlantic University. Recounts the netting of 5 manatees in the Intracoastal Waterway by the Miami Seaquarium, and gives their sexes, lengths, girths, and weights. Anonymous 1964b. Were they Steller's sea cows? Oryx, 7(5): 218. Aug. 1964. Anonymous 1964c. Is the sea-cow still alive? Aquarist & Pondkeeper, 29(6): 103. Anonymous 1964d. Use of manatees to control aquatic weeds. Commercial Fish. Rev., 26(10): 107-108. 2 figs. Oct. 1964. xD Anonymous 1965a. 14-million-year-old mammal being prepared. Sci. News Letter, 87(4): 49, 53. 2 figs. Jan. 23, 1965. -Brief pop. ace. of C.A. Repenning's study of the Stanford Paleoparadoxia skeleton, with an artist's reconstruction of the animal in swimming pose. D Anonymous 1965b. Stanford fossil—studied by U.S.G.S. Calif. Div. Mines & Geol., Miner. Inform. Serv., 18(6): 124-125. 5 figs. x Anonymous 1966a. This is a mermaid. Men Only (New York), Jun. 1966: 46-49. 8 figs. -Pop. ace. of netting and release of Kenyan dugongs for use in a film. Anonymous 1966b. The Second Oxford Expedition to the Kiunga Archipelago 1961. Oxford Univ. Exploration Club Bull., 13: [pp.?]. -Preliminary report of P.J. Jarman's (1966) survey of dugong status in Kenya (6). x Anonymous 1967. Manatees, living lawn mowers. Sci. Digest, 62(2): 33-35. 6 figs. Aug. 1967. -Pop. ace. of manatee weed-control experiments in Florida, x Anonymous 1968a. The homeliest mermaid. The Sciences (New York Acad. Sci.), 8(5): 3-6. 1 fig. May 1968. -Pop. ace. of manatees, their use for weed control, and their refusal to breed in captivity, x Anonymous 1968b. [Amazon manatee at Steinhart Aquarium.] The Casual Crier (Calif. Acad. Sci.), 2(1): 2-3. Jul. 1, 1968. -Synopsis of the acquisition and treatment for wounds of a specimen obtained Sep. 8, 1967. Notes that the treatment required injection of a total of half a quart of Terramycin, and that since arrival the manatee had eaten over 7000 lbs. of lettuce (25 lbs/day). Anonymous 1968c. Taming the timid sea cows. Sci. Digest, 64: 22-23. Jul. 1968. Anonymous 1968d. Project Big Appetite. Sci. Horiz., No. 96: 20. 4 figs, x Anonymous 1969. Dugongs in Australia. Oryx, 10(2): 90. Sep. 1969. -Notice of recent bans on dugong hunting, giving the species protection in all Australian waters. Anonymous 1970a. Programme de conservation du dugong a Ceylon. Biol. Conserv., 2: 305-306. 1 pi. -Survey of the status of dugongs in the Indian Ocean region by Bertram & Bertram; dugong conservation in Ceylon. Anonymous 1970b. Histoire d'une disparition. Animaux Decouvrir (Paris), 10: 1-22. -Extinction of Steller's sea cow. Anonymous 1971. Imagens de um massacre. Realidade (issue on "Amazonia"): 157-168. Oct. 1971. x Anonymous ("G.M.") 1972a. [Question about porpoises "playing" with a sea cow.] Sea Secrets, (4)16(4): 4. Jul.-Aug. 1972. -A reader reports observations of porpoises in the Loxahatchee River, Florida, throwing sea cows "halfway out of the water," and asks if this could be connected with the washing ashore of a dead manatee after one such incident. The answer notes 12 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY that porpoises (i.e., bottlenosed dolphins) are playful enough to do this sort of thing, but suggests that the death might have had another cause. Anonymous? 1972b. [Title?] Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Resources), Nov. 1972: [pp.?]. -Reports that manatees in the Titusville Yacht Basin are attracted to boats being washed and drink the freshwater runoff. x Anonymous 1973a. Workshop on Aquatic Weed Management and Utilisation: "Some prospects for aquatic weed management in Guyana." Georgetown, Guyana, Mar. 15-17 1973. National Science Research Council of Guyana and National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., viii + 30 + ix-xiii. 2 figs. -Outlines prospects and recommendations for manatee use in weed control and for a manatee research center in Guyana (4-5, 17-19). See also Anonymous (1974c). Anonymous 1973b. Early mammals in Britain. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Palaeont. Leaflet, No. 3: 1-5. x Anonymous 1974a. Another chance for manatees. Sea Secrets, (4)18(3): 10. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1974. -Reports establishment of a state manatee refuge at Blue Spring, St. Johns River, Florida. Anonymous 1974b. Our environment. Manatees and dugongs faring poorly, despite protection. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 45(11): 8-9. Anonymous 1974c. An International Centre for Manatee Research. Report of a workshop held 7-13 February 1974 Georgetown, Guyana South America. Georgetown (Guyana), National Science Research Council, iv + 34. 14 figs. -Portuguese, Spanish, & French summs. Cospon- sors of workshop: National Science Research Council (Guyana), National Academy of Sciences (USA), and International Development Research Centre (Canada), x Anonymous 1975a. Wanted: manatee sightings. Sea Secrets, (4)19(1): 12-13. Jan.-Feb. 1975. -Describes activities of the new National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory established at Gainesville, Florida, to study manatees, x Anonymous 1975b. Manatee born in captivity. Sea Secrets, (4)19(3): 6-7. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1975. -Reports the birth on May 3, 1975 of a manatee conceived in captivity at the Miami Seaquarium. x Anonymous 1975c. [Question about "bloated" manatees.] Sea Secrets, (4)19(5): 5. Sep.-Oct. 1975. -Reports several "abnormally bloated" manatees, including a female with calf, seen in Everglades National Park, and discusses possible causes of this. It is not clear, however, that the animals' shape was any more "bloated" than normal. x Anonymous 1975d. Here's a manatee story. Ecolibrium (Shell Oil Co., Houston, Texas), 4(2): 20. 1 fig. Summer 1975. -Informal account of a manatee sighted in the Norco Refinery outfall on Bayou Trepagnier, a tributary of Bayou La Branche, which runs into Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana. Anonymous 1975e. Workshop calls for manatee research center. BioScience, 25(6): 404-405. Illus. Jun. 1975. Anonymous 1975f? Mermaids in danger. Marine Pollution Bull., 5(5): 67. x Anonymous 1976a. Manatee in the Bahamas. Sea Secrets, (4)20(4): 8. Jul.-Aug. 1976. -Report of T manatus observed at Grand Bahama Island in "late 1975." x Anonymous 1976b. Our diminishing heritage: Dugong Dugong dugon. S.W.A.N.S. (Perth, Western Australia, Dept. of Fisheries & Wildlife, State Wildlife Authority News Service), 6(3): 62-63. 2 figs. -Partly erroneous pop. ace. of sirs, and of dugong natural history and status in Australia. Anonymous 1976c. [Manatee birth in Miami.] Drum & Croaker, 16(2): 24. Anonymous 1976d. Manatee. [On reverse] The story of Juliet. Instructor (Dansville, N.Y., The Instructor Publi- cations, Inc.), 85(8), Endangered Species Poster #8: color photo on obverse; 2 pp. of text + 5 figs, on reverse. Apr. 1976. Anonymous 1976e. Dugongs in Australien. Natw. Rundschau (Stuttgart), 29(12): 437. Anonymous (Vietmeyer, Noel D., staff study director) 1976f. Making aquatic weeds useful: some perspectives for developing countries. Report of an Ad Hoc Panel of the Advisory Committee on Technology Innovation, Board on Science and Technology for NUMBER 80 13 International Development, Commission on Inter- national Relations. Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sci- ences, viii + 175. Illus. -Spanish & French summs. Manatee, 34-40. Anonymous 1976g. Manatees from KSC waters to be wired for sound. Spaceport News (John F. Kennedy Space Center, Florida), 15(6): 3. 2 figs. Mar. 18, 1976. -Pop. ace. of capturing a manatee cow and calf and tagging them with sonar tracking devices. x Anonymous 1977a. Dugong steaks for sale. Oryx, 13(5): 439. Feb. 1977. -P. 439: {{"There is still a dugong market in South India, at Kilakkarai in Tamil Nadu. A decade ago some fishermen fished for dugongs alone, but now few fish exclusively for this endangered species. Dugong meat sells at 4-5 rupees a kilogram."}} Anonymous 1977b. Our environment. Critical habitat for four endan- gered species. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 48(1): 5-6. Anonymous 1977c. Endangered species stamps. Africana, 6(7): 22. Anonymous 1977d. Miami Seaquarium lucha por la preservaci6n del manati. Industria Turistica, 20(4): 16. Apr. 1977. Anonymous 1977e. Sea cows. Jour. [Bull.?] Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1: 3-4. Mar. 1977. x Anonymous 1977f. Your excellent manatee. The Economist, Mar. 19, 1977: 80. 1 fig. -Brief pop. ace. extolling the potential of mana- tees for weed control. Anonymous 1979a. Dugong surveys. S.W.A.N.S. Western Australia (Perth, Western Australia, Dept. of Fisheries & Wildlife, State Wildlife Authority News Service), 9(2): 42-43. 2 figs. Anonymous 1979b. Commitment to manatee health, research: the laboratory's role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 15(2): 18-19. 3 figs. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. x Anonymous 1980a. Last chance for the manatee. Time, 115(12): 49. 2 figs. Mar. 24, 1980. -Brief pop. ace. of manatee status in Florida, x Anonymous 1980b. Gentle siren in distress: saving the endangered manatee from man. Life, 3(5): 97-98, 100. 5 figs. May 1980. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees and manatee conservation efforts, with underwater photos, an aerial view of an aggregation at the Riviera Beach power plant, and a photo of a salvaged carcass. Anonymous 1980c. Emergency protection area for the manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(1): 6-7. 2 figs. Jan. 1980. Anonymous 1980d. Marine reserve needed for dugongs and turtles. Oryx, 15(4): 344. Anonymous 1981. Dugongs. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 81/12: 15-17. 2 figs, x Anonymous 1982a. Peixe boi desperta curiosidade. 0 Norte (Joao Pessoa, Parafba, Brazil), 75(75): 3. 1 fig. Mar. 19, 1982. -Reports a 1200-kg manatee drowned in a fishing net at Praia do Bessa, near Joao Pessoa. x Anonymous 1982b. [Manatee models used in school workshops; fossil sir. rib.] Sea Secrets, (4)26(4): 8-9, 11. 3 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1982. -Photos of model manatees (8) and a rib fragment dredged from the sea bottom off Clearwater, Florida (11). x Anonymous 1983a. Oil spill slaughters sea cows. New Scientist, 99(1367): 180. 1 fig. Jul. 21, 1983. -Brief notice of 50 dugong carcasses found after the Nowruz oil spill in the Persian Gulf; expresses the (fortunately unwarranted) fear that these animals constituted "the entire dugong population of the gulf." Anonymous 1983b. Helping the manatee. Natl. Geogr. World, No. 98: 10-15. 9 figs. Oct. 1983. Anonymous 1984a. At home with the manatees. Southern Living, Feb. 1984: 2va-3va. 3 figs. Anonymous 1985a. The permit system for traditional hunting of dugong: Hope Vale. Reeflections (Townsville, Australia, Great Barrier 14 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Reef Marine Park Authority), No. 15: 8-9. 3 figs. Mar. 1985. x Anonymous ("HM.") 1985b. The plight of the manatee. Southern Living, 20(7): 16, 18. 1 fig. July 1985. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees. Appended to it is a notice of the Save the Manatee Committee's new Adopt-A-Manatee program. Anonymous 1985c. Nota sobre el sirenid fossil de Montserrat. Geos, Terra (Societat Geologica de Terrassa, Spain), 2. Anonymous 1986a. Protegidos ceticeos, pinipedes e sirenios. FBCNIInformativo (Rio de Janeiro, Fund. Bras. Conserv. Nat.), 10(2): 9? Apr.-Jun. 1986. -Gives the text of Portaria No. N-011 of Feb. 21, 1986, in which the fisheries agency SUDEPE declared T. inunguis and T. manatus to be protected from hunting in Brazil. Anonymous 1986b. Short news item—Metaxytherium calvertense. Ecphora, 2(2): 2. x Anonymous 1986c. Dugongs return to Persian Gulf after fears of extinction. New Scientist, 109(1500): 25. 1 fig. Mar. 20, 1986. -Reports the discovery of a herd of 500 dugongs near Bahrain, contrary to fears that the Nowruz oil spill had exterminated the species from the Gulf (cf. Anon., 1983a). Anonymous 1987a. Lamantins en d&resse. Le Guido (Abidjan), No. 213: 48-55. Cover illus. + 10 figs. For week of Jan. 28-Feb. 3, 1987. -Pop. ace. of T. senegalensis and James A. Powell's project in Ivory Coast, x Anonymous 1987b. Another orphan saved. Sea Frontiers, 33(3): 225. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1987. -Brief pop. ace. of bottle-feeding a baby Florida manatee at Sea World, Orlando; mentions that ultrasound was used to diagnose an intestinal blockage. Anonymous 1988a. Dugongs. Reef Note (Townsville, Australia, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority): 1-4. 5 figs. Jun. 1988. Anonymous 1988b. The manatee: teddy bear of the deep. Seabreeze (St. Simons Is., Georgia), 3(6): 38-39. 2 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1988. Anonymous 1988c. [The manatee Trichechus manatus.] Priroda (Sofia), 1988(2): 110. -In Bulgarian, x Anonymous 1989a. [Manatees drinking from a hose.] Sea Frontiers, 35(3): 187. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1989. -Report with a photo of two Florida manatees drinking fresh water from a hand-held hose at Cape Canaveral Marina. Anonymous 1989b. A refuge for manatees. Florida Naturalist, 62(4): [1 p.]. Illus. Anonymous 1989c. Salvando o peixe-boi marinho. Brasil Florestal (Brasilia), 67: 21. -Notes the reestablishment of a research project on T. m. manatus in Paraiba, Brazil. Anonymous 1991a. West Indian manatee. On the Edge (Wildlife Preservation Trust Interna- tional), No. 43: 11. 1 fig. Spring 1991. x Anonymous 1991b. Threat to manatees. Marine Pollution Bull, 22(5): 221. May 1991. -Briefly notes conservation efforts by INPA (Manaus) on behalf of T. m. manatus and T. inunguis in Brazil, x Anonymous 1992a. Rumble in Manateeville. People, 37(19): 89. 2 figs. May 18, 1992. -Brief account of the legal controversy between the Save the Manatee Club, chaired by singer Jimmy Buffett, and the Florida Audubon Society, x Anonymous 1993a. Sea cows under threat. Down to Earth, Apr. 30, 1993: 42. 1 fig. -Very brief item (based on information from R.S. Lai Mohan) noting the threats to dugongs in Palk Bay and the Gulf of Mannar, India, from poaching and damage to seagrass beds. Abbeville, Claude d' 1614. Histoire de la mission des Peres Capuchins en lisle de Maragnan et terres circonvoisines ou est traicte des singularitez admirables & des meurs mervieulleuses des indiens habitans de ce pais. Avec les missives et advis qui ont este envoyez de nouveau. Paris, Francois Ruby, vii + 394. -Portuguese transl.: Sao Paulo, 1945 (296 pp.). Abdulali, Humayun: SEE ALSO Santapau & Abdulali, 1961. NUMBER 80 15 x Abdulali, Humayun 1978. The birds of Great and Car Nicobars with some notes on wildlife conservation in the islands. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 75(3): 744-772. 4 pis. Dec. 1978. -P. 749: {"On the first trip a dugong skull was obtained on Great Nicobar; this presumably extends the recorded range of this animal."} D Abe, Tamio; Sugiyama, Masahiro; Nakamura, Takeshi; Hiraoka, Toshio; & Hirota, Kiyoharu ("Ichinotani Research Group") 1982. New occurrence of Desmostylus from the Miocene Fujina Formation, Shimane Prefecture. Chikyu Kagaku, 36(4): 224-228. figs. Jul. 1982. -In Japanese. Abel, Othenio 1902a. Die Ursache der Asymmetrie des Zahnwalscha- dels. Sitzb.Akad. Wiss. Wien, 111(1): 510-526. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 8(3): 128? Abel, Othenio 1902b. Les dauphins longirostres du BoldeYien (Miocene supeYieur) des environs d'Anvers. II. Mim. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 2(2): 99-190. 3 figs. Pis. 11-18. Abel, Othenio 1902c. Zwei neue Menschenaffen aus den Lei- thakalkbildungen bei Wien. Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 111(1): 1171-1207. 2 figs. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 69: 36, 1903. Metaxytherium sp., 1176. Abel, Othenio 1903. Die fossilen Sirenen des Wiener Beckens. [Abstr.] Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1903: 72. [79?] Abel, Othenio 1904a. Die Sirenen der mediterranen Tertiarbildungen Osterreichs. Abh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 19(2): vi + 223. 26 figs. 7 pis. Jun. 1904. -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 184?; Geol. Mag., (5)2: 329-330, 1905?; Nature (London), 71: 351, 1905? Characterizes in detail Halitherium, Metaxytherium, and Felsinotherium, and gives extensive synonymies of the species of Metaxytherium, including M. Petersi, n.sp., and M. Meyeri, n.sp. Describes cranial and postcranial material of H. Christoli, M. Krahuletzi, and M. Petersi, comparing them with other fossil and living sirs. Concludes that the genus Metaxy- therium had a polyphyletic origin from Hali- therium Schinzi. Abel, Othenio 1904b. Uber das Aussterben der Arten. Verh. Internatl. Geol.-Kongr. [= C.R. Congr. Geol Internatl] (Vienna), 9: 739-748. Abel, Othenio 1905a. Uber Halitherium bellunense, eine Ubergangs- form zur Gattung Metaxytherium. Jahrb. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 55: 393-398. 1 fig- -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 13: 583? Abel, Othenio 1905b. Die phylogenetische Entwicklung des Cetaceen- gebisses und die systematische Stellung der Physeteriden. Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 15: 84-96. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 73: 516, 1906? x Abel, Othenio 1906. Die Milchmolaren der Sirenen. Neues Jarhb. Min. Geol Pal, Abh., 1906(2): 50-60. 1 fig. Aug. 4, 1906. -Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 14: 54?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 12(3): 167?; Sci. Prog., 1: 455? Discusses tooth replacement in various fossil forms and Halicore; corrects erroneous state- ments in Abel (1904a); proposes the name Mesosiren for Protosiren Dolloi (52), proposes a complicated tooth-cusp terminology for it, and discusses the contrast between its milk and permanent teeth; and names Paraliosiren Suessi, n.gen.n.sp. (59), on the basis of teeth from the Upper Eocene of Italy. Abel, Othenio 1907a. Die Stammesgeschichte der Meeressaugethiere. Meereskunde, 1(4): 1-36. 27 figs. -Engl, transl.: Abel (1908a). Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 13(3): 173-175? Abel, Othenio 1907b. Uber die Bedeutung der neuen Fossilfunde im Alttertiar Agyptens fur die Geschichte der Saugethiere. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 57: 78-82. Abel, Othenio 1907c. Die Anfange des Saugetierstammes. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 57: 249-250. Abel, Othenio 1908a. The genealogical history of the marine mammals. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst., 1907 (Publ. No. 1843): 473-496. 27 figs. -Translation of Abel (1907a). Abel, Othenio 1908b. Die Morphologie der Huftbeinrudimente der Ceta- ceen. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Natw. KL, 81: 139-195. 56 figs. Read Jun. 6, 1907. 16 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 13(3): 126-127?; Sci. Prog., 2: 512?; Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 44: 249-250, 1907? x Abel, Othenio 1908c. Die Anpassungsformen der Wirbeltiere an das Meeresleben. Schrift. Verein zur Verbreit. natw. Kenntn., Wien, 48: 395-422. 6 figs. Read Feb. 19, 1908. -Abstr.: Geol: Zentralbl, 15: 602? P. 403: {"Manatus latirostris Harlan. Der Lamantin be- sitzt eine horizontale Schwanzflosse wie die Wale. Als Steuer- und Balancierorgane dienen die vorderen Gliedmassen wie bei den Walen; die hinteren Gliedmassen sind verkiimmert und liegen in den Weichteilen wie bei den Walen."} Abel, Othenio 1909a. Konvergenz und Deszendenz. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 59: 221-230. Abel, Othenio 1909b. Was verstehen wir unter monophyletischer und polyphyletischer Abstammung? Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 59: 243-249, 253- 255. Abel, Othenio 1910. Diskussion uber Riesenwuchs. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 60: 185-187. Abel, Othenio 1912. Grundzuge der Palaeobiologie der Wirbeltiere. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart, xvi + 708. 470 figs. -Revs.: Science, (2)35: 341-342?; Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 16: 175-196, 1913?; Naturwiss. (Ber- lin), 2: 424-425?; Morph. Jahrb., 48: 673-680, 1914? Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 20: 582-585?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 18(3): 15? Abel, Othenio 1913a. Die eocanen Sirenen der Mittelmeerregion. Erster Teil: Der Schadel von Eotherium aegyptiacum. Palaeontographica, 59: 289-360. 5 figs. Pis. 30-34. -Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 19: 525? Title page bears date "1912." Describes in detail the cranial anatomy of the Egyptian Middle Eocene species now called Eotheroides aegyptiacum. Abel also planned a study of its postcranial osteology, but this task was eventually carried out instead by Sickenberg (1934b). Abel, Othenio 1913b. Saugetiere. Palaontologie. In: Handworterbuch der Naturwissenschaften. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 695-759. Figs. 1-122. -Ed. 2: Abel (1933). Abel, Othenio 1914. Die vorzeitlichen Saugetiere. Jena, Gustav Fischer, vii + 309. 2 tabs. 250 figs. -Abstrs.: Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 17: 693-694?; Science (n.s.), 40: 787-788? Abel, Othenio 1919. Die Stdmme der Wirbelthiere. Berlin & Leipzig, W de Gruyter & Co., xviii + 914. 669 figs. -Revs.: Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, 1921: 637- 638?; Geol. Mag., 58: 45-46, 1921? Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 27: 183?; Nature (London), 106: 274? Abel, Othenio 1920. Lehrbuch der Paldozoologie. Jena, Gustav Fischer, xvi + 500. 700 figs. -Rev.: Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, 1921: 638- 640? Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 27: 26-27? Ed. 2, 1924. Abel, Othenio 1921. Die Methoden der palaobiologischen Forschung. In: E. Abderhalden (ed.), Handbuch der biologi- schen Arbeitsmethoden. Berlin & Vienna, Emil Abderhalden (1921- 1930): Abt. 10, Lief. 35: 129-312. Figs. 20-120. -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 28: 29? D Abel, Othenio 1922. Desmostylus: ein mariner Multituberculate aus dem Miozan der nordpazifischen Kiistenregion. Acta Zoologica (Stockholm), 3: 361-394. 5 figs. 3 pis. -Abstr.: Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 59: 117-119. See also O.P. Hay (1922b). D Abel, Othenio 1923. Uber einen Multituberkulaten aus dem Miozan der nordpazifischen Kiistenregion. Pal Zs., 5: 213-225. 5 figs. Abel, Othenio 1924. Die Eroberungszuge der Wirbelthiere in die Meere der Vorzeit. Jena, Gustav Fischer, vii + 121. 52 figs. 1 pi. x Abel, Othenio 1925. Geschichte und Methode der Rekonstruktion vorzeitlicher Wirbeltiere. Jena, Gustav Fischer, viii + 327. 255 figs. -The name "Halitherium Uytterhoeveni Lefebre," a nomen nudum, was apparently first published here in the caption of a photo of a skeleton from the Rupelien (Oligocene) of Belgium (39). Most H. schinzi skeletons in German museums are said to be composite (48). D Abel, Othenio 1926. Neue Untersuchungen uber Desmostylus, einen Monotremen aus dem Tertiar der pazifischen Kiistenregion. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 74/75: 134-138. NUMBER 80 17 Abel, Othenio 1928. Vorgeschichte der Sirenia. In: M. Weber, Die Sdugethiere.... Ed. 2. Jena, Gustav Fischer (2 vols.), Vol. 2: 496-504. Abel, Othenio 1929. Paldobiologie und Stammesgeschichte. Jena, Gustav Fischer, x + 423. 224 figs. D Abel, Othenio 1933. Saugetiere (Palaontologie). In: P. Dittler, G. Joos, E. Korschelt, G. Linck, F. Oltmanns, & K. Schaum (eds.), Handworterbuch der Naturwis- senschaften. Ed. 2. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 859-944. 132 figs. D Abel, Othenio 1944. Studien uber vergrosserte Einzelzahne des Vorder- gebisses der Wirbeltiere und deren Funktion. Palaeobiologica, 8(1-2): 1-112. 40 figs. Abraham, H.C. 1924. A note on the occurrence of the duyong in Singapore waters. Singapore Naturalist, 1: 87. x Abrahamson, David 1980. The sirens of Crystal River. Pan Am Clipper, 20(7): 92-94, 96, 98-99, 104. 5 figs. Jul. 1980. -Pop. ace. of manatees at Crystal River, Florida, with underwater photos. Ackerman, Bruce B.: SEE O'Shea et al., 1992. Ackman, R.G.; & Lamothe, F. 1989. Marine mammals. In: R.G. Ackman (ed.), Marine biogenic lipids, fats and oils. Vol. 2. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (viii + 495), 179-381. Illus. Acosta, Joseph de 1590. Historia natvral y moral delas Indias, en qve se tratan las cosas notables del cielo, y elementos, metales, plantas, y animates dellas: y los ritos y ceremonias, leyes, y gouierno, y guerras de los Indios.... Dirigida ala serenissima Infanta Doha Isabella Clara Eugenia de Austria. Seville, Iuan de Leon, 535 +18. -Allen 24. Later eds. in Italian (1596), French (1598; Allen 29), Latin (1602; Allen 36), English (1604; Allen 38), etc. Manati, book 3, chap. "17" (i.e., 15), p. 158. Acosta, Manuel Rodriguez de: SEE Rodriguez de Acosta, Manuel. Acuna, Cristoval d': SEE ALSO Estacio da Silveira, S., 1874. Acuna, Cristoval d' 1641. Nuevo descubrimiento del gran rio de las Amazo- nas.... Al qval fve, y se hizo por orden de Su Magestad, el aho de 1639. Por la provincia de Qvito en los reynos del Peru.... Madrid, Impr. del Reyno, 46 numbered leaves. Acuna, Cristoval d' [and others] 1698. Voyages and discoveries in South-America. The first up the River of Amazons to Quito in Peru, and back again to Brazil, perform'd at the command of the King of Spain. By Christopher d'Acvgna.... [pt. i.] A relation of the great river of Amazons in South-America. Containing all the particulars of Father Christopher d'Acugna's voyage, made at the command of the King of Spain. Taken from the Spanish original of the said Chr. d'Acugna, Jesuit. London, Samuel Buckley, viii + 190 [= pt. i] + 79 + 68. 2 maps. -Allen 143. Also an 1859 ed. (London, Hakluyt Soc). See also Grillet & Bechamel (1698). Manatee, chap. 25, pp. 61-62. According to Allen (1882), "Consists almost exclusively of an ac- count of the "Pege Buey" [Manatus americanus], describing its appearance, how it is taken by the Indians, and extolling its flesh as an article of food. A note at the end refers to the trade in its flesh with the "Antilles or Antego-lslmds" to which it is extensively exported." Adam, Elena 1988. Lamantin: une sirene deguisee en vache. Terre Sauvage, No. 21: 60-69. 12 figs. + illus. on contents page. Sep. 1988. x Adams, Andrew Leith 1866. On the discovery of remains of Halitherium in the Miocene deposits of Malta. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 22: 595-596. 1 fig. Read June 20, 1866. -Describes a tooth, earbone, and caudal vertebra of Halitherium from the Calcareous Sandstone of Malta. Adams, Andrew Leith 1870. Notes of a naturalist in the Nile Valley and Malta, a narrative of exploration and research in connection with the natural history, geology, and archaeology of the lower Nile and Maltese Islands. Edinburgh, Edmonston & Douglas, xvi + 295. 8 figs. 14 pis. 1 map. -Sirs., 265. x Adams, Andrew Leith 1879. On remains of Mastodon and other Vertebrata of the Miocene beds of the Maltese Islands. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35: 517-531. PI. 25. -Rev.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)3: 236-237? Describes Halitherium ?schinzi specimens from the Miocene of Malta; upper and lower teeth illustrated (525-527, pi. 25). 18 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Adams, Arthur 1870. Travels of a naturalist in Japan and Manchuria. London, Hurst & Blackett, x + 334. -P. 198: {"An imperfect skull of the Halicore, or dugong, was another grand addition to the number of my specimens."} This was collected on the shore of Aniwa Bay, Saghalien. Sowerby (1923: 136) believed this was actually a Hydrodamalis skull; he is probably wrong (see Domning, 1978b: 138). Adams, M.P. Greenwood 1924. Australia's wild wonderland. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 45(3): 329-356. Illus. Mar. 1924. -Describes a dugong hunt at Collier Bay, northern Western Australia. Adanson, Michel 1757. Histoire naturelle du Senegal. Coquillages. Avec la relation abregee d'un voyage fait en ce pays, pendant les annees 1749, 50, 51,52 & 53. Paris, C.J.B. Bauche, 190 + xcvi + 275. 19 pis. 1 map. -Engl, transl.: London, 1759; repr. in J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of ... voyages and travels ...., vol. 16: 598-674, 1814 (manatee, 656). Brief account of manatee exploitation in Senegal, 143. Adanson, Michel 1845. Cours d' histoire naturelle, fait en 1772 par Michel Adanson Publie sous les auspices de M. Adanson, son neveu Paris, Fortin, Masson & cie, 2 vols. 2 tabs. -Senegalese manatee, 1: 135-137 (quoted in A.T. de Rochebrune, 1883). Addicott, Warren O.: SEE ALSO Clark et al., 1979. D Addicott, Warren O. 1967. Age of the Skooner Gulch Formation, Mendocino County, California. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 1254-C: iii + 11. 4 figs. x Addicott, Warren O.; & Greene, H. Gary 1974. Zoogeographic significance of a Late Quaternary occurrence of the bivalve Astarte off the central California coast. Veliger, 16(3): 249-252. 1 tab. 17 figs. Jan. 1, 1974. -Cites the Monterey Bay occurrence of Hydro- damalis gigas as evidence of a southward range extension of cold-water fauna during the Wiscon- sin glacial period (251-252). x Addison, William H.F. 1934. Unusual large nerve cells in the cerebellar cortex of several aquatic mammals. Psychiatr. en Neurol. Bladen, 1934(3/4): 587- 595. 2 figs. May-Aug. 1934. -Describes cells in Manatus americanus (587, 590) and four other marine mammals. Adelung, Johann Christoph 1768. Geschichte der Schiffahrten und Versuche welche zur Entdeckung des Nordostlichen Weges nach Japan und China von verschiedenen Nationen unternommen worden. Zum Behufe der Erdbe- schreibung und Naturgeschichte dieser Gegenden entworfen. Halle, Johann Justinus Gebauer, 8 + 740. 19 pis. -Allen 303. Translates into German Steller's (1751) description of Hydrodamalis (653-667). Adloff, Paul 1903. Zur Frage nach der Entstehung der heutigen Saugethierzahnformen. Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 5: 357-382. 5 figs. PL 10. Adloff, Paul 1910. Uber den gegenwartigen Stand der vergleichenden Morphologie des Zahnsystems der Saugethiere und des Menschen. Ergebn. Ges. Zahnheilk., 1(1): 226-280. 8 figs. Agassiz, Louis: SEE ALSO Warren, J.C., 1849. x Agassiz, Louis 1849. [On some points of resemblance between the skulls of manatee and mastodon.] Proc Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 3: 209. Dec. 19, 1849. -The manatee is considered to be not a cetacean but "the true embryonic type of the Pachyderms." Agassiz, Louis 1868. A journey in Brazil. Ed. 5. Boston, Ticknor & Fields, xix + 540. Illus. x Aharoni, J. 1930. Die Saugtiere [sic] Palastinas. Zs. Saugetierk., 5(6): 327-343. Dec. 22, 1930. -Note on a dugong captured at Tantura (between Haifa and Tel Aviv), having passed through the Suez Canal (330). Aharoni, J. 1937. Ayala vetachash [Deer and tachash]. Tarbiz, 8 (1936-37): 319-339. 3 figs. -In Hebrew with extensive quotations in other languages. According to Dr. J. Shoshani, the title is ambiguous (perhaps intentionally so) and can also be transliterated "Ela vetachash," meaning "Goat (or sheep) and tachash." The article discusses the identification of the animal referred to in the Bible (q.v.) as tachash, including past interpretations of it as a deer, goat, dugong, etc. Aharoni suggests that it may have been a narwhal {Monodon monoceros) or a deer {Cervus capreo- lus). See also Furman (1940?). Aichel, Otto 1918a. Uber Kieferwachstum. NUMBER 80 19 Anat. Anz., 51(19/20): 502-510. 3 figs. Dec. 30, 1918. Aichel, Otto 1918b. Kausale Studien zum ontogenetischen und phylo- genetischen Geschehen am Kiefer mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Elephas und Manatus. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1918(3): 1-109. 21 figs. 5 pis. x Aichel, Otto 1926. Uber Zahndurchbruch und Kieferresorption, sowie uber das Os sacculi dentis (Aichel). Anat. Anz., 61(1/2): 42-43. Apr. 14, 1926. -Defends the view that the entire tooth row in manatees and elephants does not really move forward horizontally as generally believed. Aizu Fossil Research Group: SEE ALSO Kobayashi & Aizu Fossil Res. Group, 1988; Miyazaki et al., 1988. x Aizu Fossil Research Group 1982. On a fossil Sirenia [sic] from the Shiotsubo Formation, Takasato, Yama, Fukushima Prefec- ture, Northeast Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(5): 282-284. 1 tab. 2 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Reports Dusisiren cf. jordani from the Late Miocene; a left scapula is illustrated. Akamatsu, Morio: SEE ALSO Kimura et al., 1983; Kimura & Akamatsu, 1984. D Akamatsu, Morio 1984. Paleoenvironment of the Desmostylus -bearing for- mations in Hokkaido—with a special reference to the Hobetsu specimen. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 63-68. 1 tab. 2 figs. 1 pi. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Akiba, Fumio: SEE Takahashi et al., 1983. Akiyama, Masahiko: SEE ALSO Inuzuka et al., 1977; Kimura, Akiyama, & Kumano, 1978; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Akiyama, Masahiko; & Kumano, Sumio 1973. A new occurrence of Desmostylus teeth from Kamitokushibetsu, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 79(12): 781-786. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Albers, CF. 1822. Icones ad illustrandam anatomen comparatum. Leipzig. -Fetus of manatee, fasc. 2: 7. Albrecht, Helmut: SEE ALSO Eichler & Albrecht. Albrecht, Helmut 1986. Meerminnen [Mermaids]. Dieren, 2(6): 178-179. 2 figs. -In Dutch. Albrecht, P. 1883. Note sur la presence d'6piphyses terminales sur le corps des vertebres d'un exemplaire de Manatus americanus Desm. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 2: 35-38. PI. 2. Albuja V, Luis: SEE Timm et al., 1986, 1989. Aldrovandi, Ulisse 1613. De piscibvs libri v. et de cetis lib. vnvs. loannes Cornelivs Vterverivs ... collegit ... Hieronymvs Tambvrinvs in lucem edidit.... Bononiae [= Bologna], [Ioannem Baptistam] Bellagambam, 732 + [26]. Illus. -Several later eds. Manatee, 728; fig. (after Clusius) on 729. Alencar Fernandes, Adaucto de: SEE Fernandes, Adaucto de Alencar. Alfaro Gonzalez, Anastasio 1897. Mamiferos de Costa Rica. San Jose (Costa Rica), Tipograffa Nacional. Alfonso, Gaspar 1735. Relacao da viagem e successo que teve a nao S. Francisco em que hia por Capitao Vasco da Fonseca na Armada, que foy para a India no anno de 1596. In: B. Gomes de Brito, Historia tragico-maritima, em que se escrevem chronolo- gicamente os naufragios que tiverdo as naos de Portugal, depois que se poz em exercicio a navegaqdo da India. Vol. 2. Lisboa Occidental (3 vols., 1735 [-37?]). x Allen, Glover M. 1923. Additional remains of the fossil dugong of Florida. Jour. Mamm., 4(4): 231-239. 1 fig. PI. 26. Nov. 1, 1923. -Discusses fossil sirenians from the Atlantic coast of the U.S. (231-232), and refers new material from the Miocene or Pliocene of Florida to Metaxytherium floridanum (232-238, pi. 26). x Allen, Glover M. 1926. Fossil mammals from South Carolina. Bull Mus. Compar. Zool, 67(14): 447-467. 5 pis. Jul. 1926. -Review and synonymy of South Carolina Mio- cene sirs. (455-459, pis. 2-3), recognizing two species: Halitherium antiquum (Leidy) Allen (new combination; 455) and Metaxytherium mani- gaulti (Cope) Allen (new combination, wrongly attributed to Kellogg; 458). x Allen, Glover M. 1935. The former occurrence of the dugong in Chinese waters. China Jour. (Shanghai), 22(2): 79-81. Feb. 1935. -Calls attention to, quotes, and translates the account of the sea cow in de Goyer & de Keyser 20 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (1665). Comment by Sowerby appended, 81-82 (see Sowerby, 1935). Allen, Glover M. 1942. Extinct and vanishing mammals of the Western Hemisphere with the marine species of all the oceans. Spec. PubL, Amer. Comm. Internatl. Wild Life Prot., 11: xv + 620. Frontisp., 24 figs. -Sirs., 528-552. Allen, Glover M.; & Lawrence, Barbara 1936. Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa. III. Mammals. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool, 79: 31-125. 4 pis. -Sirs., 125. Allen, Joel Asaph 1871. On the mammals and winter birds of east Florida, with an examination of certain assumed specific characters in birds. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool, 2(3): 161-250. 5 pis. x Allen, Joel Asaph 1882. Preliminary list of works and papers relating to the mammalian orders Cete and Sirenia. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv. Terr., 6(3)(Art. 18): 399-562. Aug. 30, 1882. -A facsimile edition of 500 copies with a 12-page author index (which the original lacked) was published in 1977 by A.D. Lilly, Hythe, Kent, England. That ed. erroneously gives the original date of publication as 1881; the correct date of Aug. 30, 1882 is found on the wrapper of vol. 6, no. 3 of the Bulletin, and the year and month are confirmed in the volume's Prefatory Note by F.V. Hayden (pp. iii-iv) and in the table of contents (p. v). This scholarly bibliography covers the years 1495-1840 and includes 1014 items (two item numbers are duplicated and one is omitted), of which about 230 deal with sirenians. Though of course not "complete" for the period covered (as if any such bibliography ever is), Allen's list is an invaluable source for the very early literature, and his judicious critical annotations are a useful guide to the many editions of these early works as well as to the material they contain. Other attractive features are the detailed transcription of title pages and description of collations, which I have not attempted to reproduce or emulate in the present work. Allen's foreword, dated Sep. 1881, concludes (p. 401) with the statement that "The attempt has been made to bring the "List" down to the end of the year 1880, but a few later titles have been added, and there are doubtless many deficiencies for the last year of the record." Hayden's Prefatory Note explains that the incompleteness of the published version was due to the author's sick- ness, and this is confirmed by a slip of paper inserted in some copies, which reads: "Owing to the illness of the author, which prevented his revision of the proofsheets, it was necessary to stop the printing of the "List" at the end of the year 1840. The present installment comprises only a little more than one-third of the article; the remainder will be published as soon as the author's health renders it practicable. J. A. ALLEN. Cambridge, Sept., 1882." Allen much later {Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull, 24(18): 279-280, 1908) explained that the compi- lation of this bibliography was intended as a preliminary step toward "a work on the Cetacea and Sirenia of North America, to be published as a volume of the quarto Reports of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories [the Hayden Survey].... The prepara- tion of the text of the monograph (on the same general plan as the author's previously published volume on the Pinnipedia) was well advanced,... [but] was suddenly interrupted by the author's serious illness, resulting in a prolonged period of invalidism. During this interval the "Hayden Survey" ceased to exist, and the reorganized Geological Survey made no provision for the completion of the unfinished zoological work begun under the Hayden Survey. Later other interests engaged the author's attention, and nothing further was done on the proposed mono- graph of the Cetacea and Sirenia." Although Allen lived until 1921, and did eventually publish part of his cetacean manu- script, no more of the sirenian material ever appeared (see Autobiographical notes and a bibliography of the scientific publications of Joel Asaph Allen, New York, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., ix + 215, 1916). Dr. James G. Mead (pers. comm.) has diligently searched for the unpublished manu- script and proofsheets of the bibliography in various archives, and has established with fair certainty that they were destroyed, x Allen, Joel Asaph 1902. Zimmermann's "Zoologiae Geographicae" and "Geographische Geschichte" considered in their relation to mammalian nomenclature. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16: 13-22. Jan. 1902. -Notes that Manati gigas Zimmermann, 1780 [= Hydrodamalis gigas] is "at present recognized in nomenclature"; Manati Zimmermann, 1780, is said to be "of even date with Manatus Storr" (22). NUMBER 80 21 x Allen, Joel Asaph 1904. Report on mammals from the district of Santa Marta, Colombia, collected by Mr. Herbert H. Smith, with field notes by Mr. Smith. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 20: 407-468. -Brief account by Smith of Trichechus manatus occurrences and seasonal hunting along the coast (423). x Allen, Joel Asaph 1910. Additional mammals from Nicaragua. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 28(9): 87-115. Apr. 30, 1910. -P. 89: {"Tapirella, Trichechus, and Mazama have been recorded north to Mexico."} -P. 94: {"Trichechus manatus Linnaeus. Well known to have been formerly abundant along the eastern coast [of Nicaragua]."} Allen, John F.: SEE ALSO Budiarso et al., 1979. x Allen, John F.; L6pes, Marta M.; Budiarso, Iwan T; Sumitro, Dr.; & Hammond, D. 1976. Some observations on the biology of the dugong {Dugong dugong) from the waters of South Sulawesi. Aquatic Mammals, 4(2): 33-48. 3 figs. 4 pis. Sep. 1976. -Detailed account of captive husbandry and postmortem examinations, including food analy- ses, parasites, body measurements, organ weights, hematology, etc., of dugongs kept at Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, Jakarta, x Allen, John H. 1846. Some facts respecting the geology of Tampa Bay, Florida. Amer. Jour. Sci., (2)1(1)(4): 38-42. -P. 41: {"There are other beds of marl, apparently of a much more recent origin, one of which extends along the shore at Fort Brooke; it is an earthy mass containing vast quantities of oysters and other shells, extends a few hundred feet back from the shore, and is several feet in thickness. I have seen dug out of it bones of the Manatus or sea cow, an animal that still exists in the southern part of the peninsula."} These bones were prob- ably Pleistocene in age. Alliger, Marjorie E. 1979. Cousin to the elephant. [Publisher?], 1-12. 3 figs. Dec. 1979. -Children's pamphlet on Florida manatees. Allison, Edwin C: SEE ALSO Durham & Allison, 1960. D Allison, Edwin C. 1964. Geology of areas bordering Gulf of California. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol Mem., 3: 3-29. 2 figs. Sep. 1964. x Allsopp, W. Herbert L. 1960. The manatee: ecology and use for weed control. Nature (London), 188(4752): 762. Nov. 26, 1960. -Describes weed control experiments with T. manatus in British Guiana. Reprinted in WA. Dill (1961:3-4). Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1961. Putting manatees to work. New Scientist, 12(263): 548-549. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1961. -Weed-clearance in British Guiana. Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1962. Putting manatees to work. Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. Zoo, No. 34: 33-35. -Weed-clearance in British Guiana, x Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1969. Aquatic weed control by manatees—its prospects and problems. In: L.E. Obeng (ed.), Man-made lakes. Accra, Ghana Univ. Press (398 pp.), 344-351. -Account of weed-control experiments in Guyana and elsewhere, including species of plants eaten and sizes of areas cleared. Almeida, Ant6nio de 1960. Sereias de A16m-Mar. Mem. Acad. Cienc Lisboa, Classe de Cienc, 8: 3-31.2 figs. Read Jul. 3, 1958. x Almeida, Ant6nio de 1971. Novos aspectos da etnozoologia timorense. Mem. Acad. Cienc Lisboa, Classe de Cienc, 15: 205-221. -Brief account of legends relating to dugongs and of use of dugong meat, hide, oil, teeth, and "tears" in Timor (209, 211-212, 220). Almera, D. Jaime 1896. Sobre la serie de mamiferos fosiles descubiertos en Cataluna. Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)2: 251- 257. Almera, D. Jaime 1897. Reconocimiento de la presencia del primer piso mediterr&ieo en el Panades. Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)1(20): 349-394. 1 chart. 6 figs. Read Jun. 30, 1896. Almera, D. Jaime 1898. Enumeration des mammiferes fossiles d6couverts en Catalogne. C.R. TV Congr. Sci. Internatl. des Cathol. (Fri- bourg, Aug. 16-20, 1897), 1-5. Almera, D. Jaime 1899a. Compte rendu de l'excursion du samedi 8 Oct. a Castellvi de la Marca, au Vallon de San-Pau d'Ordal et a San Sadurni de Noya. Bull Soc. Geol France, (3)26: 840-852. 22 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Almera, D. Jaime 1899b. Compte rendu de 1'excursion du vendredi 7 Octobre aux environs de Villanova et de Vila- franca. Bull Soc. Geol France, (3)26: 812-822. x Almera, D. Jaime 1906. Descripci6n geol6gica y genesis de la Plana de Vich accompanada de su mapa topografico geol6- gico a la escala de 1/30000: Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)5(20): 347-399. 1 map. Apr. 1906. -Records "Halitherium sp." from Lutetian (Mid- dle Eocene) deposits at Serras de Ccinoves & Puiglagulla, Spain (379). Alston, Edward R. 1879-82 Biologia Centrali-Americana. Mammalia. London, R.H. Porter, xx + 220. 22 pis. —Manatee, vi, xi, xvii, 90-96, pi. 7. Altichieri, L. 1980. II giacimento de Monte Duello. In: G. Parisi et al. (eds.), / vertebrati fossili italiani: catalogo delta mostra, Verona 1980. Verona, Commune di Verona, 156-160. Altman, Jennifer: SEE Teunissen & Altman, 1986. x Alvarez, Ticul 1963. The Recent mammals of Tamaulipas, Mexico. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14(15): 363-473. 5 figs. May 20, 1963. -Quotes Miller & Kellogg's (1955: 791) record of T. m. latirostris from the mouth of the Rio Grande; considers the species "probably extir- pated in state" of Tamaulipas (465). x Alviano, Fid^lis de 1945. Gramdtica, diciondrio, verbos e frases e vo- cabuldrio prdtico da lingua dos indios Ticunas. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nac, 1-227. -Reprinted from Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasil, 183: 3-194, 1944. The Ticuna word for the manatee is given as di-rue (127). Alvinerie, J.; Anglada, R.; & Caralp, M. 1977. Stratotype et parastratotype de l'Aquitanien. Les Stratotypes Franqais (Paris, CNRS), 4: 1-105. Amaral, Angelo Thomaz do 1858. Falla dirigida a" Assemblea Legislativa Provincial do Amazonas em o lo. de Outubro de 1857 pelo Presidente da Provincia.... Reprinted in collected Relatorios da Presidencia do Amazonas, 1852- 1858. Rio de Janeiro, Typ. Universal de Laemmert, 576-665. Dec. 1905. Ambrose, J.D.: SEE Krishna Pillai et al., 1989. x Ameghino, Florentino 1883. Sobre una coleccion de mamfferos f6siles del piso mesopot£mico de la formacidn patagdnica, re- cogidos en las barrancas del Parana por el profesor Pedro Scalabrini. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba, 5(1): 101-116. -Repr. in Ameghino's collected Obras, vol. 4: 87-97, 1915. Ribodon limbato [sic], n.gen.n.sp., is described on the basis of a single upper molar, thought to represent a perissodactyl of Lower Oligocene age (112-113; Obras, 94-95). Its age is now considered Mio-Pliocene. x Ameghino, Florentino 1885. Nuevos restos de mamfferos fdsiles oligocenos recogidos por el profesor Pedro Scalabrini y pertenecientes al Museo Provincial de la Ciudad del Parana\ Bol. Acad. Cienc. Cordoba, 8: 5-207. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 5: 7-146. Reports three new upper molars of Ribodon limbatus, which he still considers an Oligocene tapiroid (100-105). The spelling of the specific name is here corrected from "limbato." x Ameghino, Florentino 1886. Contribuciones al conocimiento de los mamfferos fosiles de los terrenos terciarios antiguos del Parana\ Bol. Acad. Cienc Cordoba, 9: 1-228. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 5: 179-325. Describes additional teeth of the supposed tapi- roid Ribodon limbatus, contrasting it with Hy- rachyus and Listriodon (147-151). Also describes as a tapiroid, and a close relative of Ribodon, the new genus and species Antaodon cinctus (151ff), later thought by some to be a sir. but now considered a tayassuid. Ameghino, Florentino 1889. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los mamiferos fdsiles de la Republica Argentina: obra escrita bajo los auspicios de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias de la Republica Argentina para presen- tarla a la Exposici6n Universal de Paris de 1889. Actas Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba, 6: xxxiii + 1027. Atlas, pis. 1-98. May 20, 1889. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vols. 6-9. Also published separately. Ameghino, Florentino 1891. Determinaci6n de algunos jalones para la restaura- cion de las antiguas conexiones del continente sud-americano. Rev. Argent. Hist. Nat., 1: 282-288. -?Repr.: Crdnica Cienc. (Barcelona), 14: 399- 405; also in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 10: 285- 290, 1918. A letter to H. von Ihering, mentioning Ribodon. NUMBER 80 23 Ameghino, Florentino 1893. Les mammiferes fossiles de la Patagonie australe. [With footnotes by E. Trouessart.] Rev. Sci. (Paris), (3)30(1): 13-17. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 10: 503-521, 535-545 (with Engl, and Spanish transls.). Engl, transl.: Amer. Naturalist, 27: 445-449? Ameghino, Florentino 1904. Paleontologia Argentina. Publ. Univ. de La Plata, Fac Cienc. Fis.-mat., No. 2: 1-79. 72 figs. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 15: 7-91. Ameghino, Florentino 1906. Les formations sedimentaires du Cr&ace" supeYieur et du Tertiaire de Patagonie. An. Mus. Nac Buenos Aires, (3)8: 1-568. 358 figs. 3 pis. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 16. Revs.: Nature (London), 77: 68?; Rev. Anthrop., 17: 354-357, 388-393, 1907, 18: 20-30, 1908? Amoroso, E.C.: SEE Ronald et al., 1978. Amprino, Rodolfo; & Godina, Giovanni 1947. La struttura delle ossa nei vertebrati: ricerche comparative negli anfibi e negli amnioti. Commentats. Pontif. Acad. Sci., 11(9): 329-464. 47 pis. Anchieta, Jose de 1799. Josephi de Anchieta epistola, quamplurimarum rerum naturalium quae S. Vicentii (nunc S. Pauli) provinciam incolunt sistens descriptionem. Lisbon, Typis Academiae, 2 + 49 + 1. -Manatees in Espirito Santo, Brazil, mentioned in a letter dated at Sao Vicente, May 31, 1560; Portuguese transl.: Anchieta (1933). x Anchieta, Jose" de 1900. Carta fazendo a descripqdo das innumeras coisas naturaes, que se encontram na provincia de S. Vicente hoje S. Paulo seguida de outras cartas ineditas escriptas da Bahia pelo veneravel Padre Jose de Anchieta e copiadas do Archivo da Companhia de Jesus. Traduzidas do Latim pelo Professor Joao Vieira de Almeida com um prefacio pelo Dr. Augusto Cesar de Miranda Azevedo. Sao Paulo, Typ. da Casa Eclectica, 1-69. -Brief account of the manatee that is said to occur at the city of "Espirito Sancto," Brazil, and elsewhere to the north (hence T. manatus), and its use for meat and oil (11-12). Mentions the vernacular names Boi marinha and Iguaragud (11). Anchieta, Jose" de 1933. [Carta] Ao Padre Geral de Sao Vicente, ao ultimo de Maio de 1560. In: Cartas, informaqoes, fragmentos historicos e sermoes do Padre Joseph de Anchieta, SJ. (1554-1594). Rio de Janeiro, Civilizacao Brasileira (567 pp.): 107-108. -Portuguese transl. of the letter mentioned in Anchieta (1799). The first Portuguese transl. of this letter appeared in Ann. Bibliotheca Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 1: 279, 1876. Engl, transl.: Whitehead (1977: 170). Andersen, H.T.: SEE ALSO Kooyman & Andersen, 1969. Andersen, H.T. 1966. Physiological adaptations in diving vertebrates. Physiol. Rev., 46: 212. Anderson, Elaine: SEE ALSO Kurt6n & Anderson, 1980. Anderson, Elaine 1984. Who's who in the Pleistocene: a mammalian bestiary. In: P.S. Martin & R.G. Klein (eds.), Quaternary extinctions: a prehistoric revolution. Tucson, Univ. Arizona Press (x + 892): 40-89. Illus. -Gen. ace. of Hydrodamalis gigas (82-83) and Trichechus (83). D Anderson, F.M. 1911. The Neocene deposits of Kern River, Calif, and the Temblor basin. Proc Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)3: 73-148. Pis. 2-13. Anderson, Gordon R.V 1988. Perceptions of plenty: approaches to the manage- ment of migratory and non-migratory species subject to traditional subsistence hunting. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Workshop Ser., No. 8: 176-187. Anderson, H.F.: SEE Patton et al., 1989. Anderson, John; & De Winton, WE. 1902. Zoology of Egypt. Vol. II. Mammalia. London, Hugh Rees, Ltd., xvii + 374. 66 pis. 1 map. -Dugong, 359-360. Anderson, Paul K.: SEE ALSO Brownell, Anderson et al., 1981; Heinsohn et al.; Marsh & Anderson, 1983; Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Prince et al., 1981. x Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Dugong behavior: On being a marine mammalian grazer. Biologist, 61(4): 113-144. 10 figs. Nov. 1979. -Excellent review of dugong ethology with many thought-provoking ideas and speculations, includ- ing observations on anatomy, locomotion, respira- tion and diving, feeding, social interactions, reproduction, defense against predators, resting 24 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY and calving sites, responses to humans, daily and seasonal movements, and critical aspects of dugong habitat. x Anderson, Paul K. 1981a. The behavior of the dugong (Dugong dugon) in relation to conservation and management. Bull Mar. Sci., 31(3): 640-647. Jul. 1981. -Abstr.: Symp. Biol Manage. Mangroves Trop. Shallow Water Communities, 2: 15, 1980. Review of selected aspects of dugong behavior (patterns of habitat use, modes of foraging, diel activity cycles, surfacing and diving, net entanglement, responses to boats and divers, social behavior, and capture myopathy) with comments on the implica- tions of each for conservation and management. x Anderson, Paul K. 1981b. Dugong behaviour: observations, extrapolations and speculations. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400): 91-111. 2 figs. -Reviews present knowledge of dugong behavior, mostly citing earlier reports, and contrasts it with comparable published data on manatees. x Anderson, Paul K. 1982a. Studies of dugongs at Shark Bay, Western Australia. I. Analysis of population size, composi- tion, dispersion and habitat use on the basis of aerial survey. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9: 69-84. 6 tabs. 5 figs. -Presents the results of aerial surveys in Shark Bay, principally on the east coast of Dirk Hartog Island. Estimates a population of at least 923 dugongs in the entire bay (including 10.3%- 12.6% calves); shows evidence of seasonal move- ments; and discusses dugong aggregations and their interactions with sharks. x Anderson, Paul K. 1982b. Studies of dugongs at Shark Bay, Western Australia. II. Surface and subsurface observations. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9: 85-99. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Describes in detail the responses of dugongs to the presence of boats, divers, and dolphins; feeding on Amphibolis; surfacing and diving, swimming, local movements, cow-calf relation- ships, and vocalizations and the lack thereof. Notes possible commensal feeding of cormorants with dugongs (94), and compares herding behav- ior of dugongs with that of plains ungulates (97-98). x Anderson, Paul K. 1984a. Suckling in Dugong dugon. Jour. Mamm., 65(3): 510-511. Aug. 24, 1984. -Calves observed at Shark Bay, Australia, most often suckled in an inverted position, unlike manatees; and cows continued other activities during nursing. Anderson, Paul K. 1984b. Migration, dietary quality, and winter movements in a subtropical dugong population. [Abstr.] Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer., 65(2): 158. June 1984. x Anderson, Paul K. 1984c. Observations on the behavior and ecology of dugongs on the coast of Queensland. Natl Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 16: 37-42. -A gen. ace, summarizing some of the results of Anderson & Birtles (1978). Anderson, Paul K. 1985. What one scientist doesn't know about dugongs and would like to learn. Sunrise (Kuwait Airways), Jul. 1985: 17. 1 fig. x Anderson, Paul K. 1986a. Dugongs of Shark Bay, Australia—seasonal mi- gration, water temperature, and forage. Natl Geogr. Res., 2(4): 473-490. 3 tabs. 8 figs. -Demonstrates that seasonal movements within the bay are controlled by temperature, and discusses the nutritional implications of the resultant shifting between a summer diet of Halodule and a less favorable winter diet of Amphibolis. Thermal tolerances of dugongs ap- peared similar to those of manatees. Anderson, Paul K. 1986b. Dugongs: mermaids of the Arabian seas. Sheraton, 2(6): 44-49. 9 figs. Anderson, Paul K. 1986c. Dugong behavior and ecology. A study in Shark Bay, Western Australia. Explorers Jour., 64(4): 162-167. Illus. Anderson, Paul K. 1988a. The Shark Bay dugong herd: status, biology and recommendations for research and management. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 177-187. 2 figs. Oct. 1988. Anderson, Paul K. 1988b. Aerial survey for dugongs: a review and recom- mendations. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 188-198. Oct. 1988. Anderson, Paul K. 1989. Deliberate foraging on macro-invertebrates by dugongs. Natl. Geogr. Research, 5(1): 4-6. 1 fig. Winter 1989. NUMBER 80 25 x Anderson, Paul K.; & Birtles, Alastair 1978. Behaviour and ecology of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia): Observations in Shoalwater and Cleveland Bays, Queensland. Austral. Wildl. Res., 5(1): 1-23. 1 tab. 11 figs. -Reports results of aerial surveys and observa- tions on surfacing, diving, respiration, feeding, feeding tracks, aggregative and sexual behavior, response to observers, and movements in relation to the tidal cycle; comments on energy budget and vulnerability to human disturbance; and makes comparisons with manatees, x Anderson, Paul K.; & Heinsohn, George E. 1978. The status of the dugong, and dugong hunting in Australian waters: A survey of local perceptions. Biol Conserv., 13(1): 13-26. 2 tabs. 1 fig. -Reports results of postal questionnaire surveys on dugong status, distribution, movements, ecol- ogy, and hunting patterns, with examples of questionnaires used, x Anderson, Paul K.; & Prince, Robert I.T. 1985. Predation on dugongs: attacks by killer whales. Jour. Mamm., 66(3): 554-556. Aug. 9, 1985. -Eyewitness accounts of three Orcinus attacks on herds of dugongs in Shark Bay, Australia. x Anderson, Richard John 1898. Some notes on the manus of the dugong. Jour. Anat. Physiol, 32(= n.s. 12)(4): 765-767. Jul. 1898. -Comparison of the dugong and manatee manus: ankylosis, epiphyses, constituent bones, etc. Anderson, Richard John 1902. A note on the premaxilla in some mammals. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Kongr. (Berlin), 1901(5): 1118-1127. 40 figs, x Anderson, Richard John 1908. The thickness of the skull in Mammalia. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (77th Meeting, Leicester, 1907): 546-547. -P. 547: {"The parietal in part is translucent in both manatee and dugong."} x Anderson, Richard John 1909. The maxilla and palatine in the Mammalia. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (78th Meeting, Dublin, 1908): 744-745. -Length of intermaxillary suture given as "12" [cm?] in Manatus (745). x Andrada e Silva, Jose" Bonifacio de 1790. Mem6ria sobre a pesca das baleas e extragao do seu azeite; com algumas reflexoes a respeito das nossas pescarias. Mem. Economicas Acad. Cienc Lisboa, 2: 388- 412. -Mentions (389) "more than 20 shiploads per year" of manatees exported from Brazil, ca. 1658 (based on A. Vieira, 1735). Andreae, Achilles; & Keller, Gustav 1901. Thiere der Vorwelt. Reconstructionen vorweltli- cher Thiere entworfen von Gustav Keller in Munchen, mil Erlduterungen von Professor Dr. Andreae in Hildesheim. Cassel, 1-34. Andreev, F.V. 1986. [On the organs of sight of the manatee and other Sirenia.] In: VE. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: mor- fologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 342-350. -In Russian. Andres, L.: SEE Blackburn & Andres, 1968. Andres, L.A.; & Bennett, F.D. 1975. Biological control of aquatic weeds. Ann. Rev. Entom., 20: 31-46. Andrews, Charles William 1901. Preliminary note on some recently discovered extinct vertebrates from Egypt (Part II). Geol. Mag., (4)8(10): 436-444. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 64: 582, 1901? x Andrews, Charles William 1902. Preliminary note on some recently discovered extinct vertebrates from Egypt (Part III). Geol. Mag., (4)9(7)(= n.s. No. 457): 291-295. 3 figs. Jul. 1902. -Notice: H.F. Osbom (1902b). Describes and illustrates Eosiren libyca, n.gen.n.sp., from the "Middle" (actually Late) Eocene of the Fayum, and briefly compares it with other Eocene and Oligocene sirs. (293-295). Andrews, Charles William 1906. A descriptive catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the Faydm, Egypt. Based on the collection of the Egyptian government in the Geological Mu- seum, Cairo, and on the collection in the British Museum (Natural History), London. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., xxxvii + 324. Frontisp. 3 + 98 figs. 26 pis. -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 12(3), 165-166?; Nature (London), 74: 175-178?; Sci. Prog., 1: 498?; Geol. Mag., (5)3: 266-269? Sirs., 197-218, pi. 20. Provides a further description of the skull (198-204), mandible (209-210), and postcranial elements (212-215) of Eosiren libyca from the Fayum. Also describes and illustrates (204-209) a skull of "Eotherium aegyptiacum (?)" from the Mokattam Hills that later became the holotype of Protosiren fraasi Abel, 1907, and a mandible thought to be associated with this latter specimen (210-212). 26 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Andrews, Charles William 1907. The recently discovered Tertiary Vertebrata of Egypt. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst. Wash., 1906: 295- 307. -?Reprinted in Sci. Prog., 1: 668-682, Apr. 4, 1907? Andrews, Charles William 1909. The systematic position of Moeritherium. Nature (London), 81: 305. Andrews, Charles William 1912. On the importance of Africa in vertebrate palaeon- tology. Jour. E. Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc, 2: 109-113. -Abstr.: Geol. Mag., (5)9: 454-455. xD Andrews, Charles William 1924. On some similarities in the evolution of the dentition in the Sirenia and Proboscidea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9)13(75): 304-309. Mar. 1924. -Lists anatomical features shared by sirs, and proboscideans, and discusses resemblances in dental formula, tooth crown morphology, and mode of tooth replacement. Desmostylus is also compared with these, and regarded as a sirenian. Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1944. Russkie otkrytiya v Tikhom Okeane i Severnoy Amerike v XVIII-XTX vekakh [Russian discoveries in the Pacific Ocean and in North America in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.] Moscow & Leningrad, Akad. Nauk SSSR, All- Union Geogr. Soc. -Engl, transl.: Andreyev (1952). Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1948. Russkie otkrytiya v Tikhom Okeane i Sever noy Amerike v XVIII veke [Russian discoveries in the Pacific Ocean and in North America in the eighteenth century.] Moscow, Gosudarstvennoye izdatelstvo geo- graficheskoy literatury, 1-382. x Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1952. Russian discoveries in the Pacific and in North America in the eighteenth and nineteenth centu- ries. Ann Arbor, J.W Edwards, for Amer. Council of Learned Socs., ii + 214. -Translation by Carl Ginsburg of Andreyev (1944). Mentions the hunting of "sea-cows" (presumably on Bering Island) by the Glotov- Ponomarev expedition, which wintered on Copper Island in 1758-9(19-20). Anghiera, Pietro Mar tire d': SEE Martyr, Peter. Anglada, R.: SEE ALSO Alvinerie et al., 1977. x Anglada, R.; Arnaud, M.; Catzigras, F.; Colomb, E.; Delcourt, A.; & Ferrandini, M. 1974. Etude stratigraphique et s6dimentologique de l'Aquitanien de la Calanque du Petit Nid (Sausset, Bouches-du-Rhone, France). D6couverte d'un squelette & Halitherium Kaup. Ann. Univ. Provence, Geol Mediterr., 1(1): 1-7. 2 figs. 1 pi. -Engl. summ. Reports skull fragments, vertebrae, and ribs of Halitherium sp. found in Aquitanian (Early Miocene) deposits (1-2). x Annandale, N. 1906. Notes on the species, external characters and habits of the dugong. Jour. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (n.s.), 1(9): 238-243. Pis. 7-9. "Nov. 1905" (publ. Jan. 10, 1906). -Detailed account of the external anatomy of an Indian dugong, with comments on dugong behav- ior and hunting in India, Andaman Islands, and Australia. Halicore australis is synonymized with H. dugong. Stomach contents of one specimen were unbruised green algae. According to Pocock (1940: 331), a "final report" on dugong systematics by Annandale was withdrawn because of the publications by Dexler & Freund (1906a,b,c). x Annandale, N. 1907. The appendicular skeleton of the dugong (Hali- core dugong). Recs. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, 1(1): 79-80. 4 figs. Jun. 1907. -Comments on the pelvis (79) and manus (79- 80); the latter is shown to be extremely variable. Annixter, P. 1927. Monarch of the lagoons. Saturday Evening Post, 200(25): 16-17, 38, 42, 44, 46, 49. Dec. 17, 1927. Anthony, H.E. 1921. Mammals collected by Wm. Beebe at the British Guiana Tropical Research Station. Zoologica, 3(13): 286. -Manatees at Kartabo, British Guiana. Anthony, H.E. 1928. Field book of North American mammals. New York, Putnam's Sons, xxv + 625. Anthony, Raoul 1912. Contribution a l'6tude morphologique g6n6rale des caracteres d'adaptation a la vie arboricole chez les vert6br6s. Ann. Sci. Nat., (9)15: 101-342. 74 figs. Antonelli, Giuseppi (compiler?) 1853? Storia naturale dei mammiferi. (Vol. I of Storia naturale illustrata del regno animate tratta dalle NUMBER 80 27 opere delpiu distinti e moderni naturalisti Italiani e stranieri.) Venice, Presso Giuseppi Antonelli, [l]-573. 1100 figs. Antrim, James E.: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. Anwar, Mohammad: SEE Gingerich et al., 1993. Aoki, B. 1913. A hand-list of Japanese and Formosan mammals. Annot. Zool. Jap., 8: 261-353. Aoki, Bunichiro; Tateishi, Shinkichi; Tanaka, Ryo; & Furuhata, Kitao 1938. Anatomical notes on the dugong. Kagaku no Taiwan (Jour. Taiwan Museum Assoc), 6(5): 491-518. 21 figs. + cover illustra- tions. Oct. 1938. -In Japanese with some titles and captions in Engl. A copy of fig. 7, showing an embryo in utero, also appeared on the cover of the Oct. 1937 issue (vol. 5, no. 5). D Aoki, R. 1915. A contribution of the knowledge of the extinct sirenian Desmostylus hesperus Marsh. Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo, 22(266): 412-419. Apaiwongs, C. 1959. Sea cow in the Gulf of Thailand. Science (Tokyo?), 13(10): 21-29. x Aragao, Amazonas de 1954. Pescarias fluviais no Brasil. Ed. 2. Sao Paulo, EdicSes Melhoramentos: 1-158. Illus. -First ed., 162 pp., 1947. Account of the harpooning of an Amazon "Manatus," with a figure of "Trichechus manatus" (54-56). Men- tions the use of nostril plugs for killing manatees (56), and manatees' habit of submerging by "sliding backward" (55). x Arag6n, Francisco de las Barras y de 1951. El dugong en Filipinas. Bol. Real Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., Sect. Biol, 49: 265-268. -Calls attention to a 1792 account of a dugong captured at Manila, and to its economic use in later times, including dugong-atlas bracelets. D Arai, Juzo 1953. New discovery of desmostylid (Cornwallius? sp.) in the Chichibu basin (preliminary report). Bull. Chichibu Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 3: 65-84. Illus. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Aranda-Manteca, Francisco Javier 1990. Aspectos paleoceanograTicos y paleoecologicos de los f6siles del Mioceno, La Mesa La Mision, Baja California, Mexico. Rev. Soc. Mex. Paleont., 3(1): 97-116. 7 figs. 3 pis. Nov. 1990. -Engl. summ. Discusses the occurrence of Metaxytherium cf. M. calvertense and Desmosty- lus cf. D. hesperus in the La Misi6n fauna (100, 103-104, 108, 111, pi. 3). Aranda-Manteca, Francisco Javier; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Barnes, Lawrence G. 1994. A new Middle Miocene sirenian of the genus Metaxytherium from Baja California and Califor- nia: relationships and paleobiogeographic impli- cations. In: A. Berta & T.A. Demure (eds.), Contributions in marine mammal paleontology honoring Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Proc San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 191-204. 3 tabs. 13 figs. May 1, 1994. -Spanish summ. Describes the new species Metaxytherium arctodites, and interprets it as structurally ancestral to the Hydrodamalinae. Also places Hesperosiren in the synonymy of Metaxytherium, and synonymizes M. calvertense with M. crataegense (new combination), x Arata, Andrew A.; & Jackson, Crawford G., Jr. 1965. Cenozoic vertebrates from the Gulf Coastal Plain—I. Tulane Studies in Geology, 3(3): 175-177. PI. 1. May 25, 1965. -Reports sir. rib and vertebra fragments from the Oligocene of Mississippi (175-177) and Eocene of Alabama (175-176). Arbocco, Gianna 1969. Pinnipedi, cetacei e sirenii del Museo di Storia Naturale di Genova. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. "Giacomo Doha," 11: 658-670. -Engl. summ. Ariens Kappers, C.U.: SEE Kappers, C.U. Ariens. Arif, Muhammad: SEE Gingerich et al., 1993. Arldt, Theodor 1907a. Die Entwicklung der Kontinente und ihrer Lebe- welt: ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Erdge- schichte. Leipzig, W Engelmann, xvii + 729. 17 figs. 23 maps, x Arldt, Theodor 1907b. Zur Atlantisfrage. Natw. Wochenschr., 22(= n.s. 6)(43): 673-679. 1 map. Oct. 27, 1907. -Cites the presence of Manatus and the supposed presence of Prorastomus on both sides of the Atlantic as evidence of former transatlantic land connections (674). Arldt, Theodor 1912. Die Fauna der alten Tierregionen des Festlandes. 28 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal, Beilage-Band, 34: 633-782. Armas, Juan Ignacio de 1888. La zoologia de Coldn y de los primeros explora- dores de America. Habana, Establecimiento Tipografico, 1-185. -Early accounts of manatee hunting, 60-62. Armstrong, Este 1982. A look at relative brain size in mammals. Neurosci. Lett., 34(2): 101-104. Arnaud, M.: SEE Anglada et al., 1974. Arnold, Ralph: SEE Clark & Arnold, 1923. x Arrom, Jose" Juan 1972. Manati: el testimonio de los cronistas y la cuestion de su etimologia. Bol. Museo del Hombre Dominicano (Santo Domingo), 2: 33-38. Oct. 10, 1972. -Concludes that the name "manatf' was derived from the Carib for "breast." Arseniev, V.A. 1986. Atlas of marine mammals. Neptune City (New Jersey), T.F.H. Publications, 1-269. Illus. -Enlarged transl. of Atlas morskikh mlekopitay- ushchikh SSSR, 1980. Sirs., 258-261. Arseniev, V.A.; Zemskij, V.A.; & Studenetskaya, I.S. 1973. [Order Sirenia.] In: Morskie Mlekopitairischie [Marine Mammals]. Moscow, Pishchevaya Promyshlennost (232 pp.), 211-216. Artedi, Petrus 1738. Ichthyologia sive opera omnia de piscibus scilicet: Bibliotheca ichthyologica. Philosophia ichthyolo- gica. Generum piscium. Synonymia specierum. Descriptiones specierum. Omnia in hoc genera perfectiora, quam Anthea ulla. Posthuma vindi- cavit, recognovit, cooptavit & edidit Carolus Linnaeus, Med. Doct. & Ac. Imper. N. C. [Pars Tertia.] Genera piscium. In quibus systema totum ichthyologiae proponitur cum classibus, ordini- bus, generum characteribus, specierum differen- tiis, observationibus plurimis. redactis speciebus 242 ad genera 52. Ichthyologiae Pars III. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Conrad Wishoff, 1-84. -Allen 209. Here the name Trichechus was first coined for the manatee, and also was applied to the dugong (79). Arvy, Lucie 1978. Une erreur historique: la confusion entre foetus sirenien de Ruysch (1638-1731) et foetus narval- ien. Acta Zool Pathol. Antverpiensia, 73: 37-42. Asano, Kiyoshi: SEE Hanzawa et al., 1961. Asano, Nagao 1938. On the dugong of Palao. Botany & Zool. Tokyo (Syokubutu Oyobi Ddbutu), 6(6): 1047-1051, 2 figs.; 6(7): 1219-1228, 2 tabs., 12 figs. Jun. and Jul., 1938. -In Japanese. Asano, Shiro: SEE ALSO Kataoka & Asano, 1980, 1981. Asano, Shiro; Mori, T; Shibata, T; Kitamura, S.; Sekido, M.; Yamamoto, K.; & Kataoka, Teruo 1978. Keeping a dugong, Dugong dugon, at Toba Aquarium. Jour. Jap. Assoc. Zool. Gardens & Aquariums, 20(4): 78-85. 3 tabs. 10 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Ash, F.H. 1908. The evolution of the cetacean tail-fin. Trans. N. Staffords. Field Club, 43: 78-82. Asper, Edward D.: SEE ALSO Beusse et al.; Cornell et al.; Dierauf, L.A., 1990; Odell et al., 1981; O'Shea, Rathbun et al., 1985. Asper, Edward D. 1979. Commitment to manatee health, research: Sea World's role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 15(2): 14-17. 6 figs. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. x Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 1981. Husbandry of injured and orphaned manatees at Sea World of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 121-127. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Describes the care of three injured adults and one orphaned calf, emphasizing their diets (including artificial milk formula), food intake, and weight gain. See also Beusse et al. (1981b) regarding the three adults. x Assis, M.F.L.; Best, Robin Christopher; Barros, R.M.S.; & Yonenaga-Yassuda, Y. 1988. Cytogenetic study of Trichechus inunguis (Ama- zonian manatee). Rev. Brasil. Genet., 11(1): 41-50. 6 figs. -Portuguese summ. Describes the chromosomes of 5 male and 4 female manatees and their banding patterns; reports that 2n = 56, FN = 82, and that the nucleolar organizing genes are on the secon- dary constriction of the short arm of pair 20. Suggests that Robertsonian rearrangements may be responsible for the karyotypic differences between T. inunguis and T. manatus. Assis Ribeiro, Gilberto de: SEE Best, Ribeiro et al., 1982; Colares et al., 1987. NUMBER 80 29 Associa$ao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1903. Estatistica do movimento da praqa de Mandos relativa ao anno de 1902.... Manaus, Livr. e Typogr. "Palais Royal," 34 unnumbered tables. Associacao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1904? Annuario estatistico da Associaqdo Commercial do Amazonas. Anno de 1903. Paris, Typ. Aillaud & Cia., 1-111. Associa£ao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1905? Annuario estatistico da Associaqdo Commercial do Amazonas. Anno de 1904. Paris, Typ. Aillaud & Cia., 1-123. Astre, Gaston 1954. Gisements les plus orientaux d'Halitherium dans le stampien marin du Bordelais. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 89(3-4): 225- 227. Atkins, John 1735. A voyage to Guinea, Brazil, and the West-Indies; in His Majesty's Ships, the Swallow and Wey- mouth. Describing the several islands and settle- ments, viz- Madeira, the Canaries, Cape de Verde, Sierraleon, Sesthos, Cape Apollonia, Cabo Corso, and others on the Guinea Coast; Barba- does, Jamaica, &c in the West Indies. The colour, diet, languages, habits, manners, customs, and religions of the respective natives and inhabitants. With remarks on the gold, ivory, and slave-trade; and on winds, tides, and currents of the several coasts. London, Caesar Ward & Richard Chandler, xxv + 265. -Allen 202. The 1737 "edition" is identical, having merely a new title page. Describes the external characters of the "Manatea" and the mode of its capture in the Sierraleon River (42-43). See also Provost (1747). Atkinson, Geoffroy 1922. The extraordinary voyage in French literature from 1700 to 1720. Paris, Librairie Ancienne Honore" Champion. -Discusses the possible sources of Leguat's (1708) sir. material. Attenborough, David 1957. Animal safari to British Guiana. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 111(6): 850-874. Illus. Jun. 1957. -Two photos of manatees (862); text (870-871, 873-874) describes capture of a "water mamma" near New Amsterdam for the London zoo. Aubert, Alain 1992. La rhytine de Steller, un grand sirenien du Pacifique nord maintenant disparu. Boreales, 50/53: 15-22. Figs. Audubon, John James: SEE ALSO Proby, K.H., 1974. Audubon, John James 1926. Delineations of American scenery and character. With an introduction by Francis Hobart Herrick. New York, G.A. Baker & Co., xlix + 349. -Manatee, 182. Auer, Bernhard M.: SEE Anonymous, 1960a. x Aung, Sithu Hla 1967. A brief note on dugongs Dugong dugon at Rangoon Zoo. Internatl. Zoo Yearbook, 1: 221. -Brief account of two dugongs caught near Akyab, Burma, in 1965 and 1966, the latter still alive at writing. Alludes to food, salinity, acciden- tal capture in a fishing net, and status in the Arakan Sea. x Ayres, Jos6 Maicio; & Best, Robin Christopher 1980. Estrat6gias para a conservacao da fauna amazo- nica. Acta Amaz., 9(4), Supl.: 81-101. 4 tabs. 5 figs. -Discusses conservation problems and recom- mendations concerning T. inunguis (83-85, 90- 92); includes some data on prices of manatee meat in 1979. Azuma, Yoichi: SEE Takeyama & Azuma, 1987, 1988. Azzaroli, Augusto: SEE ALSO Canocchi, D., 1987. Azzaroli, Augusto 1980. Mammiferi terrestri del Pliocene. In: G. Parisi et al. (eds.), / vertebrati fossili italiani: catalogo della mostra, Verona 1980. Verona, Commune di Verona, 211-215. x Azzaroli, Augusto; De Giuli, Claudio; Ficcarelli, Giovanni; & Torre, Danilo 1982. Table of the stratigraphic distribution of terrestrial mammalian faunas in Italy from the Pliocene to the early middle Pleistocene. Geogr. Fis. Dinam. Quat., 5: 55-58. 1 tab. -Considers "Felsinotherium gervaisi" from Val di Pugna to be Late Ruscinian in age because it is "more advanced" than F. serresi from Montpellier (56, 58). B Bachman, K.C.: SEE ALSO Neal et al., 1979. x Bachman, K.C.; & Irvine, A. Blair 1979. Composition of milk from the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris. Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 62A: 873-878. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that manatee milk is higher in lipid, protein, and salt content than bovine milk, but contains no lactose. x Backhouse, James 1843. A narrative of a visit to the Australian colonies. London, Hamilton, Adams, & Co., xviii + 560 + cxliv. -Pp. 368-369: {"The Blacks do not kill the Porpoises, because they shew where there are fish to be caught; but they value the flesh of another cetaceous animal, called here [near Brisbane] Youngon, the Dugong of India, Halicore Dugong. This animal feeds on marine vegetables; and is [369] taken when it goes up narrow creeks, by means of nets, skilfully made of the bark of various species of Hibiscus.") Baer, Karl Ernst von 1838a. Anatomische und zoologische Untersuchungen uber das Wallross (Trichechus rosmarus) und Vergleichung dieses Thieres mit andern See- Saugethieren. Mem. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg (6), Sci. Nat., 2 (= Sci. Math. Phys. Nat., (6)4(2)): 97-236. 1 pi. Read Nov. 6, 1835. Baer, Karl Ernst von 1838b. Untersuchungen uber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die ganzliche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteten nordischen Seekuh (Rytina, 111.). Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, 3: 355-359. -Allen 929. In French? Extract from v. Baer (1840). x Baer, Karl Ernst von 1840. Untersuchungen iiber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die ganzliche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteten nordischen Seekuh (Rytina 111.). Mem. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg (6), Sci. Nat., 3 (= Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. (6)5(2), Sci. Nat.): 53-80. Oct. 1840 (read Jan. 26, 1838). -Allen 977. Published 1839, according to Romer's Bibliography of fossil vertebrates.... Concludes that the sea cow was limited to the Commander and possibly Aleutian Islands, and was exterminated by 1768. Baer, Karl Ernst von 1861. Uber das Aussterben der Thierarten in physiolo- gischer und nicht physiologischer Hinsicht uber- haupt, und den Untergang von Arten, die mit dem Menschen zusammen gelebt haben, insbesondere. (Erste Halfte.) Bull Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, (3)3: 369-396. -Repr.: Mel Biol. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, 3: 500-537? Rhytina, 382-396. Bahlo, Ekkehard; & Tobien, Heinz 1982. Bestandsaufnahme der Saugetiere im "prae- aquitanen" Tertiar des Mainzer Beckens. Maimer Geowiss. Mitt., 10: 131-157. Aug. 1982. -Engl, and French summs. Bahrdt, Hans Joachim 1933. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Sire- nenflosse. Jena. Zs. Natw., 68(1): 193-276. 35 figs. Aug. 1933. Baier, Horst: SEE Bergey & Baier, 1987. x Baikie, William Balfour 1857. On the skull of a Manatus from western Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 25: 29-33. PI. 51. Jun. 6, 1857 (read Feb. 24, 1857). -Concludes that M. Vogelii of the Niger and Benue Rivers is probably a valid species interme- diate between M. australis (= Trichechus ma- natus) and M. Senegalensis. Baikie, William Balfour; & Heddle, R. 1848. Historia naturalis Orcadensis. Zoology. Pt. 1. Being a catalogue of the Mammalia and birds hitherto observed in the Orkney Islands. Edinburgh, 1-104. Bain, O.: SEE Chabaud & Bain, 1965. x Baird, W 1859. Description of a rare entozoon from the stomach of the dugong. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 27(2): 148-149. PI. 56. Read Apr. 12, 1859. -Repr.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)5: 329-331, 1860. Gives the history of study, description (149), and an illustration of Ascaris halichoris Owen from the Red Sea dugong. x Bajpai, Sunil; Singh, M.P.; & Singh, Pratap 1987. A new sirenian from the Miocene of Kachchh, western India. 30 NUMBER 80 31 Jour. Pal. Soc. India, 32: 20-25. 1 tab. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Describes Metaxytherium kachchhensis [sic], n.sp., from the Lower Miocene Khari Series. Bajpai, Sunil; Srivastava, Suresh; & Jolly, Asit 1989. Sirenian-moerithere dichotomy: some evidence from the Middle Eocene of Kachchh, western India. Current Science (Bangalore), 58(6): 304-306. 2 figs. Mar. 20, 1989. Baker, Gail S. 1980. How much do you know on Trichechus manatus! Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 15(6): 10-13. 4 figs. + 1 fig. on p. 3. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Balderamos, Leo Paul 1977. [title?] Belize Audubon Soc. [Publ.?], 9(5): [1 p.] Jul. 1977. BaJdi, Tamds 1983. Magyarorszdgi oligocen is alsomiocenformdciok. Budapest, Akademiai Kiad6. -Sirs., 27. Baldwin, Claudia L.: SEE ALSO Kenchington, R.A., 1985. x Baldwin, Claudia L. 1985. Management of dugong: an endangered marine species of traditional significance. The need for user involvement in an integrated program of research, management and education. Tech. Rept., Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (Townsville, Queensland, Australia), No. 1: [v] + 20 + [vi]. Feb. 1985. -Repr.: Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Author- ity Workshop Ser., No. 8: 134-148, 1988. Outlines the rationale for, and specific areas of need in, the development of a dugong manage- ment program in northeast Queensland. Includes an appendix listing "existing research programs relating to dugong and traditional hunting in Australia as of February 1984." x Baldwin, Claudia L. 1986. User involvement in conservation of endangered species. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects .... Sydney, Total Environment Centre, 206-212. 1 tab. -Repr. (slightly edited) in Proc Symp. Endan- gered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 199-204, 2 figs., Oct. 1988. Discusses management problems in the light of efforts to regulate the dugong take by the Hope Vale Aboriginal community in Queensland, 1983-1984. Baldwin, Claudia L.; & Hunnam, Peter 1987. New dugong hunting rules. Reeflections (Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Australia), No. 20: 5. 1 fig. Sep. 1987. Baldwin, L.: SEE Teleki & Baldwin, 1981. Balogh, Kdlmdn; & R6nai, Andrds 1965. Magyardzd Magyarorszdg 200 000-es foldtani te>k6psorozatahoz. L-34-III. Eger. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intezet kiadv. Balzarotti, M.A.: SEE Moore & Balzarotti, 1976. Bamber, M.: SEE Howes & Bamber, 1970. x Bancroft, Edward 1769a. An essay on the natural history of Guiana, in South America. Containing a description of many curious productions in the animal and vegetable systems of that country. Together with an account of the religion, manners, and customs of several tribes of its Indian inhabitants. Interspersed with a variety of literary and medical observations. In several letters from a gentleman [Edward Ban- croft] of the Medical Faculty, during his residence in that country. London, T. Becket & P. A. De Hondt, iv + 402. -Allen 306. Dutch transl., Utrecht, 1782. A brief but very accurate account—the original one—of the Guiana manatee (186-187). x Bancroft, Edward 1769b. Naturgeschichte von Guiana in Sud-Amerika. worinn von der naturlichen Beschaffenheit und den vornehmsten Naturproducten des Landes, ingleichen der Religion, Sitten und Gebrduchen verschiedener Stdmme der wilden Landes- Einwohner, Nachricht ertheilet wird. In vier Brief en. von Eduard Bancroft, Esq. Frankfurt & Leipzig, J. Dodsley & Compagnie, x + 248. -Allen 307. Transl. of 1769a; sir. material on 112-113 with addition of a footnote on 113 identifying the "manati" as "Trichecus Manatus Linn." Banfield, E.J. 1968. The confessions of a beachcomber: scenes and incidents in the career of an unprofessional beachcomber in tropical Queensland. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1-221. Illus. -Dugong, 105-109. x Bangs, Outram 1895. The present standing of the Florida manatee, Trichechus latirostris (Harlan) in the Indian River waters. Amer. Naturalist, 29(345): 783-787. Sep. 1895. -Accounts of manatees killed by cold, size records (up to 13 feet 7 inches), and observations of wild manatees, including feeding on mangroves 32 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY when "manatee grass was killed off by salt water." Bani, Ernest: SEE Chambers & Bani, 1989. Bank, H.: SEE Hirst & Bank, 1971. x Banks, E.A. 1931. A popular account of the mammals of Borneo. Jour. Malaysian Branch Brit. Roy. Asiatic Soc, 9(2): 1-139. Nov. 1931. -Sirs., 11-13. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1971a. Memoria sobre um exemplar de Trichechus manatus manatus L., 1758, capturado em Goiana (Pernambuco). Arch. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 54: 101-103. 2 figs. -Engl, and French summs. Reports a manatee captured in the spring of 1965 about 3 km south of the mouth of the Rio Goiana, Pernambuco, Brazil. Also summarizes the systematics of other Recent sirs. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1971b. Nota previa sobre a ocorrencia de sirenios no Nordeste. Anais Inst. Cienc Biol. (Recife), 1(1): 133. -Records T. m. latirostris (!) from Canguaretama (Rio Grande do Norte) and Pitimbu (Paraiba), T. m. manatus from Goiana and Igarassu (Pernam- buco), and Trichechus sp. from Barra de Sto. Antonio (Alagoas) and Estancia (Sergipe), Brazil. No other details are given, nor any justification for the latirostris identifications. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1980. Chave para a determinacao das esp&ies brasi- leiras de peixe-boi. Caderno omega Univ. Fed. Rural Pernambuco (Recife), 4(2): 147-148. Jul.-Dec. 1980. -Engl. summ. Abstr.: Rev. Nordest. Biol, 3, Numero Especial, 1981: 250-251. Recognizes T inunguis, T. m. manatus, and T. m. latirostris (!) as occurring in Brazil and gives a key for their identification. The former taxon is distinguished in the key by its lack of nails; the latter two by absence or presence, respectively, of a median notch in the border of the caudal fin. Again, no evidence is given to substantiate the identification of latirostris in Brazil. Bannister, J.L. 1968. A list of the species of mammals collected by W.H. Butler for the Archbold collections of the American Museum of Natural History and for the Western Australian Museum 1963-1966. W. Austral Mus. Ann. Rept., 1966-67: 61-76. Bannister, J.L. 1988. Dugongidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Austra- lia, Volume 5: Mammalia. Canberra, AGPS, 230-231. Barada, Bill 1970. Florida's vanishing mermaids. Skin Diver, Aug. 1970: 52-55. 6 figs, x Barada, Bill 1971a. Manatees. Anim. Kingdom, 74(1): 18-23. 7 figs. Feb. 1971. -Detailed pop. ace. of Florida manatees at Crystal River, and manatee biology in general. Barada, Bill 1971b. Nightmare of the killer weeds. Skin Diver, Jun. 1971: 53-57. ?6 figs. Barada, Bill 1979. Florida's manatee: extinction threatens the mythi- cal mermaid. Skin Diver, 28(12): 62-67. 7 figs. Dec. 1979. Barber, Edwin A. 1882. Mound pipes. Amer. Naturalist, 16(4): 265-281. 21 figs. Apr. 1882. Barbosa de Faria, Joao: SEE Rondon & Faria, 1948. Barbosa du Bocage, J.V: SEE Du Bocage, J.V. Barbosa. Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1875. Exploraqao dos Rios Urubu e Jatapu. Relatorio apresentado ao ... Dr. Josi Fernandes da Costa Pereira Ministro e Secretario de Estado.... Rio de Janeiro, Typographia Nacional, 1-129. 2 maps, x Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1885. Rio Jauapery. Pacificaqdo dos Crichands. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nacional, 1-275. -Gives the following vernacular names of the manatee in three Indian languages (256): Cri- chan£, uaiurary; Ipurucot6, uaimerere; Macuchy, apind. x Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1892. Les reptiles fossiles de la Vallee de l'Amazone. Vellosia (Contribs. Mus. Botan. Amazonas), 2 (Archeol., Paleont.), 1885-1888 ("ed. 2"): 41-56. "16 pis.," apparently never published. -Suggests that rib fragments from Oco do Mundo, Rio Purus, Amazonas, Brazil, pertain to "Manatus Guetardi" (53-54). Barbot, Jean 1746. A description of the coasts of North and South Guinea; and of Ethiopia Inferior, vulgarly An- gola; being a new and accurate account of the western maritime countries of Africa.... And a new relation of the province of Guiana, and of the great rivers of Amazons and Oronoque in South- America.... In: A. Churchill, A collection of voyages and travels.... Ed. 3. London, Lintot & Osborn, Vol. 5: 1-580. 49 pis. -First ed., 1732. Sirs., 562, pi. 7. x Barbour, Thomas 1937. Birth of a manatee. NUMBER 80 33 Jour.Mamm., 18(1): 106-107. Feb. 14, 1937. -Interesting account of a manatee conceived and bom in the Miami Aquarium, including its being trained to breathe by its parents. For further details on this birth see J.C. Moore (1951b: 26). x Barbour, Thomas 1944. That vanishing Eden, a naturalist's Florida. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., x + 250. Illus. -Anecdotes of manatees in the Miami area (98-99, 166-167), including a patrol blimp officer's report of seeing some 30 per day in Biscayne Bay. Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph 1730. Allerneueste und wahrhaffte ost-indianische Reise-Beschreibung.... Chemnitz, J. Christoph & J.D. Stoszeln, [20] + 657+[13]. lmap. -Later eds.: Erfurt, 1751, 1752, 1756, 1762. x Bard, J. 1965. V6g6taux aquatiques tropicaux. Bois et Forets des Tropiques, No. 99: 3-11. 8 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1965. -Photo of T. senegalensis (4); discusses latter and T. manatus (in Guyana) as possible means of weed control (5, 8). Bard, Samuel A.: SEE Squier, Ephraim George. Barile, D.D. 1980. A local endangered species program—Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus. Coastal Zone, 1980/1: 186-205. Barile, D.D.; McMillan, K.; & Gipe, T. 1983. Local endangered species preservation Palm Bay, Florida. Coastal Zone, 1983(1): 769-782. Illus. x Barkow, H.C.L. 1851. Ueber die Nerven der Extremitaten und des Schwanzes von Halicore dugong. Barkow's Anat. Abh. (Breslau), No. 21: 119-122. -Detailed description of neuroanatomy and mus- cle innervation in a dugong fetus. Barloy, Jean-Jacques: SEE ALSO Sylvestre & Barloy, 1982. Barloy, Jean-Jacques 19??. La vache de mer. [Serial & vol.?]: 38. Barnes, Lawrence G.: SEE ALSO Aranda-Manteca et al., 1994; McLeod & Barnes, 1984. xD Barnes, Lawrence G. 1972. Miocene vertebrate geochronology of the West Coast of North America. Part 2: Marine verte- brates. Proc. Pacif. Coast Mioc. Biostrat. Symp. (47th Ann. Pacif. Sect. Convention, Soc. Econ. Min. Pal., Bakersfield, Calif., Mar. 9-10, 1972): 126, 137-145. Figs. 3-4. -Summarizes Miocene marine vertebrate faunas of California, including Desmostylus, Paleopara- doxia, and Metaxytherium (126, 140-142). x Barnes, Lawrence G. 1982. The fossil sirenian, Dusisiren jordani. Whalewatcher (Jour. Amer. Cetacean Soc), 16(1): 20. Cover illus. Spring 1982. -Pop. ace. of recent studies of D. jordani and of hydrodamaline evolution, with artist's reconstruc- tion of the species by Pieter Folkens. D Barnes, Lawrence G.; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Ray, Clayton Edward 1985. Status of studies on fossil marine mammals. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 1(1): 15-53. 1 tab. 9 figs. Jan. 1985. x Barnes, Lawrence G.; Howard, Hildegarde; Hutchison, J. Howard; & Welton, Bruce J. 1981. The vertebrate fossils of the marine Cenozoic San Mateo Formation at Oceanside, California. In: PL. Abbott & S. O'Dunn (eds.), Geologic investigations of the San Diego coastal plain. San Diego, San Diego Assoc. Geologists, 53-70. 2 tabs. 1 fig. April 1981. -Reports new material of Hydrodamalis cuestae in association with Hemphillian faunas (56-57, 62-63). Barnes, Lindsay B.: SEE Packard et al., 1983, 1985. x Barnett, Colin; & Johns, D. 1982. Dugong hunting and conservation in Queensland, Australia, with underwater observations of one individual in the wild. In: Mammals in the sea, vol. 4. Rome, Food & Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 515-524. 1 tab. -French & Spanish summs. See also F.A.O. (1978-82). Describes harpooning techniques used in Torres Strait, the sale and use of dugong meat, conservation problems, and observations of a female dugong at Green Island, Great Barrier Reef. Barnett, H.F., Jr.: SEE Drewes et al., 1961. Barnhart, Marion I.: SEE Shoshani et al., 1981. Barr, A. 1974. Winter haunt of the manatee. Florida Conserv. News, 10: 1. Barras y de Arag6n, Francisco de las: SEE Arag6n, Francisco de las Barras y de. Barreiro, Jesus 1944. El museo de ciencias naturales. Madrid, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas, Instituto "Jose" de Acosta." x Barrere, Pierre 1743. Nouvelle relation de la France Equinoxiale, contenant la description des cotes de la Guiane; de I'Isle de Cayenne; le commerce de cette colonie; les divers changemens arrives dans ce 34 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY pays; & les moeurs & coiitumes des differens peuples sauvages qui I'habitent. Avec des figures dessinees sur les lieux. Paris, Piget, Damonneville, & Durand, iv + 250. Pis. -Account of the manatee (which the author believes to be a fish) in French Guiana, the method of its capture, and its use as food (159-162). The plate facing p. 159 shows Indians in a canoe attempting to harpoon a Lamentin. x Barrett, O.W 1935. Notes concerning manatees and dugongs. Jour. Mamm., 16(3): 216-220. Aug. 1935. -Brief but really excellent account of Puerto Rican and Nicaraguan T. m. manatus natural history, behavior, and anatomy (especially the male urogenital system) (216-219); brief com- ments on East African dugong distribution and anatomy, including the author's complicity in a "mermaid" fraud (219-220). x Barrett, Sandra K. 1979. Manatee (Trichechus manatus) mortalities in flood control structures in south Florida. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 42(Suppl. 1): 26. Read Mar. 23, 1979. -Refers to a study of manatee behavior in the vicinity of flood-control dams in southeastern Florida where manatees have been killed. Barriel, V; Darlu, P.; & Tassy, Pascal 1993. A propos des conflits entre phylogenies morpholo- giques et mol6culaires: deux exemples empruntes aux mammiferes. Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool, (13)14(4): 157-171. 2 tabs. 11 figs. -Engl. summ. Barron, John A.: SEE Saito et al., 1988. Barros, Francisco de, Junior n.d. Caqando e pescando por todo o Brasil Ed. 4. Sao Paulo, Livr. Exposicao do Livro (3 vols.) [before 1966]: Vol. 2: 1-314. -Ed. 1, 1947; ed. 2, 1953-55. Barros, N61io B.: SEE Beck & Barros, 1991. Barros, R.M.S.: SEE Assis et al., 1988. Barry, John C: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Barth, Heinrich 1857-1858. Reisen und Entdeckungen in Nord- und Central-Afrika in den Jahren 1849 bis 1855.... Tagebuch seiner im Auftrag der brittischen Regierung unternommenen Reise Gotha, J. Perthes (4 vols.). 50 pis. 14 maps. -Engl, eds.: New York, Harper & Bros., 1857 (3 vols.); London, Longman, Brown, Green, Long- mans, & Roberts, 1857-58 (5 vols.); etc. Sirs., 3: 289. Barthel, Karl Werner 1962. Uber ein neues, montiertes Skelett von Hali- therium schinzi Kaup (Sirenia). Mitt. Bayer. Staatssamml. Pal. Hist. Geol, 2: 65-68. PI. 7. Aug. 1, 1962. -Engl. summ. Barthel, Karl Werner 1966. Mounting a skeleton of Smilodon calif or nicus Bovard. Curator, 9(2): 119-124. 2 figs. Bartholin, Thomas 1661. Historiarum anatomicarum rariorum centuria VI. Hafniae [= Copenhagen], sumptibus P. Hauboldt. -Allen 80? (= 1657 ed.). See also Kleinschmidt, A., 1983. Bartmann, W. 1972. Zur Behandlung infektibser Hautschaden bei See- kuhen (Trichechus manatus L.). In: R. Ippen & H.-D. Schroder (eds.), Erkrankungen derZootiere Wroclaw 1972. (Verhandlungsvericht des XIV. Internatl. Symp. uber die Erkrankung der Zoo- tiere.) Berlin, Akademie-Verlag (420 pp.), 233-236. 3 figs. -Engl., French, & Russian summs. x Bartmann, W 1974. Management of sea cows (Trichechus manatus) in the Duisburg Zoo. Aquatic Mamms., 2(1): 13-16. Jun. 1974. -Account of treatment of skin disease (furuncular dermatitis) in two animals; eventually cured with help of sodium chloride in water. Bartolomei, Giorgio 1969. Rinvenimento di un sirenio nei Colli Berici (Vicenza). Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei, Rendiconti (Class. Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat.), (8)47(1/2): 39-40. 1 pi. Jul.-Aug. 1969 (read Jun. 12, 1969). -Discovery of an axial skeleton of Prototherium. Bartone, John C: SEE Kaiser & Bartone. x Bartram, William 1791. Travels through North & South Carolina, Geor- gia, East & West Florida, the Cherokee country, the extensive territories of the Muscogulges, or Creek Confederacy, and the country of the Chactaws.... Philadelphia, James & Johnson, xi + 522. -Repr.: London, J. Johnson, 1792; facsimile ed., Charlottesville, Univ. Press of Virginia, 1973. Later eds.: Macy-Masius, 1928 (reprinted by Dover Pubis., 1955); Yale, 1958. Records that T. manatus is hunted by Indians at Manatee Spring in northern Florida, and called "by a name which signifies the big beaver" (231-232). For an earlier NUMBER 80 35 MS. version of the same material, see Bartram (1943). Bartram, William 1943. Travels in Georgia and Florida, 1773-74: a report to Dr. John Fothergill.... Annotated by Francis Harper. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. (n.s.), 33(2): 121-242. 26 pis. Nov. 1943. -Annotated ed. of a manuscript precursor of Bartram's Travels (1791). Manatee, 158, 166, 189-190,213. Baskin, Jon A.: SEE Webb et al., 1981. Bastian, Jarvis: SEE Evans & Bastian, 1969. Bastos, Aureliano Candido Tavares 1866. O valle do Amazonas: estudo sobre a livre navegaqdo do Amazonas, estatistica, pro- ducqoes, commercio, questoes fiscaes do valle do Amazonas.... Rio de Janeiro, B.L. Gamier, xxiii + 369. Dec. 1866. -Ed. 2: Sao Paulo, Cia. Ed. Nacional, 1-411, 1937. Bataller, Jose" Ramon 1918. Mamifers fossils de Catalunya. Treballs de la Inst. Catalana de Hist. Nat. (Barcelona), 4: 111-272. Tabs. 35 figs. Pis. 4-22. x Bataller, Jos6 Ram6n 1956. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los vertebrados terciarios de Espafia. Cursillos y Confer., Inst. "Lucas Mallada," 1954(3): 11-28. 1 fig. 8 pis. -Illustrates a skull and mandible of "Halitherium fossile (Metaxitherium cuvieri)" from the Mio- cene of Spain (pis. 6-8) and lists the species' Miocene (Helvetian and Burdigalian) occurrences in Spain (24-25). Also lists "Halitherium" vertebrae and ribs from the Eocene (Lutetian and Bartonian) (25). x Bates, Henry Walter 1863. The naturalist on the River Amazons. London, John Murray (2 vols.), Vol. 2: vi + 423. -Account of a manatee harpooned and cooked on the Amazon (2: 165). Batrawi, A. 1953. The external features of the dugong kidney. Bull. Zool. Soc. Egypt, No. 11: 12-13. Batrawi, A. 1957. The structure of the dugong kidney. Publ. Marine Biol. Station Al-Ghardaqa Red Sea, No. 9:51-68. 2 figs. 2 pis. Battail, Bernard: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Bauchot, Roland; & Stephan, Heinz 1968. Etude des modifications encephaliques observees chez les insectivores adaptes a la recherche de nourriture en milieu aquatique. Mammalia, 32(2): 228-275. 2 tabs. 16 figs. (figs. 1-7 on pis. 19-20). Jun. 1968. -Engl. & German summs. Sirs., 242-243. Baudin, Nicolas 1974. The journal of Post Captain Nicolas Baudin, commander-in-chief of the corvettes Geographe andNaturaliste, assigned by order of the Govern- ment to a voyage of discovery. Translated from the French by Christine Cornell. Adelaide, Libraries Board of South Australia, xx + 609. Maps. -Early mention of dugong in Western Australia, 513. Baugh, Thomas M. 1987. Man and manatee: planning for the future. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 12(9): 7. x Baugh, Thomas M.; Valade, James A.; & Zoodsma, Barbara Jo 1989. Manatee use of Spartina alternifiora in Cumber- land Sound. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(1): 88-90. Jan. 1989. -Reports behavioral observations of manatees feeding on salt marsh cordgrass, the only gener- ally available species of emergent vegetation in the Cumberland Sound area of Georgia and Florida. Also discusses feeding on this species elsewhere in the range of T. manatus. x Baughman, J.L. 1946. Some early notices on American manatees and the mode of their capture. Jour. Mamm., 27(3): 234-239. Aug. 14, 1946. -Collection of old accounts of manatees and manatee hunting in the New World. Baumann, O. 1905? Sirene: eine naturhistorische Kuriositat. Natur und Glaube, 1905[?]: 269-272. Baur, George 1887a. Uber die Abstammung der amnioten Wirbelthiere. Biol. Centralbl, 1: 481-493. -?Repr.: Sitzb. Ges. Morph. Phys. (Munich), 1887:44-61. x Baur, George 1887b. On the morphology and origin of the Ichthyo- pterygia. Amer. Naturalist, 21: 837-840. -Rev.: Geol. Mag., (3)5: 325-326, 1888? Reports hyperphalangy (four phalanges on one digit) in individuals of Manatus americanus and Halicore dugong (840). x Bauza\ Juan 1946. Contribution a la geologia y paleontologia de Mallorca. 36 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bol Soc Espah. Hist. Nat., 44(5/6): 369-380. Pis. 18-19. -Reports a lower molar of "Metaxitherium cu- vieri" reported from the Miocene of Sa Taulera (Santa Margarita) (376, pi. 18). x Bay, D.; & Demoulin, V. 1989. The seagrass beds of Hansa Bay (north coast of Papua New Guinea). Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 122(1): 3-17. 4 tabs. 6 figs. -French summ. Mentions the presence of dugongs in the study area (12). x Bayer, Frederick M.; & Harry-Rofen, Robert R. 1957. Project Coral Fish looks at Palau. Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1956: 481-508. 6 figs. 20 pis. -Describes the fauna of the eel-grass (Enhalus acoroides) environment (501-502), and the cap- ture of a Palauan dugong for the Steinhart Aquarium (502, pi. 20). x Baylis, H.A. 1936. Some parasitic worms from the British Came- roons. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10)17: 257-272. -Reports Chiorchis fabaceus from the intestines of a manatee in Nigeria (257). Baylis, H.A.; & Daubney, R. 1923. A further report on parasitic nematodes in the collection of the zoological survey of India. Rec Indian Mus. Calcutta, 25: 551-578. -Reports Dujardinia halicoris from the dugong. x Bayliss, Peter 1986. Factors affecting aerial surveys of marine fauna, and their relationship to a census of dugongs in the coastal waters of the Northern Territory. Austral Wildl. Res., 13(1): 27-37. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports on experiments to determine the effects on survey results of environmental conditions and survey techniques, and to derive correction fac- tors. A dugong census of the Northern Territory, Australia, between the Daly River and Mil- lingimbi in December 1983 yielded a minimum estimate of 2593 ± 530 and a total population estimate of 38,000, the highest densities being associated with shallow and sheltered waters. x Bayliss, Peter; & Freeland, W.J. 1989. Seasonal distribution and abundance of dugongs in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Austral. Wildl Res., 16(2): 141-149. 5 tabs. 4 figs. -Aerial surveys in 1984-85 showed no major seasonal changes in distribution and relative abundance. Mimimum population sizes of 16,816 ± 2946 (dry season) and 16,846 ± 3257 (wet season) were calculated. Abundance was corre- lated with area of available seagrass beds. Catch rate by Aboriginal hunters declined from about 60 to 10 per year between the 1960s and 1985, possibly due to excessive hunting, but the present harvest rate appears to be sustainable, x Bazzini, Maria D.; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Essman, Richard A. 1984. Hemopoiesis in the West Indian manatee, Tri- chechus manatus. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 47(Suppl. 1): 19. -The vertebral bodies were found to be the primary site of hemopoiesis, x Bazzini, Maria D.; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Essman, Richard A. 1986. Erythropoiesis and granulopoiesis in the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Anat., 126(3): 150-152. 2 figs. -Concludes from the presence of erythroblasts, megakaryocytes, and myelocytes in the vertebral bodies that the latter are the main site of blood cell formation. Some developing blood cells were also found (rarely) in manatee livers, spleens, and kidneys. Notes the abundance of lymphatic tissue, especially mesenteric lymph nodes, in the mana- tee. Beadnell, Hugh John Llewellyn 1905. The topography and geology of the Fayum Province of Egypt. Cairo, Survey Dept. of Egypt, 1-101. 24 pis. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 72: 535-536, 2 figs. Beal, William P.B. 1922. [The manatee as a food animal.] Jour. Gold Coast Agric & Commercial Soc, 2: [pp.?] Oct.-Dec. 1922. x Beal, William P.B. 1939. The manatee as a food animal. Nigerian Field, 8(3): 124-126. -Said to be an extract from Beal (1922), this is also a summary of Men6gaux (1918). It gives a gen. ace. of Manatus senegalensis, its distribution, supposed breeding and food habits, and the possibility of raising it in captivity for its meat, oil, and bones. Beard, Daniel B.; Lincoln, Frederick C; Cahalane, Victor H.; Jackson, Hartley H.T.; & Thompson, Ben H. 1942. Fading trails: the story of endangered American wildlife. New York, Macmillan, xv + 279. Illus. -Manatees, 88-97. Beaux, O. de 1931. Mammiferi. In: Spedizione del barone Raimondo NUMBER 80 37 Franchette in Dancalia. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Giacomo Doria, Genova, 55: 183-217. -Account of Dugong hemprichi, 214-215. Bechamel, Francis: SEE Grillet & Bechamel, 1698. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1795. Compend. Bibliothek. 21 (Zoologe I). [Publisher?] -I have been unable to verify or amplify this citation beyond the above information, given in Sherborn's nomenclator, where the name Manatus vulgaris is said to appear on p. 113 of this work. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1800. Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere. Weimar, im Verlage des Industrie-Comptoir's, Vol. 2: x + 323-766. -Describes Manatus Guyannensis, n.sp., M. Oro- nocensis, n.sp., and M. Clusii, n.comb., 732. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1801. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands nach alien drei Reichen. Ein Handbuch zur deutlichern und vollstdndigern Selbstbelehrung besonders fur Forstmdnner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen. Band 1. Ed. 2. Leipzig, Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius (5 parts in 4 vols., 1801-09). —Discusses Manati balaenurus, 1: 215. Beck, Cathy A.: SEE ALSO Bonde et al., 1983; Bonde & Beck, 1990; Buergelt et al., 1984, 1990; Forrester et al., 1979; Hurst & Beck, 1988; O'Shea, Beck et al., 1985. x Beck, Cathy A.; & Barros, Nelio B. 1991. The impact of debris on the Florida manatee. Marine Pollution Bull, 22(10): 508-510. 1 fig. Oct. 1991. -Summarizes carcass-salvage data (1974-86) showing debris ingestion or entanglement, x Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1981. Manatee mortality in Florida during 1978. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 76-85. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -Tabulates county, date, body length, sex, cause of death, and other data on 78 carcasses necrop- sied. 39.7% of the deaths were attributed to human activity, x Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1982. Analyses of propeller wounds on manatees in Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 46(2): 531-535. 3 figs. Apr. 1982. -Concludes from the sizes of propeller wounds that most manatee mortality attributed to propeller strikes is caused by large (>7.3 m) boats with inboard engines and propellers >38 cm in diame- ter, x Beck, Cathy A.; & Forrester, Donald J. 1988. Helminths of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris, with a discussion and sum- mary of the parasites of sirenians. Jour. ParasitoL, 74(4): 628-637. Aug. 1988. -Reports the geographic and anatomical distribu- tion and intensity of infestation of parasites in carcasses of Florida manatees, lists all reported sir. parasites, and speculates on the intermediate hosts of the common manatee parasites. Beckett, Jeremy 1987. Torres Strait Islanders: custom and colonialism. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, xiii + 251. 10 pis. 2 maps. -Contains several observations on the role of dugong hunting in the Islander culture and economy (28, 150, 159-161, 181). x Beckjord, Jon-Erik 1985. Ri evidence lacking (comment on Wagner [1982], and Wagner et al. [1983]). Cryptozoology, 3: 154-155. Apr. 1985. -Argues, on the basis of new interviews, that the "ri" of New Ireland is a dugong. See R. Wagner (1985) for response. x Beddard, Frank Evers 1897. Notes upon the anatomy of a manatee (Manatus inunguis) lately living in the Society's gardens. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1897(1): 47-53. 5 figs. Jun. 1897. -Compares the digestive system, kidney, heart, and brain of M. inunguis with those of M. latirostris. Beddard, Frank Evers 1900. A book of whales. New York, G.P. Putnam's Sons; London, John Murray, xv + 320. 40 figs. Beddard, Frank Evers 1902. Mammalia. In: Cambridge Natural History. London & New York, Macmillan, Vol. 10: x + 605. 285 figs. -Reprinted 1968. Sirs., 333-338. Beebe, C.W: SEE Beebe, M.B. Beebe, M.B.; & Beebe, C.W. 1910. Our search for a wilderness. New York, Henry Holt & Co., 1-408. -Manatees, 125, 170, 221-222, 224, 381. Beebe, William 1919. Higher vertebrates of British Guiana with special reference to the fauna of Bartica District. [List of 38 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Amphibia, Reptilia, and Mammalia.] Zoologica (New York), 2(7): 205-227. May 1919. -Lists T. manatus among British Guiana mam- mals (226). x Beebe, William 1920. A tropic garden. Atlantic Monthly, 126: 730-736. Dec. 1920. -Repr. in Beebe (1921). A charming account of manatee-watching in the Georgetown (British Guiana) Botanical Gardens (730-732). Beebe, William 1921. Edge of the Jungle. Garden City (New York), Garden City Publ. Co.; New York, H. Holt & Co., 3-303. Frontisp. -Several later eds. Manatee, 231-236 (repr. of Beebe, 1920). x Beeckman, Daniel 1812. A voyage to and from the island of Borneo, in the East Indies; with a description of the said island; giving an account of the inhabitants, their man- ners, customs, religion, product, chief ports, and trade: together with the re-establishment of the English trade there, An. 1714, after our factory had been destroyed by the Banjareens some years before. Also a description of the islands of Canary, Cape Verd, Java, Madura; of the Streights of Bally, the Cape of Good Hope, the Hottentots, the island of St. Helena, Ascension, &c. With some remarks and directions touching trade, &c. The whole very pleasant and very useful to such as shall have occasion to go into those parts. In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of... voyages and travels .... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown and Cadell & Davies, Vol. 11: 96-158. -Ed. 1: London, 1718. Briefly describes "an amphibious creature, called by them manitee, or a sea-cow," encountered at the Cape of Good Hope (150-151), which is obviously the hippopotamus. It is worth noting here the confusing South African usage of these terms (e.g., Afrikaans seekoei) for the hippo, which probably accounts for some early writers' attribution to the dugong and/or manatee of a range including the Cape of Good Hope. Beeler, I.E.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988. Distribution and mortality of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) in the southeastern United States: A compilation and review of recent information. NTIS Document No. PB 88-207980/ AS (2 vols.), 1-613. Illus. -Also published as Natl. Ecology Research Center Rept., No. 88-09: xv + 613, 1988. x Begley, Sharon; Carey, John; & Callcott, John 1983. Death of the Persian Gulf. Newsweek, 102(4): 79. 3 figs. Jul. 25, 1983. -Report on dugongs and other organisms killed by an oil spill from the Nowruz oilfield, Iran. B61anger, Leonard F. 1940. A study of the histological structure of the respiratory portion of the lungs of aquatic mam- mals. Amer. Jour. Anat., 67(3): 437-465. 2 figs. 4 pis. -Describes the lung histology of the manatee. Belitsky, David W: SEE ALSO Powell et al., 1981. Belitsky, David W; & Belitsky, Cheryl L. 1978. El manati, Trichechus manatus, en la Republica Dominicana: distribucidn y abundancia. Serie de Publicaciones Cientificas, Direccidn Nacional de Parques (Repub. Domin.), No. 1: 7-36. 5 tabs. 5 figs. 6 appendices of other tabs. & figs. Mar. 1978. x Belitsky, David W; & Belitsky, Cheryl L. 1980. Distribution and abundance of manatees Tri- chechus manatus in the Dominican Republic. Biol. Conserv., 17(4): 313-319. 2 figs. May 1980. -Aerial surveys and interviews demonstrated that populations exist on the north and southwest coasts; calves were seen year-round; evidence was found of poaching, possible shark predation, possible coastwise movements and use of fresh- water upwellings, but little if any use of rivers by manatees. Bell, Alexander Graham: SEE Fairchild, D., 1917. Bell, Charles Napier 1862. Remarks on the Mosquito territory, its climate, people, productions. Jour. Roy. Geogr. Soc, 32: 242-268. Bell, Charles Napier 1899. Tangweera; life and adventures among gentle savages. London, Edward Arnold, xi + 318. 6 pis. -Mosquito Indians, Central America, x Bell, Thomas 1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London, John Van Voorst, xviii + 526. Illus. -Allen 907. Notice of two strandings of carcasses of "Manatus borealis" in the British Isles (525). One record is based on the accounts of Stewart (1801) and Fleming (1828); no details are given about the other, x Bellin, Jacques Nicolas 1763. Description geographique de la Guyane. Conte- nant les possessions et les etablissemens des Franqois, des Espagnols, des Portugais, des Hollandois dans ces vastes pays. Le climax les NUMBER 80 39 productions de la terre et les animaux leurs habitans, leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes. et le commerce qu'ony peutfaire. Avec des remarques pour la navigation et des cartes, plans, et figures, dressies au Depost des Cartes et Plans de la Marine par ordre de M le Due de Choiseul Colonel Giniral des Suisses et Grisons, Ministre de la Guerre et de la Marine. Paris, Impr. de Didot, xiv + 294. 10 pis. Maps & plans. -Allen 287. Brief description (taken directly from Gumilla) of the manatee in the Guianas (65-66). The scene of Indians harpooning a manatee and the illustration of a female with its young (pi. 5) are taken from Labat (1722), according to Allen. Belmar, A. de 1861. Voyage aux provinces brisiliennes du Pard et des Amazones en 1860, precede d'une rapide coup d'oeil, sur le littoral du Bresil London, Trezise, 1-236. -Gen. ace. of the manatee and its use by natives (118-119). Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria, Pedro 1859. Arte del idioma Maya reducido a sucintas reglas, y semilexicon Yucateco. Ed. 2. Merida de Yucatan, Jose D. Espinosa, [16] + 242. 2 tabs. Jul. 1859. -Ed. 1, Mexico, 1746. Gives chiil and tek as Maya names of the manatee (230). Beneden, Pierre Joseph van: SEE Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph. Bengtson, John L.: SEE ALSO Medway, Bruss et al., 1982. x Bengtson, John L. 1982. Ecology of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in the St. Johns River, Florida. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl, B. Sci. Eng., 42(12): 4668. Jun. 1982. -Describes daily and seasonal movements in response to temperature; reports that males patrol large ranges in search of estrous females, which have relatively small home ranges; mentions observations on daily activity patterns; suggests that behavioral tradition may be important in manatee populations; and reports that manatees failed to show a preference among 4 species of food plants offered them in experimental trials. x Bengtson, John L. 1983. Estimating food consumption of free-ranging manatees in Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 47(4): 1186-1192. 3 tabs. lfig. -A study, partly experimental, of chewing rate and food consumption at Blue Spring and the St. Johns River indicated an estimated consumption rate of 108 g/min and 4%-9% of body weight per day. The highest rates were observed just before winter, x Bengtson, John L.; & Fitzgerald, Shannon M. 1985. Potential role of vocalizations in West Indian manatees. Jour. Mamm., 66(4): 816-819. 2 figs. Nov. 29, 1985. -Reports correlations between number of calls and various behaviors of manatees in Blue Spring and the St. Johns River, Florida. Concludes that vocalizations are mainly social and communica- tive in function, not navigational. Notes the possible use of vocalizations for alarm, greeting, and synchronizing of breathing, and estimates the distances at which manatees can hear various sounds. x Bengtson, John L.; & Magor, Diana Marion 1979. A survey of manatees in Belize. Jour. Mamm., 60(1): 230-232. 1 tab. 1 fig. Feb. 20, 1979. -A total of 101 manatee sightings were made in 5 days of aerial survey. Beniowski, Moritz August, Graf von 1790. Reisen durch Sibirien und Kamtschatka uber Japan und China nach Europa. Nebst einem Auszuge seiner ubrigen Lebensgeschichte.... Mit Anmerkungen von Johann Reinhold Forster. Berlin, Voss, xxi + 447. Pis. -Translated from Engl. Rhytina, p. 213. Bennett, F.D.: SEE Andres & Bennett, 1975. Bennett, George 1860. Gatherings of a naturalist in Australasia: being observations principally on the animal and vegetable productions of New South Wales, New Zealand, and some of the Austral Islands. London, John Van Voorst, xii + 456. Frontisp. 24 figs. 7 pis. -Facsimile repr.: Milson's Point (New South Wales), Currawong Press, 1982. Account of dugongs and dugong exploitation at Moreton Bay (164-167). Benwell, Gwen; & Waugh, Arthur 1961. Sea enchantress. London, Hutchinson; New York, Citadel, 1-287. 2 figs. 16 pis. Benzoni, Girolamo 1565. La historia del Mondo Nvovo.... Laqval tratta dell'isole, & mari nuouamente ritrouati, & delle nuoue cittd da luiproprio vedute,per acqua & per terra in quattordeci anni. Venice, Francesco Rampazetto, 175 leaves. -Allen 20. Reprinted 1572; many later eds. Manati, p. 96. 40 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Benzoni, Girolamo 1578. Novae novi orbis historiae, id est, rerum ab Hispanis in India Occidentali hactenus gestarum, & acerbo illorum in eas gentes dominatu, Libri tres, Vrbani Calvetonis opera industridque ex Italicis Hieronymi Benzonis Mediolanensis, qui eas terras xiiii. annorum peregrinatione obijt, commentarijs descripti; Latini facti, ac perpetuis notis, argumentis & locu pleti memorabilium rerum accessione, illustrati. His ab eodem adiuncta est, de Gallorum in Floridam expedi- tione, & insigni Hispanorum in eos faeuitiae exemplo, breuis historia. [Geneva,] Evstathivm Vignon, 1-480. -Allen 23. Latin ed. of Benzoni, 1565. "Manati pisces," cap. xiii, pp. 213-214 (manatee of Nicaragua), 216-217 (a further account based on that of Peter Martyr [1533], which did not appear in the 1565 ed.). Berg, L.S. 1946. Otkrytie Kamchatki i ekspeditsii Beringa 1725- 1742 gg. [The discovery of Kamchatka and the Bering expeditions of 1725-1742.] Ed. 3. Moscow & Leningrad, Izdatel'stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR, 1-379. -First ed., 1924? Includes discussion of sources, with bibliography. Bergin, T.J. 1981. Veterinary aspects. Report on meeting of working party in Sydney, 15 February 1981. In: J.K. Ling (ed.), Marine mammal strandings in Australia: towards a national plan. Adelaide, South Australian Museum (69 pp.), 14-17. Berhanu, Allem 1976. Ethiopia: a report on the Dahlac Islands marine park. IUCN Pubis, (n.s.), No. 35: 45-49. Berkel, Adriaan van 1695. Amerikaansche voyagien, behelzende een reis na Rio de Berbice, gelegen op het vaste land van Guiana, aan de Wilde-kust van America, mitsgad- ers een andere na de Colonie van Suriname, gelegen in het noorder deel van het gemelde landschap Guiana. Ondermengd met alle de byzonderheden noopende de zeden, gewoonten, en levenswijs der inboorlingen, boom- en aardge- wassen, waaren en koopmanschappen, en andere aanmerkelijke zaaken. Amsterdam, J. ten Hoorn, 4+139. Frontisp. 2 pis. -Report of a manatee in the lower Suriname River. Berkel, Adriaan van 1942. Travels in South America between the Berbice and Essequibo Rivers and in Surinam 1670-1689, translated & edited by Walter Edmund Roth, 1925. Georgetown (British Guiana), The "Daily Chron- icle," Ltd., xvi + 145 + v. Pis. 1 map. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, J.H. 1773. Voyage a I'Isle de France, a I'lsle de Bourbon, au Cap de Bonne-Esperance, etc., avec des observa- tions nouvelles sur la nature et sur les hommes. Par un Officier du Roi. Neuchatel, Impr. Soc. Typographique (2 vols.). Berndt, Ronald M. 1948. A 'Wonguri-'Mandzikai song cycle of the Moon- Bone. Oceania, 19(1): 16-50. Sep. 1948. -Songs and legends about dugongs in northeast- em Amhem Land, Australia. Berndt, Ronald M. (ed.) 1964. Australian aboriginal art. Sydney, Ure Smith: xiii + 118. 73 pis. 1 map. -C.P. Mountford, 20-32? Recounts the myth of the moon-man and his sister, the dugong-woman (pl. 31). Berry, Edward W 1923. The Mayence Basin, a chapter of geologic history. Sci. Monthly, 16:113-129. Feb. 1923. Berry, William B.N.: SEE Floyd et al., 1958. x Berthold, Arnold Adolph 1827. Latreille's... Naturliche Familien des Thierreichs. Aus dem Franzosischen, mit Anmerkungen und Zusdtzen.... Weimar, Gr. H.S. priv. Landes-Industrie- Comptoirs, x + 606. -Lists Manatus, Halicore, and Rhytina under "Cetacea: Herbivora"; first use of the emended spelling Rhytina (62). x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1966a. Sea cows could be useful. Sea Frontiers, 12(4): 210-217. 5 figs. Jul.-Aug., 1966. -Pop. ace. of sir. status and use for weed control and other purposes; figs, of dugongs, tusks, harpoons, and seagrass. x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1966b. The Sirenia: a vanishing order of mammals. Animal Kingdom, 69(6): 180-184. 4 figs. Dec. 1966. -Pop. ace. of sirs, and the prospects for their survival, with one photo of T. manatus, two of dugongs, and a sketch of Steller's sea cow from G.M. Allen (1942). x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1968. The Sirenia as aquatic meat-producing herbivores. NUMBER 80 41 In: M.A. Crawford (ed.), Comparative nutrition of wild animals. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, No. 21: 385-391; discussion, 393-394. 2 figs. Symposium held Nov. 10-11, 1966. -Discusses sir. ecology, economic uses, and conservation, x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1971. The decline of the dugong. Austral. Nat. Hist., 17(4): 146-147. 1 fig. Dec. 1971. -Pop. ace. of Australian dugongs. Mentions use of dugong oil in a Queensland hospital for medicinal purposes as late as 1965. Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo: SEE ALSO Bertram, George Colin Lawder. Bertram, George Colin Lawder: SEE ALSO Char nock- Wilson et al., 1974; Frazier et al., 1987; Kaiser, H.E., 1974; Little, E.C.S., 1966. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1943. Note on the sea cow in the Gulf of Aqaba. Jour. Soc. Preserv. Fauna Empire (n.s.), Pt. 47: 21-23. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1963. In search of mermaids: the manatees of Guiana. London, Peter Davies; New York, Thomas Y Crowell Co., xi + 183. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1974. Conservation of Sirenia: current status and per- spectives for action. Occas. Paper, Internatl. Union Conserv. Nature & Nat. Resources (Morges, Switzerland), No. 12: 1-19. -Gen. ace. of sir. biology and status, with recommendations regarding the proposed Interna- tional Manatee Research Centre in Guyana and conservation needs of each of the living species, especially dugongs in Australia and Somalia. Written as a discussion paper for the recently formed IUCN Sirenia Specialist Group. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1975. Save the mermaids. Wildlife, Wildl. Conserv. Yearbook, 1975: 82-87. 1 fig. 5 pis. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1977. Sea cows. Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1:3-4. Mar. 1977. -Summary of popular lecture on sirs., with mention of captures at Abu Dhabi, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1980. Dugongs in the nineteen-seventies. Spolia Zeylanica, 35(1/11): 219-221. -Gen. ace. of dugong and manatee research and conservation. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1981. Dugong numbers in retrospect and prospect. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 1-7. -Briefly sketches what is known of the past abundance of dugongs, calls attention to the effects of human population pressure, and empha- sizes the critical responsibility of Australia in dugong conservation. Suggests that Queensland was the area of greatest dugong abundance in the world even in prehistoric times. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1987. Antarctica, Cambridge, conservation and popula- tion: a biologist's story. Publ. by the author, viii + 208. -Tells the story of Colin and Kate Bertram's studies of sirs. (82, 108, 112-125, 197, 199). x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1962. Manatees of Guiana. Nature (London), 196(4861): 1329. Dec. 29, 1962. -Reprinted in Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. & Zoo, No. 37? Summarizes the status of manatees in British Guiana and neighboring regions, and efforts to use them in weed-clearing. Notes difficulty in the latter efforts due to losses in capture and transport, and failure of manatees to breed in captivity, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1963. The status of manatees in the Guianas. Oryx, 7(2/3): 90-93. Aug. 1963. -Reviews the status and distribution of T. m. manatus in British Guiana, its use for meat and for weed control, and the impracticability of expand- ing the latter use. Makes recommendations for manatee conservation in the Guianas. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1964a. Manatees in the Guianas. Zoologica (New York), 49(2): 115-120. Summer 1964. -Describes the distribution, habits, and status of T. m. manatus in British Guiana and adjacent areas, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1964b. Does the "extinct" sea cow survive? New Scientist, 24(415): 313. 1 fig. Oct. 29, 1964. -Pop. ace. of the presumed extermination and possible survival of Steller's sea cow. 42 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1965. Seaweed into beef. Animals, 6(13): 352-355. 7 figs. -Gen. ace. of sir. natural history, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1966a. The dugong. Nature (London), 209(5026): 938-939. Feb. 26, 1966. -Optimistic report of dugong status in Australia and neighboring regions; hunting pressure be- lieved to be diminishing in many places, and stocks seem secure. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1966b. Dugongs in Australian waters. Oryx, 8(4): 221-222. Apr. 1966. -Dugongs reported to be doing well in Australia, and little hunted except by Aborigines, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1968a. Bionomics of dugongs and manatees. Nature (London), 218(5140): 423-426. 3 figs. May 4, 1968 (read to Linnean Soc., Feb. 15, 1968). -Gen. ace. of sirs, and their conservation, empha- sizing Australian dugongs and Guyanese mana- tees. Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1968b. The world's most valuable reptiles. Animals, 10(10): 440-444. Feb. 1968. -Compares sea turtles with sirs, as marine herbivores, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1970a. The dugongs of Ceylon. Loris, 12(1): 53-55. Jun. 1970. -Discusses problems of dugong conservation (particularly marked decline due to intensification of the marine fishery), summarizes present status, and urges establishment of a dugong sanctuary, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1970b. Dugongs in Ceylon. Oryx, 10(6): 362-364. 2 figs. Dec. 1970. -Reports that dugongs are decreasing in Ceylon due to accidental netting, in spite of legal protection, and advocates creation of a dugong sanctuary, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1973. The modern Sirenia: their distribution and status. Biol. Jour. Linn. Soc, 5(4): 297-338. 2 figs. PI. 1. Dec. 1973. -An excellent and detailed review, based on wide travel and correspondence, of the present distribu- tion of sirs., population trends, economic use and past exploitation, present hunting and hunting techniques, accidental catch, use in weed control, and existing and needed conservation measures. Rather more emphasis is placed on dugongs than on manatees. Includes an analysis of data on size, sex, pregnancy, and month of capture of some 433 dugongs taken at Numbulwar Mission, Northern Territory, Australia, in 1963-1969 (333-335); limited evidence for a breeding season was found. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1977. The status and husbandry of manatees Trichechus spp. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 17: 106-108. -Briefly reviews the history and status of manatee weed-control attempts in Guyana and Surinam, and the Guyana manatee research project; urges creation of a captive-breeding program and dis- cusses problems of weed-control and captive- breeding efforts. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Sale, J.B. 1975. Dugong meeting in Nairobi. East Afr. Wildl Jour., 13(3/4): 389-390. Dec. 1975. -Report of meeting and recommendations for further research and conservation efforts. Bertram, William Halsey Ricardo: SEE Harris & Bertram, 1977. Bertrand, Pierre 1988. Evolution de la structure de l'6mail chez les Proboscidea primitifs: aspects phylog6n6tique et fonctionnel. In: D.E. Russell et al. (eds.), Teeth revisited. Mem. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., Sir. C, Sci. Terre, 53: 109-124. Illus. -Engl. summ. x Berzin, A.A.; Tikhomirov, E.A.; & Troinin, V.I. 1963. Ischezla li stellerova korova? [Is Steller's sea cow extinct?] Priroda, 52(8): 73-75. 1 fig. -Engl, transl.: Fisheries Research Board of Canada Transl. Ser., No. 548: 1-4, 1965. Report of animals seen off Cape Navarin in Jun. 1962, which may have been Rhytina stelleri. Other post-1768 reports also cited, mostly from Grekov and Nordenskiold. x Bessac, H.; & Villiers, A. 1948. Le lamantin du Senegal. NUMBER 80 43 La Nature (Paris), 76(3158): 188-189. 4 figs. Jun. 1948. -Fascinating gen. ace. of T. senegalensis, includ- ing migrations, hunting methods, native beliefs, and natural history data (much of doubtful accuracy) supplied by a native informant. Best, Maya Borel: SEE Boekschoten & Best, 1988. Best, P.B. 1971. Order Sirenia. In: J. Meester & H.W Setzer (eds.), The mammals of Africa: an identification manual. Washington, Smithsonian Inst. Press, Pt. 13: 1 p. -First ed., 1968. Best, Robin Christopher: SEE ALSO Assis et al., 1988 Ayres & Best, 1980; Bullock et al., 1980; Farmer et al. 1979a,b; Gallivan et al.; Kleinschmidt et al., 1988 Lainson et al., 1983; Lefebvre et al., 1989; Marsh et al. 1986; Mok & Best, 1979; Montgomery et al., 1981 Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Piggins et al., 1983. x Best, Robin Christopher 1981. Foods and feeding habits of wild and captive Sirenia. Mammal Review, 11(1): 3-29. 12 tabs. 2 figs. -Detailed review of diets, feeding behavior, food consumption, nutrition, and digestive physiology of the five Recent species, listing all reported food items consumed in the wild or in captivity, with analyses of composition and digestibility for some of them, x Best, Robin Christopher 1982a. Seasonal breeding in the Amazonian manatee, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 14(1): 76-78. 1 fig. -Concludes from dates of capture of calves that the indirect effect of rising river levels on nutritional status serves as a cue for manatee reproductive activity. Best, Robin Christopher 1982b. A salvacao de uma esp6cie: novas perspectivas para o peixe-boi da Amazonia. Revista IBM, No. 14: 10 pp. 12 figs. Dec. 1982. x Best, Robin Christopher 1983. Apparent dry-season fasting in Amazonian mana- tees (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 15(1): 61-64. 1 fig. -Reports observations on T. inunguis trapped in Lago Amana, Brazil, during the 1979-1980 dry season, with comments on physiology, hunting, and implications for conservation. Manatees nor- mally appear to fast 3-4 months per year, in this case the fast lasted nearly 7 months, x Best, Robin Christopher 1984a. Trichechus inunguis vulgo peixe-boi. Cienciahoje, 2(10): 66-73. 11 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1984. -Excellent pop. ace. of T inunguis biology and the diverse manatee research projects at INPA, Manaus, Brazil. x Best, Robin Christopher 1984b. The aquatic mammals and reptiles of the Amazon. In: H. Sioli (ed.), The Amazon. Limnology and landscape ecology of a mighty tropical river and its basin. Monographiae Biol, 56 (Dordrecht, Dr. W. Junk, 763 pp.), 371-412. 11 tabs. 12 figs. -Gen. ace. of the history of exploitation of T. inunguis and its biology, based on studies in progress at the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia (INPA), Manaus, Brazil (371-377). According to eyewitness Mario Ypiranga (un- published data in INPA files), the "anonymous" photo of a manatee and hunter (Fig. 1) was taken by INPA photographer Lourival Salgado near Freguesia do Andira" on the Rio Andira\ Amazo- nas, Brazil. The manatee was a female, not pregnant, and not as huge as it looks; the hunter was only about 160 cm tall (compared to Ypiranga's 155 cm) and the manatee's back rose some 60-70 cm above the ground. Another view of this scene was published in the Amazonia Bibliografia 1614-1962, Rio de Janeiro, INPA, 1963. Best, Robin Christopher; Gallivan, G. James; & Kanwisher, John W 1982. Ecophysiology of the Amazonian manatee Tri- chechus inunguis [Abstr.]. Braz. Jour. Med. Biol. Res., 15(2-3): 193. n Best, Robin Christopher; Montgomery, G. Gene; & Yamakoshi, Megumi 1981. Avaliacao de t6cnicas de rddio-rastreamento e marcacao do peixe-boi da Amazonia, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Amazonica, 11(2): 247-254. 1 tab. 4 figs. Jun. 1981. -A Portuguese version of Montgomery, Best & Yamakoshi (1981) (q.v.), with additional photo- graphs showing the floating meadows in the study area, the freeze-brand and branding iron used, and the transmitter-peduncle belt assembly. x Best, Robin Christopher; Ribeiro, Gilberto de Assis; Yamakoshi, Megumi; & Silva, Vera Maria F. da 1982. Artificial feeding for unweaned Amazonian mana- tees Trichechus inunguis. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 22: 263-267. 2 tabs. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Describes the composition and effects on growth rates of three different artificial formulas used in the rearing of 14 captive calves. 44 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Best, Robin Christopher; & Silva, Vera Maria F. da 1979. Peixe-boi. Uma sereia na represa? Cespaulista (Sao Paulo), 3(16): 26-27, 29. 3 figs. Apr. 1979. -Pop. ace. of Brazilian manatees and manatee research at INPA in Manaus. See also Cascudo (1979). x Best, Robin Christopher; & Teixeira, Dantes Martins 1982. Notas sobre a distribuicao e "status" aparentes dos peixes-bois (Mammalia: Sirenia) nas costas amapaenses brasileiras. Bol. Inf. FBCN (Rio de Janeiro, Fundacao Brasileira para a Conservacao da Natureza), No. 17: 41-47. 1 fig. -A 1978 ground survey of the coast of Amapa, Brazil, found evidence only of T. manatus. Comments on hunting methods, food plants, body size of calves and adults, possible shark bites, status, and conservation efforts. x Betz, Joseph J. 1968. Sea cow deception. Sea Frontiers, 14(4): 204-209. 4 figs. Jul. 1968. -Account of an abortive 1893 plan for raising manatees in captivity in Florida, x Beusse, D.O., Jr.; Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 1981a. Some causes of manatee mortality. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.)- Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 98-101. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Lists carcasses of T. manatus recovered in Florida, 1974-1977, and gives detailed findings on the three that were fresh enough for necropsy. One died of septicemia with pneumonia after entanglement in a crab-trap line, another from septicemia without obvious wounds, and a third from propeller cuts and pneumonia. See also Irvine, Odell & Campbell (1981). x Beusse, D.O., Jr.; Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 198 lb. Diagnosis and treatment of manatees at Sea World of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 111-120. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports on the successful treatment of three T. manatus for entanglement in a crab-trap line, propeller cuts, and a possible retained placenta, respectively. Includes extensive tables showing the results of blood studies during treatment. See also Asper & Searles (1981) regarding these manatees. Beyer, Hermann 1908. Studien uber den sogenannten Schallleitungsap- parat bei den Wirbeltieren und Betrachtungen uber die Function des Schneckenfensters. Arch. Ohrheilk., 11: 77-105. Figs. 20-24. Bhaskar, S. 1978. Notes on the Gulf of Kutch. Hamadryad, 3(3): 9-10. -Reports finding a dead male dugong on Bhaidan Island, Gulf of Kutch, India (10). Bhaskar, S. 1986. Dugongs. In: R.E. Hawkins (ed.), Encyclopedia of Indian natural history. Bombay, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 189. Bhatia, S.B.: SEE Sahni et al., 1983. x Bibby, Geoffrey 1969. Looking for Dilmun. New York, Alfred A. Knopf, [xvi] + 383 + viii. 41 figs. 32 pis. 9 maps. -Mentions use of dugongs for food in Abu Dhabi, both today (224) and in the Umm an-Nar community of ca. 2800 B.C., where dugong bones made up about 80% of the total faunal remains (303-304, 306). x Bible, The -The Hebrew word tachash is used in the Old Testament in reference to a certain kind of animal hide, interpreted by various translators to be badger, seal, porpoise, or simply "violet" or "hyacinuY'-colored hide; or, less commonly, nar- whal, deer, goat, giraffe, "spotted" hide, etc. (see Aharoni, 1937 and Furman, 1940?, for discus- sion). According to Schoff (1920), the Talmud identifies it as a unique animal that existed only in the time of Moses. However, many commentators accept the likelihood that the dugong is meant (see, e.g., H.C. Hart, 1888; B. Orchard etal. (eds.), A Catholic commentary on Holy Scripture, New York, Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1953; G.S. Cansdale, 1970; and The New English Bible). The word occurs in two different Biblical contexts, each of which indicates that tachash leather was considered to be durable and of high quality. First, it was used by the ancient Hebrews for the outermost covering of the Tabernacle (Exodus 25:5; 26:14; 35:7, 23; 36:19; 39:34; Numbers 4:25) as well as for individual coverings for the Ark, the Table of Showbread, the Altar, and the other furnishings and equipment of the Sanctuary (Numbers 4:6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14), in order to protect them from the weather and during transport. This use inspired the name Halicore tabernaculi Ruppell, 1834, for the Red Sea dugong. Second, in the allegory of the marriage between God and Jerusalem (Ezekiel 16:10), NUMBER 80 45 sandals of tachash leather are listed as part of the costly and luxurious trousseau of the bride. The use of dugong hide for shoes and sandals is attested in more recent times (Riippell, 1834; Bertram & Bertram, 1973: 323; Preen, 1989a: 97, 114). The two Biblical contexts are evidently not unconnected: Schoff (1920: 51) notes that the bride's luxuries "were, item by item, substances that went into the construction, adornment, equip- ment and service of the tabernacle of Moses," so Ezekiel's allegory probably alludes consciously to the description of the Tabernacle. Tachash has also been adopted as the vernacu- lar name of the dugong in modem Hebrew, apparently following the conclusions of early Israeli zoologists and without any particular etymological or rabbinical authority (Dr. J. Sho- shani, pers. comm.). Shoshani is inclined to doubt that the dugong is meant, on the grounds that the dugong is not kosher (it seems unlikely that the hide of an "unclean" animal would have been used for the Tabernacle) and that tachash appears to cany a connotation of "spotted" or "multicol- ored." Cognate words meaning "dolphin" or "sea-mammal" and "to stretch (leather)" occur in Arabic and ancient Egyptian, respectively. See J.H. Bondi, Dem hebrdisch-phonizischen Sprachzweige angehorige Lehnworter in hiero- glyphischen und hieratischen Texten, Leipzig: 1-130, 1886. x Bickmore, Albert S. 1869. Travels in the East Indian archipelago. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1-553. -P. 244: {"Large quantities of tripang [sea cucumbers] are gathered on the shallow coral banks of these low islands [the Arus], and in the sea the dugong, Halicore dugong, Cuv., is seen."} The same material appears on p. 182 of the German ed. (Jena, 1869). Biet, Antoine 1664. Voyage de la France Equinoxiale en I'isle de Cayenne entrepris par les franqois en I'annee M.DCLII. Paris, Francois Clovzier, [xxii] + 432. x Billberg, Gust. Joh. 1827. Synopsis faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I. Pars I. Mammalia Holmiae [= Stockholm], Off. Typogr. Ordinum Equestrium, viii + 55 + xv + [hi]. 3 tabs. -Lists in classification under "Tribus Anthropo- cephala," "Natio Manatides" [both = Sirenia]: Manatus, Halicore, and Haligyna [n.gen.] bore- alis [= Hydrodamalis gigas], the latter based on Gmelin's Trichechus manatus borealis (tabs. A & B, 33). x Billberg, Gust. Joh. 1828. Synopsis faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I. Pars I. Mammalia.... Holmiae [= Stockholm], Off. Typogr. Caroli Deleem, xii + 56 + x. 3 tabs. -Material almost identical to that in 1827 ed., but gives the Greek etymology of the new name Haligyna and lists Rytina as a possible synonym of it (tabs. A & B, 33-34). x Bingham, Bruce 1981. The day of the manatee. Cruising World, May 1981: 90-91. 3 figs. -Pop. ace. of encounter with a friendly manatee in Florida, with a photo of the animal drinking from a fresh-water hose. Includes "A plea to save the manatee" by Katy Burke as a separate item on p. 91. Biosca, J.: SEE Pilleri et al., 1989. Birch, W.R.: SEE Heinsohn & Birch, 1972. Birtles, Alastair: SEE Anderson & Birtles, 1978. x Birulia, A.A. 1929. O tazovoi kosti (os pelvis) morskoi korovy (Rhytina stelleri Oser.). [Note on the os pelvis of Rhytina stelleri Oser.] C. R. Acad. Sci. URSS (Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR), Ser. A, 1929(4): 87-90. 1 fig. -Describes a "left" [actually right] innominate found with a skeleton, for the most part represent- ing a single individual, collected on Bering Island in 1895-1896 and mounted in the Khabarovsk Regional Museum. Another skeleton collected at the same time was sold to the Paris Museum of Natural History in 1903. x Bischoff, Th.L.W. 1847. Einige Beitrage zur Anatomie des Duyong. Arch. Anat. Phys. Wiss. Med. (Miiller), 1847: 1-6. PI. 1. -Describes the teeth, vertebrae, ribs, pelvis, hyoid apparatus, and penis of a young dugong. The plate shows the tongue, hyoid, and larynx. Bisselink, A.-M. 1990. Manatees at Burgers' Zoo, Arnhem, The Nether- lands. IZN (Internatl. Zoo News), 37(7)(224): 5-7. x Bittencourt, Agnello 1925. Chorographia do Estado do Amazonas. Manaus, Typ. Palacio Real, 1-346. Illus. -Briefly comments on the intensity of exploita- tion of manatees in Amazonas, Brazil, with 2 photos (134-136). x Bittencourt, Agnello 1934. A pesca do pirarucu e do peixe-boi. A Voz do Mar, 14(117): 24-25. Nov. 1934. -Briefly remarks on the hunting of manatees (considered less commercially important than 46 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY pirarucu) and on the manufacture and price of mixira (canned manatee meat). x Bittencourt, Agnello 1966. Plantas e animais bizarros do Amazonas. Manaus, Edicoes Governo do Estado do Amazo- nas, 1-59. -Pop. ace. of "Manatus americanus" (35-36). x Bizzarini, Fabrizio; Bizzotto, Bruno; & Braga, Giampietro 1977. Resti di sirenio (Prototherium) nella mama di Possagno (Eocene superiore)—Trevigiano Oc- cidental. Mem. Ist. Geol. Min. Univ. Padova, 30: 1-15. 5 figs. 2 pis. -Reports parts of left and right mandibles, ribs, and a vertebra, considered to be slightly more advanced than the holotype of Prototherium veronense and referred to "P. veronense ssp." Bizzotto, Bruno: SEE ALSO Bizzarini et al., 1977. x Bizzotto, Bruno 1983. Prototherium intermedium n. sp. (Sirenia) dell'Eocene Superiore di Possagno e proposta di revisione sistematica del taxon Eotheroides Pal- mer 1899. Mem. Sci. Geol, Ist. Geol. Min. Univ. Padova, 36: 95-116. 2 tabs. 5 figs. 2 pis. -Describes P. intermedium and compares it with P. veronense, E. libycum, and other forms; considers Eotheroides a junior synonym of Prototherium. Bjorndal, Karen A.: SEE ALSO Thayer et al., 1984. Bjorndal, Karen A. 1979. Cellulose digestion and volatile fatty acid produc- tion in the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. A. Comp. Physiol, 63(1): 127-133. 3 tabs. 3 figs. Black, D.J.: SEE Forrester et al., 1979; Medway, Black & Rathbun, 1982; Medway, Bruss et al., 1982. Black, Norman 1900. Adaptive modification as seen in the teeth of Mammalia. Brit. Jour. Dental Sci., 43: 4-23. Blackburn, R.; & Andres, L. 1968. The snail, the mermaid, and the flea beetle. U.S. Dept. Agric Yearbk. Agric, 1968: 229-234. -Use of Florida manatees in weed control. Blackman, D.: SEE Prince et al., 1981. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1816. Prodrome d'une nouvelle distribution systema- tique du regne animal. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philomat. Paris, (3)3: 105-124. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1836. [Classification presented in 1834.] In: F.-E. Gu6- rin, Diet, pittor. hist. nat. phenom. nature. Paris, Bureau de Souscription, Vol. 4: 619. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1837. Note sur la tete de Dinotherium giganteum, actuellement a Paris. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(12): 421-427? 2 figs. Read Mar. 20, 1836. -Abstrs.: L'Institut, 5: 93-94?; Froriep's No- tizen, 2: 49-52. See also Dumeril (1837). Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1841. Rapport sur un memoire de M. Jules de Christol, intitule: Recherches sur divers ossements fossiles attribu6s par Cuvier a deux phoques, au lamantin et a deux especes d'hippopotames et rapportes au Metaxytherium, nouveau genre de cetaces de la famille des dugongs. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 12: 235-242. -Abstrs.: L'Institut, 9: 37-38?; Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 30: 445-448? See also Guerin- M256 figs. -Repr. in part, 1969, Bulls, of Amer. Paleontol- ogy, 56(249): 57-230, with new index. Describes and illustrates a fragment of an Eocene sir. rib from Craven County, North Carolina, misidentify- ing it as a sperm whale tooth (212, fig. 34). This entire report, including the illustration, are repro- duced in Domning, Morgan & Ray (1982: 16-17). Emmons, Ebenezer 1860. Manual of geology, designed for the use of colleges and academies. Philadelphia, Sower, Barnes & Co., xii + 13-290. 218 figs. -Reproduces (213, fig. 181) the illustration of the sir. rib fragment from Emmons (1858). Engbring, John: SEE Rathbun et al., 1988. x Engel, Stefan 1959a. Rudimentary mammalian lungs. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 100: 95-114. 19 figs. -The alveolar structure of the dugong lung is NUMBER 80 105 compared with those of crocodilians and mono- tremes; concludes that the dugong's structure is me most primitive among living mammals (102- 104,106,111-114). x Engel, Stefan 1959b. The respiratory tissue of dugong (Halicore Du- gong). Anat. Anz., 106: 90-100. 14 figs. -Reports that the lung tissue consists only of small, poorly differentiated vesicles, not of acini; these arise laterally from bronchioli. This is considered unique and perhaps primitive among mammals. x Engel, Stefan 1962. The air-passages of the dugong lung. Acta Anat., 48(1-2): 95-107. 17 figs. -Describes the histology and microscopic anat- omy of the air-conducting tubules, which differ in arrangement from the typical mammalian bron- chial tree. Engle, Earl Theron 1926. The copulation plug and the accessory genital glands of mammals. Jour. Mamm., 7(2): 119-126. 1 tab. May 1926. -Quotes Riha (1911) regarding the dugong (122). x Enlow, Donald H.; & Brown, Sidney O. 1958. A comparative histological study of fossil and Recent bone tissues. Part III. Texas Jour. Sci., 10(2): 187-230. Pis. 28-40. Jun. 1958. —Comments on the fine structure of sirenian bone, represented by "The rib of an unidentified Pleistocene manatee" and the "Femur" (!) of a Pliocene "Manatee" (198-199, pi. 34). The source, true age, and true identity of these specimens are unknown. x Ennouchi, Emile 1954. Un sireiiien, Felsinotherium cf. serresi, a Dar bei Hamri. Serv. Giol. du Maroc, Notes et Mim., No. 121 (Notes, vol. 9): 77-82. 3 figs. -Describes a skullcap fragment and a lower second molar from the Pliocene of Morocco. Also gives a gen. acc. of sirs., emphasizing their pelvis reduction and their phylogeny according to Dep6- ret & Roman (1920). x Erdman, Donald S. 1970. Marine mammals from Puerto Rico to Antigua. Jour. Mamm., 51(3): 636-639. Aug. 28, 1970. -Reports two sighting records (1961, 1963) of T manatus in Puerto Rican waters; the species is said to be absent from the Virgin Islands (638). x Erftemeijer, Paul L.A.; Djunarlin; & Moka, Willem 1993. Stomach content analysis of a dugong (Dugong dugon) from South Sulawesi, Indonesia. Austral. Jour. Mar. Freshwater Res., 44(1): 229-233. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Most of the stomach contents of a female dugong (71.5% of the total dry weight) consisted of roots and rhizomes of small seagrasses (Halophila, Halodule, Cymodocea), but the leaf fraction was dominated by Enhalus (50%). Rhizome material of large seagrasses (Enhalus, Thalassia) was absent; sediment was neglible. Ernst, Adolf 1877. Estudios sobre la flora y fauna de Venezuela. Caracas, Imprenta Federal, 211-330. Ernst, Carl H. 1977. Skull key to adult mammals of Delaware, Mary- land and Virginia. II. Marine mammals. Chesapeake Science, 18(1): 84-87. 3 figs. Mar. 1977. -Includes T. manatus in the key (84, 86). Erxleben, Johann Christian Polycarp 1777. Sy sterna regni animalis per classes, or dines, genera, species, varietates cvm synonymia et historia animalivm. Classis I Mammalia. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Impensis Weygandianis, xlviii + 636. -Allen 341. Recognizes Trichechus manatus (including all manatees plus Hydrodamalis), 596-599; T Dugung, 599; and "The Sea Ape," 600. Gives extensive lists of pre-Linnaean and vernacular names for these forms. Eschmeyer, Paul H: SEE Scott & Eschmeyer, 1981. Espasandin, J. Otero 1945. Gigantes marinos. Ed. 2. Buenos Aires, Editorial Atlantida, S.A. (Co- leccion Oro de Cultura General No. 6), 1-162. Illus. Jul. 20, 1945. -Gen. acc. of the living sirs. (33-42). Esquemeling, John: SEE Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier. Essman, Richard A.: SEE Bazzini et al. x Estacio da Silveira, Simao 1874. Rela§ao summaria das cousas do Maranhao. In: Candido Mendes de Almeida, Memorias para a historia do extincto Estado do Maranhao cujo territorio comprehende hoje as provincias do Maranhao, Piauhy, Grdo-Pard e Amazonas.... Tomo Segundo. Rio de Janeiro, Nova Typogr. de J. Paulo Hildebrandt (lxxii + 556 + viii), 1-31. -Brief account of the use of manatees for food and the medicinal use of their bones (26-27). Acuna's account of the manatee is reprinted in the same volume (84-85; not indexed here). Estes, James A.: SEE ALSO Simenstad et al., 1978. 106 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY xD Estes, James A.; & Steinberg, Peter D. 1988. Predation, herbivory, and kelp evolution. Paleobiology, 14(1): 19-36. 1 tab. 1 fig. Winter 1988. -Briefly reviews the history of North Pacific sirs, and desmostylians, arguing that the Late Miocene appearance of sirs, adapted to kelp-eating supports the hypothesis that kelps did not become abundant or diverse until that time (21-22). See also Domning (1989a). xD Estes, James A.; & Steinberg, Peter D. 1989. Response to Domning [1989a]. Paleobiology, 15(1): 57-60. "Winter 1989" (mailed Jun. 13, 1989). -Defends a late Cenozoic date for the adaptive radiation of kelps, and points out limitations on the likely roles of sirs, and desmostylians as kelp herbivores. Estrada, Alberto R.: SEE ALSO Ferrer & Estrada, 1988. x Estrada, Alberto R.; & Ferrer, Lourdes T. 1987. Distribuci6n del manati antillano, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia), en Cuba. I. Region occidental. Poeyana (Inst. Zool. Acad. Cienc. Cuba), No. 354: 1-12. 4 tabs. 2 figs. Apr. 24, 1987. -Engl. summ. A questionnaire survey of fisher- men identified several areas in western Cuba where manatees were abundant, having seemingly increased in numbers as a result of the prohibition of hunting. Their habits and habitats resemble those reported elsewhere in the Caribbean. x Etheridge, Kay; Rathbun, Galen B.; Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1985. Consumption of aquatic plants by the West Indian manatee. Jour. Aquatic Plant Manage., 23(1): 21-25. 6 tabs. -Feeding experiments (using Hydrilla and Val- lisneria) and measurements of chewing rates in wild and captive Florida manatees indicated that adults can eat about 7.1 % of body weight per day in wet weight of Hydrilla in 5 hours of chewing time. At this rate the manatees wintering at Crystal River fall short of controlling the growth of Hydrilla there by at least an order of magnitude, and manatees in general appear inefficient and impractical as a means of aquatic weed control. Etheridge, R., Jr. 1900. Curator's report for 1899. Australian Mus. (Rept. Trustees), 1899: 3-7 (Appendix 1). -Records the donation of fossil vertebrae of Halicore dugong from "the Gold-bearing drift" on Woodlark Is., Papua New Guinea (7; also 24). Molnar (1982: 680) gives the catalog number of this material as AM F5795. x Etheridge, R., Jr. 1905. The further discovery of dugong bones on the coast of New South Wales. Rec. Austral Mus., 6: 17-19. PI. 4. -Summarizes occurrences of dugongs in New South Wales, including finds in Aboriginal kit- chen middens, x Etheridge, R., Jr.; David, T.W. Edgeworth; & Grimshaw, J.W 1897. On the occurrence of a submerged forest, with remains of the dugong, at Shea's Creek, near Sydney. Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, 30: 158-185. Pis. 8-11 + 10A & 11A. Read Aug. 5, 1896. -Describes a partial dugong skeleton, showing marks of butchering, found in Quaternary deposits in a canal excavation (170-174, 178-180, pis. 8-11 A). Discusses the occurrence of dugongs in New South Wales and mentions one caught in Broken Bay ca. 1894(172). Evans, Clifford: SEE Meggers & Evans, 1957. Evans, Peter G.H.: SEE Frazier et al., 1987. Evans, William E. 1967. Vocalization among marine mammals. In: W.N. Tavolga (ed.), Marine bio-acoustics. Vol. 2. Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Marine Bio-Acoustics held at the American Museum of Natural History, New York, April 13-15,1966. Oxford, Pergamon Press (xxi + 353), 159-186. 1 tab. 12 figs. -Manatee vocalizations, 159, 161, 169 (based on Schevill & Watkins, 1965). Evans, William E.; & Bastian, Jarvis 1969. Marine mammal communication: social and eco- logical factors. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press (475 pp.), 425-475. 18 figs. -Sirs., 443-444,465-466. x Evans, William E.; & Herald, Earl S. 1970. Underwater calls of a captive Amazon manatee, Trichechus inunguis. Jour. Mamm., 51(4): 820-823. 3 figs. Nov. 1970. -Compares sound spectrographs of the manatee at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, with reports of Florida manatee vocalizations, x Evermann, Barton Warren 1893. A skeleton of Steller's sea cow. Science, 21(522): 59. Feb. 3, 1893. -Brief account of the collection of a skeleton for the U.S. National Museum on Bering Island in NUMBER 80 107 1892. See also L. Stejneger (1893). x Evermann, Barton Warren 1900. General report on the investigations in Porto Rico of the United States Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk in 1899. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., 20: 1-26. -P. 25: {"The only marine mammal known from Porto Rico is the manatee (probably Trichechus latirostris), and it is of very rare occurrence, owing no doubt, to the absence of broad sluggish rivers in which it finds its favorite environment."} Evermann, Barton Warren 1920. [Title?] Bull. Scripps Inst. Biol Res., 9: 30. -Note on the discovery and extermination of Steller's sea cow. x Evermann, Barton Warren 1922. Why not save the marine mammals of the Pacific? Bull Pan-Pacific Union (n.s.), No. 34: 12-16. Aug. 1922. -"An advance paper prepared for the First Pan-Pacific Commercial Conference." Briefly recounts and deplores the extermination of Steller's sea cow (15-16). Ewel, Katherine Carter: SEE Lomolino & Ewel, 1984. Exner, R.; & Routil, R. 1958. Die Kephalisation der Wirbeltiere. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 62: 25-56. -Describes a new endocast of Hydrodamalis having a volume of 1700 cc (54). Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier ("John Esquemeling") 1678. De Americaensche Zee Roovers. Behelsende een pertinente en waerachtige Beschrijving van alle de voornaemste Roveryen, en onmenschlijcke wreedheden, die de Engelse en Franse Rovers, tegens de Spanjaerden in America, gepleeght hebben. Verdeelt in drie deelen: Het Eerste Deel verhandelt hoe de Franse op Hispanjola gekomen zijn, de aerdt van 't Landt, Inwoonders, en hun manier van leven aldaer. Het Tweede Deel, de opkomst van de Rovers, hun regel en leven onder malkander, nevens verscheyde Roveryen aen de Spanjaerden gepleeght. Het Derde 't verbranden van der Stadt Panama, door d'Engelsche en Franse Rovers gedaen, nevens het geen de Schrijver op sijn Reys voorgevallen is. Hier achter is bygevoeght, een korte verhandeling van de Macht en Rijkdommen die de Koninck van Spanje, Karel de Tweede, in America he eft, nevens des selfs lnkomsten en Regering aldaer. Als mede een kort begrijp van alle de voornaemste Plaetsen in het selve Gewest, onder Christen Potentaten behoorende. Amsterdam, Jan ten Hoorn, 1-186. 4 portraits. 6 pis. 2 maps. -Allen 114; title and the following comment from J. Sabin, Bibliotheca Americana, no. 23468: "First edition, of extreme rarity. Perhaps no book in any language was ever the parent of so many imitations, and the source of so many fictions, as this, the original of the buccaneers of America.... 'There is certainly no other book of that time which experienced a popularity similar to that of the "Buccaniers of America," which was, in the ten years following its publication, translated into most of the European languages; and there is a fact most curious in the literary history of all times, that the original was certainly unknown to all translators but one. They were all inclined to take the Spanish edition for the original; nay, even the learned editors of Mr. Grenville's catalogue seem doubtful whether the Dutch edition existed in print, or in MS. only.'" Later eds.: German, Niirnberg, 1679; Dutch, Amsterdam, 1700 ("very much altered"); Spanish, 1681 ("translated from the [first] Dutch") and later eds.; French, Paris, 1686 (2 vols., "of extreme rarity," "from the English") and (by the same publishers) 1688; three English versions (one said to be an abridgement), transl. from the Spanish, appeared in 1684; etc. See also those cited below. In the first and subsequent Engl, eds., the author's name appears as "John Esquemeling." An 1893 ed. (London, Swan Sonnenschein & Co.) was republished (New York, Dover) in 1967. The U.S. Naval Institute (Annapolis, Md.) brought out a new ed. in 1993. Material on manatees is found on the following pages in these eds.: Spanish, 1681: 294-295; Spanish, 1682: 438-440; Dutch, 1700: Deel 1, 131-132; Engl., 1704: 160-162; Engl., 1771: vol. 1, 209-210; Engl., 1893 & 1967: 243-244 (the reference to "manitas" on p. 250 should perhaps also read "manatis"). None of these eds. includes a figure of the animal. The accounts of the manatee in the 1744 and 1774 French eds. (see below) are entirely different from those in the Spanish, Dutch, and Engl. eds. just cited; besides being twice as long, and containing much new matter, there is an (apparently) original figure. Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier ("Oexmelin") 1744. Histoire des avanturiers flibustiers qui se sont signalez dans les Indes. Contenant ce qu'ils y ont fait de remarquable, avec la vie, les moeurs & les 108 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY coutumes des boucaniers, & des habitans de S. Domingue & de la Tortue; une description exacte de ces lieux; et un etat des offices tant ecclisias- tiques que siculieres, & ce que les plus grandes princes de I'Europe y possedent. Le tout enrichi de cartes giographiques & de figures en taille- douce.... Nouvelle edition corrigie & augmentie de V histoire des pirates anglois depuis lew etablissement dans I'Isle de la Providence jusqu'a prisent. Trevoux, par la Compagnie (4 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-394. Pis. 1 map. -Allen 227. The engraved title page is dated 1743. Anatomie du Lamentin, 372-376, 1 fig. Allen says "This is an original account (at least written in the first person and evidently from observation) of the external characters and internal structure of the Manatee, its habits, capture, etc., with an (apparently) original figure. The figure, like Labat's, represents an old Manatee with a young one in her arms; the figure is more artistic than Labat's, and has the head of the young one directed forward instead of backward." The plate facing p. 373 also gives a figure of a manatee, together with three forms of harpoon used in capturing turtles and manatees. The material not included in earlier eds. (see Exquemelin, 1678) was apparently added by the translator from one or more of the sources mentioned by him in his preface. A later French ed. (Lyon, Benoit, & Joseph Duplain, 1774 [4 vols.]; Allen 329) is textually the same as the above, and likewise has the manatee material in vol. 1: 372-376. Fabian, H. 1933. Merkmale und Grenzen in der Domestika- tionsfrage am Gebiss. Deutsch. Zahnheilkunde, 84: [pp.?] x Fabricius, Otho 1780. Fauna Groenlandica, systematice sistens Ani- malia Groenlandiae occidentalis hactenus ind- agata, quoad nomen specificum, triviale, vernacu- lumque; synonyma auctorum plurium, descrip- tionem, locum, victum, generationum, mores, usum, capturamque singuli, prout detegendi occa- sio fuit, maximaque parte secundum proprias observationes.... Hafniae et Lipsiae [= Copenhagen & Leipzig], Impensis Ioanis Gottlob Rothe, xvi + 452. 1 pi. -Allen 356. Reports a partial cranium of "Tri- chechus manatus" from Greenland (6). The natives applied the name Auvekaejak to both this animal and "Phoca ursina"; Fabricius took it to be identical with the species described by Steller. It may, however, actually have been T manatus; see Domning (1978b: 138). x Fairbaim, P.W; & Haynes, Ann M. 1982. Jamaican surveys of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus), dolphin (Tursiops trunca- tus), sea turtles (Families Cheloniidae and Dermo- chelydae), and booby terns (Family Laridae). U.N. Food & Agric. Organization Fisheries Rept., No. 278: 289-295. -Monthly aerial surveys, 1981-1982, showed manatees to be concentrated mainly on the south coast of Jamaica west of Kingston. A maximum of 13 individuals per month was counted. x Fairchild, David 1917. A new food mammal. Jour. Heredity, 8(8): 338-345. 5 figs. -Rev.: Bull. Pan-Amer. Union, 45: 241-246, Aug. 1917. Published anonymously. Gen. acc. of sirs, and of legends and sightings of mermaids; discusses economic uses of sirs., particularly the Florida manatee. The idea of domesticating manatees, "which is first expressed in this article," is credited to Alexander Graham Bell, who is quoted on pp. 342-343 and who instigated the author's study of the possibilities. Manatee do- mestication is considered preferable to the intro- duction of pygmy hippopotamuses into swamps of the southern U.S., as had been previously suggested. The yield of saleable meat per manatee carcass is estimated at 85%. A chemical analysis of manatee grass ("Cymodocea manatorum") is presented for comparison with four common kinds of animal fodder; it is found to be "almost identical chemically" to cow pea. x Fairholme, J.K.E. 1857. On the Australian dugong (Halicore australis). Proc. Zool. Soc London, 24: 352-353. May 8, 1857. -Account of dugongs, dugong hunting, and use of the meat, blubber, and oil at Moreton Bay, Queensland. x Faithful, Paul 1882. A "treasure of the deep," or the Halicore Australis, with personal reminiscences of sub- marine squatting in Queensland. Nelson (New Zealand), Courtenay Smith, 1-16. -May also exist in an earlier (1862) ed. (see E. Thome, 1876: 251). A sprightly and entertaining account of a visit to Moreton Bay, Queensland, by a professional collector of natural history speci- mens, in which he relates his first encounter with the dugong (over 30 skeletons of which he later collected for various museums). Following sev- eral lengthy quotes from other writers describing the animal and its economic uses (5-7), he elaborately extols the virtues (especially the medicinal ones) of its meat, oil, and other products, and gives an informal description of the commercial dugong fishery operated by John Lionel Ching, including some details of how the oil was rendered and refined (13). Courtenay Smith just happened to be "sole consignee in New Zealand" for "Ching's Pure Dugong Oil" (10), and he published this charming little pamphlet essen- tially to promote this and other items (described here in six full-page advertisements) that he purveyed. x Falconer, Hugh 1868. On the fossil remains of Elephas melitensis, an extinct pigmy species of elephant; and of other Mammalia, &c. from the ossiferous caves of Malta. In: Charles Murchison (ed.), Palaeontolo- gical memoirs and notes of the late Hugh Falconer.... London, Robert Hardwicke (2 vols.), Vol. 2 (xiii + 675): 292-308. Pis. 11-14. 109 110 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Appendix II of this article ("Extracts from Dr. Falconer's Note-Books," 301-307), item No. 6 ("Fossil Halitherium, from Malta," 304) consists of Falconer's notes written in the British Museum, Dec. 20, 1862. He found that a set of 3 teeth from Malta compare closely with Halitherium and not with the suid Listriodon. The editor adds that "This fossil was not obtained from the caves. It was purchased for Capt. Spratt from a collector, and was probably obtained from the Miocene deposits of Malta." See A.L. Adams (1879) for further discussion of this specimen, x Farge, Emile 1871. Sur un fragment d'os d'Halitherium portant des traces d'incisions. Bull Soc. Giol. France, (2)28: 265-268. PI. 2. Read Sep. 7, 1871. -Describes a radius-ulna fragment with scars of shark teeth, and reports other occurrences of such scars on "Halitherium" bones from the Middle Miocene of France. At that time it was thought possible that such scars might be the work of humans, but Farge, although not ruling this out, considers the shark hypothesis the most likely one. x Farge, Emile 1872. Presentation d'un os d'halithirium incise\ des faluns de Chavagnes (Maine-et-Loire). Bull Soc. Anthrop. Paris, (2)6: 412-416. Read Dec. 21, 1871. -Text slightly abbreviated from Farge (1871), with some comments of members of the audience appended. Faria, Joao Barbosa de: SEE Rondon & Faria, 1948. x Farmer, Martha; & Bonaventura, Joseph 1977. Functional properties of the hemoglobin of the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 17(4): 916. Fall 1977. -Abstr. of Farmer et al. (1979a). x Farmer, Martha; Weber, Roy E.; Bonaventura, Joseph; Best, Robin Christopher; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1979a. Functional properties of hemoglobin and whole blood in an aquatic mammal, the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 62A: 231-238. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Farmer & Bonaventura, 1977. Portu- guese transl.: Farmer et al. (1979b). Reports that the blood has a low hematocrit and oxygen capacity compared to that of other diving mam- mals; the hemoglobin has low sensitivity to temperature, tends to dissociate into dimers, and has other exceptional characteristics. n Farmer, Martha; Weber, Roy E.; Bonaventura, Joseph; Best, Robin Christopher; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1979b. Propriedades funcionais de hemoglobina e sangue completo em um mamifero aquafico, o peixe-boi amazonico (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonico, 8(4), Supl.: 311-321. 6 figs. Dec. 1978 (publ. 1979). -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Farmer et al. (1979a). Farres, F. 1961. Enumeraci6n de les especies halladas en el Eoceno de la comarca de Vich. Ausa (Vich, Spain), No. 36: 3-28. -Reports "Halitherium sp." at five Eocene locali- ties (Taradell, Sant Julia de Vilatorta, Puiglagulla, Seva, and Roda de Ter). Farres, F. 1962. Historia de Taradell por el Dr. Miguel A. Saurina, pbro. Revisi6n de algunos datos geol6gicos. Ausa (Vich, Spain), No. 39: 3-8. -Mentions a vertebra and rib of "Halitherium sp." from the Eocene of Taradell. Farres, F.; & Ramirez, R. 1959. Un sirenit fossil a Taradell. Taradell, No. 134. -Reports Eocene remains of "Halitherium sp." from Spain. Farrington, Sandra L.: SEE Whitfield & Farrington, 1975. Faulkner, Douglas 1983. Sunday divers. Oceans, 16(6): 25-31. 7 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1983. -Pop. acc. of diving with manatees at Crystal River, Florida (25; photo of manatee, 26-27). Faulkner, Douglas 199?. In innocence. Ocean Realm [vol.?]: 64-? Illus. Fauvel, Albert Auguste 1909. Unpublished documents on the history of the Seychelles Islands anterior to 1810, together with a cartography enumerating 94 ancient maps and plans dating from 1501... and a bibliography of books and mss. concerning these islands. Mah6 (Seychelles), Govt. Printing Off, xxxi + 517 + 5. Atlas, x Fawcett, Don Wayne 1942a. A comparative study of blood-vascular bundles in the Florida manatee (Trichechus latirostris) and in certain cetaceans and edentates. Jour. Morph., 71(1): 105-133. 4 pis. Jul. 1, 1942. -Describes the structure of vascular bundles and their distribution in the body; speculates on their functions, x Fawcett, Don Wayne 1942b. The amedullary bones of the Florida manatee NUMBER 80 111 (Trichechus latirostris). Amer. Jour. Anat., 71(2): 271-309. 1 fig. 9 pis. Sep. 15, 1942. -Abstr.: Anat. Rec, 82(3): 410-411, Mar. 25, 1942. Describes the histology of the bones and thyroid gland; concludes that hypothyroidism may be the mechanism producing pachyostosis. Fekete, Zoltan 1935. Adatok a hdrshegyi homokko geol6giajafioz. Beitrage zur Geologie des oligozanen Sandsteins der Umgebung von Budapest. Foldt. Kozlony, 65(4-6): 126-150. Figs. 16-17. Apr.-Jun. 1935. -In Hungarian; German summ. mentions Hali- therium, 144. x Fenart, R. 1963. Note sur l'6tude du crane de Halicore dugong par la m&hode vestibulaire. Mammalia, 27(1): 92-98. 3 figs. Mar. 1963. -Using the semicircular canals as reference points, the orientation of the skull is found to differ from that of most mammals chiefly in the anterior region of the face and mandible; the plane of the premaxillary masticating surface is almost vertical. Fenchel, T. 1977. Aspects of the decomposition of seagrasses. In: C.P. McRoy & C. Helfferich (eds.), Seagrass ecosystems: a scientific perspective. New York & Basel, Marcel Dekker, 123-145. Ferguson, J.C: SEE Reynolds & Ferguson, 1984. x Feriz, Hans 1967. Uber eine prahistorische Tonplastik von Tri- chechus cf. inunguis (Sirenia) vom oberen Ama- zonas. Zs. Sdugetierk., 32(6): 373-374. 3 figs. -Describes a small clay model of the head of a manatee found near the Rio Japura" in northwest- em Brazil. Fermin, Philippe 1769. Description ginirale, historique, giographique et physique de la colonie de Surinam, contenant ce qu'il y a de plus curieux & de plus remarquable, touchant sa situation, ses rivieres, sesforteresses; son gouvernement & sa police; avec les moeurs & les usages des habitants naturels du pais, & des Europiens qui y sont itablis; ainsi que des eclaircissements sur I'oeconomie ginirale des esclaves negres, sur les plantations & leurs produits, les arbres fruitiers, les plantes midici- nales, & toutes les diver ses especes d'animaux qu'ony trouve, &c Enrichie de figures, & d'une carte topographique du pais. Amsterdam, E. van Harrevelt (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxiv + 252. Map; Vol. 2: 1-352. 3 pis. -Allen 308. Contains two pages (2: 122-124) on the "Veau marin," which according to Allen are evidently a description of the common seal, but which also seem to confuse it with the manatee; the latter is otherwise not mentioned. Fernand, V.S.V.: SEE ALSO Crusz & Femand, 1954. x Fernand, V.S.V. 1951. The histology of the pituitary and the adrenal glands of the dugong (Dugong Dugung). Ceylon Jour. Med. Sci. (D), 8(2): 57-62. Pis. 1-2. Jun. 1951. -The dugong's pituitary is compared with those of T. manatus and T. inunguis; its adrenals are found to be small. Histochemical reactions are also discussed, x Fernand, V.S.V. 1953. The teeth of the dugong. Ceylon Jour. Sci. (B), 25(2): 139-147. Pis. 28-30. Oct. 10, 1953. -Notes that five to six cheek teeth are present; the tusks are thought to "serve no useful purpose;" jaw movement is probably lateral; the enamel is simple; the dentine is tubular (orthodentine); and the cementum is lamellar. Also describes vestigial incisors and the distribution of enamel on the teeth. x Fernandes, Adaucto de Alencar 1925. Terra verde. Fortaleza (Brazil), Typ. Central, 1-322. -Vivid account of harpooning pirarucu and manatee (263-267). x Fernandez, Stephanie; & Jones, Sherman C. 1990. Manatee stranding on the coast of Texas. Texas Jour. Sci., 42(1): 103. Feb. 1990. -Reports a carcass of a male T manatus washed ashore near Galveston in 1986; cause of death was undetermined. Fernandez Badillo, A.; Guerrero, R.; Lord, R.; Ochoa, J.; & Ulloa, G. 1988. Mamiferos en Venezuela. Lista y cloves para su identificacion. Maracay, Universidad Central de Venezuela, x + 185. Illus. Fernando, A. Bastian: SEE Silas & Fernando, 1985. Ferrandini, M.: SEE Anglada et al., 1974. Ferreira, Alexandre Rodriguez: SEE Rodriguez Ferreira, Alexandre. Ferreira, L.C.: SEE Colares & Ferreira, 1987. Ferrer, Lourdes T: SEE ALSO Estrada & Ferrer, 1987. Ferrer, Lourdes T; & Estrada, Alberto R. 1988. Primer record de mortalidad del manati en aguas cubanas. Misc. Zool. (Havana), No. 41: 1-2. 112 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Ferrusquia-Villafranca, Ismael 1977. Distribution of Cenozoic vertebrate faunas in Middle America and problems of migration between North and South America. In: I. Fer- rusquia-Villafranca (ed.), Conexiones terrestres entre Norte y Sudamerica.... Bol. Inst. Geol Univ. Nac. Auton. Mixico, No. 101: 193-321. -Spanish summ. xD Ferrusquia-Villafranca, Ismael 1990. Biostratigraphy of the Mexican continental Mio- cene: Part I, introduction and the northwestern and central faunas. Paleontologia Mexicana, No. 56: 7-53. 7 tabs. 10 figs. 2 pis. -Spanish summ. Describes a tooth fragment of Desmostylus hesperus from La Purisima (22-26), and mentions Desmostylus sp. at La Misi6n (15, 17), Baja California. The La Purisima occurrence is the southernmost known for Desmostylus. Feugueur, L.: SEE Cailleux & Feugueur, 1947. Fewkes, Jesse Walter 1907. The aborigines of Porto Rico and the neighboring islands. 25th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 1903-04, 3-220. -Manatees, 48-50, 192-193. Ficcarelli, Giovanni: SEE Azzaroli et al., 1982. x Fichter, George S. 1958. Strange "cows" of the sea. Sci. Digest, 43(1): 31-35. 1 fig. Jan. 1958. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Figueiredo, Heitor de 1913. 1913-1914 Annuario de Manaos. Lisbon, Typ. da "A Editora Limitada," 15 + 86 + 14 + 61+96 + 34. -Manatees, part 4, pp. 44-47, 50-51. x Filhol, Henri 1878. Note sur la d6couverte d'un nouveau mammifere marin (Manatus coulombi) en Afrique, dans les carrieres de Mokattam pres du Caire. Bull. Soc. Philomathique Paris, (7)2: 124-125. Read Mar. 23, 1878. -Describes a new Eocene species, based on 3 lower teeth. It is thought to resemble the modem manatee too closely to have belonged to a form as primitive as "Eotherium" aegyptiacum. x Finger, Jarvis 1987. More true tales of old St Helena. Brisbane, Boolarong Publications. Illus. -Includes a chapter on "The dugong factory on St Helena Island," briefly describing the early his- tory of the dugong-oil industry in Queensland (3-5). Finn, Frank 1929. Sterndale's Mammalia of India. A new and abriged edition, thoroughly revised and with an appendix on the Reptilia. Calcutta & Simla, Thacker, Spink & Co. -Sirs., 133-134. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978a. West African manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(6): 9. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978b. Rare and endangered species broadly covered under Florida's conservation plan. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(11): 3,5-6. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978c. Service steps up manatee recovery efforts. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(11): 4. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1979a. West African manatee threatened. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 4(8): 6. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1979b. Manatee protection areas authorized. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 4(11): 4-5. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1980. Regulations to benefit manatees on Merritt Island, Chassahowitzka. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(2): 5. Illus. Finsch, Otto 1901a. Der Dujong. Zoologisch-ethnographische Skizze einer untergehenden Sirene. Samml. Gemeinverst. Wiss. Vortr. (Hamburg, Holtzendorff-Virchow), 359(= n.s. 15): 1-32. Finsch, Otto 1901b. Der Dujong und sein Fang. Torresstrasse und Neuguinea. Illus. Zeitung, No. 3012: m. 4 111. Fischer, Johann Baptist 1829. Synopsis mammalium. Stuttgart, Sumtibus J. G. Cottae, xiii + 528. -Allen 741 (incl. Addenda, Emendanda et Index, 1830). Sirs., 501-504. x Fischer, Karlheinz 1982. Wirbeltierfunde aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan des Weisselsterbeckens (Bezirk Leipzig, DDR). Wiss. Zs. Humboldt-Univ. Berlin, math.-nat. R., 31(3): 151-153. -Russian, Engl., & French summs. Discusses remains of Halitherium schinzi from the fauna, and concludes that they are not taxonomically NUMBER 80 113 distinct from the West German and Belgian specimens of the species. Fischer, Karlheinz; & Krumbiegel, Giinter Fischer, Fischer, 1986. 1982. Halitherium schinzi Kaup 1838 (Sirenia, Mam- malia) aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan des Weisselsterbeckens (Bezirk Leipzig, DDR). Hallesches Jahrb. Geowiss., 1: 73-96. 2 tabs. 2 figs. 12 photos. -Engl. & Russian summs. Martin S.: SEE ALSO Prothero et al., 1988. Martin S. Fischer, 1988. Die Stellung der Schliefer (Hyracoidea) im phylo- genetischen System der Eutheria. Courier Forschungsinst. Senckenberg, 84: 1- 132. 2 tabs. 39 figs. Aug. 20, 1986. Martin S. Zur Anatomie des Gehororganes der Seekuh (Trichechus manatus L.), (Mammalia: Sirenia). Zs. Sdugetierk., 53: 365-379. 6 figs. -Engl. summ. Describes the soft parts of the ear region in specimens from Guyana and Florida. The external auditory meatus ends blindly and does not contact the tympanic membrane, which consists of unusual dense connective tissue. A large tympanic sac is present, but is part of the tympanic cavity and not homologous to the Eustachian sac of hyracoids and perissodactyls. Also discusses the functional anatomy of hearing in the manatee. Fischer, Martin S. 1990. Un trait unique de l'oreille des elephants et des sir^niens (Mammalia): un paradoxe phy- logenetique. Fischer, 1991. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, (3)311(4): 157-162. 2 figs. Aug. 16, 1990. -Engl. summ. Martin S. Fischer, 1993. Zur Morphologie und Evolution des Gehororganes der Tethytheria (Proboscidea, Sirenia). Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 84: 377. Martin S.; & Tassy, Pascal The interrelation between Proboscidea, Sirenia, Hyracoidea, and Mesaxonia: the morphological evidence. In: F.S. Szalay, M. J. Novacek, & M.C. McKenna (eds.), Mammal phylogeny. Vol. 2. Placentals. New York, Springer-Verlag (321 pp.), 217-234. 3 tabs. 8 figs, x Fischer, P. 1884. Cirrhipedes de l'Archipel de la Nouvelle- Caledonie. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 9(6): 355-360. -Reports the barnacle Platylepas bissexlobata on a dugong from New Caledonia (359). Notes that the museum in Bordeaux has several dugong skeletons and skulls from New Caledonia, and that dugongs are not rare there. Fischer, P.H. 1959. Les animaux d'Australie. Paris, Payot, 1-268. Fischer, P.M. 1884. Ueber den Bau von Opisthotrema cochleare nov. genus nov. spec. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trematoden. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 40: 1-41. PI. 1. Feb. 19, 1884. -Reports trematodes from the tympanic cavity of the Philippine dugong. Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf 1803. Das Nationalmuseum der Natur geschichte zu Paris. Von seinem ersten Ursprunge bis zu seinem jetzigen Glanze geschildert. Frankfurt am Main, Friedrich Esslinger (2 vols.), Vol. 2. -Sirs., 353. Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf 1813-1814. Zoognosia tabulis synopticis illustrata. Ed. 3. Moscow, Nicolai Sergeidis Vsevolozsky, 3 vols. -Ed. 1, 1805; ed. 2, 1808. Sirs., vol. 1: 15, 19 (1813); vol. 3: 638-647 (1814). Fischoeder, F. 1901. Die Paramphistomiden der Saugethiere. Zool. Anz., 24: 367-375. -Reports Chiorchis fabaceus from manatee cecum and colon. Fischoeder, F. 1902. Die Paramphistomiden der Saugetiere. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. Okol. Geogr. Tiere, 17: 485-660. Fisher, J.: SEE Philip & Fisher, 1970. Fisher, James; Simon, Noel; Vincent, Jack; et al. 1969. Wildlife in danger. New York, Viking Press; London, Collins, 1- 368. -Discusses dugong distribution, population trends, uses, and legal protection (97-100). Fitter, R. 1968. Vanishing wild animals of the world. London, Midland Bank Ltd. & Kaye & Ward Ltd.; New York, Franklin Watts, Inc., 1-144. Fitter, R. 1974. Most endangered mammals—an action program. Oryx, 12(4): 443-444. -Proposes reserves for T. inunguis in Peru and Brazil, and suggests a survey of the Orinoco River. Fitzgerald, Christopher 1988. On the trail of the West African manatee. 114 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Topic (U.S. Information Agency), No. 178: 58-61. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of James A. Powell's research project in Ivory Coast. Fitzgerald, Shannon M.: SEE Bengtson & Fitzgerald, 1985. Fitzinger, Leopold Joseph 1842. Bericht iiber die in dem Sandlagern von Linz aufgefundenen fossilen Reste eines urweltlichen Saugers, (Halitherium Cristolii). Ber. Mus. Franc-Carolinum Linz, 6: 61-72. 1 pi. Fitzinger, Leopold Joseph 1860-1861. Wissenschaftlich-populare Natur ge- schichte der Sdugethiere in ihren sdmmtlichen Hauptformen. Nebst einer Einleitung in die Natur geschichte uberhaupt und in die Lehre von den Thieren insbesondere. Vienna, Kaiserlich-koniglichen Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 6 vols. + atlas. 125 pis. -Reconstruction of Hydrodamalis, 6: 147, 161, fig. 238. x Fitzpatrick, Judith 1991. Home reef fisheries development: a report from Torres Strait. Cultural Survival Quarterly, 15(2): 18-20. 1 map. -Mentions hunting and sharing of dugong and turtle meat on Mabuiag Island (19-20); notes that, as of the previous year, meat began to be shared among a smaller group of households than in the past, suggesting a breakdown of the sharing ethic. x Fiuza Lima, Francisco 1967. Criaqdo de peixes e quelonios: cria e recria em lago natural. Estado do Amazonas (Brazil), Edicao do Setor de Relacoes Publicas da Secretaria de Produc^o (Seiie V—PRODAPAM, No. 3), 1-19. 12 figs. -Prospectus for (unrealized) fish- and turtle- raising project to be established near Itacoatiara, Brazil. The account (17-18) of the manatee, suggested for inclusion in the scheme, features precisely stated but completely unsubstantiated data on its reproductive cycle. Fix, John 1963. The beauty ... and the beasts. All Florida Mag., Dec. 8, 1963: 4, 6. 1 fig. Flacourt, £tienne de 1658. Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar. Paris, G. de Lvyne (2 vols, in 1). 9 pis. 4 maps. 2 plans. Flanigan, W.F., Jr.: SEE Lowell & Flanigan, 1980. x Flannery, Tim 1988. Stuffed & pickled: treasures from the historic Australian Museum mammal collection. Austral. Nat. Hist., 22(10): 458-462. 5 figs. Spring 1988. -Calls attention to a partial skeleton of Hydro- damalis gigas from Bering Island in the Austra- lian Museum, Sydney, received by exchange from Sweden in the 19th century (462). x Fleagle, John G.; Bown, Thomas M.; Obradovich, John D.; & Simons, Elwyn L. 1986. How old are the Fayum primates? In: J.G. Else & PC. Lee (eds.), Primate evolution (Proc 10th Congr. Internatl. Primatol. Soc, Vol. 1). Cambridge Univ. Press, 1-17. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -Mentions a sir. skull from the Early Oligocene Jebel Qatrani Formation, intermediate in mor- phology between Eotheroides libycum and Hali- therium schinzii (8-9). x Fleischer, Gerald 1971. Uber Schwingungsmessungen am Skelett des Mittelohres von Halicore (Sirenia). Zs. Sdugetierk., 36(6): 350-360. 6 figs. Dec. 1971. -Engl. summ. Describes experiments demonstrat- ing that the ossicular chain of the middle ear is well insulated from vibrations of the periotic and tympanic, and that its own vibrations are damped to 2-4 KHz. Fleischer, Gerald 1973. Studien am Skelett des Gehororganes der Sauge- tiere, einschliesslich des Menschen. Sdugetierk. Mitt., 21(2-3): 131-239. 128 figs. Jul. 1973. x Fleischer, Gerald 1976. Uber die Verankerung des Stapes im Ohr der Cetacea und Sirenia. Zs. Sdugetierk., 41(5): 304-317. 12 figs. -Engl. summ. The attachment area of the ligament joining the stapes to the oval window was found to be small relative to the weight of the stapes in forms adapted to receive low frequencies (Sirenia and Mysticeti), in contrast to the Odontoceti. Fleischer, Gerald 1978. Evolutionary principles of the mammalian middle ear. Advances Anat. Embryol. Cell Biol, 55(3): 1-70. Illus. Fleming, John 1822. The philosophy of zoology; or a general view of the structure, functions, and classification of animals. Edinburgh, Archibald Constable & Co.; London, Hurst, Robinson & Co., 2 vols. (vol. 1: Hi + 432, 5 pis.; vol. 2: 1-618). -Recognizes a group called "Apoda," comprising the "Herbivora" and "Cetacea"; none of these is NUMBER 80 115 assigned an explicit rank. The "Herbivora" com- prise Manatus, Halicora (unjustified emendation of Halicore Illiger), and Rytina (2:203-204). Repeats in a footnote Stewart's (1817) report of a manatee stranded in Scotland in 1785; see also the following item, x Fleming, John 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh, Bell & Bradfute; London, Duncan, xxiii + 565. -Ed. 2 (London, Duncan & Malcolm, 1842) identical. Gives account of a "Manatus borealis" stranded at Newhaven, near Leith, Scotland, in \lS5,fide Stewart, 1817 (29). Fleming confounds Trichechus and Hydrodamalis in his description, also mentioning Fabricius' specimen, but then goes on (30) to distinguish "Manatus" from "Rytina." Also recounts (30) the story of a "mermaid" captured in 1823; the source is cited as Edinburgh Magazine, Sep. 1823: 346, but the incident is evidently the same one described in Anon. (1829). x Fletemeyer, John 1982. Blimps, blips and dredging. Sea Frontiers, 28(5): 296-299. 4 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1982. -Pop. acc. of the use of color-enhanced sonar for monitoring manatees near dredges at Port Ever- glades, Florida, in the winter of 1981-1982. Florida Power and Light Company: SEE ALSO Fritz, D., 1980; Van Meter, Victoria Brook; Wilcox, J. Ross. Florida Power and Light Company 1980. Boaters' guide to manatees: the gentle giants. Featuring maps of manatee sanctuaries in Flor- ida. Miami, Florida Power & Light Co., [2] + 18. 4 figs. 14 maps. -Distributed free by the company as a public service. Ed. 1, 1 printing (50,000 copies, 1980). Ed. 2, 3 printings (22,000, 18,500, 1982; 20,000, 1983). Ed. 3, 4 printings (7,500, 15,000, 10,000, 1984; 10,000, 1985). Ed. 4, 1 printing (21,000, 1985). Ed. 5, 1 printing (15,000, 1986). Ed. 6, 1 printing (15,000, 1987). Ed. 7, 1 printing (25,000, 1988). Ed. 8, 1 printing (20,300, 1989). Total, 249,300 copies. Superseded by a set of maps published by Teall & Morrow. Ed. 5: [3] + 29. 8 figs. 24 maps. Ed. 6: Boaters' guide to manatees. Featuring maps of manatee protection zones in Florida. [3] + 29. 8 figs. 25 maps. Flot, Leon 1885a. Note sur YHalitherium schinzi. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)13: 439-441. 1 fig. Flot, Leon 1885b. [Halitherium schinzi from Montmorency, near Paris.] Naturaliste, 3: 79. Flot, L6on 1886. Description de Halitherium fossile Gervais. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)14: 483-518. Pis. 26-28. -Describes the osteology of the Miocene species now known as Metaxytherium medium. x Flot, L6on 1887. Note sur le Prohalicore Dubaleni. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)15: 134-138. PI. 1. Read Nov. 8, 1886; publ. with proceedings of Dec. 6, 1886 (see p. 11). -Describes Prohalicore Dubaleni, n.gen.n.sp., from the Helvetian (Miocene) "carrieres d'Odon," near Tartas (Landes, France); it is thought to be ancestral to Halicore by way of Felsinotherium. Briefly reviews other fossil sirs.; Rhytina is phyletically derived from Crassitherium, mana- tees and dugongs from Halitherium. Metaxy- therium Lovisati is thought synonymous with Halitherium fossile. Also illustrates (138, pi. 1, fig. 7) a putative "new species" of Halitherium represented by two upper molars from the "Cal- caire Grossier de Bazas (?)," a Lutetian (Middle Eocene) deposit. Flower, Stanley Smyth 1932. Notes on the Recent mammals of Egypt, with a list of the species recorded from that kingdom. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1932(2): 369-450. 2 tabs. Jul. 8, 1932 (read Mar. 15, 1932). -Reports that dugongs are rare on the Red Sea coast, and never found farther north than 25° N (445). Flower, William Henry 1864. Note on the number of the cervical vertebrae in the Sirenia. Nat. Hist. Rev. (n.s.), 4: 259-264. Flower, William Henry 1870. An introduction to the osteology of the Mammalia: being the substance of the course of lectures delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons of England in 1870. London, Macmillan & Co., xi + 344. Illus. x Flower, William Henry 1874. Description of the skull of a species of Hali- therium (H. canhami) from the Red Crag of Suffolk. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 30: 1-7. PI. 1. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 9: 13, 1873? Descrip- tion and discussion of//, canhami, n.sp., the first 116 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY known fossil sirenian from England. Flower, William Henry 1876. Hunterian lectures on the relations of extinct to existing Mammalia. [?Part 5: Sirenia.] Nature (London), 13: 409-410. x Rower, William Henry 1881. Notes on the habits of the manatee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881(2): 453-456. Aug. 1881 (read Apr. 5, 1881). -Reviews literature on terrestrial locomotion by sirs, and expresses disbelief. Quotes accounts of the trapping of manatees on land in West Africa, and of a native society requiring capture of a manatee for admission. Accompanied by Crane's (1881) description of two captive manatees at Brighton, x Flower, William Henry 1884. On the arrangement of the orders and families of existing Mammalia. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1883(2): 178-186. Read Apr. 17, 1883. —Considers sirs, not closely related to any other order (181); recognizes two families, Manatidae and Halicoridae (184). Flower, William Henry 1885. An introduction to the osteology of the Mammalia. Ed. 3 (revised with the assistance of Hans Gadow). London, Macmillan & Co., xi + 382. 134 figs. -German ed.: Leipzig, Engelmann, 1888. Flower, William Henry; & Garson, J.G. 1884. Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the oste- ology and dentition of vertebrated animals, Recent and extinct, contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England.... Part II. Class Mammalia, other than man. London, J. & A. Churchill (3 vols., 1884-1907), Vol. ?2: xliii + 779. -Reports rib and vertebra fragments of Eocene "Halitherium" from Sanderville [= Sandersville], Georgia, presented by Sir Charles Lyell in 1868 (527). These specimens were apparently de- stroyed in World War II (Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982: 12). x Flower, William Henry; & Lydekker, Richard 1891. An introduction to the study of mammals, living and extinct. London, Adam & Charles Black, xvi + 763. 357 figs. -General survey of the habits and anatomy of Recent and fossil sirs. (212-225). xD Floyd, D.N.; Miller, Theophile H.; & Berry, William B.N. 1958. Miocene paleoecology in the Burkeville area, Newton County, Texas. Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Socs., 8: 157-165. 2 pis. Oct. 1958. -Reports "teeth of a sea cow and a ray and some bone fragments of turtles, catfish, and bony pikes ... associated with the valves of Ostrea normalis .... Sea cows and rays lived near the oysters and fed on them" (160-161). This Late Miocene "sea cow" was the "?Desmostylus" reported by Sten- zel et al. (1944). Reinhart (1976: 286-287) identified the tooth fragments as proboscidean, x Fondi, R.; & Pacini, P. 1974. Nuovi resti di sirenide dal Pliocene antico della Provincia di Siena. Palaeontogr. ItaL, 67(= n.s. 37): 37-53.1 fig. Pis. 43-46. -Describes new material of Metaxytherium fores- tii; synonymizes Felsinotherium with Metaxy- therium; refers Ennouchi's (1954) specimen to M. forestii; concludes that this species was contem- poraneous with M. serresii; and reports a scar possibly made by a shark tooth on an ulna of M. forestii. Font i Sague\ N. 1926. Curs de geologica dindmica i estratigrdfica aplicada a Catalunya. Ed. 2. Barcelona. -Sirs., 316. Fontaneda, Hernando de Escalante 1854. Memoria de las cosas y costa y Indios de la Florida. In: Buckingham Smith (translator), Letter of Hernando de Soto, and memoir of Hernando de Escalante Fontaneda. Washington, privately printed, 1-67. 1 map. -Other eds.: Documentos In6ditos, 5: 532-548, Madrid, 1866; French transl. in Ternaux- Compans, Voyages, 20: 9-42, Paris, 1841. Writ- ten circa 1575. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (F.A.O.): SEE ALSO Dill, W.A., 1961. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (F.A.O.), Advisory Committee on Marine Resources Research 1978-1982. Mammals in the seas. Rome, F.A.O., 4 vols. -For sir. material, see especially vol. 1: 6, 136-138, 184 (1978); vol. 2: 137-151 (1979); vol. 4: 511-524 (1982). The material in vol. 4 is cited here as Ligon (1982) and Barnett & Johns (1982). Ford, Corey 1966. Where the sea breaks its back: the epic story of a pioneer naturalist and the discovery of Alaska. Boston & Toronto, Little, Brown & Co., x + 206. -Bering's 1741 voyage and Steller's discovery of NUMBER 80 117 the sea cow. D Fordyce, R. Ewan 1985. Marine mammal evolution in the southwest Pacific. [Abstr.] In: R. Cooper (ed.), Hornibrook Symposium. Extended abstracts. Rec. New Zealand Geol. Surv., 9: 47-49. Forrester, Donald J.: SEE ALSO Beck & Forrester, 1988; Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Dailey et al., 1988; Odell et al., 1981. Forrester, Donald J. 1992. Parasites and diseases of wild mammals in Florida. Gainesville, Univ. Press of Florida, 1-479. Tabs. 91 figs, x Forrester, Donald J.; Black, D.J.; Odell, Daniel Keith; Reynolds, John E., Ill; Beck, Cathy A.; & Bonde, Robert K. 1979. Parasites of manatees. [Abstr.] Abstrs. 10th Ann. Conf. & Workshop, Internatl. Assoc. Aquat. Animal Medicine (St. Augustine, Fla., Apr. 22-26, 1979): 5. -Reports Opisthotrema cochleotrema, Chiorchis fabaceus, Plicatolabia hagenbecki, and Micro- phallidae spp. from 48 Florida manatees stranded between Oct. 1974 and Feb. 1979. x Forrester, Donald J.; White, Franklin H.; Woodard, J.C; & Thompson, N.P. 1975. Intussusception in a Florida manatee. Jour. Wildl. Diseases, 11(4): 566-568. Oct. 1975. -Reports pathological findings on a manatee that died from ingesting a fishhook and line; includes bacteriological and pesticide residue analyses and data on distribution of Chiorchis fabaceus in the gut. Forsten, Ann; & Youngman, Phillip M. 1982. Hydrodamalis gigas. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 165: 1-3. 2 figs. May 25, 1982. Forster, Johann Reinhold: SEE ALSO Beniowski, M.A. von, 1790. Forster, Johann Reinhold 1795. Faunula Indica id est Catalogus animalium Indiae Orientalis quae hactenus naturae curiosis in- notuerunt; concinnatus a Joanne Latham ... et Hugone Davies.... Halae ad Salam (= Halle an der Saale), impensis Joannis Jacobi Gebaueri, 1-38. -Allen 437. Engl, transl. in T. Pennant (ed.), Indian Zoology, ed. 2, London, R.T. Faulder, 1790. Lists Trichechus Manatus and Trichechus Dugong in the order Cete (5). Fortelius, Mikael: SEE ALSO Janis & Fortelius, 1988. xDFortelius, Mikael 1985. Ungulate cheek teeth: developmental, functional, and evolutionary interrelations. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 180: 1-76. 15 tabs. 43 figs. Sep. 15, 1985. -Discusses the functional significance of some aspects of tooth replacement and tooth structure in Trichechus, Dugong, and Desmostylus (11, 52- 53, 57, 65, 73). x Fouda, Moustafa M. 1988. Status of some endangered marine animals and marine parks in the Egyptian Red Sea. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:503-504. Oct. 1988. -Briefly discusses Dugong dugon tabernaculi and considers it "extremely rare" in the Red Sea (503). Fountain, Paul 1914. The River Amazon from its sources to the sea. London, Constable & Co., xi + 321. -Brief account of manatees in the Amazon basin (302-304). Fowler, M.F. (ed.) 1978. Zoo and wildlife medicine. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders Co. -Ed. 2: see Geraci (1986), Medway & Geraci (1986). Sirs., 550-604. Fox, A. 1989. Crystal River's gentle giants. Aquatics, 11(2): 16, 18. Illus. Fox, Rodney 1991. The sea beyond the outback. Natl. Geogr., 179(1): 42-73. Illus. Jan. 1991. -Brief pop. acc. of dugongs at Shark Bay, Australia, with one underwater photo (48, 55-56). Fraas, Eberhard 1904. Neue Zeuglodonten aus dem unteren Mitteleocan vom Mokattam bei Cairo. Geol. Pal. Abh., (2)6(whole no. 10?): 197-220. 3 pis. -Repr.: Mitt. Nat.-Kab. Stuttgart, 27: 1-24, 3 pis.? Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 5: 374?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl, (2)10(3): 185-186?; Jour. Geol, 17: 183? Review: Nature (London), 70: 543- 544? Fraas, Eberhard 1905. Reptilien und Saugetiere in ihren Anpassungser- scheinungen an das marine Leben. Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wurttemberg, 61: 347-386. 5 figs. -Abstrs.: Ann. Soc. Zool. Belgique, 40: xcvii- cxvi?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl, (2)11(3): 155? Sirs., 378. Fraas, Oscar 1867. Aus dem Orient. Geologische Beobachtungen am Nil, auf der Sinai-Halbinsel und in Syrien. 118 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Stuttgart, Ebner & Seubert, viii + 222. Figs. 4 pis. x Frailey, Carl D. 1986. Late Miocene and Holocene mammals, exclusive of the Notoungulata, of the Rio Acre region, western Amazonia. Contr. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County, No. 374: 1-46. 7 tabs. 32 figs. May 15, 1986. -Describes a lower molar of ?Ribodon associated with a Huayquerian (Late Miocene) fauna from the Rio Acre on the Peru-Brazil border (5, 34-35). Francis, Francis 1879. Manatee at the Brighton Aquarium. Field, 53(1368): 301. Mar. 15, 1879. -A short paragraph reporting the manatee's arrival. Francis-Floyd, Ruth: SEE ALSO Cardeilhac et al., 1984; White & Francis-Floyd; White et al. Francis-Floyd, Ruth; White, Jesse R.; Chen, C.L.; Cardeil- hac, Paul T; & Cichra, CE. 1991. Serum progesterone and estradiol concentrations in captive manatees, Trichechus manatus. Jour. Aquatic Anim. Health, 3(1): 70-73. Franklin, K.J. 1948. Cardiovascular studies. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Pubis. -Manatee heart described. Frantzius, Alexander von 1869. Die Saugethiere Costarica's, tin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung der Saugethiere America's. Arch. Naturgesch., 35(1): 247-325. -Spanish transl.: Frantzius (1881). Manatee and its former hunting by Mosquito Indians, 304. Frantzius, Alexander von 1881. Los mamiferos de Costa-Rica. Contribucion al conocimiento de la extension geografica de los mamiferos de America.... Traduction del aleman por D.R. Cortez. In: L. Fernandez (ed.), Coleccion de documentos para la historia de Costa-Rica. San Jose de Costa-Rica (4 vols.), Vol. 1. -Transl. of Frantzius (1869). Manatee, 423. Fraser, G.D.: SEE Drewes et al., 1961. Frassetto, Fabio 1915. Lo scheletro degli arti nell'uomo e nei vertebrati. Filogenesi ed ontogenesi. Bologna, Libreria editrice Licinio Cappelli, 1- 163. 95 figs. -Sirs., 21. Frazier, J. 1989. Sea cow; the last mermaid. The India Magazine, 9(3): 20-21, 23-25, 27. x Frazier, J.G.; & Mundkur, Taej 1991. Dugong Dugong dugon Muller in the Gulf of Kutch, Gujarat. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 87(3): 368-379. 7 tabs. 2 figs. "Dec. 1990" (publ. Feb. 20, 1991). -Summarizes dugong records from India and the Gulf of Kutch, gives local common names, and describes a male calf killed in a gillnet, emphasizing external measurements, skin thick- ness and characteristics, hair density and distribu- tion, flipper callosities (suggested to be vestigial nails), number of phalanges, measurements and weights of organs and gut contents, food plants, and intestinal trematodes. Concludes that the Gulf may harbor a sizable resident dugong population. Frazier, John; Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Evans, Peter G.H. 1987. Turtles and marine mammals. In: A.J. Edwards & S.M. Mead (eds.), Key environments: Red Sea. Oxford, Pergamon Press, 288-314. Frechkop, Serge 1934. Notes sur les mammiferes. 16. Les mammiferes rapport^s, en 1932, de l'Extreme-Orient par S.A.R. le Prince Leopold de Belgique. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 10(14): 1-37. 3 figs. 1 pi. -Dugong skull and dentition. Freeland, W.J.: SEE Bayliss & Freeland, 1989; Marsh, Freeland et al., 1986. Freeman, Jerry; & Quintero, Hector 1990. The distribution of West Indian manatees (Tri- chechus manatus) in Puerto Rico: 1988-1989. NTIS Document No. PB 91-137240, iv + 38. 5 tabs. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1990. Freitas, J.F. Teixeira de: SEE Travassos et al., 1969. x Freudenthal, Matthew 1969. Fossiele zeekoeien in het Eoceen van Taulanne. Experimenteel Geologisch Onderwijs, 1969/70: 64-65. -Engl, transl.: NTIS Document No. TT 78- 53287, 1979. Account of the collection of several skulls and skeletons of Eocene sirs, in France. Freund, Ludwig: SEE ALSO Dexler & Freund. x Freund, Ludwig 1904. Die Osteologie der Halicoreflosse. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 77(3): 363-397. 4 figs. Pis. 14-15. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 116-117? Study of the morphology, ontogeny, variation, and function of the manus of the dugong and other sirs., based on literature review and examination (with x-rays) of Torres Strait dugong specimens. Freund, Ludwig 1905. Das Sternum von Halicore dugong. NUMBER 80 119 Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 8: 425-438. 1 fig. Pis. 28-29. x Freund, Ludwig 1907. Sirenen in Gefangenschaft. Zool. Beob., 48(3): 65-73. Mar. 1907. -Review of published accounts of manatees kept in captivity. Freund, Ludwig 1908a. Beitrage zur Entwickl ungsgeschichte des Scha- dels von Halicore dugong Erxl. In: R.W Semon (ed.), Zoologische F orschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel, Vol. 4. Denkschr. Med.-natw. Ges. Jena, 7(2): 557-626. 50 figs. x Freund, Ludwig 1908b. Der Nasenknorpel der Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte (meeting at Dresden, Sep. 15-21, 1907), 79 (2. Teil, 1. Halfte): 254-256. -Abstr. of portions of Freund (1908a) relating to the cartilages of the nasal region. Freund, Ludwig 1908c. Die Anpassung der Saugetiere ans Wasserleben. Lotos, 56(10): 324-325. Dec. 1908 (read Oct. 27, 1908). -Lists morphological adaptations generally ob- served in aquatic mammals; sirs, mentioned only in passing. Freund, Ludwig 1911a. Zur Morphologie des harten Gaumens der Saugethiere. Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 13: 377-394. 4 figs. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Graz, or Jena, 1910?), 8: 557-558, 1912? Sirs., 377. Freund, Ludwig 1911b. Zur Morphologie des Nasenknorpels. Passow-Schafers Beitr. Ohr. Nas. Rach., 4: 414-438. Freund, Ludwig 1912a. Ueber die Testikondie und das Ligamentum latum der mannlichen Sauger. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Jena), 8: 541-548. Freund, Ludwig 1912b. Der eigenartige Bau der Sirenenniere. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Jena, 1910), 8: 548-557. Freund, Ludwig 1913. Neues uber Sirenen. (Sammelreferat.) Naturwissenschaften (Berlin), 1: 258-261. 2 figs. x Freund, Ludwig 1914a. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Sirenen. Morph. Jahrb. (Leipzig), 49(3): 353-388. 22 figs. PI. 16. -Continuation of Freund (1908a); covers the ontogeny of the postcranial skeleton in the dugong embryo. Freund, Ludwig 1914b. Neues uber die Skelettentwicklung bei den Sire- nen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 85 (2. Teil, 1. Halfte): 706. 1 pi. Freund, Ludwig 1926. Erweiterung der Hirnventrikel (Hydrencephalon) und Rassenbildung. Zs. Tierzucht. Zuchtungsbiol. Tiererndhrung, 6(3): 513-520. Freund, Ludwig 1928. Bemerkungen uber den Bau der Saugerpenis. Zool. Anz., 75(5/6): 140-142. Freund, Ludwig 1930. Beitrage zur Morphologie des Urogenitalsystems der Saugetiere. I. und II.... II. Der weibliche Urogenitalapparat von Manatus. Zs. Wiss. Biol, Abt. A, Zs. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 17(3): 417-440. 8 figs. -Part I (pp. 417-424) deals with the male UG system of the rhinoceros; pp. 424-440 and figs. 6-8 concern the manatee. xD Freund, Ludwig 1950. A bibliography of the mammalian order Sirenia. Vestnik Ceskoslovenski Spolek Zool. (= Mem. Czech. Zool. Soc, Prague), 14: 161-181. -Lists 409 titles alphabetically by author, no annotations or index. Freundt de Castro, Eurico 1963. Nachtliche Jagd auf Sirenen (Trichechus manatus inunguis). Natur. Zweimonatsschrift (Stuttgart, Deutscher Naturkundeverein), 71:166-170. Frey, Roland 1991. Zur Ursache des Hoden-Descensus (descensus testiculorum) bei Saugetieren: Die Ga- loppunfahigkeit der Testiconda. Teil II. (On the cause of the mammalian descent of testes (descen- sus testiculorum): Testiconda unable to perform galloping mode of locomotion. Part II.) Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. Ontog. Tiere, 121(4): 277-330. Figs. 8-11. Friant, Madeleine 1947. Recherches sur le femur des Phocidae [principale- ment effectu^es a l'aide des materiaux du bassin tertiaire d'Anvers (Musee royal d'Histoire natu- relle de Belgique)]. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 22(2): 1-51. 20 figs. 4 pis. x Friant, Madeleine 1954a. Les principales caracteristiques du cerveau des ordres actuels d'ongules (Ungulata sensu lato): 120 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, Perissodactyla, Ar- tiodactyla, Sirenia. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 239(16): 1004-1006. Oct. 18, 1954. -Summarizes brain characteristics of sirs. (1005- 1006). x Friant, Madeleine 1954b. Le cerveau du lamantin (Manatus inunguis Nat- terer). Vierteljahresschrift Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 99(2): 129-135. 6 figs. Jun. 30, 1954. -Describes the gross anatomy of the brain of the Amazonian manatee, comparing it with those of other living and fossil sirs. Comparisons with other animals are made by means of the "coeffi- cients of cephalization" proposed by Dubois and Anthony. Friant, Madeleine 1957-1958. Morphologie et d6veloppement du cerveau des mammiferes eutheriens. III. Stiie des ongul6s. Ann. Soc Zool. Belgique, 88: 321-367. 40 figs. Friedrich, H. 1941. Hautstiicke der Stellerschen Seekuh Rhytina gigas Zimmermann 1780 im Ubersee-Museum. Veroff. Uberseemus. Bremen, 3(3): 265-267. 2 figs. Frisch, Johann Leonhard 1775. Das Natur-system der vierfuessigen Thiere in Tabellen, darinnen alle Ordnungen,.... Glogau. -"Manati," 23. The nomenclature is non- binominal and non-Linnaean. Fritsche, A.E.: SEE Squires & Fritsche, 1978. Fritz, Debbie 1980. Florida's manatee: an educator's guide. Florida Audubon Soc. & Florida Dept. Nat. Resources, 1-64. 25 figs. -Subsequent revised eds., 1982, 1983, 1984; distributed free by the Florida Power & Light Co. Superseded by Delaney et al. (1986). Includes (among other information and references) natural history data (11-17), the text of Florida's Mana- tee Sanctuary Act of 1978 (19-21), maps of manatee protection zones in the state (22-35), and suggested activities and quizzes for secondary- school students (56-64). The 1984 ed. (40 unnumbered pages; illus.) omits most of the earlier text and maps and includes more student activities and puzzles. x Frobenius, Leo 1913. The voice of Africa, being an account of the travels of the German Inner African Exploration Expedi- tion in the years 1910-1912.... 7V[ansl], by Rudolf Blind. London, Hutchinson & Co. (2 vols.). 200 figs. 70 pis. 4 maps. Vol. 1: xxiii + 349. -Brief account of the manatee in Yoruban mythology, and of religious observances in manatee hunting (1:199). Frohlich, Richard Kipp: SEE Packard, Frohlich et al., 1984, 1985; Packard etal., 1989. Frost, M.D. 1977. Wildlife management in Belize: program status and problems. Wildl. Soc Bull, 5:48-51. Frye, Fredric L.: SEE ALSO Domning & Frye, 1975; Loughman et al., 1970. x Frye, Fredric L.; & Herald, Earl S. 1969. Osteomyelitis in a manatee. Jour. Amer. Veter. Med. Assoc, 155(7): 1073- 1076. 5 figs. Oct. 1, 1969. -Describes the treatment and medication given for an infected harpoon wound to a young male T. inunguis from Colombia, captive at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, California. Fryer, J.CF. 1910. Bird and Denis Islands, Seychelles. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2)14: 15-20. Fuchs, Herman 1959. Szir6na-lelet ErdeJybol (Ein Sirenenfund aus Siebenburgen). Foldt. Kozlony, 89(3): 326-328. 1 fig. -In Hungarian; German summ. x Fuchs, Herman 1970. Schadelfragment einer Sirene aus dem Eozan von Cluj, SR Rumanien. Geologic 19(10): 1185-1190. 3 figs. 1 pi. -Romanian, Engl., & Russian summs. Describes a skull roof of "?Halitherium sp." thought to represent a new species or a new genus ancestral to Halitherium, and compares it with other species of Halitherium and with Sirenavus. Fuchs, Herman 1971. Contribu|iila cunoasterea raspindirii stratigrafice sj geografice a sirenidelor in Bazinul Transilva- niei. [On the stratigraphic and geographic distri- bution of Oligocene Sirenia in the Transylvanian Basin.] Bui. Soc Sti. Geol. R. S. Romdnia, 13: 195-200. 3 pis. -In Romanian; Engl. & Russian summs. x Fuchs, Herman 1973. Contribufiuni la cunoasterea sirenidelor fosile din Bazinul Transilvaniei (IV) Asupra unui fragment de humerus din Cheia Baciului (Cluj). (Contribu- NUMBER 80 121 tions a l'6tude des sirtiiiens fossiles du bassin de la Transylvanie (IV) Sur un fragment d'hume>us de Cheia Baciului (Cluj).) Studia Univ. Babeq-Bolyai, Ser. Geol.-Min., 18(2): 71-77. 1 fig. -In Romanian; Russian & French summs. De- scribes the proximal end of a humerus from the Priabonian (Late Eocene) of Romania, which resembles those of Eotheroides and Halitherium. Fuchs, Herman 1975. [Publication in Cluj, Romania, for a hundred years relating to geology and paleontology in retro- spect.] Foldt. Kozlony, 105(1): 89-91. -In Hungarian. Halitherium. Fuchs, Herman Brass6i 1988. [Contribution to the knowledge of fossil sirenians from the Transylvanian basin (Romania): VI. Forearm bones from the Upper Eocene of Klau- senburg (Cluj—Napoca).] Foldt. Kozlony, 118(1): 49-60. 5 pis. -In Hungarian; Hungarian, German, & Russian summs. This Fuchs is the same as the author of the 1959-1975 references cited above; he began to use "Brass6i Fuchs" as a surname late in life. Fuchs, Herman Brass6i 1990. Einige Angaben zur Kenntnis von fossilen Sirenen (VII). Sirenenzahne aus der Umgebung von Cluj (Klausenburg, Rumanien). Foldtani Kozlony, 120(1-2): 89-92. 1 pi. -In Hungarian; German & Russian summs. Describes three sir. tusks from the Late Eocene of Romania, x Fuchs, Hugo L. 1908. Uber das Vorkommen selbstandiger knocherner Epiphysen bei Sauropsiden. Anat. Anz., 32(14): 352-360. 4 figs. Apr. 16, 1908. -Quotes from von Zittel the statement that sirs. and monotremes lack vertebral epiphyses (353). Fuchs, Werner 1977. Einige Beitrage zur Tertiar- und Quartarstratigra- phie Ober- und Niederosterreichs. Verh. Geol. Bundesanst. Wien, 1977(3): 231-241. -Mentions fossil sir. ribs from Austria (238). Fiihrer von Haimendorff, Christoph (= Furer-Haimendorff, Christoph von) 1612. Itinerarium AEgypti, Arabiae, Palaestinae, Syriae, aliarumque regionum orientalium.... Nuremberg, Abraham Wagenmann, 1-118. Illus. -German transl.: Nuremberg, W. Endters, 1646. Original account written ca. 1565? Said by G.G. Simpson (1930a) to be "the earliest modem and unequivocal first-hand reference to the dugong." Fujie, Tsutomu: SEE Uozumi et al., 1966. D Fujii, Hirotoshi 1953. On the Desmostylus-bearing formation in the Furukawa Uryu coal mine, Uryu district, Ishikari province, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 59(695): 400-401. Illus. -In Japanese. D Fujii, S. 1961. Miocene deposits at Akebi, Toyama Prefecture. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 67: 401. D Fujii, S.; & Mori, G. 1964. Miocene turtles from Akebi, Shimoniikawa-gun, Toyama Prefecture, Japan. Mem. Geol. Geogr. Toyama Prefi, No. 4: 95-97. D Fujimoto, H.; & Sakamoto, O. 1978. A preliminary report on Paleoparadoxia sp. discovered from the Tertiary system of the Chichibu basin, central Japan. Bull. Chichibu Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 18: 1-10. 2 tabs. 3 figs. D Fujita, Kazuo; & Ogose, Sunao 1951. On the locality of the Desmostylus specimen found at Togari, Gifu Prefecture. Geology as a Hobby (Shumi-no-Chigaku), 5(1): 16-22. 2 figs. Fukushima, Minoru: SEE Miyazaki et al. x Funaioli, U.; & Simonetta, A.M. 1966. The mammalian fauna of the Somali Republic: status and conservation problems. Monitore Zool. Ital. (SuppL), 74: 285-347. 23 maps. Dec. 20, 1966. -Gives vernacular names (gel magno, geber magno, n'guva) and localities, and briefly men- tions the rainy-season occurrence and problems of conservation of dugongs in the Somali Republic (317). x Funderburg, John B. 1960. Fossil manatee from North Carolina. Jour. Mamm., 41(4): 521. Nov. 11, 1960. -Reviews records of Recent manatees in North Carolina, and reports a mandible from a Wisconsi- nian (Pleistocene) coquina deposit. This specimen was illustrated by Domning (1982b: fig. 7). Furlow, Leonard T. 1976. Saving our "mermaids." The Ensign (U.S. Power Squadrons), Jan. 1976: 24. 1 fig. Furman, J. 1940? Tachash. Tarbiz, 12 (1940-41): 218-229. 1 fig. 122 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Hebrew. A discussion of the identification of the animal called tachash in the Bible (q.v.), with a critique of Aharoni (1937). Furuhata, Kitao: SEE Aoki et al., 1938. Furusawa, Hitoshi: SEE ALSO Shinohara et al., 1985; Takikawa Sea Cow Geological Investigation Group, 1984. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1984. Discovery of a juvenile sirenian rib from the Lower Pliocene in the Sorachi River, Takikawa City, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 90(5): 345-347. 4 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1987. [Sirenian fossils from Japan.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra- phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam- mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 49-50. 1 tab. March 1987. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1988. A new species of hydrodamaline Sirenia from Hokkaido, Japan. Takikawa City (Japan), Takikawa Mus. of Art & Nat. Hist., 1-73. 4 tabs. 31 figs. 6 pis. -Japanese transl.: Furusawa (1989). Describes Hydrodamalis spissus, n.sp. (sic; emended to H. spissa by Furusawa, 1990). Furusawa, Hitoshi 1989. [Study of the Takikawa sea cow: a message from 5 million years ago.] Takikawa City (Japan), Takikawa Mus. of Art & Nat. Hist., 1-81. 4 tabs. Frontisp. 33 figs. 6 pis. Mar. 31, 1989. -Japanese transl. of Furusawa (1988), with an added frontispiece and two new figures. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1990. Scenario of the sirenian evolution in the North Pacific Ocean. Prof. Akira Kasugai Memorial Vol.: 97-104. 4 figs. Mar. 1990. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi; & Kimura, Masaichi 1982. Discovery of new species of Sirenia from the Lower Pliocene in the Sorachi River, Takikawa City, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 88(10): 849-852. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Reports a partial skeleton of Hydrodamalis sp.; the "new species" is not named here but is H. spissa Furusawa, 1988. Furusawa, Hitoshi; Maeda, Toshitsugu; Yamashita, Shig- eru; Sagayama, Tsumoru; Igarashi, Yaeko; & Kimura, Masaichi 1993. Geologic age and paleoenvironment of marine mammal fossils from Numata-cho, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 47(2)(245): 133-145. 3 tabs. 5 figs. Mar. 1993. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Furusawa, Hitoshi; & Numata Fossil Research Group 1990. Discovery and significance of the Takikawa sea cow (Hydrodamalis spissa) from Numata-cho, Uryu-gun, Hokkaido, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 44(4)(229): 224-228. 4 figs. Jul. 1990. -In Japanese. G 1811. Recherches d'anatomie compared sur les dents, par 1. C Cuvier. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 3(62): 165*-169* (i.e., 265-269). -Allen 521. Dugong, 165. D Gabuniya, L.K.; & Vekua, A.K. 1974. Ob obraze zhizni i sistematicheskom polozhenii gigantskogo damana iz Kvabebi. [The mode of life and taxonomic position of the giant coney from Kvabebi.] Soobshch. Akad. Nauk Gruz. SSR, 73(2): 489- 492. -In Russian; Georgian & Engl, summs. Gadow, Hans Friedrich: SEE ALSO Flower, W.H., 1885. Gadow, Hans Friedrich 1898. A classification of Vertebrata, recent and extinct. London, Adam & Charles Black, x + 82. -Rev.: Nat. Sci. (London), 13: 340-341? Sirs., 43. Gaimard, Joseph: SEE Quoy & Gaimard. Gala, G.: SEE Bourliere et al., 1976. Galantsev, V.P.: SEE ALSO Mukhametov & Galantsev, 1986. Galantsev, V.P. 1986. [On certain functional, morphological adaptations in the venous system of the manatee.] In: VE. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 331-337. -In Russian. Galantsev, V.P.; & Kuz'min, D.A. 1989. Trends in development of adaptive characters in the venous system of hydro- and amphibiont mammals. Zool. Zhur., 68(10): 107-117. -In Russian; Engl. summ. x Galantsev, V.P.; & Mukhametov, L.M. 1984. On functional and structural adaptations of cardio- vascular system in the manatee Trichechus ma- natus. Zhur. Evol. Biokhim. Fiziol, 20(3): 288-293. 1 tab. 2 figs. May-Jun. 1984. -In Russian; Engl. summ. Engl, transl.: Jour. Evol. Biochem. Physiol, 20(3): 201-205, Jan. 1985. Page references in the Index are to this Engl. transl. Reports electrocardiographic observations of heart rhythms during diving in a captive adult T manatus, and briefly describes the locations of major venous sinuses. Compares both sets of data with the conditions generally found in other diving mammals. Diving bradycardia was ob- served and was especially distinct just before surfacing. Cardiac arrhythmia was significant but highly variable. Gale, N.B.: SEE Montgomery et al., 1982. x Gallagher, Michael D. 1976. The dugong Dugong dugon (Sirenia) at Bahrain, Persian (Arabian) Gulf. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 73(1): 211-212. "Apr. 1976" (publ. Dec. 22, 1976). -See also errata in vol. 75(2): 558, "Aug. 1978" (publ. Feb. 2, 1979). Gives sighting and stranding records (1969-1974) and notes on 7 skulls deposited in the British Museum; causes of death unknown. Mentions the Bahraini vernacular names baqarat al bahr and baqara seit. x Gallagher, William B.; Parris, David C; Grandstaff, Barbara Smith; & DeTample, Craig 1989. Quaternary mammals from the continental shelf off New Jersey. Mosasaur: Jour. Delaware Valley Paleo. Soc, 4: 101-110. 1 tab. 7 figs. -Reports a radius-ulna of Trichechus sp., possibly Pleistocene in age, dredged off New Jersey— evidently the northernmost known occurrence of a manatee in North America (107-108). Gallivan, G. James: SEE ALSO Best et al., 1982. x Gallivan, G. James 1980. Hypoxia and hypercapnia in the respiratory con- trol of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 53(3): 254-261. 1 tab. 6 figs. -Portuguese transl.: Gallivan (1981). Measure- ments on three manatees indicate that carbon dioxide rather than oxygen is the important factor in the control of ventilation and diving, n Gallivan, G. James 1981. Hipoxia e hipercapnia no controle respirat6rio do peixe-boi da Amazonia (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonica, 11(4): 679-687. 1 tab. 6 figs. Dec. 1981. 123 124 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Gallivan (1980). x Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1980. Metabolism and respiration of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 53(3): 245-253. 2 tabs. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Ciencia e Cultura, 30(7): 508, 1978 (in Portuguese)? Portuguese transl.: Gallivan & Best (1981). Measurements on six manatees showed a low metabolic rate, breathing frequency, and minute ventilation, and high oxygen extraction and carbon dioxide output, n Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1981. Metabolismo e respiracao do peixe-boi da Ama- zonia (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonica, 11(1): 103-111. 2 tabs. 6 figs. Mar. 1981. -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Gallivan & Best (1980). x Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. The influence of feeding and fasting on the metabolic rate and ventilation of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 59(5): 552-557. 3 tabs. 1 fig. Sep.-Oct. 1986. —Measurements on captive manatees fed grass (Brachiaria) and water hyacinth (Eichhornia) showed no increase in metabolic rate after feeding (= specific dynamic action), probably due to the slow rate of food passage through the digestive tract. Two weeks of fasting did not reduce metabolic rate, again because much of the weight loss during the fast was attributable to emptying of the gut. Also notes differences in chewing rates correlated with body size and diet. x Gallivan, G. James; Best, Robin Christopher; & Kanwisher, John W. 1983. Temperature regulation in the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis. Physiol. Zool, 56(2): 255-262. 4 figs. Apr. 1983. -Summ.: New Scientist, Dec. 1, 1983: 654, 1 fig. Core temperatures of two animals were measured (with swallowed transmitters) at 35°-36° C and varied with water temperature within the ther- moneutral zone; below that zone (i.e., below 22°-23° C) they were maintained, primarily by increase in activity. Their primary mechanism for thermoregulation seemed to be changes in periph- eral circulation, aided by subcutaneous fat insula- tion. Speculates that cold-related mortality and limits to distribution in T. manatus may be due less to physiology than to nutritional status and food availability. x Gallivan, G. James; Kanwisher, John W; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. Heart rates and gas exchange in the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis) in relation to diving. Jour. Compar. Physiol B: Biochem. Syst. Envi- ron. Physiol, 156(3): 415-423. 3 tabs. 5 figs. -Electrocardiograms and respiratory gas measure- ments of unrestrained captive animals showed a constant heart rate (here defined as the "normal" rate) during dives, slight respiratory tachycardia, and marked (probably fright-induced) bradycardia when the manatees were forced to prolong their dives. Because their metabolism is low, it can remain aerobic during most dives, and changes in alveolar gas composition are slower than in other marine mammals. Metabolic acidosis is appar- ently compensated for by metabolic rather than respiratory alkalosis. Gallo Reynoso, J.P. 1983. Notas sobre la distribuci6n del manati (Trichechus manatus) en las costas de Quintana Roo. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mixico (Ser. Zool), 53(1): 443-448. Galvano, Antonio [= Galvao] 1862. The discoveries of the world, from their first originall unto the yeare of our Lord 1555.... Now reprinted, with the original Portuguese text.... London, Hakluyt Society. -First ed., Lisbon, 1563; first Engl, ed., London, 1601. Gambaryan, PP.: SEE ALSO Sukhanov et al., 1986. Gambaryan, P.P.; & Sukhanov, V.B. 1986. [Structure, functions and adaptive features of the skeletal musculature of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 188-305. Tabs. 4-14. Figs. 68-113. -In Russian. Gambaryan, S.P. 1986. [Anatomy of the kidney of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 338-341. Figs. 132-133. -In Russian. Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de 1576. Historia da provincia Sdcta Cruz a que vulgar mete chamamos Brasil... dirigida ao muito illtre. shor Dom Lionis pra governador que foy de Malaca & das mais partes do Sul na India. Lisbon, Antonio Gonsalvez: 48 leaves. -Facsimile repr. & Engl, transl.: New York, NUMBER 80 125 Cortes Society (2 vols.), 1922, repr. 1969. Also several other reprints; the original is exceedingly rare. Short description of the manatee, 28 recto. See also Whitehead (1977: 173). Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de 1965. Tratado do provincia do Brasil de Pero de Magalhaes de Gdndavo. Rio de Janeiro, Inst. Nacional de Livro, 1-340. -Facsimile of the British Library's Sloane MS. 2026, with transcription, notes, index, and bibli- ography by Emmanuel Pereira Filho. Earlier publications of this work (in 1826, 1924, 1964, and, with Engl, transl., in 1922 ed. of Gandavo, 1576) were based on copies later and less reliable than the Sloane MS. (Whitehead, 1977: 173- 174). Mentions Brazilian manatees in chaps. 4 (Ilheus) and 7 (Espirito Santo), x Gann, Thomas William Francis 1911. Exploration carried on in British Honduras during 1908-9. Univ. Liverpool Ann. Archaeol. Anthrop., 4(2-3): 72-87. Pis. 17-19. Oct. 1911. -Reports manatee bones at a [Middle Classic Maya] archaeological site on Moho Cay, British Honduras; speculates that associated pottery rings were net sinkers used in manatee capture (78, 82). Gann, Thomas William Francis 1918. The Maya Indians of southern Yucatan and northern British Honduras. Bull Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 64. -Manatees, 126. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1925. Mystery cities: Exploration and adventure in Lubaantun. London, Duckworth, 3-10, 13-252. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1925. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1926. Ancient cities and modern tribes: Exploration and adventure in Maya lands. London, Duckworth, 1-256. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C Scribner's Sons, 1926. Description of manatee hunting techniques in Belize and Mexico, and protective legislation (25-29). Gann, Thomas William Francis 1927. Maya cities: A record of exploration and adven- ture in Middle America. London, Duckworth, 1-256. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1928. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1928. Discoveries and adventures in Central America. London, Duckworth, 1-261. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1929. Manatee remains at Moho Cay, British Honduras. Gannon, Frank 1990. The last of the manatees? Philip Morris Mag., 5(5): 22-25. 7 figs. + fig. on title page. Nov.-Dec. 1990 (publ. Nov. 15, 1990). Ganzawa, Y: SEE Matsui & Ganzawa, 1987. Garcia, Frank A.: SEE Donovan et al., 1990. Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr.: SEE ALSO Szabo & Gard, 1975; Whitmore & Gard, 1977. Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr. 1977. Geologic history. In: M.L. Merritt & R.G. Fuller (eds.), The environment of Amchitka Island, Alaska. Tech. Inform. Center, Energy Res. & Devel. Admin. (NTIS Document No. TID-26712), 13- 34. xDGard, Leonard Meade, Jr.; Lewis, G.E.; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1972. Steller's sea cow in Pleistocene interglacial beach deposits on Amchitka, Aleutian Islands. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull, 83(3): 867-869. Mar. 1972. -Describes the circumstances of discovery of a partial skeleton of a juvenile Hydrodamalis at South Bight, Amchitka, and reviews other North Pacific records of Hydrodamalis and the Aleutian occurrence of Cornwallius. x Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr.; & Szabo, B J. 1971. Age of the Pleistocene deposits at South Bight, Amchitka Island, Alaska. [Abstr.] Geol Soc. Amer. Abstrs. With Progams, 3(7): 577. Publ. Oct. 1971; read Nov. 1, 1971. -Records the occurrence of Hydrodamalis gigas in an interglacial (?Sangamon-equivalent) beach deposit, with radiometric dates of 135,000 ± 12,000 and >122,000 years B.P. Gardiner, J.S. 1907. Description of the expedition. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2)12: 1-55, 111-175. Gardner, Blair R.: SEE Elliott et al., 1979; Heinsohn et al., 1978, 1979b; Marsh et al., 1981. Garfield, G. 1964. Nature's living herbicide. Outdoor America, 29(11): 9. Garibaldi, L. 1968. Great munching manatees! Anchor, 2(7): 30-32. -Pop. acc. of a wounded T. inunguis at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. Garnett, Stephen: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1985. Garrod, Alfred Henry 1877. Notes on the manatee (Manatus americanus) 126 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY recently living in the Society's gardens. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 10, part 3(1): 137-145. Pis. 28-30. Oct. 1, 1877 (read Nov. 16, 1875). -Notice: Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1875(4): 529, 567, Apr. 1876. Repr. in volume of Garrod's collected works (London, R. H. Porter, 1881)? Garson, J.G.: SEE Flower & Garson, 1884. Gaudry, Albert 1878. Les enchainements du monde animal dans les temps giologiques.... Vol. 1. Mammiferes terti- aires. Paris (entire work: 3 vols., 1878-1890), Vol. 1: 1-295. 312 figs. -Abstr.: La Nature, (Paris) 6(2): 214-219, figs. 1-6; 243-246, figs. 1-8; 266-270, figs. 1-2? Revs.: Geol. Mag., (2)5: 221-227?; Arch. Zool Expir., 8: 67-77, pis. 5-8, 1879?; Nature (London), 18: 537-538?; Bull. Soc Giol. France, (3)6: 151-154. Sumatran dugong (37, fig. 28). x Gaudry, Albert 1884. Sur un sirtiiien d'espece nouvelle trouve" dans le bassin de Paris. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)12(6): 372-375. PI. 17. May 1884 (read Apr. 7, 1884). -Abstrs.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 98: 777-778?; La Nature (Paris), 12(1): 303?; Naturaliste, 2: A1A1 Describes Halitherium Chouqueti, n.sp., based on 14 ribs from Oligocene deposits southwest of Paris. These are said to resemble, and were associated with, ribs of H. schinzii, but are more massive. Gaudry, Albert 1885. [Remark on Halitherium.] Bull. Soc Giol. France, (3)13: 441. Gaudry, Albert 1887. [Correction of note on Halitherium in Italy.] Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)15: 11. Gaumer, George F. 1917. Monografia de los mamiferos de Yucatdn. Mexico City, Dept. de Talleres Graficos de la Secretaria de Fomento, xxxviii + 331. 57 pis. 1 map. -Manatees, 29-30. Gaupp, Ernst 1913. Die Reichertsche Theorie (Hammer-, Amboss- und Kieferfrage). Arch. Anal. Physiol, 1912, Suppl.-Band: xiii + 416. 149 figs. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 18(3): 55-67? Sirs., 125. Gebhardt, F.A.M. Walter 1901. Uber funktionell wichtige Anordnungsweisen der groberen und feineren Bauelemente des Wirbeltierknochens. Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org., 11: 383-498, 8 figs., pis. 15-19; 12: 1-52, 167-223, 15 figs. -Dugong bone histology. Gegenbaur, Carl 1898. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere mit Berilcksichtigung der Wirbellosen. Iter Band. Einleitung, Integument, Skeletsystem, Muskelsys- tem, Nervensystem und Sinnesorgane. Leipzig, W. Engelmann (2 vols., 1898-1901), xiv + 978. 619 figs. Geiling, Eugene Maximilian Karl: SEE ALSO Oldham et al., 1938. Geiling, Eugene Maximilian Karl 1940. Comparative anatomy and pharmacology of the pituitary gland. Iowa City, State University of Iowa, College of Medicine (Paul Reed Rock wood Lecture), 1-28. Illus. -Pituitary and hypophysis of T. manatus. Geist, Otto William: SEE Murie, O.J., 1937. Gelineo, S. 1964. Organ systems in adaptation: the temperature regulating system. In: Adaptation to the environ- ment (Handbook of Physiology, 4). Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins Co., 259-282. Illus. Genoways, Hugh H: SEE ALSO McLaren et al., 1986. Genoways, Hugh H.; & Jones, J. Knox, Jr. 1975. Annotated checklist of mammals of the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico. 4. Carnivora, Sirenia, Perisso- dactyla, Artiodactyla. Occas. Pap. Mus. Texas Tech. Univ., No. 26: 1-22. 1 fig. Genschow, Joachim 1934. Uber den Bau und die Entwicklung des Geruchs- organes der Sirenen. Zs. Wiss. Biol. Abt. A: Zs. Morph. OkoL Tiere (Berlin), 28(4): 402-444. 28 figs. George, A.S.: SEE Burbridge & George, 1978. George, J.C. 1974. This fragile menagerie hangs by a thread. Natl Wildlife, 12(3): 6-14. -Single photograph of T. manatus. Geptner, Vladimir Georgievich: SEE Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich. x Geraads, Denis 1989. Vert€br6s fossiles du miocene sup6rieur du Djebel Krechem el Artsouma (Tunisie centrale). Com- paraisons biostratigraphiques. Giobios, 22(6): 777-801. 1 tab. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 1989. -Engl. summ. Describes a lower second molar of Metaxytherium sp. from Tunisia and compares it with M. medium and M. serresii (781, 791, pi. 2). NUMBER 80 127 Suggests that these animals lived in estuaries or rivers, and that the Sahabi fauna from Libya is latest Miocene rather than early Pliocene. Geraci, Joseph R.: SEE ALSO Medway & Geraci, 1986. Geraci, Joseph R. 1986. Marine mammals (Cetacea, Pinnipedia, and Si- renia). Introduction and identification [and] Hus- bandry. In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wild animal medicine., 2nd. revised ed. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders (xxiv + 1127), 750-760. Illus. -The Husbandry chapter begins on p. 757. Geraci, Joseph R.; & St. Aubin, David J. 1987. Effects of parasites on marine mammals. In: M.J. Howell (ed.), Parasitology—quo vadit? Proc. 6th Internatl. Congr. Parasitology, Canberra, 1986 (xviii + 741). Internatl. Jour. Parasitology, 17(2): 407-414. Geraci, Joseph R.; & Sweeney, J.C. 1978. Clinical techniques: marine mammals (Cetacea, Pinnipedia and Sirenia). In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wildlife medicine. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders Co., 587-588. Gerhardt, Ulr. 1911. Zur Morphologie der Saugetierniere. Verh. D. Zool. Ges. Leipzig, 20-21: 260-272. Gernant, Robert E.; Gibson, Thomas G.; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1971. Environmental history of Maryland Miocene. Maryland Geol. Surv. Guidebook, No. 3: 1-58. G6roudet, Paul: SEE Simon & G6roudet, 1970. Gerstein, Edmund R.: SEE Patton & Gerstein, 1992. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1835. Dugong, Halicore. In: Gu6rin, Diet. Pittoresque d'Hist. Nat. Phinom. Nat., 2 (livr. 155): 595-596. -Allen 850. Publ. 1836? Halicore indicus. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1836. Lamantin, Manatus. In: Guerin, Diet. Pittoresque d'Hist. Nat. Phinom. Nat. 4 (livr. 282): 331-333. -Allen 894. x Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1846. Observations sur di verses especes de mammiferes fossiles du midi de la France. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)5: 248-265. May 1846. -Discusses mammal classification, placing the Sirenia among the ungulates along with the Proboscidea (250-251), and mentions a rib fragment of Metaxytherium from Montpellier, France (264). Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1847a. La zoologie de la France. In: Patria. La France ancienne et moderne, morale et matirielle, ou collection encyclopedique. Paris, 1 (1512 columns): 493-596. Figs. 162- 255. -Mentions Metaxytherium, 517. x Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1847b. Observations sur les mammiferes fossiles du midi de la France.... Deuxieme partie. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)8: 203-224. Oct. 1847. -Continuation of Gervais (1846). Consists mostly of "§VII. Sur les Mammiferes voisins des Dugongs, que Ton a nomm6s Halitherium, Metaxytherium, etc." (203-221). Summarizes previous work on fossil sirs., and presents a comprehensive list of their European occurrences (203-210). Describes the skull and dentition of the "Halitherium" from Montpellier (210-217), which he names H. Serresii, n.sp. [= Metaxy- therium serresii] (221). Compares Toxodon with Halitherium and the modem dugong, concluding that this South American notoungulate is (unlike the proboscidean Dinotherium) a sir. (218-219, 221). Concludes that Halianassa, Metaxytherium, and other genera are synonyms of Halitherium; presents a diagnosis of the latter genus; and recognizes several species for which he coins the new combinations Halitherium fossilis [= Metaxytherium medium], H. Guettardi [= H. schinzii], and H. Brocchii [= M. subapenninum] (221). Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1849-1850. Sur la repartition des mammiferes fossiles entre les difftients Stages tertiaires qui concourent a former le sol de la France. Mim. Sect. Sci., Acad. Sci. Lettres Montpellier, 1(1): 203-219 (1849); 1(2): 399-413 (1850). -Abstrs.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 28: 546-552?, 28(21): 643-647, May 1849; L'Institut, 17(807): 194-198, Jun. 20, 1849; Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1849: 223-224? The Montpellier publication also exists in another version, with identical text, but it is reset with slightly different typeface and pagination (1(1): 203-220). Sirs., 216-219, 405- 406, 409. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1852. Zoologie et paliontologie franqaises (animaux vertibris) ou nouvelles recherches sur les ani- maux vivants et fossiles de la France.... Paris, Arthus Bertrand (3 vols., title-pages dated 1848-1852), Vol. 1 (text): viii + 271; Vol. 2 (explication des planches); Vol. 3 (atlas): 45 pis. -Rev.: Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., 26: 233-240, 1854? Ed. 2: Gervais (1859). Sirs., 1: 141-145, 199; pis. 4-6, 41. Recognizes Halitherium Serresii, H. fossile, H. Beaumontii [n.comb.], H. Guettardi, H. 128 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Gervais, 1853. Gervais, 1855a. Gervais 1855b Gervais 1859. Gervais, 1869a. Gervais, 1869b. Gervais, 1872a. dubium [n.comb.], and Trachytherium Raulinii as valid species. Francois Louis Paul Sur la comparaison des membres chez les animaux verrebres. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), (3)20: 21-69. -Sirs., 35. Francois Louis Paul Animaux nouveaux ou rares recueillis pendant V expidition dans les parties centrales de I'Amiri- que du Sud, de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, et de Lima au Para, pendant les annies 1843 a 1847, sous la direction du Comte Francis de Castelnau.... Mammiferes. Paris, P. Bertrand, 1-116. 20 pis. -Gives general description of a skeleton of "Manatus australis" from Pebas, Colombia (114-115); argues for the domestication of mana- tees (116); and quotes Castelnau's account of manatee predation by jaguars (116). Francois Louis Paul Histoire naturelle des mammiferes, avec Vindica- tion de leurs moeurs, et de leurs rapports avec les arts, le commerce et V agriculture. II. Carnivores, proboscidiens, jumentis, bisulques, identis, mar- supiaux, monotremes, phoques, sirinides et ci- tacis. Paris, L. Curmer (entire work: 2 vols., 1854- 1855), Vol. 2: 1-344. 286 figs. 40 pis. -Sirs., 2: 308-313. Francois Louis Paul Zoologie et paliontologie franqaises. Nouvelles recherches sur les animaux vertibris dont on trouve les ossements enfouis dans le sol de la France et sur leur comparaison avec les especes propres aux autres rigions du globe. Ed. 2. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, viii + 544. figs. Atlas, pp. i-xii + 84 pis. -Ed. 1: Gervais (1852). Sirs., 276-283, pis. 4-6, 41. Francois Louis Paul Haliterium fossile a Leognan. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 27, Proc.-verb., xxi- xxii. Francois Louis Paul Zoologie et paliontologie ginirales. Nouvelles recherches sur les animaux vertibris vivants et fossiles. Paris, Arthus Bertrand (2 series, 1867/69-76), 1. ser.: vii + 263. 50 pis. (1862-1869). -Sirs., "1: 184," fide Freund (1950); confused with Gervais (1859)? Francois Louis Paul Travaux r6cents sur les sirinides vivants et fossiles (analyse des publications de MM. Van Beneden, E. Lartet, Delfortrie, Capellini, etc.). Jour. Zool (Paris), 1: 332-353. 4 figs. Pis. 18-19. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1872b. Coup d'oeil sur les mammiferes fossiles de l'ltalie. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (2)29: 92-103. -Abstrs.: Jour. Zool. (Paris), 1: 211-233?; L'Institut, 1873: 222-224? Gervais, Frangois Louis Paul 1874. Remarques sur les formes c6r6brales propres aux thalassotheriens. Jour. Zool. (Paris), 3: 570-583. PI. 19. -Sirs., 578. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul; & Serres, Marcel de 1846. Sur les mammiferes dont on a trouve" les restes fossiles dans la caverne de Lunel-Viel et dans les sables de Montpellier. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)5: 266-271. May 1846. -Abstr.: Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1846: 78? Gervais, Francois Louis Paul; & Serres, Marcel de 1847. Sur les mammiferes fossiles des sables marins tertiaires de Montpellier. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 24: 799-801. -Abstrs.: Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)8: 224-226?; Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1847: 174? Gesner, Conrad 1556? De piscibvs et aqvatilibvs omnibus libelli III. noui.... [Tiguri, 1556?]: 1-280. -Or 1558 ed., Allen 14? Or 1563? Sirs., 213 or 253 (in 1587 ed.?). A woodcut in the 1558 ed., based on the verbal account of remora fishing by P. Martyr (1511), shows natives using a remora to catch what may be a manatee (see also P. Budker, The life of sharks, N.Y., Columbia Univ. Press: 156, 1971). Gesner, Conrad 1558. Historiae animalium liber 11II. qui est de piscium & aquatilium animantium natura. Cum iconibus singulorum ad vivum expressis fere omnib. DCCVI.... Zurich, Christof Froschover, 1-1297. Illus. -A woodcut of remora fishing (483) possibly shows a manatee, according to Whitehead (1977); see also "?Cyprinus rarus & monstrosus" (373). Gesner, Conrad 1560. Nomenclator aquatilium animalium. Icones ani- malium aquatilium in mari & dulcibus aquis degentium, plus quam DCC. cum nomenclaturis singulorum Latinis, Grecis, Italicis, Hispanicus, Gallicis, Germanicis, Anglicis, alijsq, interdum, per certos or dines di gestae. NUMBER 80 129 Zurich, Christof Froschover, 1-374. Illus. -Whitehead (1977: 168) says that this work "gives, without much conviction, animals called 'Vaccae marinae' from 'Oceano Septemtrionali', but the woodcut shows, emerging from the waves, the head of a very Swiss cow!" Gettinger, R.: SEE Ralph et al., 1985. x Gewalt, Wolfgang 1968. Unsere Sirene—eine Amazonas-Seekuh (Tri- chechus m. manatus L.) im Duisburger Tierpark. Freunde des Kolner Zoo, 10(4): 123-125. 4 figs. Winter 1967/68. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and not-very-informative account of the captive manatee in Duisburg. Briefly mentions others kept in Germany (124), and the attempt of a steamship captain in the Red Sea to rescue what he thought were shipwrecked sailors but were actually seacows (123). x Giacone, Antonio 1965. Gramdtica diciondrios e fraseologia da lingua Dahceii ou Tucano. Bel6m, Univ. do Para, 1-207. -Tucano name for the manatee given on p. 170: {"Peixe boi = uai-uehque"} x Giacone, Antonio n.d. Pequena gramdtica e diciondrio da lingua Tucana. Manaus, Missao Salesiana do Rio Negro— Amazonas: 1-61. -Tucano name for the manatee given on p. 54: { "Peixe-boi—Uekque-uaf'} x Gibbes, Robert Wilson 1849. New species of fossil Myliobates, from the Eocene of South Carolina, and new fossils from the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Pliocene of South Caro- lina, Alabama, and Mississippi. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 2: 193-194. Aug. 17, 1849. -Includes in list of fossils from "Eocene of South Carolina and Mississippi" on p. 193: {"Rib and vertebrae of Manatus."} These were probably from South Carolina but probably not Eocene; see Gibbes (1850). x Gibbes, Robert Wilson 1850. Remarks on the fossil Equus. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3: 66-68. -States (67) that Equus and Manatus remains were found in situ in Eocene marl from the plantation of John A. Ramsay on the Ashley River, South Carolina; but F.S. Holmes pointed out (68-69) that the marl surface has holes filled with younger material and fossils. x Gibbon, Lardner 1854. Exploration of the valley of the Amazon, made under direction of the Navy Department, by Wm. Lewis Herndon and Lardner Gibbon.... Part II. Washington, A.O.P. Nicholson, xi + 339. Illus. -See also Hemdon (1853). On the Madeira River between Crato and Porto de Mataurti, Oct. 12, 1852 (p. 309): ("We are told the fish called 'peixe boi' (bull-fish,) of the Madeira, is the same as the 'vaca-marina' (sea-cow,) of the Ucayali, though comparatively there are few taken."} x Gibson, James R. 1969. Feeding the Russian fur trade: provisionment of the Okhotsk seaboard and the Kamchatka Penin- sula 1639-1856. Madison, Milwaukee, & London, Univ. Wiscon- sin Press, xix -)- 337. 17 tabs. 10 figs. 10 maps. -Mentions the use of Hydrodamalis for provision- ment (29, 30, 48, 51-52, 54) and boat construc- tion (31). Gibson, Thomas G.: SEE Gernant et al., 1971. Gibson-Hill, C.A. 1950. The dugong. Malayan Nature Jour., 5(1): 25-29. 2 figs. -Distribution, population trends, and habits of the dugong in Malaysia. Gicca, Diderot: SEE Campbell & Gicca, 1978. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1847. Fauna der Vorwelt mit steter Berucksichtigung der lebenden Thiere Erster Band: Wirbelthiere. Erster Abtheilung: Saugethiere. Leipzig, F.A. Brockhaus (entire work: 3 vols, in 5, 1847-1856), Vol. l:xi + 283. -Sirs., 226-232. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1855. Odontographie. Vergleichende Darstellung des Zahnsystemes der lebenden und fossilen Wirbelthiere. Leipzig, Ambrosius Abel, xx + 129. 52 pis. -Sirs, (including Dinotherium), 83-84, pis. 35- 37. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1883. Saugethiere: Mammalia. In: H.G. Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig & Heidelberg, CF. Winter'sche Verlags- handlung (1874-1900), 6(5): 1-576. Pis. 1-92. -See also W. Leche (1887). x Gijzen, A. 1953. Une perte sensible. Zoo (Antwerp), 18: 89. 1 fig. -Notice of the death, from infection, of a 71 senegalensis after five years in captivity, x Gijzen, A. 1958. Palmares de nos raretes zoologiques. Zoo (Antwerp), 24(1): 6-38. Illus. -Brief account of the zoo's attempts to keep T. 130 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY senegalensis in captivity, with a photo of one specimen (26). Gijzen, A. 1963. Au cours de huit annees de s6jour au Zoo, Huka notre lamantin n'a fait que croitre et prosp6rer. Zoo (Antwerp), 28: 194. 1 pi. Gilbert, J.R.: SEE Eberhardt et al., 1979. Gilbrook, Michael J. 1990. Potential contributions of Regional Planning Council Geographic Information Systems to manatee management. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 39-44. 2 tabs. Dec. 1990. Gilii, Filippo Salvadore 1780. Saggio di storia Americana, o sia storia naturale, civile, e sacra de regni, e delle provincie Spanuole di terra-ferma nell'America Meridionale. Roma, L. Perego erede Salvioni (4 vols., 1780- 1784). -Allen 363. Manatee, 1: 84, fig. 1. x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1872a. Arrangement of the families of mammals [pp. 1-42]. [Followed by] Synoptical tables of charac- ters of the sub-divisions of mammals, with a catalogue of the genera [pp. 43-98]. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 11(1)(230): vi + 98. Nov. 1872. —Introduces the following new superfamily and family names in his classification: Halicoroidea (13), Manatoidea (14), Trichechoidea (91), and Trichechidae (14). Summarizes sir. characters (48-49) and provides a key to the families (91) and a list of the genera (91-92). The Halicoroidea include the Halitheriidae, Halicoridae, and Rhyti- nidae; the Manatoidea or Trichechoidea (Gill uses these terms inconsistently and interchangeably) include only the Trichechidae. x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1872b. On the characteristics of the primary groups of the class of mammals. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 20: 284-306. -Extract: Amer. Naturalist, 5: 526-533, 1871? Gives a brief diagnosis of the Order Sirenia (300-301). x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1873. On the affinities of the sirenians. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 25(2): 262- 273. -Concludes that the Cetacea and Sirenia are closer to each other than either is to any other order, and that they share a common aquatic ancestor. Also provides a genealogical tree of the sir. families. Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1882. Scientific and popular views of nature contrasted. A lecture delivered in the National Museum, March 11th, 1882. U.S. Natl. Mus. Saturday Lectures, No. 1: 1-24. -?Sir. tail flukes, 10-11. Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1907. Systematic zoology: its progress and purpose. Science (n.s.), 26: 489-505. -Sirs., 494. Gill, William 1981. Manatee found in Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 6(1): 6-7. Jan. 1981. Gill, William Wyatt 1875. The dugong. Leisure Hour, 24: 823. Gill, William Wyatt 1876. Life in the southern isles; or, scenes and incidents in the South Pacific and New Guinea. London, The Religious Tract Society, viii + 360. Illus. -Dugong, 298-302. Gillet, S.; & Theobold, N. 1936. Les sables marins de 1'Oligocene du Haut-Rhin. Bull. Serv. Carte Geol. Alsace-Lorraine, 3: 37- 76. 1 pi. -Report of Halitherium schinzii, 69. Gingerich, Philip D.: SEE ALSO Wells & Gingerich, 1983. x Gingerich, Philip D. 1992. Marine mammals (Cetacea and Sirenia) from the Eocene of Gebel Mokattam and Fayum, Egypt: stratigraphy, age, and paleoenvironments. Univ. Michigan Papers on Paleontology, No. 30: ix + 84. 2 tabs. 56 figs. Jun. 30, 1992. -Describes in detail the history of study and geologic context of marine mammal fossils from the Middle and Late Eocene of the Mokattam Hills and Fayum and the Oligocene of the Fayum. Attempts to specify the localities and horizons from which all the fossil marine mammal types were collected. Recognizes Eotheroides aegyp- tiacum, Protosiren fraasi, and Eosiren libyca as valid species, and suggests that the other nominal species of fossil sirs, from Egypt are synonyms of these. x Gingerich, Philip D.; Raza, S. Mahmood; Arif, Muhammad; Anwar, Mohammad; & Zhou, Xiaoyuan 1993. Partial skeletons of Indocetus ramani (Mammalia, Cetacea) from the lower Middle Eocene Domanda Shale in the Sulaiman Range of Punjab (Pakistan). NUMBER 80 131 Contr. Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, 28(16): 393- 416. 4 tabs. 14 figs. Sep. 30, 1993. -The pelvis referred to Protosiren fraasi by Sahni & Mishra (1975) is here reidentified as the cetacean Indocetus ramani (410-411). xD Gingerich, Philip D.; Russell, Donald E.; & Wells, Neil A. 1990. Astragalus of Anthracobune (Mammalia, Probos- cidea) from the Early-Middle Eocene of Kashmir. Contrib. Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, 28(3): 71-77. 3 figs. Dec. 14, 1990. -Compares astragalar characters of Anthracobune with those of other proboscideans and desmostyli- ans, and suggests that both desmostylians and sirs, could be derived from anthracobunid probos- cideans. x Ginsburg, Leonard 1970. Les mammiferes des faluns helv&iens du Nord de la Loire. C.R. Somm. Siances Soc. Giol. France, 1970(6): 189-190. Stance of Jun. 1, 1970. —Includes Halianassa cuvieri in faunal list; considers it lower Helvetian (Miocene), x Ginsburg, Leonard; & Janvier, Philippe 1971. Les mammiferes marins des faluns miocenes de la Touraine et de l'Anjou. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), (3)22, Sci. de la Terre, 6: 161-195. 23 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1971. -Reviews the synonymy, history of study, occur- rences, anatomy, and relationships of Metaxy- therium medium, with illustrations of upper molars and a summary of the dimensions of 234 teeth (161, 182-191). x Ginsburg, Leonard; Janvier, Philippe; Mornand, J.; & Pouit, D. 1979. Decouverte d'un faune de mammiferes terrestres d'age vallesien dans le falun miocene de Dou6-la- Fontaine (Maine-et-Loire). C.R. Somm. Siances Soc. Giol. France, 1979(5- 6): 223-227. Seance of Dec. 18, 1979. -Reports teeth of Metaxytherium medium (224); considers the falun of Doue" no older than lower Vallesian (Middle Mioc.) (226). Gipe, T: SEE Barile et al., 1983. Girard, Charles 1852. On the classification of Mammalia. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 6: 319-335. 2 figs. Read Aug. 1851. Giraud-Sauveur, D.; & Miloche, M. 1968. Sur la structure particulitie des os de l'oreille moyenne des cetaces odontocetes. Jour. Microsc (Paris), 7(7): 1093-1098. 1 pi. -Crystallography of ear ossicles of 71 senegalen- sis. Gissendanner, Elton J.: SEE Appendix 1: Florida Conser- vation News, Nov. 1979. x Gistel, Johannes 1848. Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs. Fur hohere Schulen. Stuttgart, Hoffman'sche Verlags-Buchhandlung, xvi+ 216. -Classification of sirs. (= "Familie Halicorea"), with brief descriptions of the taxa; includes Halipaedisca (new name for Manatus) and "//. americanus"; Halicore cetacea; and Rytina stell- eri (83). Gistel, Johannes; & Bromme, Traugott 1850. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller drei Reiche, fur Lehrer und Lernende,fur Schule und Haus. Stuttgart, Hoffmann'sche Verlags-Buchhandlung, 1-1037. Illus. -Mentions Halipaedisca, 273. Glaessner, M.F. 1931. Neue Zahne von Menschenaffen aus dem Miocan des Wiener Beckens. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 46: [pp.?] -Mentions Metaxytherium sp., 15. Glas, J.-E. 1962. Studies on the ultrastructure of dental enamel. 6. Crystal chemistry of shark's teeth. Odontologisk Revy (Lund), 13(4): 315-326. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Mention of T. senegalensis. Glazebrook, Rozanne 1979. Mermaid at Cairns. Wildlife in Australia, 16(2): 4-5. 1 fig. Winter 1979. -Pop. acc. of a young dugong in captivity. Gleiss, G. W. 1967. Chronik des Zoologischen Gartens, Breslau. Wedel. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert 1842. Gemeinniitziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Natur- geschichte. Fur gebildete Leser aller Stdnde, besonders fur die reifere Jugend und ihre Leh- rer. ... Erster Band.... Breslau, Aug. Schulz & Comp., xxxxiv + 495. -Coins the generic name Halibutherium (= Halitherium?). Glover, Thomas 1676. An account of Virginia. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 11(126): 625- 626. Jun. 20, 1676. -See WL.McAtee( 1950). Glover, Timothy D.: SEE Marsh, Heinsohn, & Glover, 1984; Marsh & Glover, 1981. Gluckman, Casey J.: SEE Reynolds & Gluckman, 1988. Gluckman, David: SEE ALSO Marine Mammal Commis- sion, 1986. 132 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Gluckman, David 1983a. Review of laws and educational programs pre- venting harm to manatees due to waterborne activities. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed re- search/management plan for Crystal River mana- tees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 233-252. 5 figs. Dec. 1983. -Reviews federal and state laws regarding the "taking" of manatees, and makes recommenda- tions for their application and strengthening; outlines existing educational programs and possi- ble ways of funding them. x Gluckman, David 1983b. Legal review regarding water quality and aquatic weed control in manatee habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compen- dium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 253-273. 7 figs. Dec. 1983. -Discusses federal, state, and local regulations and regulating procedures, and recommends ways of dealing with herbicide spraying programs that pose hazards to manatees. x Gluckman, David 1983c. Review of land acquisition programs suitable for protection of manatee habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compen- dium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 274-301. 6 figs. Dec. 1983. -Describes available federal, state, and local acquisition programs, recommends legal changes in some of them, and suggests specific habitat acquisitions in Taylor, Levy, Citrus, and Her- nando Counties, Florida. x Gluckman, David 1983d. Impact of the National Environmental Policy Act on preservation and protection of manatees. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/manage- ment plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 317-320. Dec. 1983. -Discusses this 1970 federal act's requirement that Environmental Impact Statements be pre- pared in advance of "major federal actions," and points out that, although this act lacks provisions for preventing potential harm identified by this process, other laws can and should be used to do so. x Gluckman, David; & Hamann, Richard 1983. Annotated list of laws and regulations relevant to protection of West Indian manatees and their habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/ management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 174-184. Dec. 1983. -Includes 15 federal acts, 4 articles of the Florida Constitution, and 30 Florida statutes. Gmelin, D. 1892. Zur Morphologie der Papilla vallata und foliata. Arch. Mikr. Anat., 40: 1-28. 1 pi. -Sirs., 18. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich 1788. Caroli a Linni,... Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, spe- cies, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Impensis Georg. Emanuel. Beer, 1-500. -Allen 405. The (posthumous) thirteenth ed. of Linnaeus' Systema Naturae. Trichechus Dugong and T. Manatus australis (= T. manatus + T. senegalensis), 60; T. M. borealis (= Hydrodamalis gigas), 61. Godina, Giovanni: SEE Amprino & Godina, 1947. Godman, F.D.: SEE Murie, J., 1880. Godman, John Davidson 1828. American natural history. Vol III. Part I. Mas- tology. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Carey, 1-264. -Allen 711. Ed. 2, 1831 (Allen 760); text identical. Sirs., 39-55. x Goebel, Ad. 1862. Chemische Untersuchung der Rippen der Rhytina. Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg, (3)5: 188-193. May 16, 1862 (read Apr. 18, 1862). -Chemical analysis of a rib of Hydrodamalis revealed no differences from bone of other mammals. The preservation of collagen ("Knor- pel"), capillaries, and probable fat cells is also noted (189-190). Goeje, C.H. de 1928. The Arawak language of Guiana. Amsterdam. -Origins of the name "manati," 30, 259. x Goeldi, Emil August 1893. Os mammiferos do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro, Alves & C (Monographias NUMBER 80 133 Brasileiras No. 1), iii + 181. -Lists the Family Manatidae under Cetacea (13); notes the distribution of "Manatus americanus (latirostris)" and "M. inunguis" in Brazil; briefly describes their habits, economic and medicinal uses, and hunting, and an attempt to bring a young M. americanus to London (119-121). A dairy cow was brought along to nourish it, but the manatee died of cold en route. Notes that "manati" is an indigenous name (165). Goeldi, Emil August 1897. Brasilianische Reptilien. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., 10: 640-676. x Goeldi, Emil August; & Hagmann, Gottfried 1904. Prodromo de um catalogo critico, commentado da colleccao de mammiferos no Museu do Pari (1894-1903). Bol. Mus. Goeldi (Mus. Paraense) Hist. Nat. Ethnogr., 4(1): 38-106, 119-122. Feb. 1904. -Records four skeletons of Manatus inunguis in the collection, from various localities from Iquitos (Peru) to the mouth of the Amazon, and one living specimen from the Rio Purus captive since Sep. 1902. All the skeletons have 14 pairs of ribs and lack nails on the digits (89-90). Goettert, Liesel 1966. Verhaltensweisen einer Seekuh. Natw. Rundschau, 19(5): 202. -Abstr. of J. Kinzer(1966). Gohar, H.A.F. 1944. [Dugong captured in the Red Sea.] Ann. Rept. Marine Biol. Station, Fac Sci. Fouad I Univ. (Cairo), 1942-1943: 34-36. Gohar, H.A.F. 1957. The Red Sea dugong. Publ. Marine Biol. Station Al-Ghardaqa Red Sea, No. 9: 3-49. 1 tab. 17 figs. 3 pis. -A careful and detailed account, based on 16 specimens, emphasizing external morphology, skin, and hair (6-15), the masticating plates (16-23), the tongue (24-29), the external genita- lia (30-35), and internal parasites (43-45, 48). Defends the functional importance of the "vestig- ial" lower incisor alveoli as sites of anchorage for the masticating plate (21-22). Regards the Red Sea population as a valid subspecies, Dugong dugong [sic] tabernaculi (35-40). Describes (perhaps on the basis of information from fisher- men?) a very unlikely-sounding mode of grazing, in which dugongs purportedly uproot seagrasses with the flippers, stack them in heaps, and then return to consume them in the same order (42)! Argues that dugongs may well have contributed to mermaid legends (46-47). x Golder, F.A. 1922. Bering's voyages: an account of the efforts of the Russians to determine the relation of Asia and America.... Volume I: The log books and official reports of the first and second expeditions 1725-1730 and 1733-1742 with a chart of the second voyage by Ellsworth P. Bertholf. Amer. Geogr. Soc. Research Series, No. 1: x + 371. 15 figs. 1 pi. -Vol. 2 (1925) is listed here as G.W Steller (1925). This vol. contains brief comments on Steller's sea cow from Kharlam Yushin's journal (237), a description of the hunting technique from Sofron Khitrov's journal (238), and further brief remarks by Sven Waxell (279). All were officers of Bering's second expedition and hence eyewit- nesses. Also contains a valuable bibliographic essay and annotated bibliography on Bering's expeditions and related topics (349-371). Goldfuss, Georg August 1820. Handbuch der Zoologie.... Zweite Abtheilung. In the series: Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. Von Dr. G[otthilf]. H[einrich von]. Schubert. Dritter Theil. Zweite Abtheilung. Niirnberg, Johann Leonhard Schrag, xxiv + 510. -Allen 588. Sirs., 336-339. x Goldman, Edward A. 1920. Mammals of Panama. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 69(5): 1-309. 39 pis. 1 map. Apr. 26, 1920. -Records and distribution of T. manatus in Panama (68-71). Quotes Dampier at length (69-71) on the habits of the manatee and the Moskito Indians' techniques of harpooning it. x Goldsmith, Paul 1986. Undomesticated animals and plants. Fish. In: A. Hansen & D.E. McMillan (eds.), Food in sub- Saharan Africa. Boulder (Colorado), Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc. (410 pp.), 229-238. -States that the Bajuni people of East Africa use remoras to catch dugongs and sea turtles (231). Goldstein, E.: SEE Pilson & Goldstein, 1972?. Golley, F.B.: SEE Caldwell & Golley, 1965. Golpe Posse, J.M.: SEE Crusafont-Pair6 & Golpe Posse, 1975. Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1554. La historia general delas Indias, con todos los descubrimientos, y cosas notables que han acaes- cido enellas, dende que se ganeron hasta agora, .... Ahadiose de nueuo la descripcion y traqa delas Indias, con una tabla alphabetica delas prouin- 134 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY cias, islas, puereos, ciudades, y nombres de conquistadores y varones principales que alia han passado. Antwerp, Iuan Steelsio, ff. 1-287. -Allen 9. Publ. earlier at Saragossa, 1552-1553. Manati, chap. 31, ff. 37-38. Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1606. Histoire generalle des Indes occidentales, et terres neuues, qui iusques a present ont esti de- scouuertes. Augmentee en ceste cinquiesme edi- tion de la description de la nouuelle Espagne, & de la grande ville de Mexicque, autrement nommee, Tenuctilan. Composee en Espagnol par Franqois Lopez de Gomara, & traduite en Franqois par le S. de Genilli Marr. Fumie. Paris, Michel Sonnius, ff. 4, 1-485 + 19. -Allen 40. Manati, chap. 31, f. 41 (2 pages). Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1749. Historia de las Indias. In: Historiadores primiti- vos de las Indias occidentales, que junto, traduxo en parte, y facd a luz, ilustrados con eruditas notas, y copiosos indices, el ilustrissimo Sehor D. Andres Gonzalez Barcia, del Consejo, y camara de S. M. Divididos en tres tomos. Tomo /[-///]. Madrid (3 vols.). -Allen 248. Manati, 2: chap. 31, p. 25. External characters and habits, one half page, x Gomez, Edgardo D. 1983. Sea cows on stamps of the world. Bio-Philately (Biology Unit, Amer. Topical Assoc), 32(2): 121. -Expands D.N. Riemer's (1982) list of sir. stamps to 28. x G6mez Llueca, Federico 1919. El Mioceno marino de Muro (Mallorca). Trab. Mus. Nac. Cienc Nat. (Madrid), Ser. Geol, No. 25: 1-75. 19 figs. 17 pis. -Describes DP/5-M/3 and caudal vertebra of Metaxytherium Cuvieri from the Helvetian of Mallorca (54-59, 61, 64, pis. 16-17). Goncalves, Lopes 1904. The Amazon: historical, chorographical and sta- tistical outline up to the year 1903.... First Edition. New York, Hugo J. Hanf, 1-117 (Portuguese text); 1-112 (Engl. text). Tabs. -Mention of "manatus americanus," 37 (Port, text), 34 (Engl. text). Statistics on production of manatee meat and mixira in the state of Amazo- nas, Brazil, tabs. 1,6, 17, 18. x Gondim, Joaquim 1938. Etnografia indigena (estudos realizados em vdrias regioes do Amazonas, no periodo de 1921 a 1926). Volume I. Ceani (Brazil), Editora Fortaleza, 1-69. Illus. -The Pirahan tribe's name for the manatee is given on p. 12 a&pirdrien. Gonzlles, Anastasio Alfaro: SEE Alfaro Gonzales, Anasta- sio. Gonzales Bermudez, Fernando M.: SEE Sokolov, V.E. (ed.), 1986. Goodman, Morris: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990; De Jong et al.; Kleinschmidt et al., 1986; Miyamoto & Goodman, 1986; Shoshani et al. Goodwin, George G. 1942. Mammals of Honduras. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 79(2): 107-195. May 29, 1942. -Gen. acc. of T. manatus (187); no specimens from Honduras cited, x Goodwin, George G. 1946a. The end of the great northern sea cow. Nat. Hist. (New York), 55(2): 56-61. 5 figs. Feb. 1946. -Detailed pop. acc. of Bering's voyage, the Bering Island fauna, and the sea cow, with excerpts from Steller's account. The artist's rendition of Hydrodamalis, though inaccurate in other respects, at least has the unusual merit of showing the forelimb as hook-shaped rather than flipperlike, x Goodwin, George G. 1946b. Mammals of Costa Rica. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 87(5): 271-473. 50 figs. PI. 17. 1 map. Dec. 31, 1946. -Gen. acc. of sirs, and T. manatus, citing Costa Rican records from Frantzius (444-445). Goodwin, George G. 1949. Whales, porpoises and sea cows. Part II. Toothed whales, porpoises, and sea cows or manatees. Audubon Nature Bull, Ser. 19, No. 10: 1-4. 6 figs. -Manatee, 4. Goodwin, H.A.; & Goodwin, J.M. 1973. List of mammals which have become extinct or are possibly extinct since 1600. IUCNOccas.Pap.,%: 1-21. Goodwin, J.M.: SEE Goodwin, H.A., & Goodwin, J.M., 1973. Goodwin, R.; & Thompson, P. 1991. Florida takes steps to make its waterways safer for manatees and boaters. Florida Nat., 64(3): 11-12. Illus. Gopalakrishnan, V: SEE Jhingran & Gopalakrishnan, 1974. Gordon, Bernard: SEE Gordon, Esther, & Gordon, Bernard, 1977. NUMBER 80 135 Gordon, Esther, & Gordon, Bernard 1977. Once there was a giant sea cow. Henry Z. Walck. -Children's book on Hydrodamalis. Gorgas, M. 1971. Der zoologische Garten von Rangun. Zs. KolnerZoo, 14(1): 25-32. —Engl. summ. Gorry, J.D. 1963. Studies in the comparative anatomy of the gan- glion basale of Meynert (Mammalia). Acta Anat., 55(1-2): 51-104. -Compares 35 species, including sirs. Gosse, Philip Henry 1860-1861. The romance of natural history. Ser. 1 &2. London. -Many eds., 1841-1903. x Gosse, Philip Henry; & Hill, Richard 1851. A naturalist's sojourn in Jamaica. London, Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans, [v]-xxiv + 508. Frontisp. 7 pis. -Observations of manatees in Jamaica (341-346, 348-349) and Haiti (346-347), with measure- ments, details of appearance, and past prices in Jamaican meat markets. Quotes Purchas on a tame manatee once kept by natives of Hispaniola (347-348). Goto, Doji: SEE Kaneko & Goto, 1992. Goto, Hidehiko: SEE Kimura, Sato, & Goto, 1978. D Goto, Masatoshi; & Kuga, Naoyuki 1984. Fossil elasmobranchs occurred with desmostylians in Japan. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 45-49. 1 tab. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Gottlieb, Hedwig 1914. Die Antiklinie der Wirbelsaule der Saugetiere. Morph. Jahrb., 49: 179-220. 2 figs. Pis. 8-11. -Sirs., 190, 210. Gould, John 1863. The mammals of Australia. London, printed for the author by Taylor & Francis (3 vols. + atlas, 1845-1863). -Dugongs, 1: xxxix-xxxx. Graef, Walter: SEE Ebner & Graef, 1977. Graham, Bob: SEE Appendix 1: Florida Conservation News, Nov. 1979. Graham, Frank, Jr. 1979. A new hand in wildlife business. Audubon, 81(3): 94-113. May 1979. -Mention of T. manatus. x Graham, Samuel Cecil 1909. Captive sea cow and 'gator. Forest & Stream, 72(11): 413. 2 figs. Mar. 13, 1909. -Pop. acc. of a manatee kept by Mr. S. Hendry in a private garden at Indian River, Florida; mentions high manatee mortality "in the unprecedented cold" of Dec. 1894-Feb. 1895. Grainger, D. 1978. Animals in peril. A guide to the endangered animals of Canada and the United States. Toronto, Pagurian Press Ltd., 1-192. Illus. Grandidier, Alfred; & Grandidier, Guillaume 1928. Histoire, physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar. Tome 4. Ethnographie de Madagas- car. Paris, Impr. Nationale, 4 vols. -Sirs., 4: 245, fh. 1. Grandstaff, Barbara Smith: SEE Gallagher et al., 1989. Grant, C.W 1840. Memoir to illustrate a geological map of Cutch. Trans. Geol. Soc London, (2)5(2): 289-326. Pis. 20-26. -?Reprinted: Madras Jour. Lit. Sci., 12: 309- 371? Reports sir. rib fragments, probably from rocks of the Chattian-Aquitanian Aida Stage. According to Sahni & Mishra (1975: 35), this was the first record of fossil sirs, in India. Gratiolet, L. 1901. Note sur les lamantins du Niger. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), 1901(6): 248-250. Grauwiler, Jules 1965. Herz und Kreislauf der Saugetiere. Basel, Birkhauser Verlag, 1-191. Illus. Graves, Brent M.: SEE Mackay-Sim et al., 1985. Gray, F.; & Zann, Leon (eds.) 1988. Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work- shop Ser., No. 8: x + 196. Illus. -Includes an Executive Summary; 14 papers (7 of which, by A. Smith, Davis, Bradley, Prince, Marsh, Baldwin, and G. Anderson, respectively, are cited in this bibliography); and excerpts compiled by the eds. from oral presentations and discussions by Aboriginal and Islander represen- tatives (42-53). These latter excerpts include numerous interesting items of dugong lore. Con- cludes with recommendations, summary, and list of participants (188-196). Gray, Jane 1988. Evolution of the freshwater ecosystem: the fossil record. 136 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclim. PalaeoecoL, 62(1-4): 1-214. Jan. 1988. x Gray, John Edward 1821. On the natural arrangement of vertebrose animals. London Med. Reposit., 15(88): 296-310. Apr. 1, 1821?[/ta?Husar] -Includes and diagnoses, in his classification of the Class Cetaceae, Order Herbivorae (309), the families Manatidae (new family, comprising Ma- natus or Trichechus Manatus) and Dugongidae (new family, comprising Dugongidus [new genus] or Trichechus Dugong). x Gray, John Edward 1825. An outline of an attempt at the disposition of Mammalia into tribes and families, with a list of the genera apparently appertaining to each tribe. Ann. Philos., 26 (= n.s. 10), (5): 337-344. Nov. 1825. —Tentatively includes in the Order Cetae the Family Manatidae with genus Manatus (340, 344), and the (new) Family Halicoridae with genera Halicora (sic) and Stellerus (341, 344). Gray, John Edward 1827. Mammalia. In: E. Griffith (ed.), The animal kingdom with its organization by the Baron Cuvier. London, G.B. Whittaker. -Dugong, 379-386. Gray, John Edward 1830-1835. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of Major-General Hardwicke. London, Treuttel, Wurtz, Treuttel, Jun. & Richter, 2 vols. 202 pis. -Depicts Halicore dugung, 2: pi. 23. Gray, John Edward 1850. Catalogue of the specimens of Mammalia in the collection of the British Museum. Part I. Cetacea. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., xii + 153. 8 pis. -Sirs., 139-144. Gray, John Edward 1857. Observations on the species of the genus Manatus. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 25: 59-61. Read Apr. 28, 1857. Gray, John Edward 1861. Zoological notes on perusing Mr. Du Chaillu's "Adventures in Equatorial Africa." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)8: 60-65. July 1861. Gray, John Edward 1862. Observations on Mr. Du Chaillu's paper on "The new species of mammals" discovered by him in western Equatorial Africa. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1861(3): 273-278. Apr. 1862. Gray, John Edward 1864. On the Cetacea which have been observed in the seas surrounding the British Isles. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864(2): 195-248. 24 figs. Nov. 1864 (read May 24, 1864). -Agrees that Stewart's (1801) animal was a manatee (247-248). x Gray, John Edward 1865. On the species of manatees (Manatus), and on the difficulty of distinguishing such species by oste- ological characters. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)15(86): 130-139. Feb. 1865. -Reviews in detail the osteological material described by earlier authors, and concludes from study of the available samples that M. senegalen- sis and M. americanus are distinct and the only species existing in West Africa and the Caribbean, respectively. Gray, John Edward 1866. Catalogue of seals and whales in the British Museum. Ed. 2. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., viii + 402.101 figs. -Sirs., 356-366. Gray, WB. 1960. Creatures of the sea. New York, Wilfred Funk Inc., 1-216. -Capture of a Florida manatee for exhibition (24-27, 156-165, 202-209). Grayson, Stephen: SEE Elias et al., 1987. D Green, H.L.H.H. 1937. The development and morphology of the teeth of Ornithorhynchus. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc London (B), 228: 367-420. 14 figs. 18 pis. Greene, H. Gary: SEE Addicott & Greene, 1974. Greenwell, J. Richard: SEE ALSO Wagner et al., 1983. x Greenwell, J. Richard 1985. The ri: zoology and folklore (response to Sibert, Ellis, and Britton). Cryptozoology, 3: 151-154. Apr. 1985. -Responds to comments on the "ri" of New Ireland, leaning toward its identification as Neo- phocaena or some other small cetacean. Also discusses the possible sir. or cetacean origins of mermaid legends. x Greenwell, J. Richard 1987. Ri-evaluation (comment on Williams [1986]). Cryptozoology, 5: 140-144. Apr. 1987. -Reviews the history of the controversy over the "ri" of New Ireland, and praises the study of T.R. NUMBER 80 137 Williams (1986) as "the first time that a mythified animal such as a 'mermaid' has been located first-hand and identified zoologically"—in this case, as a dugong. x Gregory, Joseph T. 1941. The rostrum of Felsinotherium ossivalense. Geol Surv. Florida Geol Bull, No. 22: 27-47. 2 figs. 2 pis. -Describes a previously lost partial skull from Bone Valley, Florida, photographs of which had been published by Simpson (1932a: 452, fig. 12). Gregory, William King 1910. The orders of mammals. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 27: 1-524. 32 figs. Feb. 1910. -Revs.: Nature (London), 84: 216?; Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)30: 88? Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 16(3): 50. Sirs., 78, 82, 406-409, 423, 430, 452. Gregory, William King 1920. Studies in comparative myology and osteology: No. IV—A review of the evolution of the lacrymal bone of vertebrates with special refer- ence to that of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42(2): 95-263. 3 tabs. 196 figs. PI. 17. Dec. 4, 1920. -Abstr.: Sci. Prog., 16: 213. Sirs., 184, 245. D Gregory, William King 1951. Evolution emerging: A survey of changing pat- terns from primeval life to man. New York, Macmillan (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxvi + 736 (text); Vol. 2: viii + 1013 (illustrations). -Sirs., 1: 426-428; 2: 800-803. x Grekov, VI. 1958. Novye isvestiya o geograficheskom rasprostra- nenii vymershet morskoi korovy (Hydrodamalis stelleri). [New information on the geographic distribution of the extinct sea cow (Hydrodamalis stelleri).] Izvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Geogr., 1958(2): 95-100. 1 fig. -Discusses earlier studies of the topic, and quotes eighteenth-century testimony by Kul'kov and Shalaurov attesting to the presence of sea cows in the Near Islands and on the north coast of Siberia, respectively. Greve\ Carl A. 1897. Die geographische Verbreitung der jetzt lebenden Sirenia, nebst einer Ubersicht der ausgestorbenen Arten. Zool. Garten, 38(2): 51-60. Greve, Carl A. 1905. Was wir uber Stellers Seekuh wissen. Korresblt. Naturf. Ver. Riga, 48: 145-156. 4 figs. 1 map. -See also Anon. (1911). Grew, Nehemiah 1681. Musaeum Regalis Societatis. Or a catalogue & description of the natural and artificial rarities belonging to the Royal Society and preserved at Gresham Colledge.... Whereunto is subjoyned the comparative anatomy of stomachs and guts. London, printed for the author by W. Rawlins, 386 + 42.31 pis. -Allen 120. Sirs., etc., 81-103. Griffith, Edward; et al. 1827-1834. The animal kingdom arranged in confor- mity with its organization, by the Baron Cuvier... with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. London, Geo. B. Whittaker, 15 vols. Illus. -The Mammalia constitute vols. 1-4 (1827). Includes Manatus senegalensis. Grigorescu, Dan 1967. Asupra prezenfei unor fragmente scheletice de sirenide din Paleogenul de la Albesti-Muscel. (La presence de quelques fragments squelettiques de sireniens au Pal6ogene d'Albes.ti-Muscel.) Anal. Univ. Bucuresti, Ser. Stiint,. Nat. (GeoL- Geogr.), 16(1): 73-78. 2 pis. ' -In Romanian; French & Russian summs. Reports remains "cf. Halitherium" from Ypresian-lower Lutetian (Eocene) deposits in southeastern Roma- nia. Grillet, Jean; & Bechamel, Francis 1698. Voyages and discoveries in South-America.... The third from Cayenne into Guiana, in search of the Lake of Parima, reputed the richest place in the world. By M. Grillet and Bechamel.... [pt. iii.] A journal of the travels of John Grillet, and Francis Bechamel into Gviana, in the year, 1674. In order to discover the great Lake of Parima and the many cities said to be situated on its banks, and reputed the richest in the world. London, Samuel Buckley, viii + 190 + 79 + 68 [= pt. iii]. 2 maps. -Allen 143. See also Acuna (1698). Harpooning and export of manatee, 63. x Grimwood, Ian R. 1968. Endangered mammals in Peru. Oryx, 9(6): 411-421. Pis. 8-10. Dec. 1968. -Summ. of Grimwood (1969). T. inunguis, 418. x Grimwood, Ian R. 1969. Notes on the distribution and status of some Peruvian mammals: 1968. Amer. Comm. Internatl. Wild Life Protect. & New York Zool. Soc, Spec. Publ, No. 21: 1-89. Illus. 138 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Summ.: Grimwood (1968). Describes the distri- bution of T inunguis in Peru, noting its severe depletion by hunting and its persistence in the proposed Rio Samiria and Rio Pacaya preserves. Reports that two traders brought 10,000 kg of dried manatee meat from the Rio Putumayo in 1958 (61). Grinnell, S.W.: SEE Irving et al., 1941. Grive, J. 1964. Consid6r€e comme 6teinte au 18e siecle, la rhytine vivrait encore. Nature (Paris), No. 3348: 152-153. 1 fig. -Discusses the possible survival of Hydro- damalis. Gromova, Vera Isaakovna 1950. Opredelitel' mlekopitayushchikh SSSR po ko- styam skeleta. Vypusk 1. Opredelitel' pokrupnym trubchatym kostyam. Tekst i al'bom risunkov. [Key to the mammals of the USSR based on skeletal bones. Issue 1. Key based on the large tubular bones. Text and album of drawings.] Tr. Kom. Izuch. Chetvertichn. Perioda, 9(1 A): 1-240 (text), 9(1B): 1-108 (album). —Includes Hydrodamalis stelleri. Grube, E. 1873. Uber die pflanzenfressenden Cetaceen. 50. Jahresber. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Kult. (1872), 1873: 49-51. Grubel da Silva, Kleber: SEE ALSO Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a, 1992b. Grubel da Silva, Kleber; Paludo, Danielle; Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de; Pinto de Lima, Regis; & Soavinski, Ricardo Jose" 1992. Distribuicao e ocorrencia do peixe-boi marinho (Trichechus manatus) no estudrio do Rio Maman- guape, Paraiba—Brasil. Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 6-18. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Grubel da Silva, Kleber; Soavinski, Ricardo Jos6; Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de; & Kohler, Maria CMudia M. 1992. Alimenta9ao, crescimento e comportamento em cativeiro de um filhote 6rfao de peixe-boi marinho (Trichechus manatus, Linnaeus, 1758). Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 33-41. 2 tabs. Gruchet, H. 1973. La capture d'un dugong dans le canal de Mozam- bique. Info-Nature, No. 9: 46-48. x Gruvel, A. 1903. Revision des Cirrhipedes appartenant a la collec- tion du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle.... Oper- cul6s. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. (4)5: 95-170. 4 pis. -Describes a barnacle, "Chelonobia" [properly Chelonibia] manati, n.sp., from the skin of a Manatus senegalensis from the Congo (116-120, pis. 2, 4). Gruvel, A. 1921. Expose" d'un voeu pour la creation de reserves de tortues marines et dugongs sur les cotes de Madagascar. Commn. Soc. Nat. Acclimation France. Gruvel, A. 1922. Voeu pour la protection des tortues marines et des dugongs de Madagascar. Sur les longoustes et les langoustes et les huitres perlieres de Madagascar. Bull. Soc Nat. Acclimation France, No. 4: 74-76. Apr. 1922. Grzimek, Bernhard: SEE Thenius et al., 1987. Gudernatsch, J.F. 1908a. Zur Anatomie und Histologic des Verdauungs- traktes von Halicore Dugong Erxl I. Mund- hohle. Morph. Jahrb., 37(4): 586-613. 19 figs. PI. 14. Jan. 7, 1908. -Abstr.: Amer. Naturalist, 41(490): 665, 1907? x Gudernatsch, J.F. 1908b. Manatus latirostris Harl. Biologische und mor- phologische Beitrage. Zool Jahrb., Abt. Syst., 27(3): 225-236. 3 figs. PI. 9. -Describes the external anatomy, behavior, care, and pathology of Florida manatees kept at the New York Aquarium. Gudernatsch, J.F. 1909. Zur Anatomie und Histologic des Verdauungs- traktes der Sirenia. II. Die Zunge von Manatus latirostris Harl. Morph. Jahrb., 40: 184-194. 3 figs. 1 pi. Gutiin, Claude: SEE Prieur & Gutiin, 1991. Gutiin-Mtiieville, Ftiix-Edouard 1829-1844. lconographie du Regne Animal de G. Cuvier; ou reprisentation d'apres nature de I'une des especes les plus remarquables, et souvent non encore figuries, de chaque genre d animaux. Avec un text descriptif mis au courant de la science. Ouvrage pouvant servir d'atlas d tous les traitis de zoologie. Paris & London, J. B. Bailliere, 3 vols. + atlas. -Depicts Manatus americanus and Halicore du- gung, pi. 46. GueYin-M6neville, F61ix-Edouard 1841. [Remarks concerning de Blainville's report of a memoir by de Christol on Metaxytherium, etc.] Rev. Mag. Zool (Paris), 1841: 86-91. -See Blainville, H.M.D. de (1841). Guerrero, R.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. Guettard, Jean-Etienne 1768. Mimoires sur differentes parties des sciences et arts. Tome 1. NUMBER 80 139 Paris, L. Prault, cxxvi + 439. Pis. -Discusses a fossil "vache marine" (7, pis. 6, 8), later dubbed Manatus guettardi by de Blainville (1844) (= Halitherium schinzii). x Guimaraes, Joao Joaquim da Silva 1854. Diccionario da lingua geral dos Indios do Brasil, .... Bahia, Typ. de Camillo de Lellis Masson & Ca.: [v] + 59. -Name for the manatee in lingua geral given on p. 45: { "Peixe boi, Goaraba."} Guise, R.E. 1899. On the tribes inhabiting the mouth of the Wanigela River, New Guinea. Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Britain & Ireland, 28(= n.s. 1): 205-219. Read [by TV Holmes] Nov. 8, 1898. Gulliver, G. 1878. Measurements of the red blood corpuscles of the American manatee (M. latirostris) and Beluga leucas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)2: 172-174. Gumilla, Joseph 1745. El Orinoco ilustrado, y defendido, historia natu- ral, civil, y geographica de este gran rio, y de sus caudolosas vertientes: govierno, usos, y costum- bres de los Indios sus habitadores, con neuvas, y utiles noticias de animales, arboles, frutos, aceytes, refinas, yervas, y raices medicinales; y sobre todo, se hallardn convetsiones muy singu- lar es a N. Santa Fi, y casos de mucha edifica- cion.... Segunda impresion, revista y augmentada por su mismo autor, y dividida en dos partes. Madrid, Manuel Fernandez (2 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-403. Pis. 1 map. -Allen 231. Various later eds. Manati, 1, chap. 21: 225-228 or 319-327?, pi. 2. Gives an interesting description of the morphology, behavior, and hunting of Trichechus manatus in the Orinoco region. Gumilla's account is particularly notewor- thy for his eyewitness observation of a female manatee with twin fetuses; this was the first, and for over two centuries the only, evidence of twinning in sirenians. Gumilla, Joseph 1758. Histoire naturelle, civile et geographique de L'Orenoque. Et des principales riviires qui s'y jettent. Dans laquelle on traite du gouvernement, des usages & des cofitumes des Indiens qui I'habitent, des animaux, des arbres des fruits, des resines, des herbes & des racines midicinales qui naissent dans le pais. On y a joint le ditail de plusieurs conversions remarquables & idifian- tes.... Traduite de I'Espagnol sur la seconde edition, par M. Eidous.... Avignon, Veuve de F. Girard; Marseille, D. SibieS & Jean Mossi (3 vols.). -Allen 278. Transl. of Gumilla (1745). Manati, 2, chap. 21:43-55. Gumilla, Joseph 1791. Historia natural, civil y geografica de las naciones situadas en las riveras del Rio Orinoco.... Nueva impresion: mucho mas correcta que las anteri- ores, y adornada con ocho Idminas finas, que manifiestan las costumbres y ritos de aquellos Americanos. Corregido por el P. Ignacio Ob- regdn.... Barcelona, Impr. de Carlos Gibert y Tut6 (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xvi + 360. Pis. 1 map. Vol. 2: 1-352. -Allen 416. Manati, 1, chap. 21: 281-289. Gundlach, Juan 1866. Revista y catalogo de los mamiferos cubanos. Repert. Fisico-nat. de Cuba, 2(2): 56. Gundlach, Juan 1877. Contribucion a la mamalogia Cubana. Havana, Impr. G. Montiel y Comp., 1-53. -Also publ. in Ann. Real Acad. Cienc. Mid. Fis. Nat. Habana, 1877. Engl, transl.: Gundlach (1895). Mention of Manatus, 49-50. x Gundlach, Juan 1895. Notes on Cuban mammals. Abstr. Proc Linn. Soc. New York, No. 7: 13-20. -Abridged transl. of Gundlach (1877). P. 20: {"I have not observed or seen the maritime mammals. There have been observed:... 2. Manatus -Manati; lives in different localities."} x Gunter, Gordon 1941a. Occurrence of the manatee in the United States, with records from Texas. Jour. Mamm., 22(1): 60-64. Feb. 14, 1941. -Reviews miscellaneous records of manatees from Texas, Louisiana, and northern Mexico, and comments on their tooth-row structure, bone density, temperature tolerance, and distribution. Concludes that manatees in Texas are strays from Mexico and that a temperature barrier prevents a northward extension of their range. x Gunter, Gordon 1941b. The manatee, a rare Texas mammal. Proc. Texas Acad. Sci., 24: 12-13. -Essentially an abstr. of Gunter (1941a). x Gunter, Gordon 1942. Further miscellaneous notes on American mana- tees. Jour. Mamm., 23(1): 89-90. Feb. 14, 1942. -Discusses specimens from Texas, Florida, and elsewhere, and their temperature tolerance and distribution. Gunter, Gordon 1944. Texas manatees. 140 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Texas Game & Fish., 2(9): 9, 11. Aug. 1944. x Gunter, Gordon 1954. Mammals of the Gulf of Mexico. In: PS. Galtsoff (coordinator), Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life. Fishery Bull. Fish & Wildl. Serv., Vol. 55 (= Fishery Bull, 89): 543-551. -Account of the distribution and habits of T. manatus (543-545). Includes an excerpt from an unpubl. MS. by CM. Scammon on two captive Florida manatees observed at Key West in 1880 (544-545). x Gunter, Gordon; & Corcoran, Gerald 1981. Mississippi manatees. Gulf Res. Rept., 7(1): 97-99. -Argues against recognition of the separate subspecies T. m. manatus and T. m. latirostris; summarizes manatee records on the northern Gulf Coast and reports new Mississippi occurrences in 1979 and 1980 (the first reports from this state). x Gunter, Gordon; & Perry, Allison 1983. A 1981 sighting of Trichechus manatus in Mississippi. Jour. Mamm., 64(3): 513. Aug. 18, 1983. -Reports a manatee caught in a shrimp trawl in the Mississippi Sound on Dec. 3, 1981. Gupta, A.N.: SEE Sharma & Gupta, 1971. x Gut, H. James 1939. Hitherto unrecorded vertebrate fossil localities in south-central Florida. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci., 1938(3): 50-53. -Lists "Trichechus sp." from the following Pleistocene localities: Sanford and the Wekiva River, Seminole County; Seminole Springs, Lake County; and Rock Springs, Orange County. Guyana, National Science Research Council: SEE Anony- mous, 1973a, 1974c. Gyorffyn6-Mottl, Maria: SEE Mottl, Maria von. H Hackley, Richard S. 1822. Titles and legal opinions thereon, of lands in East Florida belonging to Richard S. Hackley, Esq Brooklyne (New York), G.L. Birch. -Sirs., 100. Haddad, Kenneth D.: SEE Reynolds & Haddad, 1990; Weigle & Haddad, 1990. Haddon, Alfred Cort 1890. The ethnography of the Western Tribe of Torres Straits. Jour. Anthrop. Inst., 19: 297. -Illustrates Mabuiag and Badu women with dugong totems cut into their backs. Haddon, Alfred Cort (ed.) 1901-1935. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press (6 vols, in 7). -Repr.: New York, Johnson Repr. Corp., 1971. Sirs., vols. 4-6 (1912, 1904, 1908, respectively). Haddon, Alfred Cort 1932. Headhunters: black, white, and brown. London, Watts & Co. (The Thinker's Library No. 26; abridged ed.), 1-244. Illus. -Clan on Mabuiag Is., Torres Straits, named after the dugong (74-77); dugong and turtle fishing (148-157). Haddon, Alfred Cort 1977. The decorative art of British New Guinea. New York, AMS Press, 1-278. -Reprint of 1894 ed. Dugong, 22, 27, 28. Haeckel, Ernst 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. Allge- meine Grundzuge der organischen Formen- Wissenschaft, mechanisch begrixndet durch die von Charles Darwin reformierte Deszendenz- Theorie. II. Allgemeine Entwicklungsgeschichte der Organismen. Kritische Grundzuge der mechanischen Wissenschaft von den entstehenden Formen der Organismen, begriindet durch die Deszendenz-Theorie. Berlin, clx + 462. 9 pis. -Sirs., vol. 2, tab. 8. Haeckel, Ernst 1868. Naturliche Schopfungsgeschichte. Berlin, G. Reimer, xvi + 568. Illus. -First ed. Engl, ed., 1876; ed. 10, 1902. Sirs., 545, 556? Haeckel, Ernst 1895. Systematische Phylogenie der Wirbelthiere (Verte- brata). Dritter Theil des Entwurfs einer systema- tischen Phylogenie. Berlin: xx + 660. -Sirs., 567. Haffner, Konstantin von 1957a. Konstruktion und Eigenschaft der Haut der vor 188 Jahren ausgerotteten Steller'schen Seekuh (Rhytina stelleri Retz.). Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 1956 (Zool. Anz. Supplementband 20): 312-316. 2 figs. Haffner, Konstantin von 1957b. Bau, Eigenschaften und ehemalige Verwendung der Haut der seit 1768 ausgerotteten Steller'schen Seekuh (Rhytina stelleri Retz.). Mitt. Hamburg Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 107-136. 1 tab. 18 figs. 3 pis. Sep. 1957. Hagen, Victor W von 1940. The Mosquito Coast of Honduras and its inhabi- tants. Geogr. Review, 30: 238-259. Hagey, L.R.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Hagmann, Gottfried: SEE Goeldi & Hagmann, 1904. Hahn, Eduard 1896. Die Haustiere und ihre Beziehungen zur Wirt- schaft des Menschen. Eine geographische Studie. Leipzig, Duncker & Humblot, x + 581. 1 map. -Sirs., 24-25. x Haigh, M.D. 1991. The use of manatees for the control of aquatic weeds in Guyana. Irrigation & Drainage Systems, 5(4): 339-349. 1 tab. 1 fig. 2 pis. -Summarizes the experience gained in Guyana and recommends guidelines for manatee use in countries with similar conditions. Recommends in particular a population density between 0.5 and 1.4 manatees per hectare of water surface in turbid water, depending on whether they are used for maintenance or initial clearing of the waterway, respectively. Haimendorff, Christoph Fiihrer von: SEE Fiihrer von Haimendorff, Christoph. Hale, Herbert M.; & Tindale, Norman B. 1934. Aborigines of Princess Charlotte Bay, North Queensland. Part II. 141 142 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Recs. South Austral. Mus., 5(2): 117-172. Figs. 140-250. -Rock paintings of ?dugongs, 149, 150, 152-153; vernacular names, 162; dugong skulls, 127. Hale, Wendy: SEE Delaney et al., 1985. Haley, Delphine 1978a. Steller sea cow. In: D. Haley (ed.), Marine mammals of eastern North Pacific and Arctic waters. Seattle, Pacific Search Press (256 pp.), 236-241. 3 figs. -Ed. 2, 1986 (296 pp.), 264-269 (text updated with mention of a skeleton found in 1983). Haley, Delphine 1978b. Saga of Steller's sea cow. Nat. Hist. (New York), 87(9): 9-17. 6 figs. Nov. 1978. -Adapted from Haley (1978a). x Haley, Delphine 1980. The great northern sea cow: Steller's gentle siren. Oceans, 13(5): 7-11. 7 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1980. -Pop. acc. of Hydrodamalis gigas and its evolu- tion, with a new reconstruction of the animal by Dugald Stermer and D. Domning. x Hall, Alice J. 1984. Man and manatee: can we live together? Natl. Geogr. Mag., 166(3): 400-413. Cover photo + 15 figs. Sep. 1984. -Portfolio of excellent underwater photos of manatees at Crystal River and Blue Spring, Florida. Hall, B.K.: SEE Miyake et al., 1992. D Hall, CA.,Jr. 1958. Geology and paleontology of the Pleasanton area, Alameda and Contra Costa Counties, California. Univ. Calif. Publ Geol. Sci., 34: 1-90. Hall, Carlton R.: SEE Provancha & Hall, 1991. Hall, E. Raymond; & Dalquest, Walter W. 1963. The mammals of Veracruz. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14(4): 167-363. -Sirs., 348-349. x Hall, E.S., Jr. 1971. Kangiguksuk—a cultural reconstruction of a six- teenth century Eskimo site in northern Alaska. Arctic Anthropology, 8(1): 1-101. -Reports a rib identified as that of "Steller's sea cow," with man-made cuts and gashes, found in a living site together with fossil mammoth and bison fragments (23, 34, 52). The site is well north of Bering Strait. See also Whitmore & Gard (1977). D Halstead, L. Beverly 1985. On the posture of desmostylians: a discussion of Inuzuka's "herpetiform mammals." Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 10(2): 137-144. 4 figs. Sep. 1985. -Japanese transl.: Jour. Fossil Research, 18(2): 65-68, illus., Dec. 1985. Hamann, Richard: SEE ALSO Gluckman & Hamann, 1983. x Hamann, Richard 1983a. Legal review regarding construction of marinas and docks and dredge and fill in manatee habitat and adjacent wetlands. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 185-232. 7 figs. Dec. 1983. -Discusses the potential effects on manatees of construction and dredging, and the relevant powers and responsibilities of local, state, and federal governments in Florida, and makes recom- mendations for improving manatee protection, especially in the Crystal River area, x Hamann, Richard 1983b. Legal review regarding water demands influenc- ing flow of springs that are winter refuges for manatees. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed re- search/management plan for Crystal River mana- tees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 302-309. Dec. 1983. -Reviews Florida statutes regarding groundwater resources, and recommends regulatory actions to protect the flow of springs feeding Crystal River, x Hamann, Richard 1983c. Protection afforded manatees and their habitat by the Endangered Species Act and the Marine Mammal Protection Act. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 310-316. Dec. 1983. -Analyzes the provisions of these two federal acts that are relevant to Florida manatees, and dis- cusses the meaning and implications of the term "take" in these acts. Hamidun, Mukhtar Walid 1952. Pricis sur la Mauritanie. Saint Louis (Senegal), Inst. Fondam. Afr. Noire. -Sirs., 36, 37. Hamilton, R.: SEE McCabe et al., 1978. Hamilton, Robert 1833. The natural history of the amphibious Carnivora, including the walrus and seals, also of the NUMBER 80 143 herbivorous Cetacea, &c ?Edinburgh, ?W.H. Lizars: 1-336. Figs. 31 pis. -Later eds.: Vol. 28 in W Jardine, The natural- ist's library, Edinburgh, WH. Lizars, 1839; Vol. 6 in 1837 (also 1843?) ed. of same series, Edinburgh, Lizars; London, S. Highley; Dublin, W. Curry, Jun., & Co.; Vol. 25 in 1860 ed. of same series, London, Henry G. Bohn. Sirs., 284-312; female "manatee" and calf stranded near Dieppe, 298. Sir. material on pp. 300-306 of 1860 ed.; includes pi. 27 showing "Dugungus indicus." Hamilton, W.R.: SEE Savage & Hamilton, 1973. x Hamilton, William John, Jr. 1941. Notes on some mammals of Lee County, Florida. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 25(3): 686-691. 1 fig. May 1941. -Reports an additional manatee that was killed in the 1940 freeze described by Cahn (1940); discusses tooth replacement and possible seasonal migrations and breeding. Another "natural" death is reported but not further elaborated on (687, 690-691). Hamilton's obituary in Jour. Mamm., 73(3): 693-706, Aug. 21, 1992, adds that the manatee skull collected by his wife and illustrated here was removed from the decomposing carcass "while bobbing around in a small boat in the middle of the Caloosahatchee River" (695). Hammond, D.: SEE Allen et al., 1976. Hanif, M.; & Poonai, N.O. 1968. Wildlife conservation in Guyana. Man & Nature Series (Coconut Grove, Florida, Field Res. Projects), No. 8. -Describes T. manatus and hunting for its meat, x Hanitsch, R. 1908. Guide to the zoological collections of the Raffles Museum, Singapore. Singapore, Straits Times Press, Ltd., 1-112. 21 pis. -Brief account of sirs, and of a "duyong" captured in North Borneo in 1895 and kept alive at the Museum for several weeks (13). This may have been the first recorded dugong kept in captivity. Hanna, George Dallas: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1926. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1925. Miocene marine vertebrates in Kern County, California. Science, (2)61(1568): 71-72. Jan. 16, 1925. -P. 72: ("These [bones from Sharktooth Hill] are of many groups of vertebrates, sirenians and perhaps walruses being represented in addition to those mentioned above."} These "sirenians" were certainly desmostylians. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1930. Geology of Shark-tooth Hill, Kern County, Cali- fornia. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)19(7): 65-83. 3 figs. Jul. 15, 1930. -P. 70: {"These [specimens from Sharktooth Hill] consisted of bones of dophins [sic], porpoises, seals, sea lions, whales and sea cows."} The "sea cows" in this statement (based on a letter of Mr. Charles Morrice, Dec. 10, 1929) were Desmosty- lus. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1933. Desmostylus tooth dredged in Monterey Bay. [Abstr.] Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 43: 291. -P. 291: {{"Messrs. Allyn G. Smith, John L. Nicholson and the writer did some dredging in Monterey Bay during the summer of 1930 and among other interesting objects obtained there was found a fragment of a cone of a Desmostylus tooth. The significance of the occurrence at this locality is discussed."}} Hanneberg, Peter 1984. Seychelles: refuge for a threatened nature. Fauna Flora (Stockholm), 79(6): 261-272. -In Swedish; Engl. summ. xD Hannibal, Harold 1922. Notes on Tertiary sirenians of the genus Desmo- stylus. Jour. Mamm., 3(4): 238-240. 2 pis. Nov. 2, 1922. -Briefly reviews the species of Desmostylus, and proposes the name D. cymatias for Merriam's (1906, 1911) specimens. x Hanson, Frank Blair 1919. The ontogeny and phylogeny of the sternum. Amer. Jour. Anat., 26(1): 41-115. 49 figs, in 12 pis. Sep. 1919. -Remarks on the ribs and sternum of Manatus americanus (81, 111, fig. 40). Hanstrom, B. 1965. Wulzen's cone, a capriciously occurring lobe in the mammalian hypophysis. Acta Univ. Lund., (2)1965(11): 1-15. 11 figs. -Describes the structure in Trichechus manatus latirostris. xD Hanzawa, Shoshiro; Asano, Kiyoshi; & Takai, Fuyuji 1961. Catalogue of type-specimens of fossils in Japan. Pal. Soc. Japan 25th Anniv. Vol.: vii + 422. Feb. 15, 1961. -Lists (355) the localities and locations of the types of Cornwallius tabatai Tokunaga, 1939; Desmostylella typica Nagao, 1937; Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga & Iwasaki, 1914; D. minor Nagao, 1937; D. mirabilis Nagao, 1935; andD. cf. 144 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Richard , Notice of the Plesiosaurus and other fossil reliquiae, from the State of New Jersey. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 4: 232-236. PI. 14. Read Sep. 7, 1824. -P. 236: {"There is also deposited in the Cabinet of the Academy, from the western shore of Maryland, a cervical and a caudal vertebra of a gigantic species of fossil Manatus; the vertical diameter of the former is nine inches and a half; the transverse diameter eleven inches. A fossil rib of the Manatus, was also discovered by Mr. Finch, at the same locality."} These remains were the basis for "Manatus giganteus" DeKay, 1842; however, at least the vertebrae were cetacean rather than sirenian (see Kellogg, 1966: 66). Richard Critical notices of various organic remains hitherto discovered in North America. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pennsylvania, 1(1): 46-112. Aug. 1834. -Allen 820. Repr.: Harlan (1835: 253-313). ?Abstr. in James. Edinb. N. Phil. Jour., 17: 342-362, 1834? Abstr.: Neues Jahrb. Min., 1836: 99-109 (Allen 896; in German; Manatus, 104). Mention of Manatus, 73 (278 in 1835 repr.). Richard Medical and physical researches: or original memoirs in medicine, surgery, physiology, geol- ogy, zoology, and comparative anatomy. Philadelphia, printed by Lydia R. Bailey, xxxix + 9-653. 160 figs. -Allen 852. Reprints Harlan's earlier works, including the following: 1824 (68-71), 1825a (78-83; revised), 1834 (253-313) (382-385?). , Richard Siren sex life: how a dugong impresses. BBC Wildlife, 11(12): 10-11. 1 fig. Dec. 1993. -Brief pop. acc. of Paul Anderson's discovery of lekking behavior among dugongs at Shark Bay, Australia. , William Edward North of 23 degrees; ramblings in Northern Australia. Sydney, Australasian Publ. Co., 1-265. Illus. -Describes a traditional dugong hunt in the Sir Edward Pellew Group, Australia (161-163). Francis: SEE Bartram, J., 1942. Harry Hefty manatees tagged, freed—but reluctant. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 13(12): 12. 3 figs. Sep. 1978. -Pop. acc. of the release at Merritt Island Wildlife Refuge of two captive Florida manatees from mirabilis, Nagao, 1936. x Harlan, Happold, D.CD. 1825b. 1973. The distribution of large mammals in West Africa. Mammalia, 37(1): 88-93. Happold, D.CD. 1975. Large mammals of West Africa. London, Longman Group Ltd. Hara, Motonobu: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Harcourt, Robert 1613. A relation of a voyage to Gviana. Describing the climat, scituation, fertilitie, prouisions and com- modities of that country, containing seuen prouin- ces, and other signiories within that territory: together, with the manners, customes, behauiors, and dispositions of the people. London, WWelby, 8 + 71. -Other eds.: London, 1626, 1928; Dutch transl., Harlan, Leiden, 1707, 71710. Manatee, p. 13 in 1707 ed. 1834. (entitled Scheeps-togt na Gujana, gedaan in 't Jaarl608....). Hardisky, M. 1979. Marsh habitat development: A feasible alternative to dredged material disposal. Georgia Coastline, 1(16): 5-6. Harkness, D.R.: SEE White et al., 1976, 1977. Harlan, C.F.: SEE Quiring & Harlan, 1953. x Harlan, Richard Harlan, 1824. On a species of lamantin resembling the Manatus 1835. Senegalensis (Cuvier) inhabiting the coast of East Florida. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3(2): 390- 394. PI. 13. May 1824 (read Mar. 30, 1824). -Allen 643. Abstrs.: Edinb. Jour. Sci., 2: 186, 1825 (Allen 658); A.G. Desmarest, Firussac's Bull. Sci. Nat., 4: 106-108, 1825 (Allen 656). ?Repr.: Harlan (1835: 68-71). On the basis of x Harling "two skulls, two ribs, and a strip of skin," 1993. provisionally proposes the name Manatus latiros- tris for the Florida manatee, in case external differences should be found sufficient to separate it from M. senegalensis! Harlan's specimens were collected by a Dr. Burrows (or Burroughs; see Harney K.F. Koopman, 1976) "on the Coast of East 1946. Florida, in the year 1822." Harlan also quotes from Burrows a few lines of information "ob- tained from the natives" concerning the manatee (392). x Harlan, Richard Harper, 1825a. Fauna Americana: being a description of the x Harper, mammiferous animals inhabiting North America. 1978. Philadelphia, Anthony Finley, x + 11-320. -Allen 659. A revised version appeared in Harlan (1835: 78-83?). Describes Manatus latirostris and Stellerus borealis (274-281). NUMBER 80 145 Marineland, St. Augustine, Florida, x Harper, Harry 1979. In search of mermaids: Charles Kuralt, "On the Road," at Blue Spring. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 14(6): 16. 3 figs. Mar. 1979. -Pop. acc. of the making of a videotape of manatees at Blue Spring, Florida, for a national newscast. Harper, Harry 1980. Except for boats and barges: overall manatee deaths decline. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re- sources), 15(5): 2. 3 tabs. Feb. 1980. x Harris, Tony; & Bertram, William Halsey Ricardo 1977. Dugongs in Abu Dhabi waters. Bull. [Jour.?] Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1: 5-6. Mar. 1977. -Gives data on dugongs brought to the Abu Dhabi market, Nov. 1976-Feb. 1977, and on the accidental netting of dugongs and use of their meat in the area. x Harris, Walt. K. 1912. The Australian dugong. The Lone Hand, July 1, 1912: 226-228. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of netting and harpooning techniques, processing of oil and meat, and the medicinal value of these products in treating consumption, bums, etc. Harrison, J.: SEE Howes & Harrison, 1893. Harrison, John Leonard 1964. An introduction to the mammals ofSabah. Jesselton, Malaysia (Sabah Society), 1-244. 57 figs. Harrison, John Leonard 1966. An introduction to mammals of Singapore and Malaya. Singapore, Malayan Nature Soc., 1-340. Illus. -Dugong, 249-251. Harrison, Richard J. 1969a. Reproduction and reproductive organs. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press, 253-348. 19 figs. -Sirs., 336-342. Harrison, Richard J. 1969b. Endocrine organs: hypophysis, thyroid, and adre- nal. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press, 349-390. 8 figs. -Sirs., 364-365, 381-382. Harrison, Richard J.; & King, Judith E. 1965. Marine mammals. New York, Hillary House Pubis.; London, Hutch- inson & Co., 1-192. 12 figs. -Sirs., 151-184. Harrison, Richard J.; & Ridgway, Samuel H. 1976. Deep diving in mammals. Patterns Prog. (Zool. Ser.), 1: 1-51. 3 tabs. 15 figs. Harrison, Richard J.; & Tomlinson, J.D.W. 1964. Observations on diving seals and certain other mammals. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 13: 59-69. 4 figs, x Harrisson, Tom 1965. A future for Borneo's wildlife? Oryx, 8(2): 99-104. Pis. 9-13. Aug. 1965. -Status of the dugong in Borneo and Sabah reported as uncertain; it is still hunted and accidentally netted despite legal protection in Sabah (103). x Harry, Robert Rees 1956. "Eugenie" the dugong mermaid. Pacific Discovery, 9(1): 21-27. 5 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1956. -Account of the procurement of "Eugenie" in the Palau Islands for the Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. Mentions that the dugong ate clams and sea cucumbers (22-24, 27). A postscript by the editor (Don Greame Kelley) describes its subsequent death from pneumonia and gangrene on Dec. 27, 1955 (27). Harry-Rofen, Robert Rees: SEE Harry, Robert Rees; Bayer & Harry-Rofen, 1957. x Hart, Henry Chichester 1888. By-paths of Bible knowledge. XI. Scripture natural history. II. The animals mentioned in the Bible. London, Religious Tract Soc, 1-240. Illus. -Discusses the identity of the tachash (25-27); favors its identification as the dugong (also mentioned on pp. 220 & 228). x Harting, J.E. 1878. The South American manatee in the Westminster Aquarium. Zoologist, (3)2(20): 285-287. Aug. 1878. -Gen. acc. of manatees and of the second "Manatus americanus" [= T manatus] brought alive to England. Harting, Paul 1878. Het ei en de placenta van Halicore dugong, met en overzicht van de placentavorming bij zoogdieren van verschillende orden. Proefschrift ter ver- krijging van den grad van doctor in de wis-en natuurkunde aan de Universiteit te Utrecht....Te verdedigen op Maandag 18 Februari 1878 Utrecht, P.W. Van de Weijer, 1-65. 2 pis. -Engl, abstr.: Jour. Anat. Phys., 13: 116-117, 146 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1879. French ?transl.: Harting (1879). Harting, Paul 1879. Description de l'oeuf et du placenta de Halicore dugong (dugung) suivie de considerations sur la valeur taxonomique et phylogenique des carac- teres differentiels fournis par le placenta des mammiferes. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., 4: 1-29. 2 pis. -Transl. of Harting (1878)? Hartlaub, Clemens 1886a. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arien. Zool. Jahrb., I. Abt. Syst. Geogr. Biol Thiere, 1(1): 1-112. 13 figs. 4 pis. Apr. 1, 1886. -A landmark in sirenian osteology and systema- tics, this work definitively established the exis- tence of three and only three Recent manatee species (here termed Manatus senegalensis, M. latirostris, and M. inunguis). It also reviews their nomenclature, describes bone by bone the cranial anatomy of both adult and juvenile specimens, discusses manatee dentitions and tooth replace- ment, and reviews the geographic distribution of the three species, x Hartlaub, Clemens 1886b. Ueber Manatherium delheidi, eine Sirene aus dem Oligocan Belgiens. Zool. Jahrb., 1: 369-378. 5 figs. -Describes the new genus and species Mana- therium delheidi, based on fragments of a juvenile skull from the upper Rupelian (Oligocene) of Belgium; argues (erroneously) that it is closely related to Manatus. (It was referred to Halitherium schinzii by Sickenberg, 1934b.) Hartley, Wayne: SEE Appendix 1, Save the Manatee Club News. Hartman, Daniel Stanwood 1969. Florida's manatees, mermaids in peril. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 136(3): 342-353. 11 figs. Sep. 1969. -Gen. acc. of manatee behavior and natural history, illustrated with excellent color photos. A preliminary announcement of this article, with 1 photo, appeared in the advertisement section in the front of the Aug. 1968 issue (vol. 134, no. 2). Hartman, Daniel Stanwood 1971. Behavior and ecology of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan), at Crys- tal River, Citrus County. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl B., 32(4): 2442. Oct. 1971. -Abstr. of a Ph.D. dissertation submitted to the Dept. of Conservation, Cornell University, in Jun. Hartman 1972a Hartman 1972b Hartman 1974a Hartman 1974b Hartman 1979 1971; eventually publ. in revised form as Hartman (1979). , Daniel Stanwood Manatees. Sierra Club Bull, 57(3): 20-22. Cover photo + 3 figs. Mar. 1972. -Pop. acc. of sirs, in general and of the status and biology of Florida manatees, with 3 color photos. The manatee photo on p. 21 was subsequently the basis of widely-used drawings and posters. , Daniel Stanwood Sea nymphs and elephants. Not Man Apart (publ. for Friends of the Earth & League of Conservation Voters), 2(12): 8. Cover photo + 1 fig. Dec. 1972. , Daniel Stanwood Distribution, status, and conservation of the manatee in the United States. NTIS Document No. PB 81-140725, v + 247. 38 figs. -The definitive compilation of manatee locality records in Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina for the period 1880-1973. Includes detailed maps showing manatee sightings by county; discussions of local and regional manatee movements in response to temperature, food, and fresh water availability, manatee diet, abundance, and legal status, and threats to manatee survival in Florida; and recommendations for new legislation and protected areas. , Daniel Stanwood Status survey of the manatee. World Wildlife Yearbook, 1973-74: 235-237. -Status of T manatus. , Daniel Stanwood Ecology and behavior of the manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Florida. Amer. Soc. Mammalogists Spec. Publ, No. 5: viii + 153. 11 tabs. 40 figs. Jun. 27, 1979. -Rev.: D.K. Odell, Assoc. Systematics Collections Newsletter, 8(2): 29, Apr. 1980; D.K. Odell, Amer. Scientist, 69: 458, 1981. The most compre- hensive study of sir. behavior published to date; based mainly on observations of the Crystal River-Homosassa River population in northwest- em Florida, but including data from the St. Johns River and elsewhere in the state. Comprises physical and biological descriptions of the Crystal and Homosassa rivers, data on the manatee population, its movements, use of the habitat, daily activity, food habits, interspecific interac- tions, all aspects of behavior, sensory capacities, population dynamics, and man-manatee relations. NUMBER 80 147 Concludes with a comparison of sir. and cetacean behavioral repertoires in relation to ecology and evolution. Hartman, J.E. 1969. Manatee: siren of the sea. Natl. Wildlife, 7(6): 38-39. Oct. 1969. x Hartmann, R. 1880. Uber einen jungen Dugong (Halicore cetacea Illig). Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1880(9): 156-159. Read Nov. 16, 1880. -Describes the external morphology of an alco- hol-preserved 102-cm dugong calf, with special attention to the mouth region and with external measurements, x Hartt, Charles Frederick 1875. Amazonian tortoise myths. Rio de Janeiro, William Scully, [ii] + 40. -According to an Indian story, the stars a and (3 Orionis represent a man and a boy in a canoe chasing a manatee, represented by a nearby dark region of the sky (39). Hartt, Charles Frederick (= Carlos Frederico) 1885. Contribuicoes para a ethnologia do Valle do Amazonas. Arch. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 6: 1-174. -Reports manatee bones from shell mounds about 30 miles east of Santar6m, Brazil (3, 10). Hartwig, Georg Ludwig 1892. The sea and its living wonders; a popular account of the marvels of the deep and of the progress of maritime discovery from the earliest ages to the present time. Ed. 8. London, Longmans, Green, & Co., xx + 524. 8 pis. 1 map. x Harwood, Kitty 1947. The sea cow is a tourist. Sports Afield, Nov. 1947: 50, 89. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of capturing a female Florida manatee by harpoon for the Prins Valdemar Aquarium, which was housed in a beached ship at Miami. She was released about two weeks later because it was thought she was about to give birth. Hasegawa, A.: SEE Ohtomo et al., 1980. x Hasegawa, Hideo 1988. Paradujardinia halicoris (Owen, 1833) (Nema- toda: Ascarididae) collected from a dugong, Dugong dugon, of Okinawa, Japan. Biol. Mag. Okinawa, No. 26: 23-25. 1 fig. Aug. 10, 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. The first record in Japanese waters of P. halicoris, taken from the stomach and small intestine of a dugong washed ashore in Okinawa on Jan. 4, 1988. D Hasegawa, Uto 1972. Adaptation to water and the evolution of the aquatic animals. Iden, 26(11): 2-9. Figs. Nov. 1972. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu: SEE ALSO Kamiya et al., 1985; Kohno & Hasegawa, 1988; Oishi et al., 1990; Satoh et al., 1989; Shikama et al., 1973. xD Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1977. [The reconstruction of the phantom monster Desmostylus.] Anima (Tokyo), 1977(12)(57): 90-91. 11 figs. Dec. 1977. -In Japanese. Pop. acc. of reconstructions of the body forms of Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia, illustrated by 11 artist's renderings. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1978. Problems concerning some Cenozoic terrestrial vertebrates from Japan; with comment by Y Okazaki. [Abstr.] Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 5: 159-160. Dec. 25, 1978. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1980. Vertebrates from the Late Pleistocene-Holocene of the Ryukyu Islands. Quat. Res. (Jap. Assoc. Quat. Res.), 18(4): 263-267. Tabs. Feb. 1980. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Dugong. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1988. [Reconstruction of the skeleton of Paleopara- doxia.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals]. Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 102-104. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Nohara, Tomohide 1982. Two large tusks of Dugong from Okinawa and Iriomote Islands, Ryukyu Islands. Sci. Rept. Yokohama Natl. Univ., Sect. II, Biol. Geol, No. 29: 29-32. 1 fig. 1 pi. Nov. 1982. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Nokariya 1979. [Mammalian specimens from the Nagara Har- anishi shellmound.] Iko-mura Bunkazai Chosa Hokokusho [Iko Vil- lage Cultural Assets Investigative Report], No. 8: 175-229. -In Japanese. Reports specimens of Dugong 148 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY dugon from an archeological site. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; Okazaki, Yoshihiko; Kuga, Naoyuki; & Kohno, Naoki 1988. [Comparison of mammal fossils in the Tomikusa Formation, Mizunami Formation, and Isshi For- mation.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 15-17. 1 tab. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Tanaka, Hiroyuki 1987. [Desmostylus from Takasaki.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra- phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam- mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 44. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Hashimoto, Kazuo: SEE Satoh et al., 1989. Hassall, Albert: SEE Stiles & Hassall, 1899. Haswell, W.A.: SEE Parker & Haswell, 1897. D Hatai, Kotora 1960. Japanese Miocene reconsidered. 5c/. Rept. Tohoku Univ. (Sendai), Ser. 2, Special Vol.4: 127-153. x Hatt, Robert T 1934. A manatee collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, with observations on the Recent manatees. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 66(4): 533-566. 2 figs. PI. 27. Sep. 10, 1934. -Review of the nomenclature of manatees, com- parison of skeletal features and variation of the species and subspecies of Trichechus, and resum6 of distribution of manatees in Africa. Hauer, Franz von 1867. Halianassa Collini aus einer Sandgrube bei Hainburg. Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1867(7): 140-141. Read Apr. 16, 1867. Haupt, O. 1935. Andere Wirbeltiere des Neozoikums. Oberrhein. Fossilkatalog, 9: 1-103. -Mentions Halitherium schinzii, 61. x Hawrylyshyn, George 1974. A friend in need. Internatl Wildlife, 4(6): 20. 1 fig. Nov.-Dec. 1974. -Short paragraph with a photo of a T. inunguis killed near Tefe, Brazil. Hay, Oliver Perry 1899. A census of the fossil Vertebrata of North America. Science, (2)10:681-684. -Sirs., 682. x Hay, Oliver Perry 1902. Bibliography and catalogue of the fossil Verte- brata of North America. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., 179: 1-868. -Creates the new combinations Trichechus an- tiquus (Leidy) (583) and T. inornatus (Leidy) (584). xD Hay, Oliver Perry 1915. A contribution to the knowledge of the extinct sirenian Desmostylus hesperus Marsh. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 49(2113): 381-397. Pis. 56-58. -Abstrs.: Nature (London), 96: 152?; Geol. Mag., (6)2: 567? Recounts the history of discovery of Desmostylus; discusses it and compares it with various sirs.; proposes the Family Desmostylidae (a name actually coined previously by Osbom, 1905a) and gives the name Desmostylus watasei to the specimen of Yoshiwara and Iwasaki (1902). x Hay, Oliver Perry 1919. Description of some mammalian and fish remains from Florida of probably Pleistocene age. Proc U.S. Natl. Mus., 56(2291): 103-112. Pis. 26-28. -Describes a mandible of uncertain provenance (USNM 2522) and refers it to "Trichechus antiquus Leidy?" (109-110, pi. 26). Domning (1982b: 604-605) interpreted this specimen as a subrecent T manatus. x Hay, Oliver Perry 1922a. Description of a new fossil sea cow from Florida, Metaxytherium floridanum. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 61(17)(2438): 1-4. 1 pi. -Bases the new species on a maxilla with third molar from a phosphate mine at Mulberry, Florida, supposing it to be of Late Oligocene age (it is probably late Middle Miocene; Domning, 1988). An isolated lower tooth from Palma Sola, Florida, is provisionally referred to the species. D Hay, Oliver Perry 1922b. Note on Desmostylus hesperus. Acta Zoologica (Stockholm), 3: 392-393. -In O.Abel (1922). xDHay, Oliver Perry 1923a. Characters of sundry fossil vertebrates. Pan-American Geologist, 39: 101-120. Figs. NUMBER 80 149 4-5. Pis. 7-9. Mar. 1923. -In section III ("Desmostylus: its species and relationships"), criticizes Hannibal's erection of the species D. cymatias; proposes the names D. californicus and Cornwallius; refutes Abel's the- ory of multituberculate affinities for desmostyli- ans; and proposes the suborders Desmostyli- formes and Trichechiformes within the Sirenia (105-109). Hay, Oliver Perry 1923b. The Pleistocene of North America and its verte- brated animals from the states east of the Mississippi River and from the Canadian prov- inces east of longitude 95°. Publ Carnegie Inst. Washington, No. 322: vii + 499. 25 figs. 41 maps. -Sirs., 379. xD Hay, Oliver Perry 1924. Notes on the osteology and dentition of the genera Desmostylus and Cornwallius. Proc U.S. Natl Mus., 65(8)(2521): 1-8. 2 figs. 2 pis. -Suggests that the type of Cornwallius may be a milk tooth of Desmostylus; discusses and com- pares various other specimens. Hayek, Lee-Ann C: SEE Domning & Hayek. Hayman, R.W.: SEE ALSO Ellerman et al., 1953. Hayman, R.W. 1956a. Manatees and dugongs. Zoo Life (London), 10(4): 98-100. 3 figs. -Gen. acc. of sir. natural history, and of two T manatus from British Guiana on exhibit in London. Hayman, R.W. 1956b. Mammals of the West Indies. Zoo Life (London), 11: 41-46. Haynes, Ann M.: SEE Fairbairn & Haynes, 1982; Shaul & Haynes, 1986. Heddle, R.: SEE Baikie & Heddle, 1848. Heerfort, Christoph 1725. Dissertatio hist.-phys.-crit. de sirenibus, seu pis- cibus humani corporis structuram quodammodo imitantibus. Hafniae [= Copenhagen], Resp. Andr. Bing., 1-20. -Allen 189. Hegel, Giesela von: SEE Schweigert et al., 1991. Heilmann, Gerhard 1913. Vor nuvaerende Viden om Fuglenes Afstamning. F0rste Afsnit. [What we know about the descent of birds. Part 1.] Dansk Ornith. For. Tidsskr., 1: 1-71. 50 figs. -Sirs., 58. Heilmann, Gerhard 1914. Vor nuvaerende Viden om Fuglenes Afstamning. Tredje Afsnit. [What we know about the descent of birds. Part 3.] Dansk Ornith. For. Tidsskr., 9: 1-91. Figs. 110-159. -Sirs., 90. Heilprin, Angelo 1887. The geographical and geological distribution of animals. New York & London, Internatl. Scientific Series, xii + 435. 1 map. -Sirs., 339. Heilprin, Angelo 1907. An impression of the Guiana wilderness. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 18: 373-381. 6 figs. Jun. 1907. -Note on T. manatus cropping bank vegetation in British Guiana (376). Heinsohn, George Edwin: SEE ALSO Anderson & Hein- sohn, 1978; Denton et al., 1980; Elliott et al., 1979, 1981; Murray et al., 1977; Marsh et al.; Preen & Heinsohn, 1983; Preen et al., 1989; Spain et al. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1972. A study of dugongs (Dugong dugong) in northern Queensland, Australia. Biol. Conserv., 4(3): 205-213. 7 figs. Apr. 1972. -Abstr.: Austral. Mammalogy, 1: 71, Dec. 1972. Discusses numbers, age and sexual structure of population, growth, maturation, reproduction, and conservation, based on data from dugongs caught accidentally in shark nets, 1964-1971. Heinsohn, George Edwin 1977a. Dugongs in the seagrass ecosystem in north Queensland. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mammal Soc, 4(1): 27. Sep. 1977 (read May 1977). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1977b. Dugongs and turtles. Part one. Wildlife in Australia, 14(4): 134-139. 14 figs. Dec. 1977. -Pop. acc. of dugong biology. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978a. Dugongs and turtles. Part 2. Wildlife in Australia, 15(1): 26-30. 12 figs. Autumn 1978. -Pop. acc. of dugong conservation (29-30). Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978b. Marine mammals of the northern Great Barrier Reef region. In: Workshop on the northern section of the Great Barrier Reef. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work- shop Series, No. 1: 315-335. 150 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978c. Aerial surveys and dugong conservation - an overview. [Abstr.] Bull Austral. Mammal Soc, 51: 36-37. Read May 1978. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981a. Status and distribution of dugongs in Queensland. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed- ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 55-56. -Outlines available data on dugong numbers and locations (based on aerial surveys), and discusses the threats to which they are exposed, n Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981b. The dugong in the seagrass ecosystem. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 162-163. -Abstr. of Heinsohn, Wake, Marsh, & Spain (1977). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981c. Aerial survey techniques for dugongs. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 217-227. -Describes the techniques used by the research team at James Cook University, Queensland, and problems encountered. Also includes as appendi- ces two sample aerial survey data sheets (386- 387). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 198Id. Methods of taking measurements, other data and specimen material from dugong carcasses. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 228-238. 1 fig. -Describes in detail a set of standard external measurements, and briefly lists other sorts of data and tissue samples that are desirable to collect. Also includes as appendices two sample carcass data sheets (370-385). Heinsohn, George Edwin 1983. Dugongs: Family Dugongidae. In: R. Strahan (ed.), The Australian Museum complete book of Australian mammals. Sydney, Angus & Robertson (xxi + 530), 474- 476. 3 figs. Heinsohn, George Edwin 1986. Rare and endangered: world's only strictly marine sea cow threatened. Austral. Nat. Hist., 21(12): 530-531. 2 figs. Autumn 1986. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Birch, W.R. 1972. Foods and feeding habits of the dugong Dugong dugong (Erxleben) in northern Queensland, Aus- tralia. Mammalia, 36(3): 414-422. 1 fig. Sep. 1972. -Describes stomach contents (seagrasses) of du- gongs caught in shark nets, and notes the food preferences indicated thereby. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Lear, Richard J.; Bryden, Michael M.; Marsh, Helene D.; & Gardner, Blair R. 1978. Discovery of a large population of dugongs off Brisbane, Australia. Emir. Conserv., 5: 91-92. 1 fig. -Reports aerial observations of at least 300 dugongs in Moreton Bay, 1976-1977. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Helene D. 1977. Sirens of tropical Australia. Austral. Nat. Hist., 19(4): 106-111. 8 figs. Oct.-Dec. 1977. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and dugong research in Australia, mainly covering the same material presented by Heinsohn, Wake, Marsh, & Spain, 1977. Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Helene D. 1984. Sirens of northern Australia: the dugongs. In: M. Archer & G. Clayton (eds.), Vertebrate zoogeog- raphy and evolution in Australasia (animals in space and time). Carlisle (Western Australia), Hesperian Press (1203 pp.), 1003-1010. 13 figs. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; & Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Australian dugong. Oceans, 12(3): 48-52. 5 figs. May 1979. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; Gardner, Blair R.; Spain, Alister V; & Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Aerial surveys of dugongs. In: Proceedings of workshop on aerial surveys of fauna populations, Canberra, Feb. 22-25, 1977. Austral. Natl Parks & Wildl. Serv., Spec. Publ, No. 1:85-96. 4 figs, x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; & Spain, Alister V. 1976. Extreme risk of mortality to dugongs (Mammalia: Sirenia) from netting operations. Austral. Jour. Wildl. Res., 3(2): 117-121. 1 tab. 1 fig. NUMBER 80 151 -Account of techniques used in catching Austra- lian dugongs for research, behavior of dugongs in nets, and effects on dugong populations of netting operations in Queensland and Kenya. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V 1974. Effects of a tropical cyclone on littoral and sub-littoral biotic communities and on a popula- tion of dugongs (Dugong dugon (Miiller)). Biol. Conserv., 6(2): 143-152. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Apr. 1974. -Analyzes data on sex and age ratios of dugongs caught in shark nets before and after a cyclone; discusses an apparent increase in their move- ments, and a change in their feeding habits to include brown algae in addition to seagrasses. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Spain, Alister V; & Anderson, Paul K. 1976. Populations of dugongs (Mammalia: Sirenia): aerial survey over the inshore waters of tropical Australia. Biol. Conserv., 9(1): 21-23. 1 tab. Jan. 1976. -Results of surveys in the Townsville and Cape York areas, Sep.-Dec. 1974; several large aggre- gations seen. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Wake, Judith Ann 1976. The importance of the Fraser Island region to dugongs. Operculum, 5(1): 15-18. 3 figs. Mar. 1976. -Reports results of aerial surveys showing du- gong concentrations in Great Sandy Strait and Hervey Bay, Queensland, Australia; emphasizes dugongs' need for protected seagrass beds and the vulnerability of the latter to human activities. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Wake, Judith Ann; Marsh, Helene D.; & Spain, Alister V. 1977. The dugong (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) in the seagrass system. Aquaculture, 12(3): 235-248. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Heinsohn (1981b). Review, mainly from published literature, of dugong feeding habits, movements, trophic relations, exploitation, and conservation problems. Suggests dugongs should be studied for possible sustained-yield meat production. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Wolanski, Eric; Bunt, John S.; Denton, Gary; Garnett, Stephen; Johannes, Robert Earle; Marsh, Helene D.; & Veron, John 1985. The Torres Strait. Habitat Australia, 13(6): 12-18. 5 figs. Dec. 1985. -Dugong conservation, 15-16. x Hellwing, S.; & Steinitz, Heinz 1971. Sea cows in the Gulf of Elat. Hebrew Univ. Jerusalem, Mar. Biol. Lab., Elat, Sci. Newsletter, No. 1: 11-12. Apr. 1971. -Records a possible sighting of a dugong in 1969 and the finding of a skull in 1970, both on the east coast of the Sinai Peninsula, x Hellyer, Peter 1992. [Recorder's report for January-June 1992— mammals.] Tribulus: Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group, 2(2): 43-44. Oct. 1992. -P. 44: {"The only report of a Dugong, (Dugong dugon), was of a skeleton about four and a half feet long at Dhabbiyyah, (UA 25), on February 19th."} x Hellyer, Peter 1993. Mammals. Tribulus: Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group, 3(2): 23-24. Oct. 1993. -Reports two recent occurrences of dugongs in Abu Dhabi (24). x Hemming, Francis 1952. Report on the nomenclatorial status of the generic name "Manatus" Briinnich, 1771 (Class Mam- malia). Bull. Zool. NomencL, 6(5): 159-160. Apr. 15, 1952. -Recommends that Manatus Briinnich, 1771 be considered a synonym of Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758, and that manatus be recognized as the valid specific name of the type species (Trichechus manatus), on the appropriate Official Lists of Names in Zoology. Hemprich, F.G.; & Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried 1828-1899. Symbolae physicae seu icones et descrip- tions corporum naturalium novorum aut minus cognitorum quae ex itineribus per Libyam Aegyp- tum Nubiam Dongalam Syriam Arabiam et Ha- bessiniam publico institutis sumptu Friderici Guilelmi Hemprich et Christiani Godofredi Ehrenberg ... studio annis MDCCCXX- MDCCCXXV redierunt.... Pars zoologica /[- //] Mammalia II. Berlin, Officina Academica (4 vols.). -Text publ. 1828-1845. The plates, with legends and brief explanatory text by Paul Matschie, were issued as a supplement (Symbolae physicae seu icones adhuc ineditae corporum ..., Berlin, Georg Reimer: 1-12, 32 pis., Oct. 1899). Some signa- tures separately dated. Halicora [sic] Hemprichii and H. Lottum, n.spp., sign, k (Sep. 1832). Pis. 3-5 of the 1899 supplement depict the skull of a female "Halicora Hemprichii." Henderson, George 1809. An account of the British settlement of Hondu- ras To which are added, sketches of the 152 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY manners and customs of the Mosquito Indians, preceded by the journal of a voyage to the Mosquito Shore. London, C & R. Baldwin, xi + 203. -Ed. 2: London, 1811. See R. Harlan (1825a: 278). Henderson, Gregory S.: SEE Whitten et al., 1987. Hendrokusumo, Sukiman: SEE ALSO Tas'an et al., 1979. x Hendrokusumo, Sukiman; Sumitro, D.; & Tas'an 1981. The distribution of the dugong in Indonesian waters. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed- ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 10-18. 6 figs. -Presents maps showing where dugongs were captured or reported by local inhabitants. Men- tions in passing some information about vernacu- lar names and local attitudes towards dugong hunting, and cites Indonesian protective legisla- tion. Hennemann, WW 1983. Relationship among body mass, metabolic rate and the intrinsic rate of natural increase in mammals. Oecologia (Berlin), 56: 104-108. Hennicke, Carl 1902. Uber die Anpassung des Gehororganes der Was- sersaugethiere an das Leben im Wasser. Monatschr. Ohrenheilk., 36: 157-179. -Sirs., 159, 163. Henry, Walter 1843. Events of a military life: being recollections after service in the Peninsular war, invasion of France, the East Indies, St. Helena, Canada, and else- where. ... Ed. 2. London, W Pickering (2 vols.). -Sirs., 2: 66-67. Henshall, J.A. 1884. Camping and cruising in Florida. Cincinnati, Robert Clarke & Co., 1-248. Henshaw, John; & Child, Gilbert S. 1972. New attitudes in Nigeria. Oryx, 11(4): 275-283. -Reports recent catches of T. senegalensis in Kainji Lake (278). Hentschel, E.; & Vosseler, J. 1915. Der gegenwartige Stand unserer Kenntnisse von den Seekuhen (Sirenen). Verh. Natw. Ver. Hamburg, (3)23: 72-73. x Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich 1965. Yeshche raz o stellerovoy korove. [More on Steller's sea cow.] Priroda, 54(7): 91-94. 1 fig. -Harshly criticizes the report of Berzin et al. (1963), and attributes their supposed sightings of Hydrodamalis to female narwhals. Also reviews other reports and concludes there is no evidence for Hydrodamalis ever having occurred outside of the Komandorski Islands. Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich 1966. [Area of distribution and history of extermination of Hydrodamalis gigas Zimmermann.] Lynx (n.s.), 6: 49-50. -In Russian; Engl. summ. Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich; & Naumov, N.P. (eds.) 1967. Mlekopitaiushchie Sovetskogo Soiuza. [Mammals of the Soviet Union.] Vol. 2. Sirenia and Car- nivora. Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola, 5-1004. 356 figs. -German ed.: Jena, G. Fischer, 196?? Hydro- damalis, 15-46. Herald, Earl S.: SEE ALSO Evans & Herald, 1970; Frye & Herald, 1969; Loughman et al., 1970. x Herald, Earl S. 1969. Aquatic mammals at Steinhart Aquarium. Pacific Discovery, 22(6): 26-30. 10 figs. Nov.- Dec. 1969. -Mention of "Eugenie" the dugong and account of "Butterball" the Amazonian manatee (food, be- havior, etc.), with remarks on other sirs, in captivity at other institutions (29-30). Herbert, Thomas 1634. A relation of some years travaile, begunne anno 1626. Into Afrique and the Greater Asia, espe- cially the territories of the Persian Monarchic: and some parts of the Orientall Indies, and iles adiacent. Together with the proceedings and death of the three late ambassadours: Sir D.C., Sir R.S. and the Persian Nogdi-Beg: as also the two great monarchs, the King of Persia, and the Great Mogol. London, W Stansby & J. Bloome, 225 + [12]. Illus. Herbert, W; & Nichelson, W. 1780. A new directory for the East Indies.... Ed. 5. London, Henry Gregory. Herdson, D.M. 1978. Mammals. Wildlife Bahrain, 1977:61. x Heriarte, Mauricio de 1874. Descripqdo do Estado do Maranhao, Pard, Corupd e Rio das Amazonas Vienna, Filho de Carlos Gerold, 1-84. -Regarding the period ca. 1662, notes the export of manatees from Gurupa\ Brazil, to St. Christo- NUMBER 80 153 pher, West Indies (29-30), and states that the Rio Trombetas has "many manatees" (39). Herklots, Geoffrey Alton Craig 1951. The Hong Kong countryside. Hong Kong, printed by the South China Morning Post? 175 + vii. Illus. -Dugong captured in Hong Kong in 1940 or 1941 (93). Herlein, J.D. 1718. Beschryvinge van de Volk-plantinge Zuriname: vertonende de opkomst dier zelver Colonie, de aanbouw en bewerkinge der zuiker-plantagien. Neffens den aard der eigene natuurlijke inwoon- ders of Indianen; als ook de slaafsche Afrikaan- sche Moor en; deze beide natien haar levens- manieren, afgoden-dienst, regering, zeden, ge- woonten en dagelijksche bezigheden. Mitsgaders een vertoog van de bosch-grond, water- en pluim-gediertens; de veel vuldige heerlijke vrug- ten, melkagtige zappen, gommen, olyen, en de gehele gesteltheid van de Karaibaansche kust. Leeuwarden, M. Injema, 18 + 262. 4 pis. 1 map. -Manatee in Suriname, 196. Hermann, Johann 1783. Tabula affinitatum animalium olim academico specimine edita, nunc uberiore commentario illustrata cum annotationibus ad historiam natu- ralem animalium augendam facientibus. Argentorati [= Strassburg], J.G. Treuttel, 1-370. -Allen 374. Hernandez Camacho, Jorge I.: SEE Camacho, Jorge I. Hernandez. Hernandez, Francisco 1651. Nova plantarum, animalium et mineralium mexi- canorum historia.... [illus. title; or] Rervm medi- carvm Novae Hispaniae thesavrvs sev Plantarvm animalivm mineralivm mexicanorvm historia [Engraved title.] Rome, sumptibus Blasij Deuersini & Zanobij Masotti Bibliopolarum, typis Vitalis Mascardi, [9] + 950+ 90+[3]+ [10]. -Allen 76. An abridgement of earlier eds.: 1604; Mexico, 1615; Rome, 1628 (Allen 62). Reprs. of 1615 ed.: Mexico, Antonio Penafiel, 1888; More- lia (Mexico), Nicolas Leon, 1888. Various Span- ish transls. bear titles such as Cuatro libros de la natureza y virtudes de las plantas y animales de uso medicinal en la Nueva Espaha. Manatee, chap. 13, 323-324, 2 figs., "not remarkable for accuracy" (Allen). The manatee material in the 1615 ed. is in Book 4, Pt. 1, Chap. 8, leaves 183-184. x Herndon, William Lewis 1853. Exploration of the valley of the Amazon, made Herrara 1625. Herrara 1660. Herrara, 1726. Herrara, 1728. Herrara, 1730. Herrara. 1740. under direction of the Navy Department, by Wm. Lewis Herndon and Lardner Gibbon.... Part I. Washington, Robert Armstrong, iv + 417 + iii. 16 pis. -See also Gibbon (1854). Mentions manatees and their uses in Peru (158, 163-164, 200) and Brazil (300, 319, 365), including the quantities of meat and mixira shipped through Santarem in 1843 and 1846 (300). Antonio de A description of the West Indies. In: S. Purchas,... Purchas his pilgrimes... (q.v.). London, Henry Fetherston, Part 3. Antonio de Histoire generate des voyages et conqvestes des Castillans, dans les isles & terre-ferme des Indes Occidentales. Traduite de I'Espagnol ... Par N[icolas]. de la Coste.... Paris, Nicolas & lean de la Coste (3 vols.). -Allen 83. Manati, 1: 378-379. Antonio de Historia general de los Hechts. de los Castellanos en las islas i terra fume del Mar Oceano. ...En quatro decadas desde el aho de 1492, hasta el de [1]531. Madrid, Nicolas Rodriguez (4 vols.). -Allen 190. Antonio de Historia general de las Indias ocidentales; 6 de los hechos de los Castellanos en las islas y tierra firme del Mar Oceano, En ocho decadas. Sigue a la ultima decada la descripcion de las Indias por el mismo autor.... Nueva Impression.... Amberes [= Antwerp], Juan Bautista Verdussen (4 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-496. Pis. -Allen 193. Ed. 1: Herrara (1726). Manati, vol. 1, dec. 1: 118. According to Allen, a slightly abridged paraphrase of Gomara's (1554) account. Antonio de Historia general de los hechos delos Castellanos enlas islas i tierra firme del Mar Oceano En quatro decadas des de el aho de 1492 hasta el de [1]531. [Or, with different title-page:] De- scripcion de las Indias ocidentales.... Madrid, Nicolas Rodriguez (4 vols.). -Allen 194, 195; these eds. apparently differing only in the title-page. Manati, dec. 1: 141-142. Antonio de The general history of the vast continent and islands of America, commonly call'd, the West- Indies, from the first discovery thereof: with the best accounts the people could give of their antiquities. Collected from the original relations sent to the Kings of Spain.... Translated into 154 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY English by Capt. John Stevens.... The second edition. London, Wood & Woodward (6 vols.). -Allen 215. First ed., London, Jer. Batley, 1725-1726. Manati, 1: 82 (Columbus' account), 278-279. Herre, Albert W 1928. Rational methods for the protection of useful aquatic animals of the Pacific. Proc. 3rd Pan-Pacif Sci. Congress (Tokyo, 1926), 1: 1072-1074. Herrera y Tordesillas, Antonio de: SEE Herrara, Antonio de. Hersh, Sandra L. 1991. Siren census. Sea Frontiers, 37(4): 6. 1 fig. Aug. 1991. -Brief pop. acc. of the statewide manatee census conducted in Florida in Feb. 1991. x Hershkovitz, Philip 1959. Nomenclature and taxonomy of the Neotropical mammals described by Olfers, 1818. Jour. Mamm., 40(3): 337-353. Aug. 20, 1959. -P. 342: \"M[anatus]. fluviatilis (p. 235) = Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 (Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1: 34).—Olfers' primary basis for the name is the Guianan manati of Pennant (1793, Hist. Quadr. 2: 297). His other synonyms, Tr[ichechus]. Clusii Shaw and Tr[ichechus]. Ama- zonius Shaw (1800, Gen. Zool., 1, [1]: 246) are freshwater representatives of the common An- tillean manatee."} Hesse, C.J.: SEE Stenzel et al., 1944. x Heuglin, Martin Theodor von 1868. Reise nach Abessinien, den Gala-Ldndern, Ost- Suddn und Chartum in den Jahren 1861 und 1862. Jena, Hermann Costenoble, xii + 459 + [iii]. 1 tab. 10 pis. 1 map. -Report of a "Manatus" -like animal in Lake Tana, Ethiopia (247, 289). Heuglin, Martin Theodor von 1877. Reise in Nordost-Afrika.... Braunschweig, George Westermann (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xiv + 285. Vol. 2: vi + 304. -Account of Halicore cetacea, 2: 135-137. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941a. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. I. La formule dentaire du lamantin (Trichechus). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(21): 1-15. 2 figs. Apr. 1941. -Detailed literature review. Concludes that the dental formula is DI 3/3 DC 0/1 DM 0/3 M 12-15/12-15; that the large number of molars is a primitive (but "generally inhibited") mammalian character despite the manatee's descent from forms with normal counts; and that horizontal tooth replacement is an "illusion" due to growth of the mandible. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941b. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. II. Morpholo- gie de la dentition du lamantin (Trichechus). Bull Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(26): 1-11. 8 figs. Apr. 1941. -Describes molars of T. senegalensis and T. latirostris, reviews literature, and comments (10- 11) on dental occlusion, abrasion, and mastica- tion, concluding that the jaw movement is posterior-to-anterior. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941c. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. III. La dentition du dugong. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(53): 1-14. 5 figs. 1 pi. Oct. 1941. -Reviews literature and concludes that the dental formula is DI 1/3 DC 0/1 DM 3/3,1 1/(2) C 0/(1) P 0/0 M 3/3. Describes the premolars of a dugong fetus. Comments on the loss of teeth in Hydro- damalis (14). x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1942. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. IV. Le eas de Prorastoma veronense. Bull Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 18(3): 1-6. 4 figs. Jan. 1942. -Attacks Lydekker's (1892) idea of close relation- ship between sirs, and selenodont artiodactyls, noting that bunoselenodonty occurs in many groups, x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1943. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. V Conclu- sions gtiierales. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 19(29): 1-16. May 1943. -Comments on the evolution of the sir. dentition; concludes that sirs, are related to proboscideans and hippos. Hickie, John P.: SEE Worthy & Hickie, 1986. x Hill, D. Ashley; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1989. Gross and microscopic anatomy of the kidney of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Anat., 135: 53-56. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Describes the structure of the kidney and concludes that the species may have an enhanced urine-concentrating ability. Hill, J.E.: SEE ALSO Carter et al., 1945. Hill, J.E. 1958. Some observations on the fauna of the Maldive Islands. II. Mammals. NUMBER 80 155 Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 55: 3-10. Hill, John 1752. An history of animals. Containing descriptions of the birds, beasts, fishes, and insects, of the several parts of the world; and including accounts of the several classes of animalcules, visible only by the assistance of microscopes. In these the charac- ters, qualities, and forms of the several creatures are described, the names by which they are commonly known, as well as those by which authors, who have written on the subject, have called them are explained: and each is reduced to the class to which it naturally belongs. London, Thomas Osborne, 1-584. 28 pis. -Allen 259. Describes Trichechus under Plagiuri, Cetaceous Fishes (317). Hill, Kyle 1980. Mermaids in danger. Florida Wildlife, 34(1): 30-33. 5 figs. May-Jun. 1980. Hill, Richard: SEE Gosse & Hill, 1851. x Hill, Robert T. 1898. Cuba and Porto Rico with the other islands of the West Indies: their topography, climate, flora, products, industries, cities, people, political con- ditions, etc. New York, Century Co., xxviii + 429. Illus. -P. 56: {"The shallower waters of the borders [of Cuba] are inhabited also by that peculiar marine mammal, the manatee."} P. 199: {"The crocodile, the manatee, and the West Indian seal inhabit the adjacent sea borders [of Jamaica]."} P. 298: {"Crocodiles and manatees are also found near some of the shores [of the Bahamas]."} Hill, W.C Osman 1926. A comparative study of the pancreas. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1926: 581-631. Hill, W.C. Osman 1938-1939. Revised checklist of mammals of Ceylon. Ceylon Jour. Sci., 21: 139-184. -Dugong, 182. Hill, W.C. Osman 1945. Notes on the dissection of two dugongs. Jour. Mamm., 26(2): 153-175. 8 figs. "May 1945" (publ. Jul. 13, 1945). x Hilmy, A.M.; El-Domiaty, N.A.; & Said, M. 1979. Measurements of some physiological parameters in the herbivorous dugong and the carnivorous common dolphin of the Red Sea. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Fish. Cairo, 6: 197-203. 1 tab. 6 figs, in 3 unnumbered pis. -Arabic summ. Reports the red blood cell count, hemoglobin content, hematocrit value, serum total proteins, protein fractions, serum total cholesterol, and potassium and sodium concentrations in blood of an adult male dugong. Hilmy, I.S. 1949. New paramphistomes from the Red Sea dugong, Halicore halicore, with description of Solenorchis gen.n. and Solenorchinae subfn. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci., 4: 1-14. 7 figs. Read Feb. 1948. -Describes parasites from dugong cecum. Hilzheimer, Max 1913. Stammesgeschichte der Wirbelthiere. Monatschr. Natw. Unterr. (n.s.), 6: 465-475, 512-523,564-570. 18 figs. -Sirs., 570. Hilzheimer, Max 1915. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. In: Brehm s Tierleben. Ed. 4. Vol. 12: 580-590. 3 figs. Hinton, M.A.C 1937. What are dugongs? Loris, 1(2): 82-84. Illus. Jun. 1937. Hintz, H.F.; Schryver, H.F.; & Stevens, CE. 1978. Digestion and absorption in the hind gut of nonruminant herbivores. Jour. Anim. Sci., 46(6): 1803-1807. Jun. 1978. -Quotes data on Dugong from Murray et al. (1977). Hiraoka, Toshio: SEE Abe et al., 1982. x Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1932. The occurrence of dugong in Formosa. Mem. Fac Sci. Agric. Taihoku Imper. Univ. (Zool), 7(1): 1-4. 1 pi. Oct. 1932. -Reports of dugongs from Formosa (with photo- graph of a skull and mandible), the Ryukyus, and Japan. The stomach of the Formosan specimen contained algae and crabs. Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1933. Dugong. In: Rept. Survey Natl. Monuments. Animals. Part I. Tokyo, Min. Educ, 1-22. -In Japanese, x Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1934. On the distribution of sirenians in the Pacific. Proc. 5th Pacif. Sci. Congress (Victoria & Vancouver, Canada, 1933), 5: 4221-4222. -Review of the status of the dugong in the Japanese Empire and Australasia. Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1939. [Dugong dugon in Palau.] Science of the South Sea (Kagaku Nanyo), 2(2): 11-18 (= 69-76 of whole vol.?). 3 figs. 2 pis. -In Japanese. Hirota, Kiyoharu: SEE ALSO Abe et al., 1982; Okubo et al., 1980. 156 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D Hirota, Kiyoharu 1979. A list of vertebrate fossils from Shimane Prefec- ture, Japan. Fossil Club Bull. (= Jour. Fossil Research), 12: 21-27. 2 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese. Engl, transl., done for Smithsonian Inst, and Natl. Sci. Foundation, TT 81-52170, 20 pp., 1983. Lists the occurrence of molars of Desmostylus japonicus in the Upper Miocene Fujina Formation, quoting Sakai (1935). D Hirota, Kiyoharu 1981. [Problems on paleoparadoxian mandible (Paleoparadoxia tabatai).] Fossil Club Bull (= Jour. Fossil Research), 14: 9-15. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Hirschfelder, Harry 1936. Das Primordialcranium von Manatus latirostris. Zs. Anat. Entwicklungsges., 106(4): 497-533. 21 figs. Hirst, E.; & Bank, H. 1971. Striking the balance. Environment (Si. Louis), 13(9): 34-41. Hla Aung, Sithu: SEE Aung, Sithu Hla. x Ho, Hua Chew 1988. The dugong in Singapore waters. Malayan Naturalist, 42(1): 22-25. 1 fig. Aug. 1988. -Somewhat inaccurate gen. acc. of dugongs, with a review of literature on their hunting, use, and strandings in the Singapore area, and data on recent dugong deaths and strandings. Hobbs, William: SEE Faithful, 1862; Lack, 1968; Thorne, 1876; Wight, 1862. Hoch, E. 1979. Reflections on prehistoric life at Umm an-Nar (Trucial Oman) based on faunal remains from the third millennium BC In: M. Taddei (ed.), South Asian archaeology 1977. Naples, Ist. Universitario Orientale, Seminario di Studi Asiatici Series Minor 6, 589-638. Hodgson, Robert 1822. Some account of the Mosquito territory; contained in a memoir, written in 1757.. .publishedfrom the original manuscript of the late Colonel Robert Hodgson.... Ed. 2. Edinburgh, W Blackwood, ix [11]-55. Hoenstine, Ron 1980. Manatees from the past—fossils found in Florida. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. of Natural Resources), 15(6): 16-17. 4 figs. + cover photo. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Pop. acc. of fossil sirs, of Florida and the Caribbean. Hoernes, Rudolf 1884. Elemente der Palaeontologie (Palaeozoologie). Leipzig, Veit & Co., xvi + 594. 672 figs. -French transl. by L. Dollo (Manuel de Palion- tologie), Paris, xvi + 741,1886. Sirs., 682 (French ed.). Hofbauer, Clemens 1962. Seekuhe lockten Odysseus vergeblich. Das Tier, 2(8): 12-15. Hofbauer, Clemens 1964. Sea cows, the sirens of the Odyssey? Animals, 4(8): 220-223. Hofer, Helmut: SEE Thenius & Hofer, 1960. Hoffman, C.A., Jr.: SEE Wing et al., 1968. Hoffmann, Robert S.: SEE Domning, Rice et al., 1982. x Hoffmann, T.W 1971. The Fauna & Flora Protection Ordinance as amended by Act No. 1 of 1970. Loris, 12(3): 169-170, 182. Jun. 1971. -Notes that "the Dugong (Mudu Ura)" has been added to the list of animals absolutely protected from hunting in Ceylon (182). Hoffstetter, Robert 1981. Historia biogeographica de los mamiferos terres- tres sudamericanos: problemas y ensenanzas. Acta Geol Hisp., 16(1-2): 71-88. Figs. -Engl. & Catalan summs. Hofman, George: SEE Minch et al., 1970. Hofmann, A.F.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. x Hofmeister, Max 1963. A manatee experience. Drum & Croaker, Jun. 1, 1963: 12. -Account of the captivity in the Toledo (Ohio) Zoo Aquarium of a "South American freshwater manatee" from Georgetown, British Guiana [probably T manatus], Apr.-Sep. 1960. He shared a tank with a paddlefish and ate lettuce, spinach, and celery; suffered from "very loose bowels" near the end of his captivity and finally died. Death was attributed to "edema and other complications probably due to ... resting in a bent attitude with head and tail downward, resulting in skin folds blocking the urogenital opening"; but this is a normal attitude for wild manatees. Also, "severe rope lacerations ... responded slowly to Acriflavin treatment." Hogben, Lancelot T 1919. The progressive reduction of the jugal in the Mammalia. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1919(1-2): 71-78. Sep. 29, 1919. -Sirs., 76. Hojo, Teruyuki 1976. Anatomical identification and anthropological NUMBER 80 157 consideration of a humerus of the dugong (Du- gong dugon) unearthed from Urasoe Shellmound Okinawa Island. Jour. Anthrop. Soc. Nippon (Jinruigaku Zasshi), 84(2): 139-146. 1 fig. Jun. 1976. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. x Holder, Charles Frederick 1893. The California Academy of Sciences. Californian Illus. Mag., 3(2): 229-244. 14 figs. Jan. 1893. -P. 236: {"The skeleton that attracts most attention [in the Academy's collection] is that of the great sea-cow, or Rhytina, that was discovered by Steller on our northwest coast. There are but two or three good skeletons known, this being one of the best."} This skeleton was destroyed in the San Francisco earthquake and fire in 1906. See also L. Stejneger (1893). Holl, Friedrich 1829. Handbuch der Petrefaktenkunde.... Erstes Bdnd- chen. Dresden, P.G. Hilscher'sche Buchhandlung (Allgemeine Taschenbibliothek der Naturwissen- schaften, 9. Theil), viii +115. -Allen 726. In four "Bandchen," paged consecu- tively (pp. 1-489), the last two dated 1830. Hippopotamus intermedius [= Metaxytherium me- dium], 57; H. dubius or minimus [= Protosiren minima], 58; Manatus fossilis [= Metaxytherium medium], 69. x Holland, W.J. 1917. The mammals of the Isle of Pines. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 11(3/4): 356-358. Nov. 5, 1917. -P. 356: {"Order SIRENIA (Sea-cows). Family MANATIDAE Gray. Genus Manatus Briinnich. 1. Manatus manatus (Linnaeus). The manatee is known to occur in the lagoons about Siguanea Bay [Cuba]. An effort to secure a license to take a specimen for the Museum was made by Mr. Link, but was unsuccessful."} Hollister, N. 1912. A list of the mammals of the Philippine Islands, exclusive of the Cetacea. Philippine Jour. Sci., 7D(1): 1-64. Feb. 1912. -Dugong, 3, 45-46. Holme, T.K. 1956. [title?] J our.[7] Malayan Angling Assoc, 4(1): 26. Jun. 1956. -Report of a three-foot-long dugong at Port Dickson, Malaya, x Holton, Isaac F. 1857. New Granada: twenty months in the Andes. New York, Harper & Bros., 1-605. -P. 46: {"Next comes a pond that I suspect is brackish, La Laguna de Tesca. Your peon will tell you strange stories of the viviparous fish— manati—with women's breasts, found there. It is the Manatus Americanus, a mammal. This is Herndon's cow-fish, a staple article of food on the Amazon, but not often caught here [near Cart- agena, Colombia]. No wonder that its meat is not like fish, for it is no more a fish than a seal or a whale is."} Home, Everard: SEE ALSO Raffles, T.S., 1820. x Home, Everard 1820a. On the milk tusks, and organ of hearing of the dugong. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 110(2)(Art. 9): 144-155. Pis. 12-14. Read Apr. 13, 1820. -Allen 589. Discusses replacement of the tusks (146-149, 153, pis. 12-14) and the ear apparatus (149-153); describes a specimen with two vestig- ial lower incisors (153-154, pi. 14). "The plates give profile and basilar views of the skull, section of the tusk, milk dentition, lower jaw, incisors, and section of molars" (Allen). x Home, Everard 1820b. Particulars respecting the anatomy of the dugong, intended as a supplement to Sir T. S. Raffles' account of that animal. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 110(2)(Art. 20): 315-323. Pis. 25-31. Read Jun. 29, 1820. -Allen 590. Describes the teeth, skeletons, and internal organs of a male and a female dugong sent by Raffles. The plates show the entire animal, the stomach, tongue, cecum, heart, part of the trachea and lungs, sexual organs, sternum, and pelvic bones. x Home, Everard 1821a. An account of the skeletons of the dugong, two-horned rhinoceros, and tapir of Sumatra, sent to England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, Governor of Bencoolen. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc London, 11 l(2)(Art. 18): 268-275. Pis. 20-24. Read Mar. 22, 1821. -Allen 602. Notes that the arrangement of the lungs and skeleton of the dugong result in its passively maintaining a horizontal posture (268- 270); illustrates the skeleton of a female (pi. 20). x Home, Everard 1821b. On the peculiarities that distinguish the manatee of the West Indies from the dugong of the East Indian seas. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, lll(2)(Art. 26): 390-391. Pis. 26-29. Read Jul. 12, 1821. -German ?transl.: Froriep's Notizen, 2: 260-261, 158 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Jun. 1822 (Allen 614). Comments on the anatomy of the manatee in comparison with the dugong; the plates show a manatee, its skeleton, stomach, and cecum. Home, Everard 1823. Lectures on comparative anatomy; in which are explained the preparations in the Hunterian Collection. Illustrated by engravings. To which is subjoined, Synopsis systematis regni animalis, nunc primum ex ovi modificationibus propositi.... Vol. Ill [-TV]. London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown (entire work, 6 vols., 1814-1828), Vol. 3 (text): xvii + 586; Vol. 4 (plates): i-viii, 171 pis. -Allen 627. The plates of sirs. (pis. 21-27, 50-56, 116) all first appeared in Home (1820a,b; 1821a,b). D Honda, A. 1927. On the "Desmostylus." Jour, of Zoology of Japan, 39: 435. -Regards Desmostylus as a monotreme. Honda, Katsuhisa: SEE Miyazaki et al., 1979. x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1952. Fact and fiction in hippopotamology (sampling the history of scientific error). Osiris, 10: 109-116. -Reviews the nomenclatural history of "Hippo- potamus minimus" and "Hippopotamus medius," noting that the first is a senior synonym of //. dubius. Corrects the name of Protosiren(?) dubia to P.(?) minima, new combination (113-114). x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1977. A sirenian skeleton from the Miocene of Eibergen, Province of Gelderland, The Netherlands: Metaxytherium cf. medium (Desmarest). Scripta Geol, 41: 1-25. 6 pis. -Describes and compares a partial skeleton of Middle-Late Miocene (Langenfeldian-Badenian?) age in the Leiden Museum. x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1982. A sirenian rib dredged from the Western Scheldt, The Netherlands. Netherlands Jour. Zool, 32(2): 261-262. PI. 1. -Describes the distal portion of a rib, of unknown age but resembling those of Metaxytherium cf. medium from the Miocene of Eibergen (see Hooijer, 1977). xD Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1984. The solution of the Cryptomastodon problem. Netherlands Jour. Zool, 34(2): 228-231. 1 fig. -Shows that the supposed desmostylian Crypto- mastodon martini v. Koenigswald, 1933, was based on material of Stegodon (Proboscidea) and Geochelone (Chelonia). Hopewell-Smith, Arthur 1913. An introduction to dental anatomy and physiol- ogy, descriptive and applied. London, J. & A. Churchill, xx + 372. Frontisp. 334 figs. 5 pis. Hopkins, David M.: SEE ALSO MacNeil et al., 1961. Hopkins, David M. 1967. The Cenozoic history of Beringia—a synthesis. In: D.M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford Univ. Press, 451-484. 4 figs. -Sirs., 479. See also WS. Laughlin (1967) and V.B. Scheffer(1967). x Hopwood, A. Tindell 1927. Sirens in fancy and in fact. Nat. Hist. Mag. (London), 1(1): 17-21. 3 figs. Jan. 1927. -Pop. acc. of fossil and Recent sirs, and the mermaid legend. Notes the existence of a partial skeleton of Metaxytherium from Ragusa, Sicily, in the British Museum. Horikawa, Hideo: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1988; Miyazaki et al., 1988. D Horikawa, Hideo; Kobayashi, Iwao; & Takahashi, Keiichi 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from Niigata Prefecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 18-20. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Hornaday, W.T. 1895. Manatee, tapir, and peccary. St. Nicholas, 22: 1038. Oct. 1895. Horsfield, Thomas 1851. A catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the Hon. East-India Company. London, W.H. Allen & Co., vi + 212. -Lists a skull of Halicore dugung from Siam (139). Hoshita, Takahiko: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988; Yoshii et al., 1989. Houhoulis, Paula 1990. Excerpts from [a senior thesis entitled] Applica- tions of the Geographic Information System to manatees (Trichechus manatus) in West Tampa Bay, Florida. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 54-57. Dec. 1990. NUMBER 80 159 Houttuyn, Martin 1761-1773. Natuurlyke Historic of uitvoerige Bes- chryving der Dieren, Planten en Mineraalen, volgens het Samenstel van den Heer Linnaeus.... Deel 1. Dieren. Amsterdam, F. Houttuyn (18 parts, 1761-1773). -Allen 283. Manati, 1: 462. Howard, Hildegarde: SEE ALSO Barnes et al., 1981. D Howard, Hildegarde 1966. A possible ancestor of the Lucas auk (Family Mancallidae) from the Tertiary of Orange County, California. Los Angeles County Mus. Contrib. Sci., No. 101: 1-8. Howell, Alfred Brazier 1930. Aquatic mammals: their adaptations to life in the water. Springfield (111.) & Baltimore, Charles C Thomas; London, Bailliere, Tindall, & Cox, xii + 338. 54 figs. -Rev.: Jour. Anat., 65: 280-281. Repr.: Dover Publ. Co., 1970. Howell, John H. 1968. The Borgu Game Reserve of northern Nigeria: Part 2. Nigerian Field, 33(4): 147-165. 1 tab. 5 pis. Oct. 1968. -Discusses the occurrence, natural history, and hunting of T. senegalensis in the Doro River Forest Reserve, which is to be added to the Borgu Game Reserve (150-151, 165). x Howes, C.A.; & Bamber, M. 1970. Rarities in a museum. Oryx, 10(5): 326-328. Sep. 1970. -Lists Dugong specimens from Kenya and Cey- lon in the Royal Albert Memorial Museum, Exeter, England (327). Howes, G.B. 1893. On the coracoid of the terrestrial Vertebrata. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893(3): 585-592. 2 figs. Oct. 1893. -Sirs., 572 (?). x Howes, G.B.; & Harrison, J. 1893. On the skeleton and teeth of the Australian dugong. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 62nd Meeting (Ed- inburgh, 1892): 790. -Observations on vertebral epiphyses, phalanges, and dentition in the dugong; compares the dugong with the manatee, Halitherium, Metaxytherium, and Cetacea. Hoz-Zavala, Ma. Elia: SEE Colmenero-Rolon & Hoz- Zavala, 1986. Huber, G.C: SEE Kappers et al., 1960. Hucke, K.; & Voigt, E. 1929. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fauna des norddeut- schen Septarientones. Zs. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., 81: 159-168. 2 pis. Hudson, Brydget E.T.: SEE ALSO Blair & Hudson, 1992; Johnstone & Hudson, 1980, 1981; Ligon & Hudson, 1977; Maynes & Hudson, 1981; Ober& Hudson, 1988?. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977a. The dugong Dugong dugon (Miiller 1776) in Papua New Guinea: a programme for conserva- tion, management and public education. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 77/14: iv + 41 + 9 pp. between pp. 29 & 30 + 11 pp. between pp. 35 & 36. 8 figs. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977b. Dugong: distribution, hunting, protective legisla- tion and cultural significance in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 77/16: 1-22. 21 figs. -Results of two mail surveys to determine dugong distribution, hunting areas, hunting methods, population dynamics, needed conservation meas- ures, and cultural significance in PNG. Includes a selection of dugong legends. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1978. Papua New Guinea's national animals. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 78/2: [1-14]. 33 figs. -A collection of articles that first appeared in New Nation. Includes brief pop. acc. and figure of dugong, 12-13. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1979. Dugong conservation, management and public education programme in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 79/1: 38-42. 4 figs. -Repr. from B.E.T. Hudson (ed.), Wildlife in Papua New Guinea: wildlife conservation & management in Papua New Guinea. Proc. South Pacif. Commission Workshop on Environmental Planning & Assessment, 26-28 Jan. & 18-28 Feb. 1978. Konedobu (PNG), Wildlife Division, Dept. of Lands & Environment, 1978. x Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1980a. Dugong conservation management and public education programme report 1978-1980, and action plan 1980-1982. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/8: 1-102. 65 figs. -Detailed report on dugong-related activities in PNG, with extensive appendices including post- 160 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Hudson. 1980b. Hudson. 1980c. Hudson 1980d Hudson 1980e. Hudson 1981a. x Hudson 1981b. Hudson, 1983. ers, public-education aids, questionnaires, and other documents. Brydget E.T. Aerial surveying of dugongs and other marine resources. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/14. Brydget E.T. Dugongs in Papua New Guinea: West New Britain. Background information, aerial surveys, a village patrol, recommendations. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/15: 1-22. 14 figs. -Published May 1981? Brydget E.T. Dugongs in Papua New Guinea: Manus Province. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/16. Brydget E.T. Dugong myth and management in Papua New Guinea. In: L. Morauta, J. Pernetta, & W. Heaney (eds.), Traditional conservation in Papua New Guinea: implications for today. Boroko (Papua New Guinea), Institute of Applied Social & Economic Research, Monogr., 16: 311-315. Brydget E.T. Interview and aerial survey data in relation to resource management of the dugong in Manus Province, Papua New Guinea. Bull. Mar. Sci., 31(3): 662-672. 1 tab. 7 figs. 1 pi. Jul. 1981. -?Abstr.: Internatl. Symp. Biol Manage. Man- groves Trop. Shallow Water Communs., 2: 30-31, 1980? Brydget E.T. The dugong conservation, management and public education programme in Papua New Guinea: working with people to conserve their dugong resources. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 123-141. 5 figs. -Describes the program's history and aims, its present scope, and the educational and research methods used. Also includes as appendices sam- ple carcass and aerial survey data sheets (388- 398). Brydget E.T Dugongs of the northern Torres Strait: aerial surveys, observations during a tagging project, catch statistics, with recommendations for conser- vation and management. [Abstr.] Proc. Pacif Sci. Congress, 15(1-2): 108. x Hudson 1984 Hudson 1986a Hudson 1986b Hudson 1986c, Hudson 1986. Huerta, 1624. Hughes 1993. Hughes 1969. Hughes 1971. , Brydget E.T. So long, dugong. BBC Wildlife, 2(6): 298-301. 5 figs. Jun. 1984. -Pop. acc. of the linkage between the decline of dugongs and cultural change among the Kiwai of Papua New Guinea. , Brydget E.T. The hunting of dugong at Daru, Papua New Guinea, during 1978-1982: community manage- ment and education initiatives. In: A.K. Haines, G.C Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 Febru- ary 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 77-94. 5 figs. , Brydget E.T. . Dugongs and people. Oceanus, 29(2): 100-106. 8 figs. Summer 1986. , Brydget E.T. Dugongs—traditional harvesting and conserva- tion. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects .... Sydney, Total Environment Centre, 188-205. , Brydget E.T; & Marsh, Helene D. Present and future value of data concerning the Torres Strait area accumulated by the Australian Coastal Surveillance Centre. In: A.K. Haines, G.C. Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 Febru- ary 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 316-334. 6 tabs. 7 figs. Jeronimo de Historia natural de Cayo Plinio Secundo.... Madrid, 434 leaves. , Claire D. The manatee: rescue at sea. Sky Magazine (Delta Air Lines), 22(3): 74-83. 14 figs. Mar. 1993. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and their conserva- tion. , George R. Dugong status survey in Mozambique. World Wildlife Yearbook (World Wildlife Fund), 1969:137-139. , George R. Referenda preliminar as tartarugas maritimas e dugongues de Mocambique. Veter. Moqambique (Lourenco Marques), 4(2): 45-62. -Based on interviews with fishermen, discusses past and present dugong distribution in Mozam- bique and in the Maputa River, the need for enforcement of existing protective laws, and the NUMBER 80 161 need for sanctuaries (58-62). x Hughes, George R.; & Oxley-Oxland, R. 1971. A survey of dugong (Dugong dugon) in and around Antonio Enes, northern Mocambique. Biol Conserv., 3(4): 299-301. 3 figs. Jul. 1971. -Reports the results of a brief aerial survey (27 dugongs sighted) and an interview with a fisher- man, together with measurements of one dugong. Comments on dugong habits and the construction and use of dugong nets; concludes that there is a substantial dugong population in the area and that hunting pressure is slight. The survey result was also mentioned by Hughes in South Afr. Assoc. Mar. Biol. Res. Bull, No. 9: 43, 1971. xDHulbert, Richard C, Jr. 1992. A checklist of the fossil vertebrates of Florida. Papers in Florida Paleontology, No. 6: 1-35. 1 tab. May 1992. -Lists the fossil sirs. Protosiren sp., Crenatosiren olseni, Dioplotherium manigaulti, Corystosiren varguezi, "Hesperosiren" crataegensis, Metaxytherium calvertense, M. floridanum, Tri- chechus sp., and T manatus from Florida. Considers the presence of desmostylians in Flor- ida "extremely doubtful" (28-29, 33). x Hulbert, Richard C, Jr.; & Morgan, Gary Scott 1989. Stratigraphy, paleoecology, and vertebrate fauna of the Leisey Shell Pit Local Fauna, Early Pleistocene (Irvingtonian) of southwestern Flor- ida. Papers in Florida Paleontology, No. 2: 1-19. 3 tabs. 5 figs. Jul. 1989. -Lists T. manatus in the faunal lists from Leisey Sites 1A, 3A, and 3B, Hillsborough County, Florida (11). Humboldt, Alexander von 1819. Voyage aux rigions iquinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait en 1799,1800,1801,1802,1803 et 1804, par Al de Humboldt et A. Bonpland.... Tome second. Paris, N. Maze (entire work: 3 vols., 1814-1825), Vol. 2: 1-722. -Allen 579. Engl, eds., 1819, 1852-1853. Ger- man ed., Stuttgart, J.G. Cotta (4 vols.), 1859- 1860. Manati, 2: 226-228, 606; in 1819 London ed., 4: 447-450; in Stuttgart ed., 3: 44-46, 4: 162-163,284-285,293. x Humboldt, Alexander von 1838. Uber den Manati des Orinoko. Wiegmann's Arch. Naturgesch., 4(1): 1-10. Pis. 1-2. -Allen 935. Transl. from French and annotated by A.F.A. Wiegmann. Describes the distribution, measurements, external and internal anatomy (especially of the mouth region), food, habits, hunting, and use of products of Orinoco manatees. The plates give overall views of the animal and of the interior of the mouth, and a schematic longitudinal section of the body, showing the horizontal diaphragm. See also A.F.A. Wiegmann (1838). x Humes, Arthur G. 1964. Harpacticus pulex, a new species of copepod from the skin of a porpoise and a manatee in Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf & Caribbean, 14(4): 517- 528. 32 figs. Dec. 1964. -Spanish summ. Describes an ectoparasite from specimens of Tursiops truncatus and Trichechus manatus latirostris held in the Miami Seaquar- ium. Humphrey, Stephen R.: SEE Marmontel et al., 1990. x Humphreys, John 1908. The teeth of fossil fishes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Odont. Sect., 1(3): 7-16. 1 pl- -P. 8: {"In Edentates we find the teeth of the sloths are formed of a dentine permeated by vascular canals, hence termed vaso-dentine. The megatherium, the gigantic extinct sloth of South America, exhibits this variety very clearly, in which the dentine and the cementum also were rich in looped blood-vessels which traversed the structures. "The teeth of the manatee possess similar characteristics...."} Hunger, Richard; & Magalowski, G. 1957. Mitteilung liber neue, umfangreiche Sirenierfunde aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan Mitteldeutsch- lands. Geologic 6: 837-841. 1 tab. 4 figs. Hunnam, Peter: SEE Baldwin & Hunnam, 1987. x Hunt, Archibald E. 1899. Ethnographical notes on the Murray Islands, Torres Straits. Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Britain & Ireland, 28: 5-19. Read Feb. 22, 1898. -Pp. 12-13: {"The vegetable food of the island [Mer] included cocoanuts, yams (several varie- ties), sweet potatoes, bananas, sugar cane, and several indigenous fruits. Pigs, birds [13], fish, dugong, shell-fish, turtle, Crustacea, &c, are also eaten."} Hunter, Aline: SEE Morales et al., 1985. Hunter, John 1787. Observations on the structure and oeconomy of whales. 162 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 77(2): 371-450. Pis. 16-23. Read Jun. 28, 1787. -Repr. in J.F. Palmer (ed.), The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. London, Longmans, Vol. 4: 331- 392, 1837. Alludes in passing to the lobulated condition of the manatee kidney (m413). Hiipsch, Baron von 1774. Beschreibung einiger neuentdeckten versteinten Theile grosser Seethiere. Der Naturforscher, 3: 178-183. -Allen 328. Reports fossil ear and other bones of sirs, and cetaceans from Antwerp. x Hurst, Lawrence A.; & Beck, Cathy A. 1988. Microhistological characteristics of selected aqua- tic plants of Florida with techniques for the study of manatee food habits. U.S. Fish & Wildl. Service Biol Rept., 88(18): xii + 145. 6 tabs. 93 figs. Sep. 1988. -Describes microhistological characters of 83 taxa of plants found in manatee habitat in Florida (but does not indicate which are known to be eaten by manatees); provides identification keys and sample data sheets; and details procedures for collecting, processing, and analyzing samples of manatee ingesta and for preparing and photo- graphing reference slides of plants. Includes a glossary and an index. Husar, Sandra L.: SEE ALSO Ligon, Sandra L. Husar. x Husar, Sandra L. 1975a. The dugong: endangered siren of the South Seas. Natl Parks & Conserv. Mag., 49(2): 15-18. 3 figs. Feb. 1975. -Pop. acc. with range map. Notes (18) that bleeding dugong carcasses in Queensland were not molested by sharks or other predators. Husar, Sandra L. 1975b. A review of the literature of the dugong (Dugong dugon). U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish & Wildl. Serv., Wildl. Research Rept., No. 4: 1-30. 2 tabs. 8 figs. -In 1973, Husar, under contract to the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, produced an unpublished Survey of the Order Sirenia in four parts dealing with the four living species. These were the basis for this work as well as Husar (1977a,b; 1978a,b,c). In 1975 she compiled An annotated bibliography of the Recent Sirenia (Trichechus, Dugong, Hydro- damalis), comprising 1,181 titles and likewise unpublished, but incorporated into the bibliogra- phy of Marsh et al. (1979). Husar, Sandra L. 1975c. Sirenia. Project 1038. Sea cows—world-wide conservation programme. World Wildl. Yearbook (Morges, Switzerland, World Wildl. Fund), 1974-75: 292-294. Husar, Sandra L. 1977a. Trichechus inunguis. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 72: 1-4. Jun. 15, 1977. Husar, Sandra L. 1977b. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish & Wildl. Serv., Wildl. Research Rept., No. 7: 1-22. 4 tabs. 4 figs. Jun. 22, 1977. Husar, Sandra L. 1978a. Dugong dugon. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 88: 1-7. 4 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Husar, Sandra L. 1978b. Trichechus senegalensis. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 89: 1-3. 3 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Husar, Sandra L. 1978c. Trichechus manatus. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 93: 1-5. 3 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Hussainy, H.S.H. 1977? Rare sightings of dugongs (Dugong dugon). Newsletter Madras Snake Park Trust, 2(2): 9. Husson, A.M. 1973. Voorlopige lijst van de zoogdierens van Suriname. Zool. Bijdragen (Leiden), 14: 1-15. -Engl. summ. Manatee, 11. x Husson, A.M. 1978. The mammals of Suriname. Zool. Monogr., Rijksmus. Nat. Hist. (Leiden), 2: xxxiv + 569. 92 tabs. Frontisp. 52 figs. 160 pis. 3 maps. -Summarizes the distribution and natural history in Suriname of T. m. manatus (334-339, pis. 90-91), mainly on the basis of previous literature. Includes skull measurements of 5 specimens and some external measurements of 3. Repeats a report that manatees like ripe bananas so much that they will overturn boats to get them! Hutchins, Jane 1968. Discovering mermaids and sea monsters. Tring, Shire Pubis., 1-40. Illus. Hutchinson, H.N. 1892. Extinct monsters. A popular account of some of the larger forms of ancient animal life.... London, xxii + 270. 58 figs. 26 pis. -Rev.: Nat. Sci., 2: 135-143. Rhytina, 246-250, fig. 58, pi. 26. Hutchison, J. Howard: SEE Barnes et al., 1981. Hutton, Robert F. 1964. A second list of parasites from marine and coastal animals of Florida. NUMBER 80 163 Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc, 83: 439-447. x Hutton, Robert F.; & Sogandares-Bernal, Franklin 1960. A list of parasites from marine and coastal animals of Florida. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc, 79(3): 287-292. Jul. 1960. -Lists Chiorchis fabaceus from T m. latirostris (m290). Huxley, Thomas Henry 1863. Lectures on the vertebrate skull. Med. Times & Gazette, 1863: 2. -Sirs., 579, 609, 633. Huxley, Thomas Henry 1866. Lectures at the Royal College of Surgeons. Lancet, 1866(1): 180,381. Huxley, Thomas Henry 1871. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated animals. London, J. & A. Churchill, vi + 510. Illus. -New York ed., D. Appleton & Co., 1872, 1-431, 110 figs. Sirs., 332, 387-391 (1872 ed., 330). Huzita, Kazuo: SEE Fujita, Kazuo. Hyrtl, Joseph 1845. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen uber das innere Gehororgan des Menschen und der Saugethiere. Prague, F. Ehrlich, viii + 139. 9 pis. Hyrtl, Joseph 1873. Die Corrosions-anatomie und ihre Ergebnisse. Vienna, Wilhelm Braumuller, 1-253. Illus. -Discusses the kidney of Dugong. I Ichinotani Research Group: SEE Abe et al., 1982. ICZN: SEE International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. Igarashi, Yaeko: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. Diering, Hermann von 1904. OrioJurud. Rev. Museu Paulista (Sao Paulo), 6: 385-460. -German ?summ.: Petermann's Geogr. Mitt., 11: 260-266, 1904? Diering, Rodolpho von 1940. Diciondrio dos animais do Brasil. Sao Paulo [Tipografia Brasil, Rothschild Lou- reiro, & Cia. Ltda.], 1-898. Illus. -Sirs., 584 (504?). Ijiri, Shoji: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Committee; Sato & Ijiri, 1977; Takai et al., 1952; Yabe et al., 1952; Yabe& Ijiri, 1954. D Ijiri, Shoji 1937a. On the tooth germ (Zahnkeim) of Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga et Iwasaki. [Abstr.] Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(525): 532. Jun. 20, 1937. -In Japanese. Repr.: Jap. Jour. Geol Geogr., 14(3/4): 59, Oct. 1937? D Ijiri, Shoji 1937b. Die Zahnformel von Desmostylus japonicus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(528): 837-856. 2 pis. Sep. 30, 1937. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1937c. Uber das Os sacculi dentis bei Desmostylus japonicus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(531): 1177-1193. 9 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1938a. Uber den Zahnkeim M/2 (= ml/2) und das Os sacculi dentis von Desmostylus japonicus. Proc. Imper. Acad. Japan, 14(6): 225-230. 6 figs. Jun. 1938. D Ijiri, Shoji 1938b. The mammalian teeth morphogenetically consid- ered with special reference to those of Desmosty- lus japonicus (invagination hypothesis). Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 45(538): 566-572. 9 figs. 2 pis. Jul. 20, 1938. -In Japanese. D Ijiri, Shoji 1939a. Histologische Untersuchung der Zahne des Desmostylus japonicus. Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus., 1(1): 1-16. 13 figs. Mar. 1939. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1939b. Histological study of the teeth of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 46(548): 220-230. 13 figs. May 20, 1939. -In Japanese; German summ. xD Ijiri, Shoji 1939c. Microscopic structure of a tooth of Desmostylus. Proc. Imper. Acad. Japan, 15(5): 135-138.6 figs. May 1939. -Study of sections of an M/l of D. japonicus. Comments that Desmostylus is an ungulate sensu lato and cannot be considered a monotreme, multituberculate, marsupial, or sirenian. D Ijiri, Shoji 1940. A study on the variation in the teeth of Desmosty- lus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 47(563): 318-327. 6 figs. Aug. 20, 1940. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. ?Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 18:28, 1941? D Ijiri, Shoji 1952a. On some question of S. Ogose's "On Desmo- sry/Mj-bearing formation in Izumi-machi, Gifu Prefecture." Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 58(685): 494. D Ijiri, Shoji 1952b. Desmostylid restored. Science (Kagaku), 22(12): 621-626. 10 figs. D Ijiri, Shoji 1954. Fossil of blood vessels. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 19: 2-6. 8 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Ijiri, Shoji; & Inuzuka, Norihisa 1989. [Extinct Japanese giant mammals.] Tokyo, Tsukiji-Shokan Publ. Co., Ltd., 1-242. Illus. -In Japanese. Includes discussions of desmostyli- ans, Dusisiren dewana, and Hydrodamalis. D Ijiri, Shoji; & Kamei, T. 1961. On the skulls of Desmostylus mirabilis Nagao from South Sakhalin and of Paleoparadoxia 164 NUMBER 80 165 tabatai (Tokunaga) from Gifu Prefecture, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 53: 1-27. 1 tab. 22 figs. 6 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Engl, transl.: NTIS Document No. TT 74-53093. Ijiri, Syozi: SEE Ijiri, Shoji. xDDcebe, Nobuo; Takayanagi, Yokichi; Chiji, Manzo; & Chinzei, Kiyotaka 1972. Neogene biostratigraphy and radiometric time scale of Japan—an attempt at intercontinental correlation. Pacif. Geol, 4: 39-78. 8 figs. -Discusses the stratigraphic ranges of Desmosty- lus japonicus and Paleoparadoxia tabatai in Japan (44-45, 47, 48, 65-66). Deer, E. 1982. Look what we've done to our wetlands. Natl. Wildlife, 20: 42. Jun.-Jul. 1982. Dani, Giora: SEE ALSO Paz & Hani, 1976. x Dani, Giora 1976. More about dugongs. Israel—Land and Nature, 1(4): 161. 1 fig. Jul. 1976. -Reports a pregnant female dugong caught in a fishing net in the Gulf of Aqaba, Jan. 7, 1976. x Dliger, Carl 1811. Prodromus systematis mammalium et avium oddi- tis terminis zoographicus utriusque classis, eorumque versione Germanica. Berlin, sumptibus C Salfeld, xviii + 302. -Allen 523. Introduces the name Sirenia, applying it to a family within the "Ordo Natantia," and recognizes and diagnoses three monospecific genera: Manatus, Halicore (new name), and Rytina (new name) (140-141). These are based on, respectively, the nominal species Trichechus Manatus australis, T. Dugong, and T Manatus borealis, but the implied new combinations are not printed. Halicore is preferred to the name Dugong because the latter is not of Greek or Latin origin (xvii). Rytina is an incorrect transliteration of the Greek but is nonetheless the "correct original spelling" of the generic name. Dliger, Carl 1815. Ueberblick der Saugthiere nach ihrer Vertheilung uber die Welttheile. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1804-1811: 39-159. 5 tabs. Read Feb. 28, 1811. -Allen 544. Sirs., 53, 61, 64, 68, 70, 75, 79, 87, 91, 99, 103, 105, 110, 122; tabs. 1-5. The Family Sirenia is included with the Family Cete in the Order Natantia. Eight species are recognized: Manatus australis, M. Americanus, M. fluviatilis, M. sphaerurus, M.? Simia, Rytina borealis, R. cetacea, and Halicore cetacea. "M. australis" is placed in the Indian Ocean and Australia together with "H. cetacea," based on the testimony of Dampier. M. Americanus and M. fluviatilis are both attributed to South America; one of them (it is not specified which) is said to be found in large rivers and estuaries. M. sphaerurus is Adanson's Senegalese manatee. "M.? Simia" is Steller's "sea-ape." "R. borealis" and '7?. cetacea" are used interchangeably. The name Trichechus ap- pears in Tab. 5, together with Manatus, Halicore, and Rytina. Allen pungently comments on this work, stating that "the lists are, so far at least as the Cete and Sirenia are concerned, worthless conglomera- tions, which, as in the case of other groups treated in the same connection, appear to contain some names coined for the occasion, without descrip- tions or textual references. The paper may be safely ignored so far as Cetology is concerned." See also I. von Olfers (1818). Imai, Nobumi: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Imes, George D., Jr.: SEE Budiarso et al., 1979. Ingersoll, Ernest 1907. The life of mammals. New York, Macmillan Co., xi + 555. Ingles, L.G. 1958. Notas acerca de los mamiferos mexicanos. An. Inst. Biol. Mex., 29: 374-408. -Sirs., 408. x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1925. Opinion 90: Report on sixteen generic names of mammals for which suspension of rules was requested. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 73(3): 34-40. Dec. 16, 1925. -Rules that the name Rhytina be suppressed in favor of Hydrodamalis; a decision on Manatus vs. Trichechus is referred to a committee for a final decision (34, 38-40). See ICZN (1929). x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1929. Opinion 112: Suspension declined for Manatus, 1772 vs. Trichechus, 1758. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 73(6)(3016): 19. Jun. 8, 1929. -Recognizes Trichechus as the official generic name of the manatees and not of the walrus. See also F. Hemming (1952). x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1989. Opinion 1535: Halianassa studeri von Meyer, 166 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1838 (Mammalia, Sirenia): neotype designated; and Halitherium Kaup, 1838 (Mammalia, Si- D Inuzuka, renia): Pugmeodon schinzii Kaup, 1838, desig- 1981a. D Inuzuka, 1981b. D Inuzuka, 1981c. D Inuzuka, 1982a. D Inuzuka, 1982b. nated as the type species. Bull Zool NomencL, 46(1): 83-84. Mar. 1989. -Pursuant to the petitions of Domning (1987b), Halitherium is deemed to be the correct original spelling of Halytherium; the holotype of Pugmeo- don schinzii is designated as the neotype of Halianassa studeri; P. schinzii is designated as the type species of Halitherium; Halitherium and (Pugmeodon) schinzii are placed on the Official Lists of Names in Zoology; and Halianassa, Halytherium, and (Halianassa) studeri are placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Names. The main outcome of these actions is that the name Halianassa studeri is fixed as an objective junior synonym of the Oligocene spe- cies Halitherium schinzii, and Halianassa and H. studeri are thereby made unavailable for applica- tion to the Miocene specimens for which they have most often been used. International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) D Inuzuka, 1984a. D Inuzuka, 1984b. 1966-. Red data book. 1. Mammalia. Morges (Switzerland), IUCN. -Looseleaf compilation, periodically updated, of natural history, distributional, and status data on threatened and endangered species, based on published literature and original reports of various contributors. The 1972 Red data book was a completely new ed. Inuzuka, Norihisa: SEE ALSO Aizu Fossil Research Group; Ijiri & Inuzuka, 1989; Kamei et al., 1989; Kaneko & Inuzuka, 1992; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1977. On the right third inferior molar of Paleopara- doxia tabatai from "Wainai" remains, Iwate Prefecture. D Inuzuka, 1984c. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 31(4): 165-166. 2 figs. Jul. 1977. -In Japanese. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1980a. The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. I. Atlas and thoracic vertebrae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(4): 205-214. 2 tabs. 6 figs. 9 pis. Jul. 1980. D Inuzuka -In Japanese; Engl. summ. 1984d. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1980b. The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. II. Lumbar vertebrae, sacrum and coccygeal vertebrae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(5): 247-257. D Inuzuka, 2 tabs. 5 figs. 6 pis. Sep. 1980. 1985. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. III. Ribs, scapula and os coxae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 35(1): 1-18. 2 tabs. 20 figs. 6 pis. Jan. 1981. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. IV Metacarpus. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 35(5): 240-244. 2 figs. 2 tabs. 1 pi. Sep. 1981. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa A trial method of the mounting—basis of the skeletal reconstruction of Desmostylus. Fossil Club Bull, 14: 1-7. -In Japanese. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. V Limb bones. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(3): 117-127. 1 tab. 8 figs. 2 pis. May 1982. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa [Atlas of reconstructed desmostylians.] Saitama (Japan), Assoc, for the Geological Col- laboration in Japan, 1-16. Illus. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Restoration of Desmostylus.] Tokyo, Kaimeisha, 1-146. 1 tab. 38 figs. Sep. 1984. -In Japanese. Review: T. Urushido, Modern Geology, 9: 325-326, 1985. Norihisa Skeletal restoration of the desmostylians: herpeti- form mammals. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 9(2): 157-253. 11 tabs. 27 figs. 11 pis. Oct. 1984. Norihisa Studies and problems on the Order Desmostylia. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 1-12. 3 tabs. 2 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Norihisa Morphological restoration of Desmostylus. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 101-118. 2 tabs. 6 figs. 6 pis. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Norihisa Are "herpetiform mammals" really impossible? A NUMBER 80 167 D Inuzuka, 1986. D Inuzuka, 1987a. D Inuzuka, 1987b. D Inuzuka, 1988a. D Inuzuka, 1988b. D Inuzuka, 1988c. D Inuzuka, 1988d. reply to Halstead's discussion. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 10(2): 145-150. 2 figs. Sep. 1985. -Japanese transl.: Jour. Fossil Research, 18(2): 69-72, 2 figs., Dec. 1985. See L.B. Halstead (1985). Norihisa D Inuzuka, Hyracoidea; Proboscidea; Desmostylia; Sirenia. 1989a. In: M. Goto & N. Otaishi (eds.), Comparative odontology. Tokyo, Ishiyaku-shuppan, 177-187. Norihisa [Evolutionary significance of primitive desmo- stylians.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] D Inuzuka, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1989b. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 35-43. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Norihisa D Inuzuka, 1989c. D Inuzuka, 1977. Primitive desmostylians, Behemotops and the evolutionary pattern of the Order Desmostylia. In: Professor Masaru Matsui Memorial Volume. Sapporo, 13-25. Pis. 1-2. May 1987. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Coins the new familial name Behemotopsidae (16). Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus from Utanobori, Hokkaido, I. Cranium. Bull. Geol. Surv. Japan, 39(3): 139-190. 6 tabs. 17 figs. 8 pis. -In Japanese. Norihisa xD Inuzuka, [Restoration of extinct mammals, desmostylians.] 1980. Biomechanism, 9: 7-19. 2 tabs. 19 figs. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Re-examination of tooth identification of Desmostylus—type specimen of D. japonicus (Togari specimen).] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] D Inuzuka, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1986. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 107-122. 1 fig. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Body weight of Desmostylus.] m: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from D Inuzuka Japan (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra- 1980. phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam- mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 123-124. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Norihisa [III-2. Desmostylus and Behemotops.] In: Report of research on the Ashoro mammalian fauna. Ashoro (Japan), Ashoro Town Board of Education (201 pp.), 40-76. 1 tab. 52 figs. Mar. 31, 1989. -In Japanese. An article entitled "Preparation and casting" by Kenichiro Eguchi in the same volume (pp. 121-153, 3 tabs., 53 figs.) describes the preparation and reproduction of the Behemotops bones. Norihisa Reconsideration of tooth class identification in Desmostylus, with special reference to the holo- type of D. japonicus (Togari specimen). Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 95(1): 17-31. 1 tab. 14 figs. Jan. 1989. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa [Desmostylus.] Chishitsu News, No. 421: 1-4, 6-11. 6 figs. 8 pis. Sep. 1989. -In Japanese. Norihisa; Akiyama, Masahiko; & Ootsuki, Hideo Desmostylian molar found from Kamiatsunai, Urahoro-cho, Tokachi-gun, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 83(2): 139-141. 1 tab. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Norihisa; & Iwamizama Research Group First discovery of Dugong (Dugonginae) from the Middle Miocene in Kogawa, Kitahiyama-cho, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 86(9): 639-641. 2 figs. Sep. 1980. -In Japanese. Describes an isolated tooth identi- fied as a Dugong molar. I have suggested (in Barnes et al., 1985: 31-32 and Takahashi et al., 1986: 317) that it may instead represent Paleoparadoxia. Norihisa; & Karasawa, Hiroaki Some fossils of Paleoparadoxia from Miocene calcareous sandstones on the Noto Peninsula, central Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 40(4): 294-300. 1 tab. 7 figs. Jul. 1986. -In Japanese. , Norihisa; & Murai, Takefumi On a left third inferior molar of Paleoparadoxia 168 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY tabatai from the Moniwa Formation, Miyagi prefecture. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(2): 105-108. 1 tab. 4 figs. Mar. 1980. -In Japanese. D Inuzuka, Norihisa; Takayasu, Katsumi; & Tanito, Shigeru 1985. A metatarsus of Desmostylus from Miocene Fujina Formation, Shimane Prefecture, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 39(6): 453-458. 1 tab. 3 figs. 1 pi. Nov. 1985. -In Japanese. Irvine, A. Blair: SEE ALSO Bachman & Irvine, 1979; Campbell & Irvine; Neal et al., 1979. x Irvine, A. Blair 1982. West Indian manatee. In: D.E. Davis (ed.), CRC handbook of census methods for terrestrial verte- brates. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press (397 pp.), 241-242. -Outlines aerial survey techniques suitable for manatees, x Irvine, A. Blair 1983. Manatee metabolism and its influence on distribu- tion in Florida. Biol. Conserv., 25(4): 315-334. 1 tab. 4 figs. Apr. 1983. -The metabolic rates of 3 captive T. manatus were studied in relation to air and water temperature; rates were 15%-22% of predicted values, and thermal conductances 117%-229%. Body tem- perature averaged 36.4° C. Concludes that Florida is marginal habitat for manatees; 20° C is probably the minimum water temperature suitable for them, n Irvine, A. Blair; Caffin, John E.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1981. Aerial surveys for manatees and dolphins in western peninsular Florida (with notes on sight- ings of sea turtles and crocodiles). Washington, D.C, U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biol. Services, FWS/OBS-80/50, vi + 21. 3 tabs. 4 figs. Apr. 1981. -See Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman (1982). x Irvine, A. Blair; Caffin, John E.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1982. Aerial surveys for manatees and dolphins in western peninsular Florida. Fish. Bull, 80(3): 621-630. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -A revised and slightly abridged version of Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman (1981). Surveys from Her- nando to Monroe counties, Jul.-Dec. 1979, resulted in 554 manatee sightings. Group sizes, numbers of calves, and distribution with respect to habitat type and salinity are tabulated. No clear evidence for seasonal movements or reproductive trends was obtained. x Irvine, A. Blair; & Campbell, Howard W 1978. Aerial census of the West Indian manatee, Tri- chechus manatus, in the southeastern United States. Jour. Mamm., 59(3): 613-617. 1 fig. Aug. 21, 1978. -Repr. in Brownell & Ralls (1981: 17-21). Surveys in the winter and summer of 1976 located a maximum of 738 manatees in Florida and Georgia. Data are included on distribution in respect to temperature and salinity, number of young calves, and a possible spring calving season. x Irvine, A. Blair; Neal, F.C; Cardeilhac, Paul T; Popp, James A.; White, Franklin H.; & Jenkins, Robert L. 1980. Clinical observations on captive and free-ranging West Indian manatees, Trichechus manatus, in Florida. Aquatic Mamms., 8(1): 2-10. 3 tabs. 2 figs. Jun. 1980. -Reports blood and urine values, skin lesions and bacterial infections, body lengths, weights, and weight changes in relation to temperature. Urine osmolality varied with salinity; concludes that manatees may be able to drink salt water and concentrate urine. x Irvine, A. Blair; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Campbell, Howard W 1981. Manatee mortality in the southeastern United States from 1974 through 1977. In: R.L. Brow- nell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 Mar. 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 67-75. 5 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes the manatee carcass salvage program, and presents summaries of data on 185 carcasses salvaged in Florida, categorizing them by month and year of recovery, size, and cause of death (by month and by county). See also Beusse et al. (1981a). x Irvine, A. Blair; & Scott, Michael D. 1984. Development and use of marking techniques to study manatees in Florida. Florida Scientist, 47(1): 12-26. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Reports results of experiments with paint, freezebrands, spaghetti tags, peduncle straps, suture attachments, and sonic and radio tags. Data are given on dive times and manatee movements from telemetry; the maximum dive time recorded NUMBER 80 169 was 31 min. 5 sec. Irvine, D.H. 1975. Workshop on manatee conservation. Envir. Conserv., 2(2): 98. Irvine, Frederick Robert 1947. The fishes and fisheries of the Gold Coast.... London, publ. on behalf of the Government of the Gold Coast by the Crown Agents for the Colonies, 1-352. Illus. Irving, Laurence: SEE ALSO Scholander & Irving, 1941. Irving, Laurence 1973. Aquatic mammals. In: G.C Whittow (ed.), Com- parative physiology of behaviour. 3. Special aspects of thermoregulation. New York & London, Academic Press, 47-93. x Irving, Laurence; Scholander, P.F.; & Grinnell, S.W 1941. The respiration of the porpoise, Tursiops trunca- tus. Jour. Cell. Comp. Physiol, 17(2): 145-168. 15 figs. Apr. 1941. -Compares the breathing and diving of the manatee to those of Tursiops and other animals (ml51, ml58, 166). See also Scholander & Irving (1941). Irwandi, Anny; & Jarman, Yuni 1979. Notes on the dugong pool at the Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, Jakarta. Jakarta, Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, 1-12. 8 tabs. 3 figs. Isaacks, R.E.: SEE White et al., 1976, 1977. x Isham, Charlotte H. 1978. Matilda Mae Manatee. DeLand (Florida), Volusia Graphics, [16 pp.] 16 figs. Fall 1978. -Children's story about the manatees of Blue Spring State Park, Florida. Includes drawings by Laurna Dutton Jaramillo and a 5-page insert of "Selected References." Ishaya, P.D.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Ishida, Masao: SEE Shibata et al., 1981; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. Ishii, J.: SEE Minato et al., 1957. Issel, Arturo 1910. Alcuni mammiferi fossili dei Genovesato e del Savonese. Atti Accad. Lincei, Mem. CI Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat. (Rome), (5)8: 191-224. Pis. 1-4. Read Jan. 16, 1910. x Issel, Arturo 1912. Un omero di Felsinotherium. Atti Accad. Lincei, Mem. CI Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat. (Rome), (5)9: 119-125. 2 pis. -Publ. 1913? Describes (119-121) and illustrates a humerus of "F. subappenninum" [sic] from Lower Pliocene beds in Genova, Italy, and compares it very briefly with other sirs. Mentions the existence of a dugong skeleton from Assab, Eritrea, in the Genova museum (121). The bibliography (123-125) evidently pertains to both this paper and Issel (1910), to which this paper is said to form an "appendix." Itano, Kazuomi: SEE Miyazaki et al. Itoh, Shingo: SEE ALSO Tsuyuki & Itoh, 1967. x Itoh, Shingo; & Tsuyuki, Hideo 1974. Fatty acid component of Senegal manatee fats. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., 26: 307-311. 2 tabs. Nov. 1974. -Fatty acids of T. senegalensis found to be similar to those of the dugong. D Itoigawa, J.; & Nakamura, M. 1978. Historical research on the Mizunami Group; Part 2, From the Meiji Period to the 20th year of Showa. Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 5: 165-174. 1 tab. pis. Dec. 25, 1978. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Itoigawa, Junji 1984. Paleoenvironment in which Desmostylia lived reconstructed from fossil molluscan assemblages. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 35-43. 6 figs. 2 tabs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). IUCN: SEE International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, x Ivany, Linda C; Portell, Roger W; & Jones, Douglas S. 1990. Animal-plant relationships and paleobiogeogra- phy of an Eocene seagrass community from Florida. Palaios, 5(3): 244-258. 10 figs. -Facsimile repr.: Florida Pal Soc Newsletter 8(1), Winter 1991. Describes plant and in- vertebrate fossils from a Middle Eocene seagrass bed in the Avon Park Formation, and notes their association with remains of Protosiren and cheloniid sea turtles. Discusses the Tethyan distribution patterns of these organisms, and hypothesizes that Late Pliocene cooling elimi- nated Thalassodendron and Cymodocea from the Caribbean. Ivashin, M.V. 1965. [The sirens: fiction and reality.] Priroda, 1965(6): 104-108. 6 figs. Jun. 1965. -In Russian. 170 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Iwahori, Shojiro: SEE ALSO Watanabe & Iwahori, 1952. D Iwahori, Shojiro 1951. On the horizon of Desmostylus in the Toki basin, Gifu prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 57(672): 415-416. Sep. 1951. -In Japanese. Iwamizama Research Group: SEE Inuzuka et al., 1980. Iwamoto, Yasunori: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Iwasaki, C: SEE Tokunaga & Iwasaki, 1914; Yoshiwara & Iwasaki, 1902. Iwasaki, J.: SEE Yoshiwara & Iwasaki, 1902. D Iwata, Keiji; & Uozumi, Satoru 1971. A comparative study of ultrastructure in fossil collagen—Studies on calcified tissue; III. Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 77(2): 71-76. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Iziri, Syozi: SEE Ijiri, Shoji. Jackson, Crawford G., Jr.: SEE Arata & Jackson, 1965. x Jackson, E. Sandford 1923. Historical notes from the records in the Brisbane Hospital (1850-1870). Med. Jour. Austral (10th year), 1(11): 281-286. Mar. 17, 1923 (read Feb. 2, 1923). -Biographical sketch of Dr. William Hobbs. P. 282: {"Dr. Hobbs did much to introduce dugong oil as a substitute for cod liver oil, using it in all the diseases for which the latter long held reputation. He published a lecture on dugong oil under the title "Elaiopathy," to which reference is made in Lang's "Queensland." (Spongiopiline soaked in dugong oil was a favourite treatment for phthisis with Dr. Hobbs.)"} As far as I can determine, Hobbs' lecture "Elaiopathy" was published only in a newspaper, the Melbourne Argus, Sep. 19, 1857. Jackson, Hartley H.T: SEE Beard et al., 1942. x Jacobi, E.F. 1969. Hippopotamus, tapir and manatee house at Am- sterdam Zoo. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 9: 63-65. 1 fig. 2 pis. -Illustrates the overall plan of the building. Jacobs, Francine 1991. Sam the sea cow. New York, Walker & Co., 1-47. Illus. -Simultaneously publ. in Markham, Ontario, by Thomas Allen & Son. First ed.: Sewer Sam, the sea cow, N.Y., Walker & Co., 1979. Children's book on Florida manatees, based on "Sewer Sam's" rehabilitation at the Miami Seaquarium. Jacobsen 1889. [Title?] Globus, 1889: 183. Jacquet, Alain; Kleinschmidt, Traute; Dubois, Thierry; Schnek, Arthur G.; Looze, Yvan; & Braunitzer, Gerhard 1989. The thiol proteinases from the latex of Carica papaya L.: IV. Proteolytic specificities of chy- mopapain and papaya proteinase Q determined by digestion of ct-globin chains. Biol. Chem. Hoppe-Seyler, 370(8): 819-830. -German summ. Study of plant enzymes, using a-chains of manatee and mole hemoglobin as substrates. Jacquinot, Honored SEE Pucheran & Jacquinot, 1853. Jaeger, Jean-Jacques: SEE Court & Jaeger, 1991. Jaekel, Otto 1911. Die Wirbeltiere. Eine Ubersicht uber die fossilen und lebenden For men. Berlin, Borntraeger Bros., viii + 252. 281 figs. -Abstrs.: Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)33: 592?; Geol Zentralbl, 17: 475?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 18(3): 202-205?; Nature (London), 89: 134? Sirenii, 245. x Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1835. Ueber die fossilen Saugethiere, welche in Wurtem- berg [sic] aufgefunden worden sind. Stuttgart, Carl Erhard, [iii] + 1-70. 9 pis. -Abstr.: Jour. Giol. (Paris), 1: 392-393, 1830? A second installment, expanding the work to 214 pages and 20 plates, was published in 1839. Describes sir. rib fragments from the Miocene Molasse near Baltringen, Germany (3-4; pi. 9, figs. 1-6). Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1850. Ueber die fossilen Saugethiere Wurtembergs [sic]. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol, 22(2): 765-934. Pis. 68-72. -Also publ. as separate in 171 pp. + pis. Discusses Halianassa. x Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1857. Osteologische Bemerkungen. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leopoldino-Carolinae Nat. Curios., 26(1): 87-134. Pis. 6-8. -Describes skulls, dentitions, and postcranial skeletons of four T. manatus from Suriname (91-98, pi. 6), and skull and dentition of a dugong, with particular attention to the presence of interfrontal fontanelles in both species (98-99, pi. 6). James, D.B. 1988. Some observations and remarks on the endangered marine animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:337-340. 3 pis. Oct. 1988. James, Gideon T; & Slaughter, Bob H. 1974. A primitive new Middle Pliocene murid from Wadi el Natrun, Egypt. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 333-361. 4 tabs. 8 figs. -Notes the occurrence of indeterminate sir. remains in the Wadi el Natrun local fauna (m339). 171 172 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x James, P.S.B.R. 1974. An osteological study of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia) from India. Marine Biology, 27(2): 173-184. 4 tabs. 6 figs. Oct. 31, 1974. -Gives data on two skeletons, 15 other skulls, 10 mandibles, and other bones; but most measure- ments are not defined well enough to be usable. The text is mostly a general description of dugong osteology. No evidence is found for sexual dimorphism in linear dimensions, nor for taxo- nomic splitting of Indian from Red Sea dugongs. James, P.S.B.R. 1988. On the conservation and management of marine mammals of India. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:61-64. Oct. 1988. xD Janis, Christine M. 1988. New ideas in ungulate phylogeny and evolution. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 3(11): 291-297. 3 tabs. 2 figs. + cover illus. Nov. 1988. -Accepts the monophyly of the Tethytheria, and suggests that they all were primitively semi- aquatic, the proboscideans being "secondarily terrestrial" (292-295). Janis, Christine M.; & Fortelius, Mikael 1988. On the means whereby mammals achieve in- creased functional durability of their dentitions, with special reference to limiting factors. Biol Rev., 63: 197-230. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Janisch 1880. Scraps from public records. St. Helena Almanack (Jamestown, Govt. Printer), 1880. Janson, Thor 1979. The remarkable manatee. A personal adventure. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 50(5): 8-9, 28-29. Illus. Janson, Thor 1980. Discovering the mermaids. Oryx, 15(4): 374-379. 2 figs. Aug. 1980. Janssen, A.W: SEE Bosch et al., 1975. Janvier, Philippe: SEE Ginsburg et al. Janzen, Daniel H. 1984. Dispersal of small seeds by big herbivores: foliage is the fruit. Amer. Naturalist, 123: 338-353. x Jarman, P.J. 1966. The status of the dugong (Dugong dugon Miiller); Kenya, 1961. East Afr. Wildl Jour., 4: 82-88. 1 fig. Aug. 1966. -Preliminary report: Anon. (1966b). Detailed account of distribution and natural history, based largely on interviews with fishermen. Jarman, Yuni: SEE Irwandi & Jarman, 1979. Jay, D. 1919. Dugong hunting. The Lone Hand, Oct. 25, 1919: 40-41. 3 figs. -Dugong hunting in tropical Australia. Jeannin, A. 1951. Le dugong. In: La faune africaine: biologie, histoire, folklore, chasse. Paris, Payot, 1-242. Jel, Paul de 1944. El manati (Trichechus manatus): ^Un animal o un monstruo? Mem. Soc. Cienc Nat. La Salle (Caracas), 4(10): 20-23. 2 figs. May-Aug. 1944. Jeletzky, J.A. 1973. Age and depositional environments of Tertiary rocks of Nootka Island, British Columbia (92-E): mollusks versus foraminifers. Canad. Jour. Earth Scis., 10(3): 331-365. 2 figs. 3 pis. Mar. 1973. -Reports a fragment of a sir. rib from a unit ("Division D") of Early Miocene (Zemorrian, upper Blakely) age on Nootka Island (356-357). Jelgersma, Gerbrandus 1934. Das Gehirn der Wassersaugetiere. Eine anatomi- sche Untersuchung. Leipzig, Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1-238. 188 figs. -See also W.J.C Verhaart, 1972. Jenkins, Robert L.: SEE ALSO Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Irvine et al., 1980; Neal et al., 1979. x Jenkins, Robert L. 1981. Captive husbandry of the manatees at Marineland of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 128-130. -Describes the captive facilities and diet, the manatees' development of dermatitis during 5 months when they were kept in fresh water, and observations of mating. Jenkinson, J.W 1913. Vertebrate embryology, comprising the early history of the embryo and its foetal membranes. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1-267. Illus. -Mentions hippomanes (allantoic calculi) in the allantoic cavity of the "sea-cow." Jenks, A.E.; & Simpson, H.H., Sr. 1941. Beveled artifacts in Florida of the same type as NUMBER 80 173 artifacts found near Clovis, New Mexico. Amer. Antiquity, 6(4): 314-319. Jennison, G. 1927. Table of gestation periods and number of young. London, A. & C Black, Ltd., 1-8. Jentink, F.A. 1887. Catalogue osuSologique des mammiferes. Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas (Leiden), 9: 1-360. 12 pis. -Manatees from Suriname, 171. x Jentink, F.A. 1888. Zoological researches in Liberia. A list of mam- mals, collected by J. Buttikofer, CF. Sala and F.N. Stampfli, with biological observations. Notes Leyden Mus., 10: 1-58. -Gives locality records of T. senegalensis, with measurements of one specimen. Manatees in one area are said to form "schools" below rapids and to overturn canoes (33-34). Jentink, F.A. 1892. Catalogue systematique des mammiferes (singes, carnivores, ruminants, pachydermes, sirenes et c6tac6s). Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas (Leiden), 11: 1-219. -Sirs., 199. Jerdon, Thomas Claverhill 1867. Mammals of India; a natural history of all the animals known to inhabit continental India. Roorkee, printed for the author by the Thomason College Press, xxi + 319 + xv. -1874 ed.: London, John Wheldon, xxxi + 335. Dugong distribution in Andaman Islands, Ceylon, and India (310-312). x Jervis, James 1949. Notes and queries. Jour. & Proc. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc, 35(6): 339-341. -Cites notices in the Sydney Morning Herald in 1847 concerning dugong oil and its extraction at Moreton Bay (340). Jhingran, V.G.; & Gopalakrishnan, V. 1974. Mammalia. In: Catalogue of cultivated aquatic organisms. Rome, U.N. Food & Agric. Organization, 82-83. Mar. 1974. x Jobim, Anisio 1933. Panoramas amazonicos: Coary. Manaus (Brazil), Imprensa Publica, 1-159. -Describes three techniques of manatee hunting: "pesca do boiadouro" (harpooning where mana- tees are concentrated in deep pools during the dry season), "pesca na 'comedia'" (harpooning while a manatee is feeding), and "pesca do pary" (harpooning when a manatee disturbs stakes placed in a narrow waterway) (140-144). Jobim, Anisio 1948. Itacoatiara: estudo social, politico, geogrdfico e descritivo. Manaus (Brazil), Associacao Comercial do Ama- zonas, 1-71. -Gives quantities and values of manatee hides exported in 1942 and 1943 (61, 62). x Jobim, Jose" 1943. Brazil in the making. New York, Macmillan, x + 318. -P. 178: {"A relatively new product is the leather manufactured from peixe-boi, a large Amazon River fish with a hide which, when prepared, has a great affinity for coloring matter and thus facilitates the preparation of tinted hides."} x Joeckel, R.M. 1991. A functional interpretation of the masticatory system and paleoecology of entelodonts. Paleobiology, 16(4): 459-482. 6 tabs. 23 figs. "Fall 1990" (mailed Jan. 23, 1991). -Includes T. manatus in graph of coronoid height against toothrow position in mammalian mandi- bles (463). Johannes, Robert Earle: SEE ALSO Heinsohn et al., 1985. x Johannes, Robert Earle 1981. Words of the lagoon: fishing and marine lore in the Palau district of Micronesia. Berkeley, Univ. California Press, xiv + 245. Illus. -Briefly mentions the hunting and sale of du- gongs (mesekiu) (25, 68, 73). Johns, D.: SEE Barnett & Johns, 1982. Johns, Harvey 1964. No sirens these! Walkabout, 30(11): 20-22. 4 figs. + 1 on contents page. Nov. 1964. -Pop. acc. of dugongs. x Johnson, David H. 1964. Mammals of the Arnhem Land Expedition. Rees. Amer.-Austral. Sci. Expedition to Arnhem Land (Melbourne, Melbourne Univ. Press), 4: 427-515. 22 tabs. 16 pis. Oct. 1964. -Gives measurements and locality data on a collection of dugong skulls and mandibles (depos- ited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History), and comments on dugong habits and hunting (506-508). x Johnson, Eric 1937. List of vanishing Gambian mammals. Jour. Soc. Preserv. Fauna Empire, 31: 62-66. 174 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -States that, though manatees are "rare" in the Gambia River, "about a dozen are caught daily" (!) in fishermen's nets, "but only small specimens weighing from 10 to 40 lb. each." Also, "out of 100 Crocodiles cut open only one contained part of a Manatee." Recommends absolute protection for the species in the future (63-64, 66). x Johnson, Irving 1947. Adventures with the survey navy. Natl Geogr. Mag., 92(1): 130-148. Illus. Jul. 1947. -Reports a dugong seen while diving in a Southwest Pacific lagoon; locality not stated (143-144). Includes a good photo of the ventral side of a dugong's head (130). Johnson, J.I.: SEE Reep et al., 1989. Johnson, Murray L.; & Yablokov, Alexei V 1984. Marine mammals: losses and hopes. Acta Zool Fennica, No. 172: 117-119. Illus. Johnson, R. Roy: SEE Jones & Johnson, 1967. x Johnson, Rebecca L. 1991. The Great Barrier Reef: a living laboratory. Minneapolis, Lemer Pubis. Co., 1-96. Illus. -Pop. acc. of Australian dugongs and dugong research (36-46). Johnson, Stephen P. 1972a. Palau: conservation frontier of the Pacific. Natl. Parks & Conserv. Mag., 46: 12-17. 8 figs. Apr. 1972. Johnson, Stephen P. 1972b. Palau: exploring the limestone islands. Natl Parks & Conserv. Mag., 46(7): 4-8. 5 figs. 1 map. Johnston, Harry Hamilton 1884. The River Congo, from its mouth to Bolobo; with a general description of the natural history and anthropology of its western basin. Ed. 3. London, S. Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, xvii + 470. Illus. -Sirs., 379. Johnston, Harry Hamilton 1906. Liberia. London, Hutchinson & Co. (2 vols.), xxviii + 519; xvi+ 521-1183. Illus. -Sirs., 246. Johnston, S.J. 1913. On some Queensland trematodes, with anatomical observations and descriptions of new species and genera. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. (n.s.), 59: 361-400. x Johnston, T. Harvey; & Mawson, Patricia M. 1941. Nematodes from Australian marine mammals. Rees. South Austral. Mus., 6(4): 429-434. 10 figs. Feb. 28, 1941. -P. 432: {"Dujardinia halicoris (Owen) Baylis. /This large species was taken from an Australian dugong, Dugong australis Owen, from Yarrabah, near Cairns, North Queensland (Austr. Museum, Reg. No. W2543)."} Johnstone, I.M. 1979. Survey methods for the analysis of seagrass meadows with respect to their potential as dugong and turtle habitat with a field key to the seagrasses of Papua New Guinea. Occas. Paper Dept. Biol, Univ. of Papua New Guinea, No. 8. Dec. 1979. Johnstone, I.M.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1980. The dugong diet: mouth sample analysis. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/17. -Abstr.: Hudson & Johnstone, Internatl Symp. Biol. Manage. Mangroves Trop. Shallow Water Communities, 2: 31, 1980. x Johnstone, I.M.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1981. The dugong diet: mouth sample analysis. Bull Mar. Sci., 31(3): 681-690. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reprinting of 1980? Analysis of mouth samples from 102 dugongs caught in Papua New Guinea showed the presence of 11 different seagrasses, plus small amounts of algae and mangroves. Frequency of occurrence and a "preference ratio" for each species are tabulated. Concludes that the mouth samples reflect local abundance, ecological distribution, and energetic value of the seagrass species in the catch area. Johonnot, James 1887. Some curious flyers, creepers, and swimmers. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1-224. Illus. -Sirs., 198-203. D Joleaud, L6once 1920. Revue de paleontologie animale. Rev. Gen. Sci. (Paris), 31: 487-500. 11 figs. Jollie, M. 1973. Chordate morphology. Huntington (New York), Robert E. Krieger, 1-478. Illus. -Short discussion of dugong kidney (292). Jolly, Asit: SEE Bajpai et al., 1989. Jones, Douglas S.: SEE Ivany et al., 1990. Jones, J. Knox, Jr.: SEE ALSO Genoway & Jones, 1975. x Jones, J. Knox, Jr. 1965. Some Miskito Indian names for mammals. Jour. Mamm., 46(2): 353-354. May 20, 1965. -Gives palpa as the Miskito name for T. manatus in Nicaragua (354). Jones, J. Knox, Jr.; & Johnson, R. Roy 1967. Sirenians. In: S. Anderson & J.K. Jones, Jr. (eds.), Recent mammals of the world: a synopsis of families. NUMBER 80 175 New York, Ronald Press (453 pp.), 366-373. Fig. 62. Jones, J. Knox, Jr.; & Lawlor, Timothy E. 1965. Mammals from Isla Cozumel, Mexico with de- scription of a new species of harvest mouse. Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ, 16(3): 409-419. Jones, M.P. (ed.) 1976? Rulemaking actions September 1976. Florida manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 1(4): 3. x Jones, Marvin L. 1971. History of marine mammals in captivity with notes on their longevity. Proc. 7th Ann. Conf. Biol. Sonar & Diving Mammals (Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif): 81-89. Read Oct. 23, 1970. -Tabulates the earliest known instance of each sir. species being held in captivity, the earliest instance in America, and the longevity record for each (85). Jones, R.T.: SEE Kaiser et al., 1981. x Jones, Robert E. 1967. A Hydrodamalis skull fragment from Monterey Bay, California. Jour. Mamm., 48(1): 143-144. 1 fig. Feb. 20, 1967. -A specimen dredged up in 1960 yielded a radiocarbon date of 18,940 ± 1100 years B.P. See also A. Long (1965). Jones, S.G.; Liat, L.B.; & Cross, J.H. 1971. A key to the mammals of Taiwan. Chin. Jour. Microbiol, 4: 267-278. -Chinese summ. x Jones, Santhabpan 1959. On a pair of captive dugongs (Dugong dugong (Erxleben)). Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India, 1(2): 198-202. Dec. 1959. -Discusses various aspects of the natural history, diet, behavior, and size at birth of the dugong, and attempts to keep it in captivity. The captive pair were held at Mandapam Camp, India. Jones, Santhabpan 1966. Problems of research and conservation of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Indopaci- fic. [Abstr.] Proc. 11th Pacif Sci. Congr. (Tokyo), 5-7: 724. [77:16?] x Jones, Santhabpan 1967a. The dugong Dugong dugon (Miiller): its present status in the seas round India with observations on its behaviour in captivity. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 1: 215-220. 1 tab. 1 fig. PI. 33. -Abstr.: Abstr. Contr. Fish. Aquat. Sci. India, 1(1): 39-40? Summary of dugong distribution and status in India, with account of sexual behavior, pathology, and other observations on captives. Notes that a captive dugong was kept alive in New Caledonia for four months in 1965 (216). Jones, Santhabpan 1967b. On a pair of captive dugongs. Loris, 11:83-86. Jones, Santhabpan 1980. The dugong or the so-called mermaid, Dugong dugon (Miiller) of the Indo-Sri Lanka waters— problems of research and conservation. Spolia Zeylanica, 35(1-11): 223-260. 4 tabs. 8 figs. 6 pis. x Jones, Santhabpan 1981. Distribution and status of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Indian region. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar I workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 43-54. 3 figs. -Summarizes the present distribution of dugongs in Burma, India, and Sri Lanka, including the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; no resident populations appear to exist in Pakistan, Bangladesh, or the Maldives. Recommends joint research and conservation efforts by India and Sri Lanka. Jones, Santhabpan 1983. The present status of the dugong in the Indo-Sri Lanka waters. Loris, 16(3): 139-141. Jones, Sherman C: SEE Fernandez & Jones, 1990. Jones, Thomas Rymer 1871. General outline of the organization of the animal kingdom, and manual of comparative anatomy. Ed. 4. London, J. Van Voorst, xliii + 886. Dlus. -Sirs., 809, section 2201. x Jonklaas, Rodney 1960. The vanishing dugong. Loris, 8(5): 302-304. Jun. 1960. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and problems confronting their conservation in Ceylon, x Jonklaas, Rodney 1961. Some observations on dugongs (Dugong dugong—Erxleben). Loris, 9(1): 1-8. 4 figs. Jun. 1961. -Detailed account of the behavior of wild and 176 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY captive dugongs in India, with remarks on their conservation in India and Ceylon. Jonston, Johannes 1650. Historiae natur alls de piscibus et cetis Libri V. [together with] Historiae naturalis de exangvibus aqvaticis Libri TV. Frankfurt am Main, Matthaei Meriani, 1-228. 47 pis. [first part]; 1-78. 20 pis. [second part]. -Allen 74. Repr.: Amsterdam, 1718 (Allen 173). De Manati Indorum, 223-224, with a reference to "Tab. xliii"; but there is no corresponding figure on the plate. Jonston, Johannes 1657. An history of the wonderful things of nature: set forth in ten severall classes.... London, printed by John Streater, 1-344. -Allen 81. Transl. into English by John Rowland. Classis LX (Fishes), chap, xi, "of Manaty, and the Whiting," 296, 297. Jordan, Thomas 1873. [Title?] Forest & Stream, 1: 169. Jordana y Morera, Ram6n 1895. Bosquejo geogrdfico e historico-natural del Ar- chipiilago Filipino. Madrid, Impr. de Moreno y Rojas, xiv + 461. 12 pis. -Sirs., 174. Joseph, Brian E.: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. Joseph, Ellis S.: SEE Anonymous, 1923. x Jueco, Nonette L. 1977. The nematode Paradujardinia halicoris in the sea cow in the Philippines. Kalikasan, Philippine Jour. Biol, 6(3): 257-262. 6 figs. -Describes worms from the stomach and small intestine of a dugong, and suggests that P. halicoris has no intermediate host. Also comments briefly on the distribution of the dugong in the Philippines. Jukes, J. Beete: SEE Owen, R., 1847. K x Kadel, Jessica J. 1992. The great white manatee. Underwater Naturalist, 21(2): 15-16. 2 figs. -Account of a light-colored (but not albino) manatee, probably male, observed near Ft. Myers, Florida. Kadel, Jessica J.; Dukeman, Angela K.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1991. Report of the 1988 aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 228: iii + 55. 2 tabs. 17 figs. Oct. 18, 1991. Kadel, Jessica J.; Morgan, Margaret A.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1991. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri- chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida: technical report. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 225: iv + 74. 2 tabs. 21 figs. Aug. 20, 1991. Kadel, Jessica J.; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1992. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri- chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida from 1985-1990: a comprehensive six year study. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 246: iv + 17 + 5 + 17. 8 tabs. 13 figs. Mar. 3, 1992. Kairies, Hans 1978. Key to saving gentle manatee is awareness. Florida Conserv. News, 14(2): 8-9. 1 tab. 3 figs. Nov. 1978. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1960. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Osteologie der fossilen und rezenten Pachyostosen. Palaeontographica, A, 114(5/6): 113-196. 1 fig. Pis. 16-25. Jun. 1960. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1965a. The phylogenetic adaptation of aquatic mammals to their environment. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 5(2): 229. May 1965 (read Aug. 20, 1965). -Comments briefly on anatomical modifications in sirs, x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1965b. Einige Gesichtspunkte zur anatomischen Nomenklatur extremer Saugetierformen, am Bei- spiel der Sirenen. Anat. Anz., 116(5): 425-428. 3 figs. Jun. 30, 1965. -Engl. summ. Calls attention to the horizontal position of the diaphragm in sirs, and proposes the terms "Cavum dorsale trunci" and "Cavum ven- trale trunci" for their thoracic and abdominal cavities, respectively. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1966a. Untersuchungen uber die topographischen Ver- haltnisse der Leibeshohle hochspezialisierter Sau- ger an Hand ausgewahlter Beispiele. Anat. Anz., 119(1): 57-69. 18 figs. -Contrasts the position of the lungs and dia- phragm in sirs, with the condition in other mammals, and points out its hydrostatic signifi- cance. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1966b. Functional anatomy of breathing and balance in seacows (Sirenia). [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 155(3): 426. Jul. 1966. -Describes in general terms the gross anatomical specializations of sirs. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1967. Pachyostotic bone conditions in certain regions of the skull of Odobenus rosmarus L., in relation to weight distribution. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 157(2): 366. Feb. 1967 (read Apr. 4-7, 1967). x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1968. Differences in the occipital regions of recent Sirenia in relation to the connections of the skull with the body. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 160(2): 478. Feb. 1968 (read Apr. 9-12, 1968). -Compares gross morphology of occipital regions in the three Recent genera. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1969a. Type-specific microscopic findings in the Sirenia. [Abstr.] Trans. Amer. Microsc Soc, 88(1): 170. Jan. 1969 (read Sept. 1968). x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1969b. Histochemical studies on pachyostosis in sea cows and pinnipeds. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 163(2): 207-208. Feb. 1969 (read Apr. 1-4, 1969). 177 178 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kaiser, 1970. Kaiser, 1971. x Kaiser, 1973. Kaiser, 1974. Kaiser, 1975. Kaiser, 1966. Kaiser, 1967. Kaiser, 1968. Kaiser, R.T. 1981. -Mentions that pachyostosis has histochemical and metabolic implications. Hans Elmar Das Abnorme in der Evolution. Acta Biotheoretica, 17, Suppl. 1: 1-623. 328 figs. 2 pis. -Rev.: Anat. Anz., 131: 1-2, 173-174. Hans Elmar Some facts about the possibilities and boundaries concerning the bone structure of aquatic mammals for taxonomic purposes. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 169(2): 351. Hans Elmar Sirenia. Karger Gazette, 28: 1-6. 4 figs. Oct. 1973. -Gen. acc. of anatomy and conservation of sirs. Hans Elmar Morphology of the Sirenia: a macroscopic and x-ray atlas of the osteology of Recent species. Basel, S. Karger, viii + 76. 64 pis. -Revs.: G.C.L. Bertram, Nature, 249(5455): 393-394, May 24, 1974; Michael Kesner & Cynthia Lance, Jour. Mamm., 57(4): 798, Dec. 10, 1976. Hans Elmar The x-ray structure of the pelvic bones of Steller's sea cow, Hydrodamalis gigas. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 181(2): 534-535. Feb. 1975. Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C La topografia de los organos internos de los fetos de la vaca marina (Genera Dugong y Trichechus) (Sin: Manatus). [Abstr.] Arch. Mex. Anat., 7(3): 9-10. -Abstr. of Kaiser & Bartone (1968). Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C The microscopic relationship of pachyostotic bone conditions to soft tissues in sea cow genera Dugong and Trichechus (Syn. = Manatus). [Abstr.] Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc, 86(1): 74. (Read Aug. 1966.) Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C. The topography of internal organs of sea cow fetuses (genera Dugong and Trichechus, syn.: Manatus). Arch. Mex. Anat., 7(27): 39-48. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Kaiser & Bartone (1966). Hans Elmar; Mergner, W; Sheffield, D.; & Jones, Selected aspects of comparative radiology, histol- ogy and electron microscopy of aquatic mammals. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 199(3): 132A. Kaiser, Hans Elmar; & Schropfer, H.P. 1970. Comparative investigations of the behavior of water mammals, especially sea-cows (Trichechus manatus latirostris). [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 10(3): 294. Read Aug. 29, 1970. -?Repr.: Bull Ecol. Soc Amer., 51(2): 46, Jun. 1970? Kalashnikova, M.M.; & Kazanskaya, N.I. 1986. [Light and electron-microscopic study of the liver cells of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 371-376. -In Russian, x Kaltenmark, Jean 1942a. Contribution a l'etude des sireniens actuels et fossiles.... [I.] Les sireniens actuels. Mammalia, 6(2): 53-64. 9 figs. Jun. 1942. -An unimpressive, undistinguished survey of the distribution and osteology of living sirs., mainly T. senegalensis. The erroneous figure (fig. 7, p. 61) and statement (p. 63) on the otic region of Rhytina axe corrected in Kaltenmark (1943: 24). This and the following two papers also exist as a set of separates in a single wrapper, with continuous pagination (1-39) but the same page- breaks, x Kaltenmark, Jean 1942b. Contribution a l'6tude des sireniens actuels et fossiles. II. Les sir6niens fossiles. Definition d'un nouveau type. Mammalia, 6(3/4): 101-113. 4 figs. Sep.-Dec. 1942. -Summarizes the history and nomenclature of many of the fossil sirs, of Europe. Describes the skull of Metaxytherium cuvieri illustrated by Deperet & Roman (1920: pi. 7, fig. 3) as "Metaxytherium nov. spec." (105-113). Refers Halitherium guettardi Gervais, 1867, to Metaxytherium (113). x Kaltenmark, Jean 1943. Contribution a l'&ude des sir6niens actuels et fossiles. III. Essai de phylogenie. Mammalia, 7(1): 14-25. 7 figs. Mar. 1943. -Carries phylogenetic reliance on the frontal- nasal relationship to the ultimate extreme, divid- ing sirs, into two groups, with all the living forms in one lump descended from Felsinotherium! Fig. 6 shows an interesting Hydrodamalis skull with very large nasals. Kambe, Nobukazu: SEE Yamaguchi et al., 1981. Kamei, Tadao: SEE ALSO Ijiri & Kamei, 1961; Kimura et al., 1983; Kobayashi & Kamei, 1973; Kugaet al., 1987. NUMBER 80 179 D Kamei, Tadao 1978. Vertebrate paleontology. Recent Prog. Nat. Sci. Japan, 3: 99-108. -Mentions Paleoparadoxia. D Kamei, Tadao 1984. Introduction. In: Desmostylians and their paleoen- vironment ([vi] + 140 pp.). Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: [iii-iv]. May 1984. -In Japanese. The volume headed by this intro- duction contains 13 articles, listed in this bibliog- raphy by their authors: Inuzuka (2), Chinzei, Yamanoi, Itoigawa, Goto & Kuga, Matsui et al., Akamatsu, Kaseno, Yoshida, Taguchi, Takayasu & Nakamura, and Kozawa. The volume concludes with a discussion (129-138). D Kamei, Tadao; Kuga, Naoyuki; Inuzuka, Norihisa; Kamiya, Hidetoshi; & Saegusa, Haruo 1989. [Report of Paleoparadoxia fossils from Tsuyama.] Ann. Rept. Tsuyama Mus., No. 1: [vii] + 48. 3 tabs. Frontisp. 25 figs. 7 pis. -In Japanese. Comprises a preface by Kamei and chapters on the following topics: geology of the Tsuyama Basin (Kamei, pp. 1-9); fossils of Paleoparadoxia and their modes of occurrence (Kuga, pp. 10-23); reconstruction of Paleopara- doxia (Inuzuka, pp. 24-25); radiographic obser- vations (Kuga, p. 26); tooth microstructure (Ka- miya, p. 27); and discussion (Kamei, Saegusa, & Kuga, pp. 28-41). Pp. 42-48 reproduce news clippings about the Tsuyama specimen. D Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1974. Fossil mammals from the Mizunami Group. Bull Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 1: 263-291. 12 pis. 1 map. -In Japanese. Mentions Paleoparadoxia tabatai. D Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1975. Neogene desmostylid and proboscidean fossils from Japan 1 [-6]. Atlas of Japanese Fossils (Tokyo, Tsukiji Sho- kan), 34(199 [-204]): [each fascicle 4 pp. long.] Illus. -In Japanese. Fascicles 1-5 deal with desmostyli- ans. xD Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1977. Mammalian fauna of the Miocene Mizunami Group and the Neogene mammals in Japan. [Abstr.] Proc. 1st Internatl Congr. on Pacif Neogene Stratigraphy (Tokyo, 1976): 353-354. -Considers the occurrences of Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia in Japan to be Middle to Late Miocene (N8-N15) in age. Kamiya, Hidetoshi: SEE ALSO Kamei et al., 1989. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1987. [Observations on the dental structure of Paleoparadoxia from Tsuyama.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra- phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam- mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 81-82. 4 figs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1988a. Histological reexamination of enamel of Paleoparadoxia tabatai. In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 128-133. 6 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1988b. Observations on the tooth cementum of the Paleoparadoxia unearthed in Tsuyama Munici- pality, Okayama Prefecture. Jour. Fossil Research, 21(1): 5-8. Illus. Aug. 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. Summ. Kamiya, Toshiro: SEE ALSO Pirlot & Kamiya, 1985; Yamasaki et al., 1980, 1981. Kamiya, Toshiro 1984. The biology of the dugong. Animals and Zoos, 36(415): 316-317 (= No. 9, 1984: 18-19). 2 figs. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1986. Steller's sea-cow and gray whale. Aquabiology, 8(3): 161. Jun. 1986. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1988. Marine mammals—8. Steller's sea cow. Aquabiology, 10(1): 18-19. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1989a. Marine mammals—16. Tradition about mermaids. Aquabiology, 11(3)(62): 208-209. 3 figs.? Jun. 1989. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1989b. Marine mammals—17. Some notes on the Dugon- gidae fossil from Japan. Aquabiology, 11(4)(63): 282-283. 3 figs. 180 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kamiya, 1989c. Kamiya, 1990. Kamiya, 1991a. x Kamiya, 1991b. D Kamiya, 1992. D Kamiya, 1985. x Kamiya, 1979. x Kamiya, 1981. Kampen 1905. -In Japanese. Toshiro [Title?] [Publ.?], [xii] +193+10. Illus. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals—20. Posters on marine mam- mals. Aquabiology, 12(1): 24-25. Illus. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals—27. Influence of the Gulf war to dugong. Aquabiology, 13(2): 118-119. 2 figs. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals—31. Stamps of marine mam- mals. Aquabiology, 13(6)(77): 428-429. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Includes discussion and illustration of the 1966 Ryukyus stamp depicting a dugong. Toshiro Marine mammals—34. Some note of the Desmo- stylia. Aquabiology, 14(3)(80): 198-199. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Toshiro; Pirlot, Paul; & Hasegawa, Yoshikazu Comparative brain morphology of miocene [sic] and recent sirenians. Fortschritte der Zool, 30: 541-544. 1 tab. 1 fig. Toshiro; Uchida, Senzo; & Kataoka, Teruo Organ weights of Dugong dugon. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 129-132. 2 tabs. Pis. 1-4. -Weights of organs in 6 animals from the Philippines, Indonesia, and Okinawa, with body lengths and weights, intestine lengths, and photos of major organs. Toshiro; & Yamasaki, Fusao A morphological note on the sinus hair of the dugong. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed- ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 193-197. 4 figs. -Briefly describes the distribution of sinus hairs on the body, and the gross anatomy and histology of sinus hairs from the upper lip. , P.N. van Die Tympanalgegend des Saugetierschadels. Morph. Jahrb., 34(3/4): 321-722. 96 figs. Dec. 15, 1905. -Sirs., 356-357, 632-636, etc. Kane, Kent K.: SEE Boever et al., 1977. D Kaneko, Ituo; & Goto, Doji (eds.) 1992. Miocene fossils from Ikuridani, Yatsuo town, Toyama Prefecture. Spec. Publ. Toyama Sci. Mus., No. 5: 1-86.5 figs. 19 pis. -In Japanese. Reports a tooth of Paleoparadoxia tabatai (5, 6, 31; pi. 16, figs. 9a,b). D Kaneko, Kazuo; & Inuzuka, Norihisa 1992. Desmostylian fossils from the Yatsuo Group in Toyama Prefecture, central Japan and their paleoenvironments. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 46(2): 153-164. 2 tabs. 8 figs. 1 pi. Mar. 1992. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Describes two isolated teeth of Early to Middle Miocene age: a lower P4 of Paleoparadoxia tabatai and an upper M2 of Desmostylus japonicus from Tsuzara and Mi- nowa, respectively. Kanwisher, John W: SEE Best et al., 1982; Gallivan et al. Kapindi, Richard A.: SEE Reeves et al., 1988. x Kappers, C.U. Ariens; Huber, G.C; & Crosby, E.C 1960. The comparative anatomy of the nervous system of vertebrates, including man. New York, Hafner (3 vols.). 1936 ed., 2 vols. Comments on the size of the spinal cord in the dugong (1: 286) and states that the epiphysis is absent in the dugong and manatee (2: 1064). Kappler, August 1881. Holldndisch -Guiana. Erlebnisse und Erfahrungen wdhrend eines 43jdhrigen Aufenthalts in der Kolonie Surinam. Stuttgart, W. Kohlhammer, ix + 495. Frontisp. 1 map. -Sirs., 415. Kappler, August 1887. Suriname, sein Land, sein Natur, Bevolkerung und seine Kultur-Verhdltnisse mit Bezug auf Kolonisation. Stuttgart, 1-384. Figs. 1 map. -Manatees, 76-78. Karasawa, Hiroaki: SEE Inuzuka & Karasawa, 1986. D Kaseno, Yoshio 1964. A tooth of Desmostylus found at Shiratori, Southern Noto, Japan. Ann. Rept. Noto Mar. Lab. (Fac. Sci. Univ. Kanazawa), 4: 59-64. 3 figs. 1 pi. Mar. 1964. D Kaseno, Yoshio 1984. Occurrence and stratigraphical horizon of the desmostylian fossils from Noto, Japan. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 69-72. 1 tab. May 1984. NUMBER 80 181 -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Kashiwada, Jerry V: SEE Perrin & Kashiwada, 1989. Kasuya, Toshio: SEE ALSO Marsh & Kasuya, 1981; Nishiwaki et al., 1979. x Kasuya, Toshio; & Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1978. On the age characteristics and anatomy of the tusk of Dugong dugon. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 30: 301-310. 1 tab. 3 figs. 4 pis. Dec. 1978. -Monthly and annual growth layers identified in tusks; females thought to be sexually mature at about 10 years and to live at least 45 years. Kataoka, Teruo: SEE ALSO Asano et al., 1978; Kamiya et al., 1979; Nishiwaki et al., 1979, 1982. x Kataoka, Teruo; & Asano, Shiro 1980. A brief note on the dugong Dugong dugon at the Toba Aquarium. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 20: 269-270. 1 fig. -Describes the captive conditions, growth, diet, feeding and other behavior of a young female Philippine dugong. See also Kataoka & Asano (1981). x Kataoka, Teruo; & Asano, Shiro 1981. On the keeping of dugong (Dugong dugon) in Toba Aquarium. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 199-203. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -A slightly more detailed version of Kataoka & Asano (1980), with a graph of food intake and tables showing the chemical composition of the diet used at Toba, the amounts of food consumed per day by various captive dugongs, and addi- tional growth data on the Toba specimen. Kattinger, Emil 1979. Nichtdarwinistische Evolutionsphilosophie. Ber. Naturf. Ges. Bamberg, 53: 210-271. Illus. Jun. 1979. -Mentions Halitherium. Kaudern, Walter 1915. Saugetiere aus Madagaskar. ArkivZooL, 9(18): 1-101. 4 pis. -Mentions dugongs at the Sofia River and at Mahakamby, and their sale at Analalava. Kaudern, Walter 1917. Studien uber die mannlichen Geschlechtsorgane von Sirenia, Hyracoidea, und Proboscidea. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Anat.), 40: 203-244. 16 figs. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1830. Versuch einer nattirlichen Eintheilung der Saugethiere. Isis von Oken, 1830: 799-802. -Sirs., 801. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1835. Das Thierreich in seinen Hauptformen systema- tisch beschrieben.... Drei Bande. Erster Band. Naturgeschichte der Menschen und der Saugethi- ere. Darmstadt, Johann Philipp Diehl, xxxv + 452. 180 figs. -Allen 860. Sirenia, 426-430: Halicore Dugong, with fig. (428); Manatus americanus (429); and Rytina Stelleri (430). Kaup, Johann Jakob 1837. Sur la place que doit occuper le Dinotherium dans l'echelle animale. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(14): 527-529. Apr. 3, 1837. -Abstr.: L'Institut, 5: 109? x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1838a. [Uber Zahnen von Halytherium und Pugmeodon aus Flonheim. Letter dated May 14, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1838: 318-320. PI. 2. -Allen 936. Discusses and illustrates (319, pi. 2) teeth of Halytherium dubium and Pugmeodon Schinzii from the Oligocene of Flonheim, Ger- many. This was the first publication of the name Halytherium (soon changed by its author to Halitherium) and the first valid publication of P. Schinzii, which was previously a nomen nudum. x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1838b. [Uber Zahnen von Halitherium und Dugong.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1838: 536. -Allen 937. The original spelling Halytherium is here changed to Halitherium. Corrects the state- ment in Kaup (1838a) that the dugong has only two cheek teeth, rather than five [actually six!], and contrasts the root construction in this genus with that of Halitherium. x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1840. Notizen uber die fossilen sogenannten Gras- fressenden Wale. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1840: 673-676. -Allen 997. Discusses, and hopelessly ensnarls, the synonymy of Halitherium, Halianassa, Hip- popotamus, and Manatus spp.; mentions the name "Fucotherium" as one he will not propose (675); and proposes the replacement name "Ponto- therium Bruno" for Cheirotherium Bruno (676)! Kaup, Johann Jakob 1841. Akten der Urwelt oder Osteologie der urweltlichen 182 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Saugethiere und Amphibien. Darmstadt, publ. by the author, x + 54. 14 pis. -Describes Cymatotherium antiquum, n.gen.n.sp. (11-14, pi. 4), a supposed sir., based on a ?fetal mandible of a proboscidean from Germany. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1855. Beitraege zur naeheren Kenntniss der urwelt- lichen Saeugethiere Zweites Heft. Darmstadt, C.W. Leske, 1-23. 7 pis. -The entire work was published in five parts, 1854-1861; see also Kaup (1861). Proposes a quinarian classification of sirs, and other mam- mals. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1856. Ueber einen vollstandigen Halitherium Gaumen mit Zahnen. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1856: 19-21. PI. 1. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1858. Halitherium besitzt einen rudimentaren Femur. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1858: 532-534. PI. 21. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1861. Beitraege zur naeheren Kenntniss der urwelt- lichen Saeugethiere.... Fuenftes Heft. Darmstadt & Leipzig, Eduard Zemin, 1-32. 5 pis. -See also Kaup (1855). Supplemental information on Halitherium Schinzi, 31-32, pi. 5. Kaup, Johann Jakob; & Scholl, Johann Baptist 1834a. Catalogue des platres des ossements fossiles, qui se trouvent dans le cabinet d'histoire naturelle du Grand-Due de Hesse. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1: 200-216. -Published previously as a separate, Darmstadt, 1832? x Kaup, Johann Jakob; & Scholl, Johann Baptist 1834b. Verzeichniss der Gypsabgusse von dem aus- gezeichnetsten urweltlichen Thierresten des Grossherzoglichen Museum zu Darmstadt Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte Ausgabe. Darmstadt, Johann Philipp Diehl, 1-28. 6 figs. Sep. 1834. -First publication of the nomen nudum Pugmeo- don Schinzii (16), based on a tooth (not illustrated) "Aus dem tertiaren Sand bei Flonheim..."(Oligo- cene, Germany). I have not seen the first (1832) ed. and cannot say if this name appeared there also. Kautz, Randy S. 1990. Use of a Geographic Information System in wildlife habitat protection planning in Florida. In: J.E. Reynolds, III, & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 45-50. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Dec. 1990. Kawaguchi, S.; & Shibata, A. 1972. An electron microscopic study of back protrusion of sea-cow. Zool. Mag., 81: 310-311. Kawai, Shin-ichiro: SEE Miyazaki et al. Kawakami, Takeshi: SEE Oishi & Kawakami, 1984; Oishi et al., 1990. Kazanskaya, N.I.: SEE Kalashnikova & Kazanskaya, 1986. Kazmierczak, T. 1964. Czy krowa morska Rhytina stelleri zyje jeszcze? Protection of Nature in Poland (Chronmy Przy- rode Ojczysta), 20(4): 25-29, 53. 2 figs. -Engl, summ., p. 53. Keates, G. 1788. An account of the Pelew Islands, situated in the western part of the Pacific Ocean. London, G. Nicol, 1-378. Kecskemeti, T: SEE Detre et al., 1971. x Keferstein, Christian 1834. Die Naturgeschichte des Erdkorpers in ihren ersten Grundzugen dargestellt. Leipzig, Friedrich Fleischer (2 vols.), Vol. 2: iv + 896. -Records Manatus fossilis "aus dem Grobkalk von Angers, Dou6 &c, tertiairem Mergel von Leutmeritz in Bdhmen, aus Maryland in Nord- Amerika" (2: 217). It is possible that "Phoca magna" from the Miocene of France (2: 224-225) also represents a sir. (i.e., Metaxytherium me- dium). Kehrer, F.A. 1896. Zur Phylogenie des Beckens. Verh. Naturhist.-med. Ver. Heidelberg (n.s.), 5: 346-359. Pis. 7-8. -Publ. 1895? Sirs., 357, fig. 40. x Keith, Kent 1968. Mammals of the Pellew Islands. Mimag (Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Australia), 19(2): 19-21. 10 figs. Jun. 1968. -"Herds of up to a hundred" dugongs reported near the mouth of the McArthur River, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia (20). Kelaart, Edward Frederic 1852-1853. Prodromus faunae zeylanicae; being con- tributions to the zoology of Ceylon (Appendix). Colombo, printed for the author, 2 vols, in 1. -Discusses Halicore dugung, 89. Keller, G.: SEE Andreae & Keller, 1901. x Keller-Leuzinger, Franz 1874. The Amazon and Madeira Rivers. London, Chapman and Hall, xvi + 177. -Brief, unspecific paragraph on the manatee (81); fig. on p. 83. Also on p. 83 is an account of NUMBER 80 183 water-monster and "mother of waters" supersti- tions, with, however, no connection drawn to manatees. Kelley, Don Greame: SEE Harry, R.R., 1956. Kellogg, Remington: SEE ALSO Miller & Kellogg, 1955; Packard & Kellogg, 1934. Kellogg, Remington 1924. Tertiary pelagic mammals of eastern North Amer- ica. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 35: 755-766. -Sirs., 755. x Kellogg, Remington 1925. A new fossil sirenian from Santa Barbara County, California. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 348: 57-70. Pis. 9-11. Apr. 1925. -Describes Metaxytherium jordani, n.sp., from the Upper Miocene of Lompoc and discusses its relationship to Hydrodamalis. Refers Dioplo- therium manigaulti Cope to Metaxytherium (59) without, however, writing out the implied new combination. Kellogg, Remington 1929a. Extinct ocean-living mammals from Maryland. Explor. Field Work Smithson. Inst., 1928 [1929]: 27-32. 4 figs. Kellogg, Remington 1929b. A new fossil toothed whale from Florida. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 389: 1-10. -Mentions Felsinotherium, 1. xD Kellogg, Remington 1931. Pelagic mammals from the Temblor Formation of the Kern River region, California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)19(12): 217-397. 134 figs. Jan. 30, 1931. -Reviews the distribution of desmostylians (219- 227) and gives the synonymy and type localities for Cornwallius sookensis, Desmostylus cymatias, D. californicus, D. hesperus, and D. japonicus, all of which he provisionally recognizes. Reports a Desmostylus tooth from the Upper Miocene of Washington (226), and illustrates and describes a tooth from the Temblor (225-227, figs. 1-3). Kellogg, Remington 1936. A review of the Archaeoceti. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 482: xv + 366. 87 figs. 37 pis. Dec. 14, 1936. Kellogg, Remington 1942. Tertiary, Quaternary, and Recent marine mammals of South America and the West Indies. Proc. 8th Amer. Sci. Congr., 3: 445-473. -See also Kellogg (1943). x Kellogg, Remington 1943. Past and present status of the marine mammals of South America and the West Indies. Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1942 (Publ. no. 3705): 299-316. -Abridged version of Kellogg (1942). Brief paragraph on Eocene and Oligocene sirs, in the West Indies (299). x Kellogg, Remington 1959. Description of the skull of Pomatodelphis inae- qualis Allen. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool. Harvard Coll., 121(1): 3-26. 1 fig. 6 pis. May 1959. -Mentions "manatee" (i.e., Metaxytherium flori- danum) bones found in the Homeland Mine, Polk County, Florida (m6). x Kellogg, Remington 1966. Fossil marine mammals from the Miocene Calvert Formation of Maryland and Virginia. 3. New species of extinct Miocene Sirenia. U.S. Natl Mus. Bull, 247(3): 65-98. Figs. 32-38. Pis. 33-43. -Reviews the Miocene Sirenia of the U.S. Atlantic coast; describes Metaxytherium calver- tense, n.sp. (71-90), from the Middle Miocene of Maryland; discusses Felsinotherium alleni (new combination; 91) and M. manigaulti from the ?Miocene of South Carolina (91-92); describes M. ortegense, n.sp. (93-94), from the ?Upper Miocene of Colombia. Gives useful reviews of the usage of the names Halianassa, Metaxytherium, Felsinotherium, and many specific names. Con- siders Hemicaulodon Cope a sir., though it is actually a walrus (see C. E. Ray, 1975). Fixes the type species of Metaxytherium by restriction as M. medium (= M. cuvieri) (70), and inadvertently designates a lectotype for Halianassa studeri (69, pi. 43; see Domning, 1987b). x Kellogg, Remington; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1957. Mammals. In: H.S. Ladd (ed.), Treatise on marine ecology and paleocology. Vol. 2. Paleoecology (x + 1077 pp.). Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer., 67(2): 1021-1024. -Discusses the paleoenvironments of several Miocene sirs.: Miosiren (Antwerp Basin, Bel- gium), oceanic coastline (1021); Metaxytherium (Calvert Fm., Maryland), large estuary; Hespero- siren (Hawthorn Fm., Florida), environment simi- lar to present Atlantic coast of Florida (1022). Vol. 1 (Ecology, J.W Hedgpeth, ed.; Mem., 67(1): viii + 1296) of this treatise contains an article on "Marine Mammals" by the same authors (1223-1226), with a brief paragraph summarizing Recent sir. distribution on p. 1223. This is not indexed here. x Kellogg, William N. 1955. Sounds of sea animals [PHONOGRAPH RE- 184 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY CORD]. New York, Folkways Records & Services, Inc., Album No. FPX 125. -Includes sounds of T manatus recorded in Florida. x Kenchington, Richard A. 1972. Observations on the digestive system of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Erxleben). Jour. Mamm., 53(4): 884-887. 1 tab. 7 figs. Nov. 30, 1972. -Describes the gross anatomy and histology of stomachs and intestines of animals caught in northern Queensland shark nets; comments on secretions and muscular contractions of the gut, and the pH of its contents. "Sea grasses" were found even in the stomach of a "new bom" calf. x Kenchington, Richard A. 1985. Dugong hunting in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. IUCN Bull. (Internatl. Union Conserv. Nature & Nat. Resources), 16(7-9): 89-90. 1 fig. Jul.-Sep. 1985. -Reports on the regulation of traditional hunting in the Hope Vale Community, Queensland, Australia. According to Kenchington (IUCNBull, 17(1-3): 41, Jan.-Mar. 1986), authorship of this article should have been attributed to Claudia L. Baldwin. x Kendall, Beryl 1985. Sea cows. Swara (Mag. of the East Afr. Wildlife Soc), 8(1): 32-33. 2 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1985. -Pop. acc. of sirs., emphasizing East African dugongs. x Kenny, R. 1967. The breathing pattern of the dugong. Austral. Jour. Sci., 29(10): 372-373. 2 figs. Apr. 1967. -Reports observations of a captive Australian dugong at Cairns Oceanarium. Its longest re- corded dive lasted 8 min. 26 sec; the average dive, 3 min. 1 sec. Forward progress was maintained during breathing, and a rhythmic pattern of breaths was noted. Kent, Janet 1972. The Solomon Islands. Newton Abbott, David & Charles; Harrisburg (Pennsylvania), Stackpole Books, 1-222. Illus. -Dugongs in the Solomons said to be more numerous than whales; comments on superstitions of people of Malaita (22). Kent, William Saville: SEE ALSO Welsby, T, 1967. Kent, William Saville 1893. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia; its products and potentialities.... Containing—an account, with copious coloured and photographic illustra- tions ...of the corals and coral reefs, pearl and pearl-shell, beche-de-mer, other fishing indus- tries, and the marine fauna of the Australian Great Barrier region. London, W.H. Allen & Co., Ltd., xvii + 387. Illus. -Repr. of 1893 ed.: Melbourne, John Currey, O'Neil, 1972. Ed. 2, London, W.H. Allen, 1900. Dugong fishery, 310, 327-330. Kenyon, Karl W: SEE Reeves et al., 1992; Simenstad et al., 1978. xD Kermode, Francis 1917. Palaeontology. Rept. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Victoria, Brit. Columbia), 1916: 42-43. PI. 9. -Reports a tooth of "Desmostylus hesperus" from Vancouver Is., B.C. (This tooth, BCPM 486, was later made the holotype of Cornwallius sooken- sis.) Includes comments on the tooth by Lawrence M. Lambe (42) and a photo of the type locality. Kerr, Robert 1792. The animal kingdom, or zoological system, of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus. Class I. Mam- malia London, A. Strahan & T Cadell; Edinburgh, W. Creech, xii + 644. -"Trichechus Dugon," 118-119; "Trich. Ma- natus australis," 119-120; "Trich. Manatus borealis" (= Hydrodamalis), 120; "Trich. Ma- natus Siren" (= Steller's "sea-ape"), 120. Kesner, Michael: SEE Kaiser, H.E., 1974. x Ketten, Darlene R.; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1992. Structure, function, and adaptation of the manatee ear. In: J. Thomas, R. Kastelein, & A. Supin (eds.), Marine mammal sensory systems. New York, Plenum Press, 77-95. 2 tabs. 8 figs. -Describes the anatomy and (using CT scans) location in the head of ear structures in Florida manatees. Calls attention to the possible role of the inflated zygomatic process in sound conduc- tion. Concludes that the manatee has an essen- tially aquatic but non-acute, low-frequency ear with a relatively narrow range, poor sensitivity, and poor localization ability. Suggests that this could account for inability to avoid collisions with powerboats. Also notes hypertrophy of the chorda tympani, suggesting that taste is a very important sensory modality for manatees. Khalil, M.B.; & Vogelsang, Enrique G. 1932. One [sic] some nematode parasites from South American animals. NUMBER 80 185 Zentralbl Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektions- krankheiten und Hygiene. Abt. 1. Originate, 123: 477-485. -Describes the nematode Typhlophorus hagen- becki, n.gen.n.sp., from a Caribbean T. manatus at Hagenbeck's Tierpark, Hamburg (see also Travas- sos & Vogelsang, 1931). Khan, Majeed: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Khitrov, Sofron: SEE Golder, F.A., 1922; Pekarskiy, P.P., 1869. D Khomenko, J.P. 1927. Desmostylus sp. iz tretichnykh plastov o. Sakhal- ina. (Desmostylus sp. des depots de l'Tle de Sakhalin.) Izvest. Geol. Kom. (Leningrad), 46(3): 21-24. 1 pi. -In Russian. xD Khomenko, J.P. 1928a. Bemerkungen zu: E. Pfizenmayer, Ein Desmo- stylidenzahn von der neusibirischen Insel Ko- telnyi. Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, Abt. B: Geol. Pal, 1928(9): 519-520. -Proposes the new name Neodesmostylus primi- genius (520) for the tooth described by Pfizen- mayer (1927) from the Quaternary of Siberia. It is now regarded as a mammoth tooth. D Khomenko, J.P. 1928b. Neue Ergebnisse uber die Familie der Desmostyli- dae. Mim. Soc. Russe Min., (2)57(1): 140-147. 2 pis. Kiely, John 1991. A million years in the making. American Way, 24(3): 16, 18, 20, 22, 27. 3 figs. Feb. 1, 1991. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Kigbu, E.E.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Kihira, Kenji: SEE Yoshii et al., 1989. x Kilmer, Frank Hale 1965. A Miocene dugongid from Baja California, Mex- ico. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. Bull, 64(2): 57-74. 2 figs. Apr.-Jun. 1965. -Describes Halianassa(?) allisoni, n.sp., and compares it with numerous other sirs. Kimura, Masaichi: SEE ALSO Furusawa & Kimura, 1982; Furusawa et al., 1993; Matsui et al., 1984; Shinohara et al., 1985; Takikawa Sea Cow Geological Investigation Group, 1984. D Kimura, Masaichi 1977. Discovery of desmostylian molar from Rawan conglomerate sandstone member, Honbetu-cho, Nakagawa-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 31(4): 167-170. 1 tab. PI. 1. Maps. May 1977. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1978. Desmostylus teeth from the Hatsune mine, Setana- gun, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 84(9): 549-550. Sep. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1981. [On the fifth desmostylian specimen from Kami- tokushibetsu, Utanobori-cho, Hokkaido, and its relationship with other desmostylians from Hok- kaido.] Jour. Fossil Research, 13: 15-19. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1982a. A Desmostylus molar tooth in the fossil collection of the Hakodate City Museum, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(6): 351-352. 1 pi. Nov. 1982. -In Japanese. Kimura, Masaichi 1982b. Sirenia. Nature and Animals, 12(6): 2-6. 1 tab. 5 figs. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1985. On Desmostylus from Hobetsu-cho, Hokkaido (Part 2). Hobetsu Town Mus. Research Rept., No. 2: 51-62. 3 tabs. 10 figs. 7 pis. Mar. 1985. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Part 1 is Kimura & Akamatsu (1984). D Kimura, Masaichi; & Akamatsu, Morio 1984. On Desmostylus from Hobetsu-cho, Hokkaido (Part 1). Hobetsu Town Mus. Research Rept., No. 1: 11-23. 5 tabs. 6 figs. 6 pis. Mar. 1984. -In Japanese. Part 2 is Kimura (1985). D Kimura, Masaichi; Akiyama, Masahiko; & Kumano, Sumio 1978. Additional specimens of Desmostylus molars from Kamitokushibetsu, Utanobori-cho, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 84(10): 621-623. Oct. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi; Kokubo, Hidehiko; Kumano, Sumio; & Matsui, Masaru 1987. Desmostylian molar found from Shimukappu Village, Yufutsu County, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 41(1): 61-64. 1 tab. 3 figs. 1 pi. Jan. 1987. -In Japanese. Describes a tooth of Desmostylus. D Kimura, Masaichi; & Oguri, Hiroshi 1985. Largest desmostylian humerus and patella. 186 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Jour. Fossil Research, 18: 11-20. 1 tab. 8 figs. 3 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kimura, Masaichi; Sato, Yoshio; & Goto, Hidehiko 1978. A molar of Desmostylus discovered at the Goryu section of Urahoro-cho, Tokachi-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 32(4): 205-207. Illus. Jul. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi; & Takaku, Kouichi 1979. A Desmostylus molar from the upper course of the Sankebetsu-kawa, Haboro-cho, Tomamae-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 33(4): 233-235. Jul. 1979. -In Japanese. x Kimura, Masaichi; Tonosaki, Tokuji; Akamatsu, Morio; Kitagawa, Yoshio; Yoshida, Mitsuo; & Kamei, Tadao 1983. Occurrences of Early-Middle Pleistocene mam- malian fossils from the Nopporo Hills in the Ishikari Lowland, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 37(3): 162-177. 2 tabs. 9 figs. 4 pis. May 1983. —In Japanese; Engl. summ. Reports a partial skeleton of Hydrodamalis sp. from the Shimonop- poro Formation (162, 165, 167, 169, 174-175, pi. 4). King, Judith E.: SEE Harrison & King, 1965. x Kingdon, Jonathan 1971. East African mammals: an atlas of evolution in Africa. Vol. 1. London & New York, Academic Press, x + 446. Illus. -Gen. acc. (with a number of erroneous state- ments) of dugongs and their occurrence and natural history in East Africa, with an interesting series of the author's sketches of dugongs from life and from photos (388-399, 431-432). These include drawings of the superficial musculature— the first ever published, but unfortunately not described or labeled. One of them is a figure of the skull with a transparent overlay of the facial muscles, x Kingdon, Jonathan 1991. Arabian mammals: a natural history. London, Academic Press, vii + 279. Illus. -Previously publ. in 1990 by the Al Areen Wildlife Park and Reserve, Bahrain? Pop. acc. of dugongs, with no new data and no significant discussion of their occurrence in Arabian waters (112-114, 2 figs.). Kingsley, J.S. 1925. The vertebrate skeleton from the developmental standpoint. Philadelphia, vi + 337. 324 figs. -Sirs., 218, 300. Kingsley, John Sterling 1888. Order VI.—Sirenia. In: J.S. Kingsley (ed.), The Riverside Natural History. Boston & New York, Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Vol. 5: 210-214. Figs. 112-114. -Also an 1884 ed.? x Kingston, W.H.G. 1872. On the banks of the Amazon; or, A boy's journal of his adventures in the tropical wilds of South America. London, T Nelson & Sons, 1-512. -Exciting account of a manatee caught by a jaguar (184-190); of doubtful authenticity, however, considering that the illustration on p. 185 is directly pirated from Marcoy (1869)! x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983a. Aerial census of manatees and boats over the lower St. Johns River and the Intracoastal Water- way in northeastern Florida. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 2: iv + 56. 10 tabs. 20 figs. Oct. 1983. -Presents and analyzes data from one full year on manatee abundance, distribution, movements, be- havioral patterns, adult/calf ratios, effects of temperature and boat traffic, and population trends. Also analyzes in detail the distribution of boat traffic and its composition in terms of boat sizes. Concludes that the manatee population in northeastern Florida is likely to be unstable and declining, and makes recommendations for man- agement. x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983b. Evaluation of potential management strategies for the reduction of boat-related mortality of mana- tees. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 3: ii + 43. 2 tabs. Oct. 1983. -Discusses pros and cons of methods of physical protection of manatees (propeller guards, artificial barriers, acoustic repellents, deeper dredging of channels) and passive detection and avoidance (boat speed zones, routing of boat traffic, marina siting policies, sonar imagery, public education). Describes some inconclusive experiments to test manatee response to high-intensity sounds (3-4) and the effectiveness of manatee detection by sonar (9-12). Recommends a combination of NUMBER 80 187 strategies, including public education, wise ma- rina-siting policies, and boat speed zones, plus further research on propeller guards. Includes an appendix (20-43) illustrating numerous designs for propeller guards and related devices, x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983c. Site-specific analysis of factors potentially influ- encing manatee boat/barge mortality. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 4: iv + 41. 15 tabs. 4 figs. Oct. 1983. -Analyzes patterns of boat-related manatee deaths in relation to various measures of manatee and boat activity in Brevard County and the lower St. Johns River, Florida. In Brevard County, mana- tees seem to be hit more frequently while feeding than while engaged in other activities, and are killed by small boats as often as by large ones. In the lower St. Johns River, manatees are killed mainly by large vessels and barges, especially during the warmer months, and a greater propor- tion of adults was killed than in Brevard County. Data from scar patterns show no tendency for injured animals to avoid further boat encounters, but other evidence suggests that manatees do learn traffic patterns. Concludes with management and research recommendations for reducing boat mor- tality. Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1985. Aerial census of manatees in northeastern Florida. Biol. Conserv., 32(1): 59-79. 4 tabs. 5 figs. x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1986. The manatee: South Carolina's summertime visi- tor. South Carolina Wildlife, 33(2): 6-10. 5 figs. Mar.-Apr. 1986. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and their occa- sional occurrence in South Carolina, x Kinnaird, Margaret F.; & Valade, James 1983. Manatee use of two power plant effluents on the St. Johns River in Jacksonville, Florida. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 1: iii + 63. 5 tabs. 6 figs. Oct. 1983. -Documents manatee use of the effluents in relation to air and water temperatures, and describes local and long-distance manatee move- ments and site fidelity as shown by recognition of individuals by scars. Concludes that the Jackson- ville plants are used only by small numbers of transient manatees, mainly at the beginning and end of winter, but that these plants may nonethe- less be important to the manatee population on a regional scale. Makes recommendations for re- search and management actions at the Jackson- ville plants. Includes an appendix showing the scar patterns of 36 individually identified mana- tees. x Kinzer, J. 1966. Beobachtungen iiber das Verhalten des Lamantin Trichechus senegalensis (Link, 1795) in Gefangenschaft. Zs. Sdugetierk., 31(1): 47-52. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Abstr.: L. Goettert (1966). Gives measurements of six individuals from Ebrie" Lagoon, Ivory Coast, and observations on feeding, locomotion, and breathing of one kept in captivity at Abidjan. Kipling, Rudyard 1894. The jungle book. London, Macmillan & Co., vi + 212. Illus. -Many later eds. Includes the short story "The White Seal," with its fanciful description of Steller's sea cow and other marine creatures of the North Pacific—as memorably entertaining as it is sirenologically inaccurate. Kirby, Tim 1986. Making up with the mermaids. BBC Wildlife, 4(8): 391-395. 7 figs. Aug. 1986. Kirk, G. 1967. Theriophylaxe. Erhaltung, Bewahrung und Schutz der Saugetiere. Hohenbuchen, publ. by the author, 1-249. Kirk, G. 1968. Sdugetierschutz. Stuttgart, Gustav Fischer, 1-216. x Kirke, Henry 1898. Twenty-five years in British Guiana. London, Sampson Low, Marston & Co., x + 364. -Relates anecdotes of two Guiana manatees brought to London (134-135). x Kirkman, H. 1975. A description of the seagrass communities of Stradbroke Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 86(12): 129-131. 1 fig. Mar. 1, 1975. -P. 131: {"Seagrass also affords food for ... dugongs (personal observations in Tin Can Bay)...."} See also J.H.D. Martin (1975). x Kirkpatrick, Ralph D.; & Cartwright, Anne M. 1975. List of mammals known to occur in Belize. Biotropica, 7(2): 136-140. Jul. 1975. -Lists Trichechus manatus manatus (139) on the basis of the reports of Charnock-Wilson (1968), Gaumer (1917), and A. Murie (1935). 188 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kirshenbaum, J. 1980. Defending the defenseless. Sports Illustrated, 52: 13. Feb. 1980. D Kishida, K. 1924. A monograph of the Japanese mammals. Tokyo. -In Japanese. D Kishida, K. 1933. Mammalia. Tokyo, Iwanami, 1-190. -Places desmostylians in a suborder Desmodontia of the order Multituberculata. Kitagawa, Yoshio: SEE Kimura et al., 1983. Kitamura, S.: SEE Asano et al., 1978. x Kitching, G.C. 1936. The manatee of St. Helena. Nature (London), 138(3479): 33-34. Jul. 4, 1936. -Supplements Mortensen (1934) with further records of "sea-cows" at St. Helena, including references in the Jamestown Public Records, 1679-1739, and two eyewitness reports. These sightings are now considered to have been of pinnipeds. D Klaauw, C.J. van der 1931. The auditory bulla in some fossil mammals with a general introduction to this region of the skull. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 62: 1-352. 18 figs. -Sirs., 11-14, 17, 18, 32-33, 79, 140, 173, 191, 203-204, 235, 244. Desmostylians, 12, 32. Klarner, D. 1986. Seekuhe vor dem Untergang? Kosmos (Stuttgart), 82(8): 87. 1 fig. x Klein, Earl H. 1979. Review of the status of manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Honduras, Central America. Ceiba, 23(1): 21-28. -Spanish summ. Describes existing protective legislation, summarizes manatee distribution based on interviews and some sightings, and describes harpooning methods and public atti- tudes toward manatee protection. Klein, Jacob Theodor 1741. Historiae piscium natur alls promovendae Missus secundus de piscibus per pulmones spirantibus ad iustum numerum et ordinem redigendis. Accesse- runt singularia: de I. Dentibus balaenarum et elephantinis. II. Lapide manati et tiburonis. Gedani [= Danzig], Litteris Schreiberianis, 1-38. -Allen 218. The first part of the work appeared in 1740. "Ossa petrosa manati," 33-38, pi. 4: figs. 5-7. Klein, Jacob Theodor 1751. Qvadrvpedvm dispositio brevisque historia nat- vralis. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Ionam Schmidt, 1-127. 5 pis. -Allen 256. Manatus, 94, 95. x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1951. Uber tin Skelet und eine Rekonstruktion des ausseren Habitus der Riesenseekuh, Rhytina gigas Zimmermann 1780. Zool Anz., 146(9/10): 292-314. 11 figs. May 1951. -Lists material of Hydrodamalis gigas known to be in various museums, describes bones in the Braunschweig Museum, and describes in detail the construction of a scale model of the animal based on Steller's account and on a mounted skeleton. x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1982. Wissenswertes uber die Saugerordnung der See- kuhe (Sirenia) unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Stellerschen Riesenseekuh Rhytina gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) sowie ihre hochgradige Anpassung an das Wasserleben im Vergleich zu den Walen. Braunschw. Naturk. Schr., 1(3): 367-418. 7 tabs. 23 figs. Oct. 1982. -Engl. summ. Discusses skeletons of Hydro- damalis gigas in various museums, details of old and new Hydrodamalis reconstructions, compara- tive bone density, pelvic, skull, and snout struc- ture in various sirs., phylogeny and distribution of fossil and Recent sirs., and generalities about aquatic adaptation and locomotion. A rather random assortment of information and misinfor- mation, much of it seriously outdated due to failure to cite many important papers of the previous three decades, x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1983. Notiz zu weiterem Skelet-Material der Steller- schen Riesenseekuh Rhytina gigas (Sirenia, Mam- malia). Braunschw. Naturk. Schr., 1(4): 763-765. 1 fig. Oct. 1983. -Lists material of Hydrodamalis gigas in the museums at Darmstadt, Goteborg, Lund, and Uppsala; reproduces and comments on an illustra- tion of manatee bones and "Sirens" from Bartho- lin (1661). Kleinschmidt, Traute: SEE ALSO Czelusniak et al., 1990; Jacquet et al., 1989. x Kleinschmidt, Traute; & Braunitzer, Gerhard; in coopera- tion with Best, Robin Christopher 1988. The primary structure of the hemoglobin of the Brazilian manatee (Trichechus inunguis, Sirenia). Biol. Chem. Hoppe-Seyler, 369: 507-512. 3 tabs. 3 figs. Jun. 1988. -German summ. Best died before seeing the completed manuscript of this paper. Reports that NUMBER 80 189 T. inunguis hemoglobin has only one component, describes the primary structures of its a- and P-chains, and concludes that several hemoglobin synapomorphies support the monophyletic group- ing of the Sirenia, Proboscidea, and Hyracoidea and show the Paenungulata to be the most anciently separated branch of the Eutheria. Kleinschmidt, Traute; Czelusniak, John; Goodman, Morris; & Braunitzer, Gerhard 1986. Paenungulata: a comparison of the hemoglobin sequences from elephant, hyrax and manatee. Molec Biol Evol, 3(5): 427-435. Klinge, P. 1968. Seacow safari. Amer. Biol. Teacher, 30(3): 200. -Account of manatees and a weed-control project on the Chagres River, Panama Canal Zone. Klishin, V.O.; Pezo Diaz, Roberto; Popov, V.V.; & Supin, A. Ya. 1990. Some characteristics of hearing of the Brazilian manatee, Trichechus inunguis. Aquatic Mammals, 16(3): 139-144. 8 figs. Klunzinger, CB. 1871. Uber den Fang und die Anwendung der Fische und anderer Meeresgeschopfe im Rothen Meere. Zs. Ges. Erdkunde (Berlin), 6: 58-72. -See also O. Ule (1871). Dugong, 64-66. Klunzinger, CB. 1878. Zur Wirbelthiere im und am Rothen-Meer. Zs. Ges. Erdkunde (Berlin), 13: 61-96. Klykov, V.I.: SEE Sukhanov et al., 1986. Knauer, F. 1914. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Oest. Illus. Rundschau, 2: 341-342. x Kneeland, S., Jr. 1850. The Manatus not a cetacean, but a pachyderm. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3: 42-47. -Compares the manatee skeleton with that of cetaceans and ungulates, and concludes that the Sirenia are much closer to the latter. Kneissler, Michael 1985. Die Seekuh—weil sie so lieb ist, stirbt sie aus. PM. Magazin (Munich), 1985(9): 52-56. 9 figs. + 1 on contents page. Aug. 23, 1985. x Knoll, Wilhelm 1958. Das morphologische Blutbild der Sirenen. Vierteljahresschr. Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 103: 332- 333. Dec. 31, 1958. -Summarizes the cell types observed in a smear of manatee blood. The blood morphology is consid- ered "immature" relative to that of other mam- mals. The red cells included some with nuclei. See also B. Maupin (1969). Knox, Robert: SEE ALSO Robison, J., 1833. Knox, Robert 1829. Notice regarding the osteology and dentition of the dugong. Edinburgh Jour. Sci. (n.s.), 1(1): 157-158. -Allen 728. Summs.: C, F.D., Firussac's Bull. Sci. Nat., 25: 350, 1831 (Allen 757); Isis von Oken, 1835: 290 (Allen 858). Knox, Robert 1831. Observations to determine the dentition of the dugong; to which are added observations illustrat- ing the anatomical structure and natural history of certain of the Cetacea. Trans. Roy. Soc Edinburgh, 11(2)(23): 389-417. PI. 15. -Allen 764. Dugong, 389-400. Kobayashi, Fumio; Miyazaki, Shigeo; & Kobayashi, Shoji 1993. [Excavation report on the Shimo-akima sea cow fossil] Annaka City (Japan), Board of Education, 1-55. 6 tabs. 6 figs. 11 pis. 2 maps. Mar. 31, 1993. -In Japanese. Kobayashi, Iwao: SEE ALSO Horikawa et al., 1987. D Kobayashi, Iwao 1973. Preliminary study of the distribution of some elements in mammalian teeth fossils by the electron microprobe. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 79(5): 341-348. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kobayashi, Iwao; & Kamei, Tadao 1973. A histological study on a tooth of Paleoparadoxia. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Geol. Min., 40(1): 13-25. 1 tab. 4 figs. Pis. 2-3. Sep. 10, 1973. D Kobayashi, Iwao; Takahashi, Keiichi; & Horikawa, Hideo 1988. [Neogene marine mammal fossils from Niigata Prefecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol- ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 18-21.1 fig. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Kobayashi, Shoji: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1993. Kobayashi, Shoji; & Aizu Fossil Research Group 1988. [Marine mammal fossils from Takasato, Fuku- shima Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol- ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 9-10. 1 fig. Mar. 1988. 190 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Japanese. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1886. Harmadik potlek Erdtiy osemlosei 6s az dsem- berre vonatkozo leleteinek kimutatisafroz. Orvos-Temiszettud. Ertesito (Cluj), 8: 21-24. -Reports a molar of Halitherium sp. from Cluj, Romania (22). Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1894. Az Erdtiyreszi medencze harmadkori k6pzode- mtiiyei. I. r6sz. Paleogtii csoport. (Die Ter- tiarbildungen des Beckens der siebenbiirgischen Landestheile. I. Palaogene Abtheilung.) Foldt. Intizet. Evkon. (= Mitt. Jahrb. Ungar. Geol. Anst.), 10(6): 177-399. 7 figs. Pis. 6-9. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1900. A magyar korona orszdgai koviilt gerinczesallat maradv£nyainak rendszeres 6tn6zete. Magyar Orvosok is Termiszetvizsgdldk Vdndor- gyulisinek Munkdlatai (Budapest), 30. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1911. Ujabb foldtani 6s osl6nytani megfigyel6sek a Budai-hegys6gben. 3. Halitherium-borda a torok- balinti felso-oligoc6n-homokb61. (Eine Halitheri- umrippe aus dem oberoligozanen Sand von Torokb&lini.) Foldt. Kozlony, 41(7-8): 548 (Hungarian), 600- 601 (German), x Koch-Grunberg, Theodor 1928. Vom Roroima zum Orinoco: Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nordbrasilien und Venezuela in den Jahren 1911-1913.... Vierter Band: Sprachen. Stuttgart, Strecker & Schroder, xii + 357. 1 map. -Under Carib languages, gives the Taulipahg word for "Manati" as api.na (37). Kochman, Howard I.: SEE ALSO Etheridge et al., 1985 Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman, 1981; Irvine et al., 1982 Lefebvre & Kochman, 1991; O'Shea, Beck et al., 1985 O'Shea & Kochman, 1990; O'Shea et al., 1984. Kochman, Howard I.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1983. Use of Kings Bay, Crystal River, Florida by the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/manage- ment plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 69-124. 4 tabs. 34 figs. Dec. 1983. -Summ.: Kochman et al. (1985). Describes the physical characteristics and aquatic flora of Kings Bay, mapping the flora's distribution in detail; gives results of aerial surveys of manatees in the bay, 1977-1981, with detailed maps for each month; and describes observations of behavior and diurnal movements within the bay. x Kochman, Howard I.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1985. Temporal and spatial distribution of manatees in Kings Bay, Crystal River, Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 49(4): 921-924. 1 tab. 2 figs. -An abridgement of Kochman et al., 1983. Presents aerial-survey data on manatee use of Kings Bay, 1977-1981. Kock, D.: SEE Yalden et al., 1986. Koehn, C 1973. Bergung von Skelettfragmenten einer Seekuh im Tagebau Profen. Fundgrube, 3/4: 51-54. Koenigswald, Gustav Heinrich Ralph von 1933. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Wirbeltiere Javas. Wetens. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Indie, No. 23: 1-127. 28 pis. -Describes Cryptomastodon martini. x Koenigswald, Gustav Heinrich Ralph von 1952. Fossil sirenians from Java. Proc. Sect. Sci. Nederl. Akad. Wetens., Ser. B (Phys. Sci.), 55(5): 610-612. 1 fig. Nov.-Dec. 1952. -Mentions Upper Eocene and Lower Miocene sir. fragments from Java, and describes Indosiren javanense [sic], n.gen.n.sp., from the Upper Miocene. Suggests that Indosiren is ancestral to Halicore, and states that Cryptomastodon is not a sirenian. Kohler, Maria Claudia M.: SEE Grubel da Silva, Soavinski, et al., 1992. Kohn, Anna: SEE Travassos et al., 1969. Kohno, Naoki: SEE ALSO Hasegawa et al., 1988. D Kohno, Naoki 1987. [Relationships of pinnipeds and other fossil mammals from the Mizunami Group.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostra- tigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 29-34. 3 tabs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Kohno, Naoki; & Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1988. [First discovery of Imagotaria from Japan and its significance.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol- ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific NUMBER 80 191 Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 87-89. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Kordos, Kohno, Naoki; & Takaizumi, Yukihiro 1976. 1992. The first record of the halitheriine dugongid (Sirenia: Dugongidae) in the western North Pacific Ocean. Fossils (Tokyo), 53: 1-6. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1992. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Describes an upper x Kordos, third molar and a fragment of a lower molar from 1977. the Late Miocene Aoso Formation, Sendai Prefec- ture, Japan. Koizumi, Akihiro 1987. [Present status of marine mammal fossils from the southern Kanto region.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 15-17. 1 tab. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. x Kordos, -In Japanese. 1978. Koken, Ernst 1893. Die Vorwelt und ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipzig, viii + 636. 117 figs. 2 pis. Maps. -Sirs., 487. Kokubu, Hidehiko: SEE Kimura et al., 1987. D Kokufuda, Yoshiki 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from the Joban region.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Kordos, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1979. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 8-11.2 tabs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Komatsu, Shunro: SEE Yamasaki et al., 1980, 1981. Koop, B.F.: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990. x Koopman, Karl F. 1976. Catalog of type specimens of Recent mammals in the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. x Kordos, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 128(1): 1-24. 1980. Nov. 15, 1976. -Records specimen no. ANSP 2497 as a cotype of Manatus latirostris Harlan, 1824 (23). The origi- nal label states that it was "coll. by Dr. Burroughs" on the coast of East Florida in 1822. Kooyman, G.L. 1973. Respiratory adaptations in marine mammals. Amer. Zool, 13(2): 457-468. 3 tabs. 7 figs. May 1973. Kordos. Kooyman, G.L.; & Andersen, H.T. 1981. 1969. Deep diving. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York, Academic Press, 83-84. L£szl6 Negyven eve a gyujtem6nyben ismeretlenul: ha- z£nk elso osemlosei a szir6nek. Elet is Tudomdny, 40: 1875-1878. 7 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and their fossil occurrences in Hungary. L£szl6 Uj Felsoeocen szir6na (Paralitherium tarkanyense n.g.n.sp.) Felsotdrkcinybol. [or] A new Upper Eocene sirenian (Paralitherium tarkanyense n.g.n.sp.) from Felsotirkarty, NE Hungary. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet £.vi Jelentise, 1975: 349-367. 5 pis. -Hungarian summ., 349-350; Engl, text, 362- 367. The new taxon is based on a mandible, vertebrae, and ribs. It is thought to represent a separate lineage showing parallel evolution of features seen in Halitherium. Ldszlo Fontosabb szorvanyleletek a MAFI Gerinces gyujtemenyeben (3. kozlemeny). [or] Major finds of scattered fossils in the Palaeovertebrate Collec- tion of the Hungarian Geological Institute (Communication No. 3). Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1976:281-290. 1 pi. Dec. 1978. -In Hungarian and Engl. Describes a lower M2 of Protosiren cf. fraasi from the Middle Eocene of Felsogalla, Hungary (Hung., 281 -282; Engl., 288- 289). Laszl6 Fontosabb sz6rvanyleletek a MAFI Gerinces gyujtemenyeben (4. kozlemeny). [or] Major finds of scattered fossils in the Palaeovertebrate Collec- tion of the Hungarian Geological Institute (Communication No. 4). Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1977:313-326. 1 fig. 2 pis. -In Hungarian and Engl. Laszlo Ujabb adatok a magyarorszagi eocen sziren£k ismeretehez. [or] Contribution to the knowledge of sirenians from the Hungarian Eocene. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1978: 385-397. 1 tab. 1 fig. 2 pis. Oct. 1980. -Hungarian text, 385-389; Engl, text, 394-397. Describes a mandible and other fragments of Eotheroides sp. from Middle Eocene rocks in the Balinka Coal Mine. Laszl6 Some complements to the knowledge of a Middle Eocene sirenian, Sirenavus hungaricus. 192 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Fragm. Min. Pal, No. 10: 75-78. 4 figs. 1 pi. -Concludes from repreparation of the holotype that Sirenavus is not a prorastomid. Kordos, Laszl6 1983. Sirenavus or Eotheroides species (Mammalia, Sirenia) from the Eocene of the Tataba^iya Basin (Hungary). Fragm. Min. Pal, No. 11: 41-42. 1 pi. x Kordos, L£szl6 1985a. The evolution of the Cenozoic sirenian on the basic [sic] of Hungarian fossil remains. [Abstr.] Abstrs. VIHth Congr., Regional Comm. Mediter- ranean Neogene Stratig., Symposium on Euro- pean Late Cenozoic Mineral Resources (Buda- pest, Sep. 15-22, 1985): 314. -Outlines the sir. fossil record of Hungary in the light of paleogeographic connections in the Eocene, Oligocene, and Miocene. The Hungarian sirs, of each epoch are thought to each represent a different evolutionary line. Kordos, L£szl6 1985b. Legdnyi Ferenc munkdss&ga az osgerincesek gyujt6s6ben. [Ferenc Lega^vyi as a collector of paleovertebrates.] Fol. Hist.-nat. Mus. Matr., 10: 5-9. -Engl. summ. Discusses Legdnyi's discoveries of sirs., including the types of Haplosiren leganyii Kretzoi, 1951, and Paralitherium tarkanyense Kordos, 1977. Kordos, Laszl6 1985c. A magyarorszlgi eggenburgi-szarmata k6p- zodm6nyek szaYazfoldi gerinces maradv£nyai, biozondcioja 6s r6tegtani korrel£ci6ja. [Terrestrial vertebrate remains from the Eggenburgian to Sarmatian of Hungary: biozonation and stratigra- phic correlation.] Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1983: 157-165. 2 figs. -Engl. summ. Kordos, L&zl6; & Solt, P6ter 1984. A magyarorsz£gi mioc6n tengeri gerinces faunaszintek v^zlata. [An outline of Hungary's Miocene marine vertebrate faunal horizons.] Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1982: 347-354. -Engl. summ. Kornhuber, Andreas 1899. Der Thebener Kobel. Ein Beitrag zu seiner Naturgeschichte. Verh. Ver. Natur- und Heilkunde Pressburg, (2)10 (= vol. 19?): 57-97. -Publ. 1897-98? Sirs., 95. Kornhuber, Andreas 1901. Ueber Halitherium-Reste. Verh. Ver. Natur- und Heilkunde Pressburg, 21: 80. x Korschelt, E. 1932. Uber Frakturen und Skelettanomalien der Wirbel- tiere. Erster Teil: Saugetiere. Beitr. Path. Anat. Allgem. Path., 89(2): 419-483. 65 figs. May 30, 1932. -Describes rib fractures in dugongs (450, fig. 36), and a large cavity on the radius of a Florida manatee (451, fig. 37). He mistakes the fusion of radius and ulna in the manatee for an abnormal condition, x Kostanecki, K. 1923. On a remnant of the omphalo-mesenteric arteries in the manatee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1923(2): 273-276. 1 fig. Jul. 6, 1923 (read Apr. 10, 1923). -Describes the caecum and umbilical arteries in a 35-cm fetus of T. inunguis. Kostlin, Otto 1844. Der Bau des knochernen Kopfes in den vier Klassen der Wirbelthiere. Stuttgart, x + 506. 4 pis. -In ?1848 ed.: sirs., 78? Kotsakis, T: SEE Carboni & Kotsakis, 1983. Kotzebue, Otto von 1821. Entdeckungs-Reise in die Siid-See und nach der Berings-Strasse zur Erforschung einer nordostli- chen Durchfahrt. Unternommen in den Jahren 1815,1816,1817 und 1818.... Weimar, Gebruder Hoffman, 3 vols, in 1. -Later ed.: Vienna, Kaulfuss & Krammer, 3 vols., 1825. Russian transl.: St. Petersburg, 1821-1823. Dugongs in the Palau Islands, 3: 125-126? Kovacs, K.M.: SEE West et al., 1991. D Kozawa, Yukishige 1974. A histological study of Desmostylus molar tooth from Kamitokushibetsu, Hokkaido, Japan. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 80(4): 179-185. 2 figs. Pis. 1-2. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kozawa, Yukishige 1984a. On the teeth structure of the food habitude of desmostylids. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 119-128. 9 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Kozawa, Yukishige 1984b. The development and the evolution of mammalian enamel structure. In: R.W. Fearnhead & S. Suga (eds.), Tooth enamel TV. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 437-441. 1 fig. -Considers the Sirenia to show the primitive mammalian condition, with round enamel prisms NUMBER 80 193 and no Schreger bands, whereas the Desmostylia are mentioned as having ungulate-like enamel (438-440). Kozawa, Yukishige 1985. The evolution of proboscidean enamel structure. Jour. Fossil Research, Suppl. 2: 45-50. Illus. Mar. 1985. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Mentions "Eosiren aegypticam." D Kozawa, Yukishige; Sagae, Toshiro; & Mishima, Hiroyuki 1988. [Dental structure of Behemotops and Desmosty- lus.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 134-136. 3 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Krabbe, K.H. 1961. La glande pineale. Wld. Neurol, 2: 94-102. Kramer, A. 1929. Palau. In: G. Thilenius (ed.), Ergebnisse der Sudsee-Expedition 1908-1910. Vol. II. Etnogra- phie. B. Mikronesien. III. Hamburg, L. Friedrichsen & Co., xv + 362. -Publ. 1926? Krasheninnikof, Stepan Petrovitch 1764. The history of Kamtschatka, and the Kurilski Islands, with the countries adjacent Published at Petersbourg in the Russian language, ... and translated into English by James Grieve.... Glocester, T. Jefferys, vii + 280. 5 pis. 2 maps. -Allen 292. A greatly abridged transl. of the original Russian ed. (St. Petersburg, Akad. Nauk, 2 vols., 1755). This version was in turn translated into German (Lemgo, J.T. Koehler, 1766) and French (Lyon, Benoit Duplain, 2 vols., 1767; sea cow, 1: 313-325; Allen 302). For a complete French transl. of the original ed., see Krashenin- nikof (1768). A second Russian ed. was published in 1786. The first Russian ed. has been repub- lished (Moscow & Leningrad, 1949; sea cow, 288). Hydrodamalis, 132-136. Krasheninnikof, Stepan Petrovitch 1768. Voyage en Sibirie, contenant la description du Kamtchatka, ou I'on trouve I. Les moeurs & les coutumes des habitants du Kamtchatka. II. La giographie du Kamtchatka, & des pays circon- voisins. III. Les avantages & les disvantages du Kamtchatka. TV. La riduction du Kamtchatka par les Russes, les rivoltes arrivies en diffirents temps, & I'itat actuel des forts de la Russie dans ce pays.... Tome Seconde. Paris, Debure, pere, xvi + 627. 17 pis. 6 maps. -Allen 305. This work forms Vol. 2 of the Voyage en Sibirie of l'Abb6 Jean Chappe d'Auteroche (Paris, Debure, 1768). It is translated direct (and unabridged?) from the Russian original, and is greatly superior to Grieve's abridged translation (Krasheninnikof, 1764). Another French ed. (Am- sterdam, Marc Michel Rey, 2 vols., 1770; sea cow, 2: 197-207) said to be a direct transl. from the Russian is merely a reprint of this one, with crude copies of the plates. Hydrodamalis, 446-454. Krause, Ernst: SEE Lepsius, G.R., 1882. Krause, W.J.: SEE Reynolds & Krause, 1982. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1858a. Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Ma- natus. Muller's Arch. Anat., 1858: 390-425. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1858b. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Schadel-Baues von Halitherium. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1858: 519-531. PI. 20. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1859. Ueber die Deutung der Schadelknochen der fossilen Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 34: 63. -Publ. 1858? Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1862a. Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Ma- natus. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med., 1862: 415-427. PI. 13. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1862b. Der Schadel des Halitherium schinzi Kaup. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1862: 385-415. Pis. 6-7. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1870. Beitrage zur Osteologie von Halicore. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med., 1870: 525-614. -Abstr.: Jour. Anat. Physiol, 5: 384? Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1872. Die Beckenknochen des surinamischen Manatus. Arch. Anat. Physiol Wiss. Med., 1872: 257-292. Pis. 9-10. Kreckman, Todd A.: SEE Patton et al., 1987. x Kretzoi, Miklos 1941. Sirenavus hungaricus n.g., n.sp., tin neuer Proras- tomide aus dem Mitteleozan (Lutetium) von Felsogalla in Ungarn. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl. Hungarici (Min. Geol. Pal), 34: 146-156. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Hungarian summ. Describes S. hungaricus (147), proposes the new names Masrisiren Abeli 194 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (152) and Halysiren (153) together with several new names for higher taxa, and proposes a general classification for the Sirenia. x Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1951. Uj szir6na-tipus a Magyar Mioc6nbol. (Neuer Sirenen-Typus aus dem ungarischen Miozan.) Foldt. Kozlony (Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc), 81(10- 12): 438-441. Oct.-Dec. 1951? -Text in Hungarian and German. Describes Haplosiren legdnyii, n.gen.n.sp., on the basis of two lower molars from the Miocene (Tortonian) of Hungary, and compares it with other sirs., concluding that it lies between Metaxytherium and Felsinotherium. x Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1953. A legidosebb Magyar osemlos-lelet. (Le plus ancien vestige fossile de mammifere en Hongrie.) Foldt. Kozlony (Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc), 83(7-9): 273-277. Jun.-Sep. 1953. -In Hungarian; Russian & French summs. Re- ports sir. vertebra and rib fragments from the Early Eocene (Ypresian) of Dudar, Hungary, and comments on the functional significance of pachyostosis in hydrostasis. These specimens are now considered Middle Eocene in age. Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1955. A hazai emlosallatok fejlod6stort6nete. [Evolu- tion of mammals in our country.] Utmutato A Tdrsadalom- is Termiszettudomdnyi Ismerretterjeszto Tdrsulat Eloaddi Szdmdra [Guide for Lecturers of the Public Association for Social Science & Science] (Budapest, A Tdrsada- lom- 6s Termeszettudomahyi Ismerretterjeszto Tarsulat [Public Association for Social Science & Science]) No. 29. -Briefly discusses the fossil sirs, reported from Hungary (9-10). Krishna Pillai, S.; Ambrose, J.D.; 8c Sivadas, M. 1989. On an unusually large sea cow Dugong dugon landed at Mandapam, Gulf of Mannar. Indian Counc Agric. Res., Mar. Fish. Inf. Serv. Tech. Ext. Ser., No. 96: 12, 16. Illus. -Hindi summ. Krumbiegel, Gunter: SEE Fischer & Krumbiegel, 1982. x Krumholz, Louis A. 1943. Notes on manatees in Florida waters. Jour. Mamm., 24(2): 272-273. Jun. 8, 1943. -Presents records of manatees killed by freezes, and observations of five manatees in the Gulf of Mexico off Sanibel Island. Krupp, Friedhelm 1991. Die Fauna des Persisch/Arabischen Golfes und seiner Kiisten. Natur und Museum, 121(4): 97-110. 16 figs. Apr. 1, 1991. -Brief account of the dugong population in the Gulf (103-104). Krushinskaya, N.L.; & Lisitsyna, T. Yu. 1983. [Behavior of marine mammals.] Moscow, Nauka, 1-334. Illus. -In Russian. Kubary, J.S. 1895. Ethnographische Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Karo- linen Archipels. Leiden, P.W.M. Trap. Kukenthal, Willy 1891a. Uber die Anpassung von Saugethieren an das Leben im Wasser. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst. Geog. Biol. Tiere), 5: 373-399. Kukenthal, Willy 1891b. On the adaptation of mammals to aquatic life. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)7: 153-179. -Transl. of Kukenthal (1891a)? x Kukenthal, Willy 1896. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Gebisses von Manatus. Anat. Anz., 12(22): 513-526. 10 figs. Nov. 26, 1896. -Describes the dentition of a 6.85-cm fetus of Manatus latirostris based on serial sections. The tooth formula is interpreted to be DI 3/3 DC 0/1 DP 0/3 + 3/3 deciduous "Backzahne." Presents evidence for the existence of a "prelacteal" dentition and for the compound origin of teeth. Kukenthal, Willy 1897a. Vergleichend-anatomische und entwicklungsge- schichtliche Untersuchungen an Sirenen. In: R.W. Semon (ed.), Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel, Vol. 4, Part 1. Denkschr. Med.-natw. Ges. Jena, 7: 1-75. 47 figs. 5 pis. -See also part 10: 68 of Semon's Zool. Forsch.l x Kukenthal, Willy 1897b. Die Arten der Gattung Manatus. Zool Anz., 20(523): 38-40. Feb. 1, 1897. -Gives diagnoses (based largely on external characters) of Manatus latirostris Harlan, M. senegalensis Desmarest (39), M. inunguis Nat- terer, and M. Kollikeri, n.sp., from Surinam (40). No specimens are cited in connection with the latter species description. Kukenthal, Willy 1897c. Uber die Entwicklung der Sirenen. Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 1: 140-147. NUMBER 80 195 Kukenthal, Willy 1897& Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 68(2?)(1): 181-186. Kukenthal, Willy 1913. Saugetiere (Mammalia). In: Handworterbuch der Naturwissenschaften. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 633-695. 42 figs. -Sirs., 683. Kukenthal, Willy 1914. Zur Entwicklung des Gebisses des Dugong, tin Beitrag zur Losung der Frage nach dem Ur- sprunge der Saugetierzahne. Anat. Anz., 45(23/24): 561-577. 11 figs. Mar. 13, 1914. Kuga, Naoyuki: SEE ALSO Goto & Kuga, 1984; Hasegawa et al., 1988; Kamei et al., 1989. D Kuga, Naoyuki; Saegusa, Haruo; & Kamei, Tadao 1987. [Paleoparadoxia from Tsuyama, Okayama Pre- fecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 45-48. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese, x Kuhn, Hans-Jtirg 1965. A provisional check-list of the mammals of Liberia. Senckenbergiana Biologica, 46(5): 321-340. 2 maps. Nov. 30, 1965. -Cites a record of T. senegalensis at Cape Mount (Robertsport) (333). Also includes a short history of mammal collecting in Liberia (321-323). Kulatunge, D. 1963. [Title?] Loris, 9: 273. -Dugongs hunted in Ceylon. Kumano, Sumio: SEE Akiyama & Kumano, 1973; Kimura, Akiyama, & Kumano, 1978; Kimura et al., 1987. Kumar, Kishor: SEE ALSO Sahni & Kumar, 1980; Sahni et al., 1980, 1983. x Kumar, Kishor 1991. Anthracobune aijiensis nov. sp. (Mammalia: Proboscidea) from the Subathu Formation, Eo- cene from NW Himalaya, India. Geobios, 24(2): 221-239. 4 tabs. 4 figs. 3 pis. -Reaffirms that Ishatherium subathuensis is a sir. and not an anthracobunid, and that it is Ypresian in age rather than Lutetian (234-237). Kuntze, Roman 1932. Benedictus Dybowski als Saugetierforscher. Zs. Sdugetierk., 7(1): 39-54. Pis. 16-17. Dec. 15, 1932. -Describes Dybowski's work in the Koman- dorskies and his collection of Hydrodamalis bones, 1879-1885 (48-50). Kuramoto, Taiju: SEE Yoshii et al., 1989. Kuroiwa, T. 1894. [The hunting ground of the dugong.] Dobutsugaku Zasshi, 7(83): 395. -In Japanese. Discusses dugongs in the Ryukyu Islands and the Yaeyama Archipelago, and the sale of dugong products in China, x Kuroki, S.; Schteingart, CD.; Hagey, L.R.; Cohen, B.I.; Mosbach, E.H.; Rossi, S.S.; Hofmann, A.F.; Matoba, N.; Une, Mizuho; Hoshita, Takahiko; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1988. Bile salts of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris: novel bile alcohol sulfates and absence of bile acids. Jour. Lipid Research, 29: 509-522. 6 tabs. 5 figs. -Reports that salts in manatee gallbladder bile comprise a mixture of bile alcohol sulfates, including a-, P-, and o>trichechol, described here for the first time. Bile acids, previously thought to be present in all mammals, were not detected. Kurt, Fred: SEE ALSO Thenius et al., 1987. Kurt, Fred; & Wendt, Herbert 1972. Seekuhe oder Sirenen. In: B. Grzimek (ed.), Grzimeks Tierleben. Vol. 12: 525-535. x Kurten, Bjorn; & Anderson, Elaine 1980. Pleistocene mammals of North America. New York, Columbia Univ. Press, xvii + 442. Illus. -Chap. 16 (Order Sirenia; 340-342) summarizes Pleistocene records of Hydrodamalis gigas and Trichechus manatus. D Kutsuzawa, Arata; & Tan, K. 1954. Geology of desmostylid locality in Akira Prefec- ture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 60(706): 305-306. -In Japanese. Kuz'min, D.A.: SEE Galantsev & Kuz'min, 1989. L L'Ecluse, Charles de: SEE Clusius, Carolus. x La Barre, Antoine Joseph Lefebvre de 1666. Description de la France equinoctiale, cy-devant appellee Guyanne, et par les Espagnols, El Dorado. Paris, Jean Ribov, 1-52. 1 map. -States that manatee meat was traded to the French, English, and Dutch by Aracaret and Palicour Indians of the Guiana coasts (14), and that manatees were "rare" in that area (31). La Caille, Nicolas Louis de 1763. Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Esperance, par feu m. I'Abbi de La Caille.... Paris, Guillyn, xxxvii + 380. Illus. Map. -Manatee, 229. La Marre, L.H. de: SEE Duhamel du Monceau & La Marre, 1782. Labat, Jean-Baptiste ("R.P. Labat") 1722. Nouveau voyage aux Isles de I'Amerique, conte- nant V histoire naturelle de ces pays, I'origine, les moeurs, la religion & le gouvernement des habitans anciens et modernes. Les guerres & les evenemens singulars qui y sont arrivez pendant le long sejour que lauteur y a fait. Le commerce & les manufactures qui y sont itablies, & les moyens de les augmenter. Avec une description exacte & curieuse de toutes ces isles. Ouvrage enrichi de plus de cent cartes, plans, & figures en failles- douce s. Paris, Pierre-Francois Giffart (6 vols.). Illus. -Allen 182. 1742 ed., Paris, Ch. J.B. Delespine, 8 vols. (Allen 221). Manatee, 2: 200-207, pi. facing p. 200 (1742 ed.: 2: 256-263, pi. facing p. 256). Allen says: "Very full original account of external characters and mode of capture, with an original figure—an adult clasping its young one to its breast. The figure, slightly altered, is given by Bellin, 1763, q.v." Labat, Jean-Baptiste 1728. Nouvelle relation de I'Afrique occidentals, conte- nant une description exacte du Senegal & des pais situes entre le Cap-Blanc & la riviere de Serrelionne, jusqu'a plus de 300. lieues en avant dans les terres. L'histoire naturelle de ces pais, les differentes nations qui y sont ripandues, leurs religions & leurs moeurs. Avec I'etat ancien et present des compagnies qui y font le commerce. Ouvrage enrichi de quantiti de cartes, de plans, & de figures en taille-douce. Paris, G. Cavelier (4 vols, in 2), Vol. 2: 1-375. Illus. Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de 1799. Tableau des divisions, sous-divisions, ordres et genres des mammiferes. Paris, Plassan, An VII [= 1799], 1-18. -Includes Manatus aequatorialis (nomen nudum), Dugong, n.gen., and Dugong indicus, n.comb. (17). Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de 1801. M6moire sur une nouvelle table m6thodique des animaux a mammelles. Mim. Inst. (Paris), 3: 469-502. -Mentions Dugong, 501. Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de; & Daudin, F.M. 1802. Tableaux des mammiferes. In: Buffon, Histoire naturelle, Didot ed., XIX, "Quadrupeds.," 9: 254; 10: 251; 14: 194. -Describes Manatus minor, n.sp., and M. indicus, n.comb., 14: 194. Lack, Clem: SEE ALSO Cilento & Lack, 1959. x Lack, Clem 1968. Dugong fishing in early Queensland. Newsletter Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc, No. 75: 4-6. Nov. 1968. -A brief but fairly detailed history of the Queensland dugong-oil industry. Ladd,John 1964. Archeological investigations in the Parita and Santa Maria zones of Panama. Bull. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 193: xii + 291. 68 figs. 25 pis. 14 charts. 2 maps. -Describes carved batons made of manatee bone from the El Hatillo site (150, pi. 1). Ladds, P.W: SEE Campbell & Ladds, 1981; Elliott et al., 1981. Ladewig, G. 1934. Seekuhe oder Sirenen. Aquarium, 1934: 199. Laerm, Joshua: SEE Roth & Laerm, 1980. Laet, Johannes de 1625. Nieuwe Wereldt ofte Beschrijvinghe van West- Indien, wit veelerhande Schriften ende Aen- 196 NUMBER 80 197 teekeningen van verscheyden Natien by een versamelt. Leiden, Isaack Elzevier, xxii + 526. Maps. -Allen 57. Laet, Johannes de 1633. Novvs Orbis seu Descriptionis lndiae Occidentalis Libri XVIII.... Novis tabulis geographicis et variis animantivm, plantarum fructuumque iconibus illustrati. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Elzevirios [= Elzevier], 1-104, 205-690. Illus. -Allen 65: "Manati, p. 6, fig. The account occupies nearly a page; the figure is a copy from Clusius." This ed. is said to be much improved over that of 1625. A French ed. (Leiden, Bonaven- ture & Abraham Elseviers, 1640: 1-632; Allen 69) likewise has the manatee material on p. 6. Whitehead (1977) lists other eds. in Portuguese (1912-1925) and Dutch (1931-1937). x Lainson, R.; Naiff, R.D.; Best, Robin Christopher; & Shaw, J.J. 1983. Eimeria trichechi n. sp. from the Amazonian manatee, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Si- renia). Syst. ParasitoL, 5(4): 287-289. 2 figs. -Describes oocysts and sporocysts of this new coccidial protozoan from captive and wild mana- tees, the majority of which were found to be infected. Laist, David W: SEE Marine Mammal Commission. Lai Mohan, R.S.: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1993a; Nair et al., 1975; Nair & Lai Mohan, 1977. x Lai Mohan, R.S. 1963. On the occurrence of Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Gulf of Cutch. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India, 5(1): 152. Jun. 1963. -Records two dugongs stranded in 1961 and one netted in 1962. x Lai Mohan, R.S. 1980. Some observations on the sea cow, Dugong dugon from the Gulf of Mannar and Palk Bay during 1971-1975. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc India, 18(2): 391-397. 6 tabs. "Aug. 1976" (publ. Jun. 1, 1980). -Abstr.: Proc. Ind. Sci. Congr., 63(4): 109, 1976. Also exists as a 6-page reprint with different page-breaks. Analyzes body lengths, sex ratio, and seasonality of occurrence of 146 dugongs entangled in fishing nets. They were captured throughout the year but were scarcer during Apr.-Jul.; the overall sex ratio was about 1:1. Lai Mohan, R.S. 1991. Research needs for the better management of dolphins and dugongs of Indian coast. Cent. Mar. Fish. Res. Inst. Bull, 44(3): 662-667. 4 figs. Feb. 1991. Lai Mohan, R.S. 1993. Struggle for survival: the threatened dolphins and sea cows. Frontline (Madras, India), Mar. 12, 1993: 80-81. 4 figs. Lalana R., Rogelio: SEE Ortiz et al., 1992. Lambe, Lawrence M.: SEE ALSO Kermode, F., 1917. D Lambe, Lawrence M. 1916. Report of the vertebrate paleontologist. Summ. Rept. Geol. Surv. Canada, 1915: 193-198. -Desmostylia, 197. Lamothe, F.: SEE Ackman & Lamothe, 1989. xD LaMotte, Robert Smith 1935. An Upper Oligocene florule from Vancouver Island. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 455: 49-56. 1 pi. Jul. 1935. -Mentions teeth of Desmostylus sookensis, asso- ciated with a temperate-subtropical flora in the Sooke Formation (51-52). Lamphear, Marjorie: SEE Delaney et al., 1986. Lance, Cynthia: SEE Kaiser, H.E., 1974. x Landa, Diego de 1941. Landa's Relacidn de las cosas de Yucatan. (A.M. Tozzer, ed.) Papers Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 18: xiii + 394. -De Landa's MS., dating from 1566, was first publ. in 1864; this is ed. 8. Includes a brief gen. acc. of "sea-cows" (misidentified by the editor as T. m. latirostris) being used for meat and fat in Yucatan (190-191). Gives an interesting descrip- tion of harpooning of manatees, and claims (implausibly) that "bats are accustomed to prick them" in the snout, causing death from loss of blood! x Lande, Russell 1978. Evolutionary mechanisms of limb loss in tetra- pods. Evolution, 32(1): 73-92. 4 figs. Mar. 24, 1978. -Briefly summarizes evidence on the evolution- ary rate of limb loss in sirs. (74). Landsberger, B. 1934. Die Fauna des alten Mesopotamien nach der 14. Tafel der Serie HAR-RA = hubullu. Abh. Sachs. Akad. Wiss., Philolog.-Hist. KL, 42(6): xiii + 144. -Mentions the occurrence of dugongs in the Persian Gulf, and states that "Ein archaisches Keilschriftzeichen der Schicht Uruk IV stellt einen Dugong dar" (71, 141). 198 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Landtman, Gunnar 1927. The Kiwai Papuans of British New Guinea, a nature-born instance of Rousseau's ideal commu- nity. London, Macmillan & Co., Ltd., xxxix + 485. Illus. -Dugong hunting, 120-141. Landtman, Gunnar 1933. Ethnographical collection from the Kiwai district of British New Guinea in the National Museum of Finland, Helsingfors (Helsinki). A descriptive survey of the material culture of the Kiwai people. Helsinki, Commission of the Antell Collection, 1-146. Illus. -Text in Engl, and Finnish. Harpooning of dugongs, 26-28. Lange, Frederick W: SEE ALSO Bradley et al., 1983. Lange, Frederick W. 1971. Marine resources: a viable subsistence alternative for the prehistoric Lowland Maya. Amer. Anthrop., 73(3): 619-639. 1 tab. Jun. 1971. -Manatee, 631. Langer, Peter 1988. The mammalian herbivore stomach: comparative anatomy, function and evolution. Stuttgart & New York, Gustav Fischer, xvii + 557. 72 tabs. 246 figs. Langham, Nigel RE. 1974. Dugongs in Malaysian waters. Malayan Nature Jour., 28(1): 35. Sep. 1974. Langham, Nigel RE. 1976. The need for marine parks and reserves in Malaysia. Malayan Nature Jour., 29(4): 269-276. Jul. 1976. -Dugong, 272. Langkavel, Bernhard 1896. Der Dugong. Zool. Garten, 37: 337-342. -Dugong calf supported on back of parent. Langkavel, Bernhard 1899. Ein kurzlebiger Zoologischer Garten. Zool. Garten, AO: 161-162. xD Langston, Wann, Jr. 1953. The beast of San Pablo Dam. Splashes (Oakland, Calif, East Bay Municipal Utility District), 20(9): 8-9. 2 figs. Sep. 1953. -Describes the discovery of part of a supposed Desmostylus skeleton [which later proved to be cetacean] at the San Pablo Reservoir near Ber- keley, California. Lankester, E. Ray 1905. Extinct animals. London, xxii + 331. 280 figs. -Rev.: Knowledge (n.s.), 2: 274?; Geol. Mag., (5)2: 513-515, fig. 1?; Nature (London), 73: 6-7, figs. 1-2? Sirs., 20, figs. 13-14. Lanyon, Janet; Limpus, Colin J.; & Marsh, Helene D. 1989. Dugongs and turtles: grazers in the seagrass system. In: A.W.D. Larkum, A.J. McComb, & S.A. Shepherd (eds.), Biology of seagrasses: a treatise on the biology of seagrasses with special reference to the Australian region. New York, Elsevier Science Publ. Co., Inc. (885 pp.), 610-634. 1 tab. 5 figs. x Lapham, Lewis H. 1964. Can the manatee save Florida? Saturday Evening Post, 237(25): 38-39. Jun. 27, 1964. -Amusing pop. acc. of manatees and their use for water hyacinth control in Florida and Panama. Largen, M.J.: SEE Yalden et al., 1986. Larger, Ren6 1913. La contre-evolution ou d6generescence par l'h6re- dit6 pathologique cause naturelle de l'extinction des groupes animaux actuels et fossiles. Essai de pal6opathologie g6n6rale comparee. Bull. Mim. Soc. Anthrop., (6)4: 683-729. -Sirs., 718. Larger, Rene 1917. Thiorie de la contre-ivolution ou diginirescence par I'hiriditi pathologique. Paris, F. Alcan, xiv + 405. Illus. -Discusses giantism in Halitherium and other sirs., 68-72. x Lartet, Eduard 1866. Note sur deux nouveaux sir6niens fossiles des terrains tertiaires du bassin de la Garonne. Bull Soc. Giol. France, (2)23: 673-686. PI. 13. Read Jun. 4, 1866. -Abstr.: Jour. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1: 341-343, 1872? Describes Rytiodus Capgrandi, n.gen.n.sp. [Aquitanian, Early Miocene], on the basis of two pairs of tusks and some skull and rib fragments, believing it to be allied to Halitherium. Also describes another (unnamed) form from a higher horizon on the basis of a mandible fragment (682-683, pi. 13). Reviews the sirs, of the Garonne Basin (683-684), noting that they occur in four successive beds. Las Casas, Bartolom6 de: SEE ALSO Morison, S.E., 1942, 1963. Las Casas, Bartolom6 de 1550. Apologitica historia sumaria. Madrid. -MS., first publ. in 1909? Repr.: Mexico City, 1967. NUMBER 80 199 Las Casas, Bartolom6 de 1699. An account of the first voyages and discoveries made by the Spaniards in America. Containing the most exact relation hitherto publish'd, of their unparallel'd cruelties on the Indians, in the destruction of above forty millions of people. With the propositions offer'd to the King of Spain, to prevent the further ruin of the West-Indies.... London, D. Brown, 248 + 40. -Apparently a transl. of a French ed. (Amsterdam, 1698). Based on works of Las Casas dated 1552-1553. Latimer, George W. 1864. Letter offering to forward manatees for the Society's menagerie. Proc. Zool Soc London, 1864(2): 167-168. Nov. 1864. -Concerns two specimens captured at St. Johns, Puerto Rico. According to Antonio A. Mignucci Giannoni (unpubl. M.A. thesis, Univ. of Rhode Island, 1989), Latimer was Austrian Consul to Puerto Rico, and the manatees were also offered to Central Park in New York City but never arrived there. See also PL. Sclater (1866). Latreille, Pierre Andr6 1800. Exposition m6thodique des quadrupedes, speciale- ment mentionnes dans cette 6dition de l'Histoire Naturelle de Buffon. In: Buffon & Sonnini (1800), Histoire naturelle ..., vol. 34 (q.v.). Paris, F. Dufart, An VIII [= 1800] (324 pp.), 251-321. -Allen 457. Reissued in 1802 with different pagination; see Buffon & Sonnini (1800). Ma- natus, 288. x Latreille, Pierre Andr6 1825. Families naturelles du Regne Animal, exposies succinctement et dans un ordre analytique, avec I'indication de leurs genres. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & Baudouin Freres, 1-570. -Allen 661. Pp. 64-65: {"Onzieme Ordre. C6- tac6s. Cetacea. Premiere Famille. Herbivores. Herbivora. "Us n'ont point d'evens. Les mamelles sont pectorales. Les dents sont terminees par une couronne plate. Les nageoires ant6rieures servent a la pr6hension. Les moustaches sont garnies de poils. [65] "Les g. Lamantin (Manate), Dugong, Stellere."} Lauckner, G. 1985. Diseases of Mammalia: Sirenia. In: O. Kinne (ed.), Diseases of marine animals. Volume 4, Part 2. Introduction, Reptilia, Aves, Mammalia. Hamburg, Biol. Anstalt Helgoland (xiii, 543- 884), 795-803. Illus. Laughlin, William S. 1967. Human migration and permanent occupation in the Bering Sea area. In: D.M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford Univ. Press, 409-450. 11 figs. -Sirs., 444. See also D.M. Hopkins (1967) and V.B. Scheffer(1967). x Laughlin, William S. 1985. Russian-American Bering Sea relations: research and reciprocity. Amer. Anthrop., 87(4): 775-792. 1 tab. 6 figs. Dec. 1985. -Mentions A. HrdlicTca's attempts to collect sea cow bones on Bering Is. (m780); notes the importance of the distribution of Hydrodamalis for theories of colonization of the Aleutians (781); and mentions a skeleton in the Khabarovsk museum (m783). Laughlin, William S.; & Harper, A.B. 1982. Demographic diversity, length of life and Aleut- Eskimo whaling. Rept. Internatl. Whaling Comm., Special Issue, 4: 75-77. Laurillard, CL. 1846. Metaxytherium. Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat., 8: 171-172. Lavigne, D.M.: SEE Schmitz & Lavigne, 1984. Lavocat, A. 1885. Rachis des vertebres. Mim. Acad. Sci. Toulouse, (8)7: 23-54. -Sirs., 46. Lawley, Roberto 1876. Nuovi studi sopra ai pesci ed altri vertebrati fossili delle Colline Toscane. Florence, Arte della Stampa, 1-122. 5 pis. -Abstr.: Boll. Comm. Geol. Italy, 8: 80-81, 1877?; Jour. Zool. (Paris), 6: 177-180, 1877? Sirs., 8, 105-106, 116. x Lawley, Roberto 1877. Resti di Felsinotherium Forestii Cap. trovati presso Volterra. Atti Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat., 3(2): 341-342. Read May 6, 1877. -Records a tusk and two molars from near Volterra, Italy. Lawlor, Timothy E.: SEE Jones & Lawlor, 1965. Lawrence, Barbara: SEE Allen & Lawrence, 1936. x Lawrence, James E. 1954. Nearest thing to a mermaid. Nature Mag., 47(8): 401-404. 3 figs. Oct. 1954. -Interesting pop. acc. of Florida manatees, includ- 200 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ing behavior, economic use, conservation, etc. Lawrie, M.E. 1970. Myths and legends of Torres Strait, collected and translated by M. Lawrie. St. Lucia (Queensland), Univ. of Queensland Press, 1-372. -Recounts dugong myths, hunting stories, and vernacular names. Laye, Camara 1956. The radiance of the king. London, Collins, 1-319. -Transl. from the French (Le regard du roi, Paris, Plon: 1-254, 1954) by James Kirkup. Novel; alludes to African manatees and a dream in which the protagonist imagines them as "fish-women" (245-254, 259-261). Layne, James N.: SEE ALSO Reynolds & Odell, 1991. x Layne, James N. 1965. Observations on marine mammals in Florida waters. Bull. Florida St. Mus., Biol Sci., 9(4): 131-181. 4 figs. May 19, 1965. -Collection of reports (1957-1963) of manatees killed by cold, boat propellers, shooting, and perhaps red tide; sighting reports; and reports of seasonal migrations (166-168). x Lazcano-Barrero, Marco A.; & Packard, Jane M. 1989. The occurrence of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Tamaulipas, Mexico. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(2): 202-205. 1 fig. Apr. 1989. -Reports manatee sightings and the collection of 5 ribs from a carcass found in the Rio Soto La Marina, constituting the westernmost record of the species and the first definitive record from the state of Tamaulipas. Le Cointe, Paul 1922. L'Amazonie Brisilienne: Le pays—ses habitants: ses ressources: notes et statistiques jusqu'en 1920.... Tome II. Paris, Augustin Challamel, 1-495. 66 figs. 1 map. -Manatees and statistics on export of mixira, 302-304. Le Souef, William Henry Dudley: SEE ALSO Lucas & Le Souef, 1909. Le Souef, William Henry Dudley 1907. Wild life in Australia. Christchurch, Whitcombe & Tombs, xv + 439. 170 figs. -Dugong, 246, 248. Le Soueff, Albert Sherbourne; & Burrell, Harry 1926. The wild animals of Australasia, embracing the mammals of New Guinea & the nearer Pacific islands. London, G.G. Harrap & Co. Ltd., 1-388. 105 figs. -Sirs., 104. Leahy, Thomas M. 1979. The manatee—an endangered species. Sea Grant 70's (Virginia Polytechnic Inst. & State Univ.), 9(3): 8-9. 2 figs. Mar. 1979. -Brief account of manatee conservation efforts in Florida. Includes "Manatee habitats under study" (p. 9), a short report on a study of manatee behavior conducted by John Tiedemann. x Leakey, Louis S.B. 1958. Dugongs. Afr. Wild Life, 12: 19-20. 1 fig. Mar. 1958. -Brief gen. acc. of East African dugongs, chiefly remarkable for its insistence that they "mainly" inhabit fresh and brackish water, specifically "the lower reaches and estuaries of the large rivers like the Tana and the Sabaki." Also states that "small family groups" of dugongs defend particular stretches of rivers, and that females nurse calves while upright in the water. These data were evidently obtained from native informants. Lear, Richard J.: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1978. Leatherwood, J. Stephen: SEE ALSO Reeves et al., 1992. x Leatherwood, J. Stephen 1979. Aerial survey of the bottlenosed dolphin, Tursiops truncatus, and the West Indian manatee, Tri- chechus manatus, in the Indian and Banana Rivers, Florida. Fish. Bull, 77(1): 47-59. 5 tabs. 7 figs. -Reports 151 sightings of manatees (9.9%- 13.2% of them calves) made in the course of a dolphin survey in August 1977. Also gives data on group sizes. Leatherwood, J. Stephen; Peters, CB.; Santerre, R.; Santerre, M.; & Clarke, J.T. 1984. Observations of marine mammals in the Northern Indian Ocean Sanctuary, 1979-1983. Rept. Internatl. Whaling Comm., 34: 509-520. x Leatherwood, J. Stephen; & Reeves, Randall R. (eds.) 1989. Marine mammal research and conservation in Sri Lanka, 1985-1986. (Nairobi, Kenya), United Nations Environment Programme, Marine Mammal Tech. Rept., No. 1: vi + 138. 17 tabs. 28 figs. -"Ed. 2," 1991 (an unaltered reprint with a different cover). Rev.: H. Marsh, Mar. Mamm. Sci., 7(2): 203-204, Apr. 30, 1991. Discusses the distribution and status of dugongs, and presents data on hunting, accidental netting, catch levels and trends, specimens in Sri Lankan museums, and the need for a dugong sanctuary (4-5, 7, 61, 64, 80, 82-91, 105, 129-132). Also appended are NUMBER 80 201 the recommendations of, and lists of the papers presented at and participants in, the Symposium on Marine Mammals of the Indian Ocean, held at Colombo, Feb. 22-25, 1983 (119-127). x LeBaron, J. Francis 1880. The manatee, or sea cow. Forest & Stream, 13(25): 1005-1006. Jan. 22, 1880. -Account of Florida manatees and their live capture with nets; mentions occasional hunting with rifles, sale of skins and skeletons to muse- ums, and dredging of bones from the sea bottom between Florida Cape and Cuba, x Leboucq, Hector 1889a. Uber Nagelrudimente an der fbtalen Flosse der Cetaceen und Sirenier. Anat. Anz., 4(6): 190-192. 2 figs. Mar. 31, 1889. -Abstr.: Amer. Naturalist, 23(274): 923? Reports observations on rudimentary nail-forming areas in a dugong fetus. Leboucq, Hector 1889b. Recherches sur la morphologie de la main chez les mammiferes marins: pinnip6des, sir6niens, c6- tacees. Arch. Biol, 9: 571-648. Pis. 36-41. -Sirs., 572, 574, 576, 607-608, 624-627, 638, 640, 643, pi. 39. x Leboucq, Hector 1896. Uber Hyperphalangie bei den Saugetieren. Verh. Anat. Ges., 10. Vers.: 174-176. -Alludes to occasional hyperphalangy in sirs. (174). Leccese, Mike 1979. Florida establishes manatee refuges. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 50(8): 33-34. Illus. Leche, Wilhelm 1887. Mammalia. In: Dr. H.G. Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig & Heidelberg, C. F. Winter'sche Ver- lagshandlung (1874-1900), 6(5) (1884-1887); 6(7) (1888-1900). -See also C.G.A. Giebel (1883). Leche, Wilhelm 1921. Morphologisch-geographische Formenreihen bei den Saugethieren. Acta Univ. Lund., (2)16(10): 1-76. 11 figs. -Publ. 1919-1921? Sirs., 72. Lecointre, Comtesse Pierre: SEE Mayet & Lecointre, 1909. Leeointre, G. 1947. LaTouraine. Geol. Rig. de la France, 4: 1-250. 49 figs. 3 pis. Ledbetter, CS. 1960. Amazing mammals of Blue Spring Run. Florida Wildlife, 14(2): 22-24. Ledererr, G. 1937. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Kosmos, 1937: 64. Ledru, Andr6-Pierre; & Sonnini, Charles Nicolas Sigisbert 1810. Voyage aux lies de Tiniriffe, la Triniti, Saint- Thomas, Sainte-Croix et Porto-Ricco, exicutipar ordre du Gouvernement Francais, depuis le 30 Septembre 1796 jusqu'au 7 Juin 1798, sous la direction du Capitaine Baudin, pour faire des recherches et des collections relatives a I'histoire naturelle; contenant des observations sur le climat, le sol, la population, V agriculture, les productions de ces iles, le caractere, les moeurs et le commerce de leurs habitants Paris, Arthus Bertrand (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xlvii + 315; Vol. 2: 1-324. 1 map. -Allen 515. Manatus australis, 1: 258 (by Ledru), 294-295 (by Sonnini). Lee, David S.: SEE ALSO Browne & Lee, 1977. Lee, David S. 1976. Mermaids in distress. Wildlife in North Carolina, 40(7): 8-9, 27. 3 figs. Jul. 1976. Lee, David S.; & Socci, M.C. 1989. Potential effects of oil spills on seabirds and selected other oceanic vertebrates off the North Carolina coast. Occas. Pap. North Carolina Biol Surv., 1989-1: 1-64. Illus. Lee,H. 1878. The manatee. Leisure Hour, 27: 619. x Lee, Ida 1925. Early explorers in Australia. London, Methuen & Co. Ltd., xii + 651. -Summarizes accounts of dugongs encountered in Australian waters by the expeditions of Dampier (19-21), Cunningham (482), and Flinders (520, 523). Leech, Thomas 1817. In: John Barnes, A tour through the island of St. Helena.... London, J.M. Richardson (xx + 239), 116-117. x Lefebvre, Lynn W; & Kochman, Howard I. 1991. An evaluation of aerial survey replicate count methodology to determine trends in manatee abundance. Wildl. Soc Bull, 19: 298-309. 2 tabs. 4 figs. -Analyzes winter survey data from Crystal and Homosassa rivers, Florida, 1985-1986. Con- cludes that unit-recount surveys (Packard et al., 1986) should not be used to develop a population index based on resightings of individuals, but can serve to improve survey designs and to obtain an 202 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY index with a measure of variation at specific aggregation sites. They could also be used in conjunction with a "variable effort recount" method, to standardize the latter and make the former method more flexible. x Lefebvre, Lynn W; O'Shea, Thomas J.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Best, Robin Christopher 1989. Distribution, status, and biogeography of the West Indian manatee. In: CA. Woods (ed.), Biogeogra- phy of the West Indies: past, present, and future. Gainesville (Florida), Sandhill Crane Press (xvii + 878), 567-609. 12 figs. -Reviews historical, distributional, and status information from all countries within the range of T. manatus, and discusses aspects of habitat that account for limits to the species' distribution. Lefebvre, Lynn W; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1990. Manatee grazing impacts on seagrasses in Hobe Sound and Jupiter Sound in southeast Florida during the winter of 1988-1989. NTIS Document No. PB 90-271883, vi + 36. 6 tabs. 12 figs. Aug. 1990. -Includes an appendix by Domning (34-36; see Domning, D.P., 1990a). Lefeuvre, D. 1911. Structure histologique des os de VHalitherium. C.R. Congr. Soc. Savantes Paris (Lille, 1909), 38: 291-293. -Correct publication date 1909? x Lefevre, Theodore 1889. Note pr61iminaire sur les restes de sir6niens recueillis en Belgique. Zool. Anz., 12(304): 197-200. Apr. 1, 1889. -Recognizes two forms from the Belgian Rupe- lian (Oligocene): Metaxytherium Guettardi and Halitherium Schinzi. States that one (presumably the former) is ancestral to Halicore, the other to Manatus. Crassitherium is also present and, if a valid taxon, would constitute a third member of the fauna, ancestral to Rhytina. Manatherium is considered of doubtful validity and more probably equivalent to M. Guettardi. The two Rupelian species definitely recognized are said to have complete epiphyses on the centra of all vertebrae. Leguat, Francois 1708. A new voyage to the East-Indies by Francis Leguat and his companions. Containing their adventures in two desart islands, and an account of the most remarkable things in Maurice Island, Batavia, at the Cape of Good Hope, the island of St. Helena, and other places in their way to and from the desart isles. London, R. Bonwicke, W. Freeman, Tim. Good- win, J. Walthoe, M. Wotton, S. Manship, F. Nicholson, B. Tooke, R. Parker, & R. Smith, xv + 248. Pis. -Allen 164. This is a transl. of an earlier French ed. (London, David Mortier, 2 vols., 1708). Later eds.: ?1720; Hakluyt Soc. (P. Oliver, ed.), 1891. Lamentin, 67-70, pi. facing p. 67. See also G. Atkinson (1922), T. Mortensen (1933b, 1934b), and D.R. Stoddart (1972) concerning this work. According to Allen, "The account of the Lamantin is one of the earliest descriptions of the African manatee, and is quoted by Buffon and other early naturalists. The figure of the Lamantin displays a pig-like tusk in the lower jaw. It is represented as holding its young one in its arms. 'The Lamentins, which other Nations call Manati, that is, having Hands, abound in the Sea about this Isle [Maurice], appearing often in numerous Troops....'" (67). The illustration of a tusked "Lamentin" with a dolphin-like tail is doubtless intended to represent the dugong and not (as Allen supposed) the manatee. Leiblein, V. 1839. Grundzuge einer methodischen Uebersicht des Thierreiches nach seinem Classen, Ordnungen, Familie'n und Gattungen, nebst Aufzdhlung ihrer Haupt-Reprdsentanten. Ein Leitfaden beim zoolo- gischen Studium Erstes Bdndchen. DerMensch und die Saugethiere. Wiirzburg, Stahel'schen Buchhandlung, 1-182. -Allen 966. Manatus americanus, M. Senegalen- sis, Halicore Dugong, 165; Rytina Stelleri, 167. Between Halicore and Rytina is interpolated the extinct genus Dinotherium. x Leidy, Joseph 1854. The ancient fauna of Nebraska, or a description of remains of extinct Mammalia and Chelonia from the Mauvais Terres of Nebraska. Smithson. Contrib. Knowledge, 6(7): 1-126. 24 pis. -Mentions Manatus in a list of North American Pliocene fauna, based on R. Harlan (1825b, 1835) (mlO). x Leidy, Joseph 1856a. Notices of remains of extinct Mammalia, discov- ered by Dr. F.V Hayden, in Nebraska Territory. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8: 88-90. Read Apr. 8, 1856. -Describes Ischyrotherium antiquus (sic), n.gen.n.sp., a supposed sir. based on vertebrae and rib fragments from Nebraska (89). Later, Leidy (1869) decided these remains were reptilian. \fUMBER 80 203 K Leidy, Joseph 1856b. Notice of some remains of extinct vertebrated animals. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(5): 163- 165. Sep. 1856. -P. 165: {"7. Manatus antiquus, Leidy [n.sp.]. /The species is predicated on fragments of ribs found in the miocene deposits of New Jersey and Virginia, and on a fragment of a rib and an isolated molar tooth, discovered by Capt. Bowman, U.S.A., in the sands of Ashley river, South Carolina. The tooth apparently corresponds to the sixth or seventh upper molar of M. latirostris, Harlan, than which it is considerably larger. It has no anterior basal ridge, but from both of the inner lobes of the crown the summits are prolonged in a curved line to the middle of the outer lobes. The specimen measures in both diameters 9J/2 lines."} Leidy, Joseph 1859-1860. Description of vertebrate fossils. In: F.S. Holmes, Post-Pleiocene fossils of South- Carolina, Parts 8-15. Charleston, Russell & Jones (xiii + 122 + v), 99-122. Pis. 15-28. -Sirs., 117, pi. 24. Parts 11-12, comprising pp. 115-118, were published in 1860 (see Ward & Blackwelder, Smithson. Contrib. Paleobiol, 61: 134, 1987). x Leidy, Joseph 1869. The extinct mammalian fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, including an account of some allied forms from other localities, together with a synopsis of the mammalian remains of North America. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)7: 23-472. 30 pis. -Summ.: Jour. Zool, 1: 187-191, 500-508, pis. 10-11, 2: 541-545, 1872? The synopsis includes the reported American species and occurrences of Manatus and Prorastomus, and also discusses Leidy's taxon Ischyrotherium, which he now considers a reptile rather than a sir. (414). (Hay [1902] provisionally assigned Ischyrotherium to the Champsosauridae.) x Leidy, Joseph 1873. Contributions to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the western territories. Rept. U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv. Terr. (= Hayden Survey), 1: [7]-358. 37 pis. -Describes a tooth of Manatus inornatus, n.sp., from the Ashley River, South Carolina (336-337, pi. 37). x Leidy, Joseph 1876. [Fossils from Ashley River, South Carolina. Summary of presentation to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, May 9, 1876, in:] Proceedings of societies. Amer. Naturalist, 10(9): 570-576. Sep. 1876. -P. 570: {"From among a collection of fossils from the Ashley phosphate beds [South Carolina], recently submitted to his [Leidy's] inspection by Mr. J.M. Gliddon, of the Pacific Guano Company, the specimens were selected which were presented for the examination of the meeting. One of them is a well-preserved tooth of a Megatherium; another, a characteristic portion of the skull of a manatee; ...."} It is likely that these were the specimens that formed the subject of Leidy (1877), below. x Leidy, Joseph 1877. Description of vertebrate remains, chiefly from the phosphate beds of South Carolina. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)8(3): 209-261. Pis. 30-34. -Calls attention to the existence, in the collection of fossils from the Ashley phosphate beds belonging to the Pacific Guano Company, of skull and other bone fragments, which he refers to Manatus antiquus (211, 214). x Leidy, Joseph 1889. Description of vertebrate remains from Peace Creek, Florida. Trans. Wagner Free Inst, of Science, 2: 19-31. Dec. 1889. -P. 27: {"9. Fragments of ribs of a Manatee, Manatus antiquus."} These specimens, apparently the first fossil sir. remains reported from the Bone Valley phosphate district, were referred to Metaxytherium floridanum by Domning (1988). x Leidy, Joseph 1891. Notices of Entozoa. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 42(= (3)20)(3): 410-418. Oct.-Dec. 1890 (publ. Jan. 20, 1891). -Reports Amphistomum fabaceum from the intes- tines and nasal passages of manatees (413-414). Leidy, Joseph 1892. [List of Vertebrata from the Pliocene of Florida.] In: Correlation papers: Neocene. Bull. U.S. Geol Surv., 84: 129-130. x Lemire, Michel 1968. Particularites de l'estomac du lamantin Trichechus senegalensis Link (Sireniens, Trichechides). Mammalia, 32(3): 475-520. 7 figs. pis. 25-28. Sep. 1968. -Engl. summ. Compares the manatee stomach with those of the dugong and other mammals; discusses digestive processes and adaptation. 204 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Lenz, Harald Othmar 1831. Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere, nach Cuvier's Systeme bearbeitet. Gotha, Beckersche Buchhandlung, 1-324. -Allen 765. Sirs, and cetaceans, 294-306; lists 3 genera and 4 species of the former. Allen says "The notices of the species are very short; the references relate only to figures. The technical names are marked for accent and their etymology is given. Evidently prepared for use as a concise hand-book of Mammalogy." Lenz, Harald Othmar 1835. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte.... Erster Band: Saugethiere. Gotha, Beckersche Buchhandlung, vi + 450. 8 pis. -Allen 865. Under the Order Cetacea, Family Herbivora (= Sirenia), lists Manatus australis, M. senegalensis (427), Halicore cetacea, and Rhytina Stelleri (428). L6pes, Marta M.: SEE Allen et al., 1976; Budiarso et al., 1979. Lepsius, Georg Richard 1882. Halitherium Schinzi, die fossile Sirene des Main- zer Beckens. Eine vergleichend-anatomische Stu- die. Abh. Mittelrheinischen Geol. Ver. (Darmstadt), 1: vi + 200 + viii. 10 pis. -Notice: Zs. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., 32: 672-673, 1880? Rev.: Ernst Krause, Kosmos, 11(3): 234- 240, Jun. 10, 1882. This monograph on the important Middle Oligocene dugongid from Ger- many is one of the finest and most thorough osteological studies of a sirenian ever published. In addition to a detailed osteological description of//, schinzii, it comprises a full review of the sir. fossil record, with detailed comparisons and diagnoses of all known fossil and Recent forms, and a discussion of the relationships of sirs, among the Mammalia. Lepthien, Emilie Utteg 1991. Manatees. Chicago, Childrens Press, 1-48. Illus. -Children's book on Florida manatees. L6ry, Jean de (= Lerius, John) 1578. Histoire d'un voyage fait en la terre du Bresil, autrement dit Amerique.... La Rochelle (also Rouen?), Antoine Chuppin, 1-424. -Engl, transl. in Purchas his pilgrimes, Vol. 16: 534. Another French ed., Paris, Alphonse Lemerre (2 vols.), 1880, with introduction and notes by Paul Gaffarel. This was apparently reprinted (Geneva, Droz, 1976) and translated into Portu- guese (Sao Paulo, Martins Ed., 1941, and Biblioteca Histdrica Brasileira, vol. 7). Gives a brief account of a possible manatee or, more likely, a pinniped encountered in the region of Rio de Janeiro (185-193); see also Whitehead (1977: 171), who also gives an Engl, transl. Lesson, R6n6-Primevere 1827. Manuel de mammalogie, ou histoire naturelle des mammiferes. Paris, Roret, xv + 442. Atlas, 80 pis. -Allen 699. Sirs., treated as a "tribe" of the Order Cetae: Manatus americanus, M. senegalensis, M. latirostris, Halicore dugong, and Stellerus bore- alis (401-404). Allen calls this work "an indis- criminate compilation, useful mainly as giving a list of the species described up to this date." The atlas (Allen 700) apparently contains no illustra- tions of sirs. Lesson, R6n6-Prim6vere 1828. Histoire naturelle ginirale et particulare des mammiferes et des oiseaux. Citacis. Paris, Baudouin Freres, vii + 442. Pis. -Dugong, 72-87. Lesson, Rene-Primevere 1829. Rytine ou Stellere. Rytina. In: Dictionnaire clas- sique d'histoire naturelle. Paris, Rey et Gravier & Baudouin Freres, Vol. 15 (Rua-S): 25-28. May 1829. -Allen 729. Lester, K.S.: SEE ALSO Boyde & Lester, 1967. Lester, K.S.; & Boyde, A. 1967. Electron microscopy of predentinal surfaces. Calcified Tissue Res., 1(1): 44-54. Lesueur, Charles A.: SEE Dockery, D.T., III, 1982. Leuckart, R. 1875. Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der niederen Thiere wahrend derJahre 1872-1875. Arch. Naturgesch., 40(2): 401-505. -Describes the trematode Monostomum dujonis from the eustachian tube of a dugong from the Philippines. x Leung, Yuk-maan 1967. An illustrated key to the species of whale-lice (Amphipoda, Cyamidae), ectoparasites of Ceta- cea, with a guide to the literature. Crustaceana, 12(3): 279-291. 5 figs. May 8, 1967. -Reviews the history of Sirenocyamus rhytinae, and regards it as a synonym of Cyamus ovalis, following Liitken (1873) (279-280, 287). Leunis, Johannes; & Ludwig, Hubert 1883. Synopsis der Thierkunde. Ein Handbuch fur hohere Lehranstalten und fur alle, welche sich wissenschaftlich mit der Naturgeschichte der Thiere beschqftigen wollen.... Ed. 3. NUMBER 80 205 Hanover, Hahn (2 vols., 1883-1886), Vol. 1: xvi + 796. 641 figs. -Sirs., 275. xD Leutenegger, Madeleine 1982. Bibliographic der Sirenen (Trichechidae). Zool. Garten (n.s.), 52(2): 81-105. -Lists 785 titles alphabetically by author; no annotations or index. Covers the Sirenia and Desmostylia generally, not just the Trichechidae. Levitsky, Katherine: SEE Caldwell et al., 1969. L6vy-Bruhl, Lucien 1910. Les fonctions mentales dans les sociitis infi- rieures. Paris, F. Alcan, 1-461. -Various later eds. & transls. Sirs., ed. 2 (1912): 277 (quotes Guise, 1899). x Lew, Andrew M.; Valas, Robert B.; Maloy, W Lee; & Coligan, John E. 1986. A soluble class I molecule analogous to mouse Q10 in the horse and related species. Immunogenetics, 23(5): 277-283. 1 tab. 7 figs. -The molecule was not detected in serum from 9 Florida manatees (279-280). Lewis, CB. 1945. Mermaids and manatees. In: Glimpses of Jamai- can natural history. Kingston, Institute of Jamaica, 21-23. -Ed. 2, 1949. Pop. acc. of manatees, reporting sightings near Portland Bight. Lewis, G.E.: SEE Gard et al., 1972. x Lewis, Jessica H.; & Wilson, John H. 1973. Variations in abilities of animal fibrinogens to clump staphylococci. Thromb. Res., 3(4): 419-424. -Abstr.: Federation Proc, 32(3, pt. 1): 290? Reports that blood plasma samples from two T. inunguis in the Pittsburgh Zoo showed ability to clump; elephant plasma, however, did not (421- 422). x Lewis, Roy R., Ill; Carlton, Jedfrey M.; & Lombardo, Ralph 1984. Algal consumption by the manatee (Trichechus manatus L.) in Tampa Bay, Florida. Florida Scientist, 47(3): 189-191. -Report of 4 to 6 manatees observed in Jan. 1981 apparently feeding on green algae (Ulva sp.). Suggests that marine algae may be an important food source for manatees wintering at nearby warm-water refugia. x Lewis, Thomas A. 1989. Slow creature caught in a fast world. Natl Wildlife, 28(1): 42-49. 7 figs. "Dec-Jan. 1990." -Pop. acc. of the threat to Florida manatees from boat collisions, and of the rescue of an injured animal in Jan. 1989. Leydig, Franz von 1857. Lehrbuch der Histologic des Menschen und der Thiere. Frankfurt am Main, Meidinger Sohn & Co., xii + 551.271 figs. -Sirs., 87, 315-316. Leydig, Franz von 1859. Uber die ausseren Bedeckungen der Saugethiere. Arch. Anat. Phys. Med., 1859: 677-747. Pis. 19-20. -Sirs., 684, 698. Liat, J.B.: SEE Jones et al., 1971. Lidstone, William: SEE Brown & Lidstone, 1878. Ligabue, G.: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Ligensa, Klaus: SEE Blessing et al., 1972. Ligon, Sandra L. Husar: SEE ALSO Husar, Sandra L. x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1976. A survey of dugongs (Dugong dugon) in Queens- land. Jour. Mamm., 57(3): 580-582. 1 tab. 1 fig. Aug. 27, 1976. -Reports 629 dugongs seen in an aerial survey of 3540 km of coastline. Includes observations on behavior, aggregations, and possible migrations, x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1982. Aerial survey of the dugong, Dugong dugon, in Kenya. In: Mammals in the seas, vol. 4. Rome, Food & Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 511-513. -French & Spanish summs. Brief report on surveys flown in 1975, which sighted only 8 dugongs on the entire coast of Kenya. Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1983. Trichechus manatus (manati, West Indian mana- tee). In: D.H. Janzen (ed.), Costa Rican natural history. Chicago, Univ. Chicago Press (xi + 816), 498- 500. Illus. x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977. Aerial survey of the dugong Dugong dugon in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 11 IM: 1-5. 4 figs. -A survey of 750 miles of coastline and coral reef in four areas (Daru-Warrior Reef; southeastern Papuan coast; Lae area and northwestern coast of West New Britain; and northwestern coast of PNG) during April 1975 resulted in 186 sightings of dugongs. x Lima, Daisy Costa 1971. Itacoatiara, Amazonas. Inst. Brasil. Estatistica, Colecao de Monogrs., No. 497 (Ed. 2): 1-20. -States that 20 tons of salted manatee meat, worth 206 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY CR$ 14.000, was exported from Itacoatiara, Brazil in 1968 (7). Lima, Fernando de Castro Pires de: SEE Pires de Lima, Fernando de Castro. Lima, Francisco Fiuza: SEE Fiuza Lima, Francisco. Lima, Murilo Rodolfo de 1989. Fdsseis do Brasil Sao Paulo, T.A. Queiroz, Edit. Univ. Sao Paulo (Biblioteca de Ciencias Naturais, vol. 14), 1-118. Illus. -Classifies Sirenotherium pirabense as Sirenia incertae sedis. Lima, R6gis Pinto de: SEE Pinto de Lima, Regis Limpus, Colin J.: SEE Lanyon et al., 1989; Marsh, Freeland etal., 1986. Linares, Olga F. 1976. "Garden hunting" in the American tropics. Human EcoL, 4(4): 331-349. Linares, Olga F. 1980. Cultural inferences from organic remains. In: O.F. Linares & A.J. Ranere (eds.), Adaptive radiations in prehistoric Panama. Monogr. Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 5: 146-150. Lincoln, Frederick C: SEE Beard et al., 1942. Ling, John K. 1974. The integument of marine mammals. In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. London, Academic Press, Vol. 2: 1-44. 1 tab. 5 figs. -Sirs., 4, 6, 13, 16, 22-23, 35, 37-39. Ling, John K. 1977. Vibrissae of marine mammals. In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. New York, Academic Press, Vol. 3 (428 pp.), 387-415. 2 tabs. 12 figs. -Sirs., 405-408. Ling, John K. 1979. The status of endangered Australian marine mammals. In: M.J. Tyler (ed.), The status of endangered Australasian wildlife. Proceedings of the Centenary Symposium of the Royal Zoological Society of South Australia, Adelaide, 21-23 September, 1978. Adelaide, Roy. Zool. Soc. South Australia (ix + 210), 67-74. 1 tab. 2 figs. x Link, Heinrich Friedrich 1794. Ueber die natiirlichen Ordnungen und Geschlech- ter der Saugthiere. Mag. f. Thiergesch. Thieranat. u. Thier- arztneykunde, 1(2): 33-41. -Gives a brief characterization of only one sir. species, "Trichecus Manatus (3. borealis" (= Hydrodamalis gigas), which is placed in the order Belluae and said to be merely a variety of "Trichechus Manatus a" (40-41). Link, Heinrich Friedrich 1794-1795. Beytrdge zur Naturgeschichte. Rostock & Leipzig, Karl Christoph Stiller, 1(1): [iv] + 124, 1794; 1(2): 1-126, 1795. -In the "Erstes Stuck" (1794), discusses sirs, on pp. 67-68; in the "Zweytes Stuck" (1795), on pp. 109-110. Linnaeus, Carl: SEE ALSO Miiller, P.L.S.; Turton, W. Linnaeus, Carl 1748. Systema naturae sistens regna tria naturae, in classes et ordines genera et species redacta tabulisque aenis illustrata.... Secundum sextam Stockholmiensem emendatam & auctam edi- tionem. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Godofr. Kiesewetter, [1] + 2-224. Frontisp. 8 pis. -Allen 245. A reprinting of the sixth edition. Trichecus, 39. Linnaeus, Carl 1756. Systema naturae sistens regna tria naturae, in classes et ordines genera et species redacta tabulisque aenis illustrata. Accedunt vocabula Gallica. Editio multa auctior & emendatior. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Theodor Haak, 1-227. 8 pis. -Allen 273. Trichecus manatus, 39. x Linnaeus, Carl 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characte- ribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae [= Stockholm], Laurentii Salvii, [5] + 6-823+ [1]. -Facsimile ed.: London, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1956. The tenth edition and the official starting point for zoological nomenclature. Names and describes Trichechus manatus, n.gen.n.sp. (34). See also O. Thomas (1911). Linnaeus, Carl 1766. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characte- ribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio duodecimo, reformata. Holmiae [= Stockholm], Laurentii Salvii, [10] + 11-532. -Allen 298. The twelfth edition and the last to appear during Linnaeus' lifetime. For this reason it was long regarded as the most authoritative, in preference to the tenth ed. Because it includes the walrus in the genus Trichechus, the eventual result was that the latter name became attached to the NUMBER 80 207 walrus instead of the manatee for the following century and a half. "Trichecus Manatus" (includ- ing both the manatee and the dugong), 49-50. According to Allen, "In the Vindobonae reprint (1767), styled 'Editio decima tertia, ad Editionem duodecimam reformatam Holmiensem,' the pagi- nation and matter relating to [the Sirenia] is the same as here." See also J.F. Gmelin (1788). Linn6, Carl von: SEE Linnaeus, Carl. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1878. Compendium der Helminthologie. Ein Verzeich- niss der bekannten Helminthen, die frei oder in thierischen Korpern leben, geordnet nach ihren Wohnthieren, unter Angabe der Organe, in denen sie gefunden sind, und mit Beifugung der Littera- tur que lien. Hannover, Hahn'sche Buchhandlung, xxii + 382. -Lists parasites of sirs., 58-59. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1889. Compendium der Helminthologie. Nachtrag. Die Litteratur der Jahre 1878-89. Hanover, Hahn' sche Buchhandlung, 1-151. -Lists parasites of sirs., 24. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1903. Entozoa des zoologischen Museums der Kaiserli- chen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St. Peters- burg. Ezhegodnik Zoologicheskogo Muzeia Impera- torskoi Akademii Nauk, 8: 265-294. -Lists Ascaris halicoris from the intestine of a Red Sea dugong. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1904. Neue Helminthen. Centralbl. Bakt. Parasitenkunde und Infektions- krankheiten, 37(1): 678-683. 11 figs. -Describes Opisthotrema pulmonale, n.sp., from the lungs of a Torres Strait dugong (678-680). x Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1905. Ascaris halicoris Baird. Jour. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (n.s.), 1 [= Jour. 1(10)]: 258-260. PI. 11. Dec. 1905. -In German. Discusses the nomenclature and anatomy of the nematode A. halicoris, and mentions its occurrence in stomachs of dugongs from India, the Malay Peninsula, and the Red Sea (258). Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1906. Neue und bekannte Helminthen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. Okol. Geogr. Thiere, 24: 1-20. -Records Ascaris halicoris from an Indian du- gong. Lioy, Paolo: SEE Capellini, G., 1865. x Lipkin, Yaacov 1976. Food of the Red Sea Dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia) from Sinai. Israel Jour. Zool, 24: 81-98. 6 tabs. 1 fig. Jun. 1976. -Analyzes the stomach and intestinal contents of 6 dugongs from the northern Red Sea. Nearly all the contents were seagrasses, with some algal and animal material, probably ingested casually. Dis- cusses the dugong's feeding habits and possible movements; concludes that dugongs eat whatever is available, but prefer delicate seagrasses. Lipps, Jere H.: SEE Mitchell & Lipps, 1964, 1965. Lisboa, Crist6vao de: SEE Walter, J., 1967. Lisitsyna, T. Yu.: SEE Krushinskaya & Lisitsyna, 1983. x Little, E.C.S. 1966. The invasion of man-made lakes by plants. In: R.H. Lowe-McConnell (ed.), Man-made lakes (Proceedings of a symposium held at the Royal Geographical Society, London, Sep. 30-Oct. 1, 1965). Symp. Inst. Biol, No. 15 (xiii + 218): 75-86. -Gives a pessimistic view of the manatee's potential use for weed control (82). Includes a comment by G.C.L. Bertram on the usefulness of manatees and the proposed use of dugongs for fresh-water weed control in Australia (86). x Liverseege, J.F. 1904. Cod-liver oil and other fish oils. Analyst, 29: 210-215. Jul. 1904. -Analyzes and compares a variety of animal and plant oils, including dugong oil (211-214). x Lluch Belda, Daniel 1965. Algunas notas sobre la biologia del manati. An. Inst. Nac. Invest. Biologico-Pesqueras (Mex- ico), 1: 405-419. 7 figs. Dec. 1965. -Very good gen. acc. of sirs., the occurrences of manatees in Mexico, their food, probable seasonal migrations, live capture and transport, and their attempts at locomotion out of the water. Llueca, Federico Gomez: SEE Gomez Llueca, Federico. Lobao Tello, Jose L.P.: SEE Tinley et al., 1976. Lobley, J. Logan 1908. The American fauna and its origin. Jour. Victoria Inst., 40: 190-221. -Sirs., 109? Lockwood, C.C. 1974. America's vacationland or extinctionland. Internatl. Wildlife Mag., Summer 1974. -Brief mention of manatees in Florida, 353. Lodi, Liliane Ferreira: SEE Borobia & Lodi, 1992. x Loerzel, S.; & Reep, Roger Lyons 1991. Rindenkerne: unusual neuron aggregates in mana- tee cerebral cortex. 208 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Internatl Assoc. Aquatic Animal Med. Proc, 22: 166-171. 1 tab. 2 figs. -Describes the morphology and distribution of Rindenkerne in the brain of a Florida manatee, and discusses their possible developmental history and possible association with functions of the vibrissae. n Loftin, Horace 1956. Mermaids. Science News Letter, 69(22): 350. 1 fig. Jun. 2, 1956. -Brief pop. acc. of sirs, x Loftin, Horace 1958. Some sirens! Science News Letter, 73(16): 256. 1 fig. Apr. 19, 1958. -Pop. acc. of manatees, including their teaching of their young to breathe. Lombardo, Ralph: SEE Lewis et al., 1984. x Lomolino, Mark V; & Ewel, Katherine Carter 1984. Digestive efficiencies of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Florida Scientist, 47(3): 176-179. 2 tabs. -In a captive adult female Florida manatee fed lettuce and water hyacinth, the consumption rate was low relative to body size but digestive efficiencies were high (about 80% for Eichhornia, 90% for lettuce), due to the low fiber content of the plants, the long passage time (about 6 days), and the long gut. x Long, Austin 1965. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measure- ments II. Radiocarbon, 1: 245-256. -Reports that the Hydrodamalis skull fragment from Monterey Bay, California (see R.E. Jones, 1967) was dated at 18,940 +1100 years B.P. (254). Lonnberg, Einar 1907. Barkdjuret eller "Stellers sjo-ko." [Bark-animal or Steller's sea cow.] Fauna och Flora (Uppsala), 2(1): 1-13. 1 fig. -In Swedish. The fig. is reproduced from E. Buchner(1891). Looze, Yvan: SEE Jacquet et al., 1989. x Lopes, Alberto Peao 1936. Fauna Mocambicana. Sirenios. Mozambique, Documentdrio Trimestral (Lou- renco Marques), 2(6): 27-36. 2 pis. 1 map. Jun. 30, 1936. -Pop. acc. of sirs, in general and the dugong (31-36) in particular. Reports that a herd of "more than 50" was seen at Inhambane in early 1936. Lord, R.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. x Lorenz, Ludwig von 1904. Das Becken der Stellerschen Seekuh. Abh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 19(3): 1-11. 2 figs. 1 pi. Apr. 1904 (read Feb. 10, 1904). -Abstrs.: Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 54: 142- 143; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 124-125? Describes the innominate bone of Hydrodamalis and compares it in detail with those of the other Recent sirs., also mentioning some fossil forms. Loth, Edward 1923. Kanal trous transversaires des vert6bres cervicales des cetac6s et sireniens. Arch. Biol. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, 1(20): 1-14. 14 figs. -In Polish; French summ. Published 1925? Loth, Edward 1924. Les trous transversaires des vert6bres cervicales des cetaces et sir6niens. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 403: 1-12. 14 figs. -Published 1921? Reprinting of Loth (1923)? Loth, Edward 1931. Sur les fractures gueries des os des c6taces et des sireniens. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 571: 1-8. 10 figs. Loth, Edward 1940. Sur les fractures gu6ri6s des os des cetaces et des sir6niens. Risult. Camp. Sci. Prince Albert I Monaco, 103: 247-254. 10 figs. -Reprinting of Loth (1931)? Lothrop, Samuel Kirkland 1937. Cocli: an archaeological study of central Pan- ama. Mem. Peabody Museum Archaeol. & Ethnol. (Harvard Univ.), vols. 7 & 8. Illus. x Loughman, William D.; Frye, Fredric L.; & Herald, Earl S. 1970. The chromosomes of a male manatee Trichechus inunguis. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 10: 151-152. 1 tab. PI. 49. -Describes and illustrates the karyotype of the Steinhart Aquarium's manatee. He was found to have 56 chromosomes, like both species of elephants, but of different types, indicating a rather distant relationship. Lounsbury, Valerie: SEE St. Aubin & Lounsbury, 1990. Loveland, Franklin O.: SEE ALSO Bradley et al., 1983. x Loveland, Franklin O. 1976. Tapirs and manatees: cosmological categories and NUMBER 80 209 social process among the Rama Indians of eastern Nicaragua. In: M.W. Helms & F.O. Loveland (eds.), Frontier adaptations in lower Central America. Philadelphia, Inst, for Study of Human Issues, 67-82. 1 tab. -Describes the symbolic significance, hunting, and carcass utilization of manatees and rituals and myths concerning manatees among the Rama. Manatees symbolize culture, society, and order, in contrast to untamed nature and disorder, repre- sented by tapirs. [The Rama are evidently people of great discernment.] x Loveless, J.R. 1949. Dugongs. Walkabout, 15(3): 8. 1 fig. Mar. 1, 1949. -Letter to the editor, reporting the deliberate netting of dugongs for oil on the Queensland coast north of Maryborough. Loven, Sven 1935. Origins of the Tainan culture, West Indies. Goteborg, Elanders Boktryckeir Aktiebolag. x Lovisek, James 1977. Man and manatee. Wildlife, 19(2): 62-64. 5 figs. Feb. 1977. -Pop. acc. of manatees and their conservation problems in the Amazon region. Lowe, F.: SEE Smyth & Lowe, 1836. x Lowell, W.R.; & Flanigan, W.F., Jr. 1980. Marine mammal chemoreception. Mammal Review, 10(1): 53-59. Mar. 1980. -Briefly comments on the lack of knowledge of sir. chemoreception beyond anecdotal reports (56-57). Lowenstein, Jerold M.: SEE ALSO Rainey et al., 1984; Shoshani et al., 1986. x Lowenstein, Jerold M. 1985. Molecular approaches to the identification of species. Amer. Scientist, 73(6): 541-547. 6 figs. Nov.- Dec. 1985. -Presents a phylogeny of sirs., proboscideans, and hyraxes based on immunological distances. It shows the sir.-proboscidean divergence at about 55 Ma, but the dugongid-trichechid divergence at only 17-20 Ma and the Hydrodamalis-Dugong divergence at only 4-8 Ma. It also shows T. senegalensis as the sister group of T manatus + T. inunguis. Lowenstein, Jerold M.; Sarich, Vincent M.; & Richardson, B.J. 1981. Albumen systematics of the extinct mammoth and Tasmanian wolf. Nature (London), 291(5814): 409-411. 4 tabs. 2 figs. Jun. 4, 1981. Lowenstein, Jerold M.; & Scheuenstuhl, Gary 1991. Immunological methods in molecular paleontol- ogy- Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B. Biol. Sci., 333(1268): 375-380. -Discusses proteins extracted from bones of Hydrodamalis gigas. x Lowery, George Hines, Jr. 1943. Check-list of the mammals of Louisiana and adjacent waters. Louisiana St. Univ. Mus. Zool, Occas. Paper, No. 13: 213-257. 4 tabs. 5 figs. Nov. 22, 1943. -Records (253-254) two Louisiana occurrences (one on the Texas border) of T. m. latirostris, the same as those cited by Gunter (1941a). However, he misquotes Gunter, the 1937 Cow Bayou specimen is confused with the 1928 Copano Bay specimen. One of these animals may have been killed by petroleum-survey blasting. Lowery, George Hines, Jr. 1974. The mammals of Louisiana and its adjacent waters. Baton Rouge, Louisiana St. Univ. Press, xxiv + 565. Aug. 16, 1974. x Lowes, R.H.G. 1970. Destruction in Sierra Leone. Oryx, 10(5): 309-310. Sep. 1970. -"The manatee" is said to still occur "in the maze of creeks and waterways between the mouths of the Sewa and Pampana rivers" (310). Lowry, Billie H. 1979. Marine mammals in captivity—keeping them healthy. Sea Grant 70's (Virginia Polytechnic Inst. & State Univ.), 9(3): 3-5. 2 figs. Mar. 1979. -Includes a short report on clinical studies of Florida manatees conducted by Paul Cardeilhac. x Loyau, George E. 1897. The history of Maryborough and Wide Bay and Burnett Districts from the year 1850-1895. Brisbane, Pole, Outridge, 1-385. -Gives a one-paragraph account of the early years of the dugong fishery in Queensland, Australia (365). x Loyer, Bertrand 1993. How now, sea cow? BBC Wildlife, 11(10): 54-55. 2 figs. Oct. 1993. -Describes the unusual behavior of a lone dugong encountered by a film crew in Vanuatu, including poking divers with its tusks and "trying to drown" turtles. Notes a movement of the top of the nasal 210 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY passages associated with the animal's production of "chirping sounds." Loyer, Godefroy: SEE N., 1719. Lucas, A.H.S.; & Le Souef, W.H. Dudley 1909. The animals of Australia. Mammals, reptiles and amphibians. Melbourne, Whitcombe & Tombs Ltd. -Dugong, 60-62. x Lucas, Frederic August 1891. Animals recently extinct or threatened with exter- mination, as represented in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. Rept. U.S. Natl. Mus., 1888-1889: 609-649. 22 figs. Pis. 95-105. 7 maps. -Account of the extermination of Rytina and the collection of specimens of it (623-627, pi. 99). Includes a transl. of L. Stejneger's (1885) descrip- tion of the excavation of a skeleton on Bering Island. x Lucas, Frederic August 1916. Sea cows, past and present. Amer. Mus. Jour. [= Nat. Hist.] (New York), 16(5): 315-318. 3 figs. May 1916. —Pop. acc. of sirs. Lucas, Frederic August 1923. Modern mermaids. Nat. Hist. (New York), 23(2): 122-124. 3 figs. Mar.-Apr. 1923. Ludlow, Mark E.: SEE Correa-Viana et al., 1991; O'Shea et al., 1988; O'Shea & Ludlow, 1992. Ludwig, Hubert: SEE Leunis & Ludwig, 1883. Lukaszewicz, Karol 1965. Sto lat osiagniec hodowlanych Wroclawskiego Ogrodu Zoologicznego. [A hundred years of animal breeding in the Wroclaw Zoological Garden.] Prezegl. Zool, 9(2): 191-198. Illus. -In Polish; Engl. summ. Mentions manatees. Lull, Richard Swann 1908. The evolution of the elephant. Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)25: 169-212. 27 figs. 4 charts. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 13: 203?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 14(3): 162?; Sci. Prog., 4 663? ?Repr.: Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1908 641-675. 25 figs. 2 pis. 4 charts. 1909 (sirs., 641) Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. Guide, No. 2: 1-44. Illus. x Lull, Richard Swann 1910. Relation of embryology and vertebrate paleontol- ogy. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 11: 150-153. Aug. 1910. -Mentions the lack of hind limbs in sir. embryos, their gross similarity to ungulates, and the development of their caudal flukes (152-153). Lull, Richard Swann 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. Cretaceous dinosaurs. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 23: 208-212. -Sirs., 220, 246?? Lull, Richard Swann 1917. Organic evolution. A text-book. New York, xviii + 729. 253 figs. 30 pis. -Rev.: Jour. Geol, 26: 285? Sirs., 322. x Liitken, Christian Frederik 1873. Bidrag til Kundskab om Arterne af Slaegten Cyamus Latr. eller Hvallusene. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (5)10(3): 229-284.4 pis. -In Danish; French summ. Regards "Cyamus Rhytinae" as a synonym of C. ovalis, and considers the St. Petersburg "Rhytina" skin fragment to be that of a Balaena. Suggests that the crustaceans described by Steller as parasitic on Hydrodamalis were not cyamids, but rather caprellids like Leptomera or Proto (270-274, pi. 2). x Liitken, Christian Frederik 1893. Andet Tillaeg til "Bidrag til Kundskab om Arterene af Slaegten Cyamus Latr. eller Hval- lusene." Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6)7(9): 421-434. 1 pi. -In Danish; French summ. Suggests that modem sir. parasites could throw light on the affinities of "Sirenocyamus Rhytinae" (433). Lyamin, O.I.: SEE Mukhametov et al., 1992. Lydekker, Richard: SEE ALSO Flower & Lydekker, 1891; Nicholson & Lydekker, 1889; Thomas & Lydekker, 1897, 1898. Lydekker, Richard 1887. Catalogue of the fossil Mammalia in the British Museum. Part V. Containing the group Tillodon- tia, the orders Sirenia, Cetacea, Edentata, Marsu- pialia, Monotremata and Supplement. London, xxxv + 345. 55 figs. -Rev.: E.D. Cope, Amer. Naturalist, 22: 164- 165, 1888. Sirs., 7-13. x Lydekker, Richard 1892. On a remarkable sirenian jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the evolution of the Sirenia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1892(1): 77-83. 2 figs. Jun. 1892 (read Feb. 2, 1892). -Discusses a specimen [probably of Late Eocene age] that he assigns to Halitherium veronense, while referring the latter species to Prorastomus and calling the new combination Prorastoma veronense. Concludes that the Sirenia are de- scended from selenodont artiodactyls. NUMBER 80 211 Lydekker, Richard 1896. A geographical history of mammals. Cambridge, xii + 400. 82 figs. 1 map. -German transl., Jena, 1897. Reviews: Natural- iste, (2)11: 138-140, 1897?; Rev. Sci. Nat., 9: 292-293?; Science (n.s.), 5: 26-32, 1897? Lydekker, Richard 1899. On the supposed former existence of a sirenian in St. Helena. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1899(3): 796-798. Oct. 1899 (read Jun. 20, 1899). Lydekker, Richard 18??. Royal natural history. Lydekker, Richard 1901. Some animals exterminated during the nineteenth century. Nature, 58: 252-254. Lydekker, Richard 1903. The palaeontological case for evolution. Knowledge, 26(= n.s. 18): 73-76, 100-102, 123-126. -Sirs., 124. Lydekker, Richard 1907. The recently discovered Tertiary Vertebrata of Egypt. Sci. Prog., 1:668-682. -Sirs., 673. x Lyman, Charles P. 1939. A vestigial lower incisor in the dugong. Jour. Mamm., 20(2): 229-231. 1 fig. May 14, 1939. -Reports a vestigial 1/3 in a dugong from Tagbac Bay, Philippines, x Lynd, Warden 1975. Thanks, guys, said the seacows. Florida Sportsman, 6(5): 28-29. 2 figs. Jun.-Jul. 1975. -Pop. acc. of the rescue and rehabilitation of two cow-calf pairs by the Miami Seaquarium, Florida. Lyons, E. 1969. My Florida. Port Salerno (Florida), Valentine Books. -Manatee, chap. 24. M Maack, G.A. 1874. Report on the geology and natural history of the Isthmuses of Choco, of Darien, and of Panama. In: TO. Selfridge, Reports of explorations and surveys to ascertain the practicability of a ship-canal between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans by the way of the Isthmus of Darien. Washington, Govt. Printing Off., 155-175. -Manatee, 171. See E.A. Goldman (1920). Macarovici, Nee 1978. Sur la faune des mammiferes fossiles neozoiques de la Roumanie. In: V. Ianovici (ed.), Le symposium sur "La geologie des Carpates Meridi- onales." Rev. Roum. Geol. Geophys. Geogr., Ser. Geol, 22:71-98. x Macarovici, Nee; & Oescu, C.V. 1942. Quelques vertebres fossiles trouves dans les calcaires r6cifales de ChisjnSu (Bessarabie). Acad. Roman., Mem. Sect. Stiintifice (Bucharest) (3)17:351-382. 8 figs. 7 pis. -Reviews the Sarmatian fauna of Kishinev, including ribs of "Manatus maeoticus" (351, 353, 376-379, 382, pi. 7). x MacCreagh, Gordon 1926. White waters and black. New York, Century Co., 1-335. -Repr.: Univ. Chicago Press, 1985. Brief ac- counts of manatees and manatee hunting (with harpoons and blowguns) by the Tiqui6 Tucana Indians of the Rio Uaup6s region, Brazil (277, 311, 313, 323-324; fig. facing p. 309), including "feeling out" the manatee with a "long thin rod" before harpooning it! MacDonald, B.W: SEE Bryden et al., 1978. MacDougall, WL. 1983. Wetlands in trouble—a rush to save them. U.S. News & World Report, 94: 77. Jun. 1983. Macedo, Lino de 1906. Amazonia: repositorio alphabetico de termos ... do grandioso valle do Amazonas. Lisbon, Typ. Adolpho Mendonca, iv + 303. Illus. -Manatee, 152, 189. MacFadden, Bruce J.: SEE Webb et al., 1981. x Macfadyen, WA. 1952. Note on the geology of the Daban area and the localities of the described nautiloids. In: O. Haas & A.K. Miller, Eocene nautiloids of British Somaliland. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 99(5): 347-349. 2 tabs. Aug. 5, 1952. -Reports "sirenian remains" from the Middle Eocene (Lutetian) "Nautilus beds" of the Lower Daban series (348). MacGillivray, John 1852. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, commanded by the late Captain Owen Stanley, R.N., F.R.S., &c during the years 1846-1850. Including discoveries and surveys in New Guinea, the Louisade Archipelago, etc. To which is added the account of Mr. E. B. Kennedy's expedition for the exploration of the Cape York Peninsula. London, T. & W Boone (2 vols.). -Repr.: Adelaide, Libraries Board of South Australia, 1967. Dugong at Moreton Bay, 2: 22-25, 48. x Machado, Francisco de Paula 1940. Peixe-boi da Amazonia. A Voz do Mar, 19(175): 246. Sep.-Oct. 1940. -Notes the use of Amazonian manatee meat (for "mexira") and hide, and prices of the latter, details proposed regulations for hunting, especially dur- ing the Dec.-Feb. "breeding season," and pro- posals for increased efficiency in processing of hides. Machines, I.G. (ed.) 1950? Australian fisheries: a handbook prepared for the second meeting of the Indo-Pacific Council, Sydney, April 1950. Sydney, Halstead Press Pty. Ltd., 1-103. 6 figs. 6 pis. 1 map. -Brief comment on dugongs in Australia (43). Mackal, Roy P. 1976. The monsters of Loch Ness. London, Futura Publications Ltd.: [xi] + 401. Illus. -Considers (in rather surprising detail) Steller's sea cow and other sirs, as possible candidates for the Loch Ness monster, presents an odd and rather lumpy reconstruction of Hydrodamalis (136), discusses sir. behavior, environment, and mor- phology, and illustrates (158) a "Hypothetical (but unlikely) sirenian" with a giraffe-like neck(!) that might conceivably account for the monster sight- 212 NUMBER 80 213 ings (135-137, 143-144, 148-149, 155, 157- 159, 162, 166-167, 171-172, 177, 181, 185- 186, 192, 195, 197, 204, 283, 310-312). The most noteworthy part of this quaint exercise in specula- tive sirenology is a calculation (311-312), based partly on Steller's measurements and partly on unsupported estimates, of the body volume and lung volume of Hydrodamalis, which concludes that lung gas volume was about 13% of body volume, x Mackay-Sim, Alan; Duvall, David; & Graves, Brent M. 1985. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) lacks a vomeronasal organ. Brain Behav. Evol, 27(2-4): 186-194. 3 figs. -Reports that a vomeronasal organ and nasopala- tine ducts are absent in Florida manatees, but some olfactory epithelium and a rudimentary olfactory bulb are present, x MacKenzie, Debora 1985. In defence of the dugong, dolphin and manatee. New Scientist, 105(1447): 4. 1 fig. Mar. 14, 1985. -Notice of a meeting held in Geneva to implement the United Nations Environment Programme plan for marine mammal conservation. MacKerras, M.J. 1958. Catalogue of Australian mammals and their recorded internal parasites. Part II. Eutheria. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 83: 126-143. Mackey, Daniel James 1979. Can the Florida manatee survive? Natl. Parks & Conserv. Mag., 53(3): 14-17. 4 figs. Mar. 1979. x MacLaren, James P. 1967. Manatees as a naturalistic biological mosquito control method. Mosquito News, 27(3): 387-393. 5 figs. Sep. 1967. -Recounts the history of weed and insect control studies using manatees in Panama, including the introduction into the Canal Zone of nine T. manatus from Panama and one T. inunguis from Peru. Concludes that effective weed control by manatees would require an unrealistically large herd of the animals. Maclatchy, A.R.: SEE ALSO Malbrant & Maclatchy, 1949. Maclatchy, A.R. 1936. Dans la brousse gabonaise. Terre et la Vie (Paris), 6: 360-369. 8 figs. —Mentions T. senegalensis in the Ogowe River, 362. Maclaud, C 1908. La chasse du lamantin en Afrique occidentale. La Nature (Paris), 36(= (2)20?): 289-290. 1 fig. Apr. 11, 1908. x MacMillan, L. 1955. The dugong. Walkabout, 21(2): 17-20. 2 figs. Feb. 1, 1955. -Detailed account of the natural history of the dugong in northwestern Australia, including shark predation, Aboriginal hunting with harpoons, economic use, and eyewitness descriptions of calving and the mother's teaching the calf to swim. D MacNeil, F.S.; Wolfe, J.A.; Miller, D.J.; & Hopkins, David M. 1961. Correlation of Tertiary formations of Alaska. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol, 45(11): 1801- 1809. 2 figs. Nov. 1961. x MacPhee, R.D.E.; & Wyss, Andr6 R. 1990. Oligo-Miocene vertebrates from Puerto Rico, with a catalog of localities. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2965: 1-45. 3 tabs. 12 figs. Feb. 27, 1990. -Reviews Puerto Rican occurrences of fossil sirs, and other vertebrates ranging in age from Early Oligocene to Late Miocene or Early Pliocene, and describes new material tentatively referred to Caribosiren turneri and Metaxytherium cf. cal- vertense, as well as an unnamed species of small Miocene dugongid and indeterminate sir. remains (2, 14-17, 21-38, 41). Some of the specimens described are from the former fossil vertebrate collection of the late Narciso Rabell Cabrero, now housed at the American Museum of Natural History. Macreadie, M. 1988. Plight of the dugong—what does the future hold? Austral. Fish., 47(11): 24-26. Illus. Macveigh, W.P 1974a. [Letter on dugongs.] Malayan Nature Jour., 28(1): 35. 1 pi. Sep. 1974. x Macveigh, W.P. 1974b. On the dugong. Malayan Nature Jour., 28(2): 117. Dec. 1974. -Letter to the editor commenting further (pursuant to Macveigh, 1974a) on Bland's (1970) report of a dugong in Johore Strait. Briefly discusses the reported countershading of dugongs and the possibility of confusing them with the porpoise Neomeris. Madin, Stewart H.: SEE Morales et al., 1985. Maeda, Toshitsugu: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. Magalhaes, Couto de: SEE Couto de Magalhaes. Magalhaes de Gandavo, Pero de: SEE Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de. Magalowski, G.: SEE Hunger & Magalowski, 1957. Magnier, P. 1962. Etude geologique du gisement de vert6bres du 214 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Gebel Zelten (Libye). C.R. Somm. Sianc Soc. Giol. France, 1962(2): 55-57. 3 figs. Magnus, Richard W 1978. The prehistoric and modern subsistence patterns of the Atlantic coast of Nicaragua: a comparison. In: B.L. Stark & B. Voorhies (eds.), Prehistoric coastal adaptations: the economy and ecology of maritime Middle. America. New York, Academic Press: 61-80. Magnussen, Harro: SEE Soza de Castro, F. de, 1907. Magor, Diana Marion: SEE Bengtson & Magor, 1979; Domning & Magor, 1977; Rainey et al., 1984. Mahoney, J.A.; & Ride, W.D.L. 1975. Index to the genera and species of fossil Mam- malia described from Australia and New Guinea between 1838 and 1968. West. Austral. Mus. Spec. Publ, No. 6: 1-249. -Lists Chronozoon as probable synonym of Phascolomys gigas (152); also lists Halicore brevirostris (157). Maia, Alvaro Botelho 1936. Mensagem do Governador ... d Assemblia Legis- lativa [do Estado do Amazonas], na abertura da sessdo ordinaria, em 3 de Maio de 1936. Manaus (Brazil), Sec9ao de Obras da Imprensa Publica, 1-283 + tables. -Lists, in an unnumbered table, the quantities of manatee hides, mixira, and lard exported from municipalities in the state of Amazonas, Brazil, in 1935. Maia, Alvaro Botelho 1944. Exposigdo ao Excelentissimo Senhor Doutor Getulio Vargas, Presidente da Republica (Maio de 1943-Julho de 1944). [Interventoria Federal no Estado do Amazonas.] Manaus (Brazil), D.E.I.P., 1-191. -Lists, in an unnumbered table, statistics on exports of manatee hides from the state of Amazonas, Brazil, in 1943. Maigret, J.: SEE ALSO Dupuy & Maigret. Maigret, J. 1982. Recherches scientifiques dans les pares nationaux du Sen6gal. XVIII. Les mammiferes marins du Senegal. Etat des observations dans les pares nationaux. Mem. Inst. Fondam. Afr. Noire, 92: 221-231. Maison, E. 1899. Sir6nes et lamantins. Cosmos (n.s.), 40: 106-108. 1 fig. Major, Charles Immanuel Forsyth (= C.J. Forsyth Major) 1899. Note on a table of contemporary geological deposits arranged stratigraphically, with their characteristic genera of mammals. Geol. Mag., (4)6: 60-69. -Sirs., 62. Malbrant, Ren6; & Maclatchy, A.R. 1949. Faune de I'equateur africain francais. Paris, Lechevalier (Encyclop6die Biologique, vols. 35- 36). -Mentions the occurrence of manatees on the Sangha R., Congo, x Malde, Harold E. 1959. Geology of the Charleston phosphate area, South Carolina. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 1079: 1-105. Illus. -Reports the zygomatic process of a sir. [USNM no. 321754] from the Oligocene Cooper Marl (19, 21). x Maldonado-Koerdell, Manuel 1953. Segundo hallazgo de sirenidos fosiles en Mexico. Ciencia (Mexico), 13(7/8): 146-148. 1 fig. Nov. 20, 1953. -Reports sir. rib fragments and associated inverte- brates from "Middle or Upper Oligocene" rocks of Chiapas, Mexico. These may instead be Eocene in age (Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982: 7). Maloy, W Lee: SEE Lew et al., 1986. x MalufN.S.R. 1989. Renal anatomy of the manatee, Trichechus ma- natus, Linnaeus. Amer. Jour. Anat., 184(4): 269-286. 3 tabs. 43 figs. Apr. 1989. -Detailed description of the Florida manatee's kidney, lavishly illustrated with line drawings and photographs, but with little discussion of function. Compares the kidney of T. manatus with those of other sirs, and other mammals, and concludes that its structure suggests "a mammal capable of forming a copious but only moderately hypertonic urine." Malukovich, Vladimir 1977. [Where are you, Steller's sea cow?] Kamchatsky Komsomolets (Petropavlovsk): 1 p. 1 fig. Jan. 1977. -In Russian. Newspaper article, quoted in J.-P. Sylvestre (1983). Describes the supposed sighting of a live Hydrodamalis in Anapkinskaya Bay, Kamchatka, in the summer of 1976. x Mani, S.B. 1960. Occurrence of the sea cow, Halicore dugong (Erxl.), off the Saurashtra coast. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 57(1): 216-217. -Reports the finding of a dead dugong and the capture of another (13 feet 4 inches in length) near Bedi Bunder (Jamnagar), northwestern India, at about 22°30'N. This was considered by the journal's editor to be an extension of the recorded NUMBER 80 215 gastronomical comments (2: 155-157), and the capture of a manatee by a jaguar (2: 202-204). There are two pictures of hunting (1: 673; 2: 153), one of the fetus (2: 155), and a most dramatic one of the jaguar and his prey (2: 203). See also Van Bree& Duguy (1977). Paul (pseudonym of Laurent Saint-Cricq) Travels in South America. New York, Scribner, Armstrong, & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xii + 524; Vol. 2: viii + 496. -A somewhat abridged and bowdlerized transl. of Marcoy (1869). "Lamantin" is incorrectly trans- lated as "seal" (2: 42). Scientific names are added here and there (e.g., "Manatus americanus," 2: 187). The same illustrations are used as before. The sir. material is found in vol. 2: 42, 45, 187-194,235-237. H. Uber die Zahl und die Verschiebung von Zahnen besonders bei Manatus. Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Organismen, 47(4): 571-586. 4 tabs. 3 figs. Pis. 18-19. Apr. 18, 1921. -Discusses the mode of tooth replacement in manatees in the light of a study of a series of T. senegalensis. Concludes that replacement is prin- cipally due to forward pressure from teeth erupting at the back of the toothrow, and that the number of teeth formed during the lifetime is at least 12-15 per jaw quadrant (274-286, pis. 18-19). H. Uber die Zahne und die Korrelation ihrer Zahl mit dem Alter, untersucht an Blindwuhlen, Kroko- dilen und Seekiihen. In: Deutsche Zahnheilkunde: Forschung und Praxis. Ein Band zu Ehren von O. Walkoff. Ed. 2. (Sonderheft von Deutsche Zahnheilkunde.) Leipzig, Georg Thieme, 145-157. 6 figs. Pis. 5-6. -First ed., 1920? Discusses the number of erupted and developing teeth in T. inunguis and T. senegalensis, and the process of tooth replacement (154-156). , Luis Guatemala revisited. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 92(4): 525-564. Illus. Oct. 1947. -Account of harpooning a manatee in Lake Izabal, Guatemala (552, 558); photo, 546. Mammal Commission, U.S. Habitat protection needs for the subpopulation of West Indian manatees in the Crystal River area of northwest Florida. range in India. See also Silas (1961). Manigault, Gabriel E. 1886. [Discovery of two unusual fossils.] Proc. Elliott Soc. of Science and Art, 2(12): 91-92. Apr. 1886 (read Mar. 12, 1885). -Notice of the presentation of a "dugong" specimen (the holotype of Dioplotherium mani- x Marcoy, gaulti Cope, 1883, from the bed of the Wando 1875. River near Cainhoy, South Carolina) to the Charleston Museum by Mr. G.W Coxe in 1878. Manigault later exhibited this specimen to the Society on Sep. 29, 1887 (see Proc. Elliott Soc, 2(23): 177, March 1888). Mann, E.W 1903a. Dugongol. Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1903: 1357. Mann, E.W. 1903b. [Title?] x Marcus, Pharm. Jour. ,71: 840. 1921 a. -Abstr.: Analyst, 29: 93, 1904. Mann de Toledo, Peter: SEE Toledo, Peter Mann de Manning, Earl M.: SEE Prothero et al., 1988. Manzij, Sawwa Filimonowitsch: SEE ALSO Sukhanov & Manzij, 1986. Manzij, Sawwa Filimonowitsch; & Piliptshuk, Oleg Yaroslawowitsch 1984. Morphologie und Funktionsanalyse des Axial- skeletes des amerikanischen Lamantins Tri- chechus manatus Lin., 1758, Mammalia, Sirenia. Zool. Jahrb. Anal, 111(3): 257-295. 17 figs. -Engl. summ. Marafi6n, Greg6rio: SEE Pires de Lima, F. de C, 1952. x Marcus, Marburg, O. 1921b. 1920. Neue Studien uber die Zirbeldriise. Arb. Neurol. Inst. Wien. Univ. (Obersteiner's), 23(1). Marcet-Riba, J. 1956. Sucesi6n estratigraTica y fosiles del Eoceno de la Zona de Palafrugell-Esclana-Regenc6s (Bajo Am- purdin, provincia de Gerona). Notas y Com. Inst. Geol. y Minero Espaha, No. 42: 48-49. -Reports sir. rib fragments from the Eocene of Esclanya, Spain. Marcoy, Paul (pseudonym of Laurent Saint-Cricq) x Marden 1869. Voyage a trovers I'Amerique du Sud. 1947. Paris, L. Hachette & Cie. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-704; Vol. 2: 1-519. Illus. -Engl, transl.: Marcoy (1875). Interesting ac- counts of Amazonian manatees, including Indi- ans' use of manatee-hide straps in wrapping the Marine dead (1: 671-672), hunting (1: 673; 2: 149-153), 1986. possible fighting between male manatees (2: 151), a manatee fetus (2: 152, 155), anatomical and 216 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY NTIS Document No. PB 86-200250, iv + 46. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -Written by David Laist, David Gluckman, Daryl Domning, and James Mead. Report originally issued Sep. 1984. Marine Mammal Commission, U.S. 1988. Preliminary assessment of habitat protection needs for West Indian manatees on the east coast of Florida and Georgia. NTIS Document No. PB 89-162002, xi + 107. 9 tabs. 21 figs. Dec. 1988. -Written mainly by David Laist. Marius (pseudonym) 1917. The Australian dugong. The Lone Hand, May 1, 1917: 300-301. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and dugong hunting in Queensland. Markley, Susan: SEE Clark, M.G., 1990. x Marlow, B.J. 1962. A recent record of the dugong, Dugong dugon, from New South Wales. Jour. Mamm., 43(3): 433. Aug. 20, 1962. -Reports an adult male washed ashore near Sydney in 1959, possibly killed by cold (see also Anon., 1959b). It bore specimens of the barnacle Platylepas hexastylus, and its mouth contained the seagrasses Halophila ovalis and Zostera capricor- nii. Marmol Burgos, Andr6s E.: SEE ALSO Neville et al., 1976. x Maf mol Burgos, Andr6s E. 1976. Informe preliminar sobre las plantas que sirven de alimento al manati de la Amazonia (Trichechus inunguis). [Abstr.] Resumenes del Primer Congreso Nacional de Botdnica (Lima, Peru, Jun. 28-Jul. 3, 1976): 31-32. -Lists Pistia stratiotes, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea, Echinochloa sp., Paspalum sp., and Convolvulaceae among manatee food plants in the Peruvian Amazon. x Marmontel, Miriam; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1992. Reproductive biology of South American mana- tees. In: W.C. Hamlett (ed.), Reproductive biology of South American vertebrates. New York, Springer-Verlag, 295-312. 1 tab. 9 figs. -Reviews available data on sir. reproductive anatomy, physiology, and behavior and their implications for conservation, emphasizing T. manatus and T inunguis. Marmontel, Miriam; O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Humphrey, Stephen R. 1990. An evaluation of bone growth-layer counts as an age-determination technique in Florida manatees. NTIS Document No. PB 91-103564, x + 94. 9 tabs. 34 figs. Sep. 1990. Marquardsen, Hugo 1920. Angola. Berlin, D. Reimer (E. Vohsen), viii + 134. Frontisp. 12 pis. Maps. -Sirs., 69. Marsden, William 1811. The history of Sumatra, containing an account of the government, laws, customs, and manners of the native inhabitants, with a description of the natural productions, and a relation of the ancient political state of that island. Ed. 3. London, printed for the author by J. M'Creery, viii + 479. -Allen 525. Duyong, 122 (not mentioned in ed. 1?). Marsh, Helene D.: SEE ALSO Bryden et al., 1978; Denton et al., 1980; Elliott et al., 1979; Heinsohn et al.; Hudson & Marsh, 1986; Lanyon et al., 1989; Leatherwood & Reeves, 1989; McCabe et al., 1978; Murray et al., 1977; Nishiwaki & Marsh, 1985; Preen et al., 1989; Rowlatt & Marsh, 1985; Smith & Marsh, 1990; Spain et al.; Appendix 1, Dugong Newsletter. Marsh, Helene D. 1977. The alimentary canal of the dugong. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mamm. Soc, 4(1): 32. Sep. 1977 (read May 1977). Marsh, Helene D. 1978. Age determination in the dugong Dugong dugon, using dentinal growth layers. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mamm. Soc, 5(1): 37-38. Read May 1978. x Marsh, Helene D. 1980. Age determination of the dugong (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) in northern Australia and its biological implications. In: WF. Perrin & A.C Myrick, Jr. (eds.), Age determination of toothed whales and sirenians. Repts. Internatl Whaling Comm., Special Issue, 3: 181-201. 6 tabs. 19 figs. -Describes in detail the morphology and internal structure of the incisors and cheek teeth, and correlates their growth layers, size, and eruption with season of death, body length, puberty, and closure of cranial sutures. Growth layers were also observed in the tympanic bones and ribs, but not the humerus or malleus. Concludes that the tusks are best for age determination, that one growth layer group is deposited in them per year, and that marked accessory layering probably represents individual rather than latitudinal variation. Life span is in excess of 50 years. Puberty in both sexes occurs at 9 or more years of age in the Townsville population, but several years later in the Morning- NUMBER 80 217 ton Island population. The tusks of males erupt at about 12 and 14+ years in these two populations, respectively. An age-length growth curve for both sexes, based on number of dentinal growth layer groups, is presented. Techniques used in aging dugong teeth are also described on pp. 41-45 of this volume. x Marsh, Helene D. (ed.) 1981a. The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queens- land 8-13 May 1979. [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ., vii + 400. Illus. -The "second ed." of this work (1984) is essentially identical in content, but is typeset rather than reproduced from typescript and has different pagination (viii + 240), and the paper by Blair has been updated with newly published names of parasites. The original pagination is used here for indexing. Contains 22 seminar papers and abstracts, listed in this bibliography by their authors (1-203); two sets of conservation recom- mendations (205-216); 10 background papers, listed here by author (217-343); 2 workshop reports, listed here by author (345-368); and, as appendices, sample data sheets for carcass salvage and aerial surveys used by the James Cook University and Papua New Guinea dugong pro- jects (369-398) and a list of participants in the conference (399-400). The seminar papers and abstracts are by Bertram, Nishiwaki et al., Hendrokusumo et al., Brownell et al., Jones, Heinsohn (2), Elliott, Prince et al., Marsh (2), Anderson, Chase, Hud- son, Spain & Marsh, Murray, Denton, Miyazaki et al., Campbell & Ladds, Yamasaki et al., Kamiya & Yamasaki, and Kataoka & Asano. The back- ground papers are by Heinsohn (2), Denton, Rainey, Marsh (2), Marsh & Glover, Blair, Spain & Marsh, and Channells & Morrissey. The workshop reports are by Marsh & Heinsohn and Marsh & Kasuya. n Marsh, Helene D. 1981b. The life history parameters of the dugong and their implications for conservation. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 88-90. -Abstr. of Marsh (1980). n Marsh, Helene D. 1981c. The food of the dugong. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar! workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 164-165. -Abstr. of Marsh, Channells, Heinsohn & Morris- sey (1982). x Marsh, Helene D. 1981 d. Preliminary description of the reproductive organs of the female dugong and suggested methods of specimen collection as part of a carcass salvage program. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Pro- ceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 248-259. 1 tab. 6 figs. -Describes the gross anatomy of the female reproductive tract, discusses the evidences of ovulation and pregnancy, and recommends proce- dures for specimen collection and preservation, x Marsh, Helene D. 1981e. Techniques used for determining age in dugongs based on the examination of layers in hard tissues. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 311-343. 1 fig. -Describes in detail techniques for collecting, processing, sectioning, staining, and examining dugong teeth. Also discusses layering in bones and the use of aspartic acid racemization in teeth and eyelenses. Includes a glossary (335-339). x Marsh, Helene D. 1983. Conserving the dugong (cowfish) in Vanuatu. Naika, Jour. Vanuatu Nat. Sci. Soc, No. 9: 1-5. 1 fig. Mar. 1983. -French & Pidgin summs. Gen. acc. of dugong biology, with some comments on dugongs in Vanuatu and recommendations for their protec- tion. Marsh, Helene D. 1984a. How Borroloola "May-Day" launched air rescue for dugongs and turtles. Habitat Australia, 12(4): 2-5. 4 figs. Aug. 1984. Marsh, Helene D. 1984b. The dugong problem. Queensland Fisherman, Sep. 1984: 8. x Marsh, Helene D. 1984c. Stranded! Simply Living, 2(5): 106-107. 6 figs. -Pop. acc. of rescuing dugongs and turtles stranded by Cyclone Kathy in northern Australia. Marsh, Helene D. 1984d. Marine mammals: gargantuan yet graceful. In: The Readers' Digest book of the Great Barrier Reef 218 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Sydney, Readers' Digest, 298-303. 10 figs. x Marsh, Helene D. 1986a. The status of the dugong in Torres Strait. In: A.K. Haines, G.C. Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 February 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 53-76. 8 tabs. 4 figs. -On the basis of an aerial survey, available life-history data, and available catch statistics, a population model is formulated that indicates that the Torres Strait dugong population has been seriously overexploited in the recent past, is insufficient to support the present catch level, and is in danger of extermination. Marsh, Helene D. 1986b. 'Dugong is Number One Tucker.' Oceanus, 29(2): 102. 1 fig. Summer 1986. -See also B.E.T. Hudson (1986). Marsh, Helene D. 1986c. Dugong life history: implications for management of Australian populations. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects in Australia and the South Pacific Proceedings of a conference held at the University of Sydney, May 11 and 12,1984. Sydney, Total Environment Centre (iv + 231), 163-187. 5 tabs. -Abstr.: Austral. Mar. Science Assoc. Bull, 79: 26-27, 1982. Marsh, Helene D. 1986d. Research on dugongs and other marine mammals by James Cook University of North Queensland. In: P.D. Shaughnessy (ed.), Report of CSIRO Marine Mammal Workshop. CSIRO Tech. Memo., No. 26: 42-43. Mar. 1986. x Marsh, Helene D. 1988a. An ecological basis for dugong conservation in Australia. In: M.L. Augee (ed.), Marine mammals of Australasia: field biology and captive manage- ment. Sydney, Roy. Zool. Soc. New South Wales (vii + 140), 9-21. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Mar. 1988. -Gen. acc. of dugong biology, ecology, and status in Australia, with preliminary data from a ra- diotracking study and dugong population esti- mates for several parts of the northern coast, x Marsh, Helene D. 1988b. Dugong research: current status and opportunities. In: A.J. Dartnall (ed.), Australian tropical marine science and technology: current status and oppor- tunities. [Canberra], Austral. Marine Sciences & Tech- nologies Committee, Austral. Inst. Marine Sci- ence, Dept. of Science, & Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (1-260), 128-130. -Short summary of the types and results of dugong research being conducted in Australia, x Marsh, Helene D. 1988c. Dugongs of the southeast coast. Whalewatcher, 22(4): 8-10. Cover illus. + 3 figs. Winter 1988. -Detailed gen. acc. of dugongs in Australia. Marsh, Helene D. 1988d. The dugong problem. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work- shop Ser., No. 8: 120-131. x Marsh, Helene D. 1988e. The importance of marine parks for the manage- ment of dugongs in Australian waters. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:495-502. 1 fig. Oct. 1988. -Reviews dugong life history, causes of mortality, and the role of marine parks and other conserva- tion measures needed for dugong protection, x Marsh, Helene D. ("Helen E. Marsh") 1989a. Mass stranding of dugongs by a tropical cyclone in northern Australia. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(1): 78-84. 1 tab. 4 figs. Jan. 1989. -Reports the stranding of at least 27 dugongs in the Northern 'territory in 1984, of which 23 were rescued. Describes the condition, behavior, sex, and reproductive status of the stranded animals, and gives data on the age, reproductive status, stomach contents, and heavy metal status of 3 that were necropsied. Marsh, Helene D. 1989b. Tracking dugongs by satellite. The Pilot (Newsletter of the UNEP Marine Mammal Action Plan), No. 3: 10-11. 1 fig. Apr. 1989. Marsh, Helene D. 1989c. Dugongidae. Chapter 57 in: Fauna of Australia, Vol. IB. Mammalia. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (ix + 401- 1227), 1030-1038. 3 figs. Marsh, Helene D. 1990. Sea cows. In: E. Gould & G. McKay (eds.), Mammals. NUMBER 80 219 New York & Sydney, Mallard Press (Encyclope- dia of Animals) (240 pp.), 164-166. 4 figs. Marsh, Helene D. 1991. Our tropical siren. Austral. Geogr., No. 21: 42-57. Cover illus. + 30 figs. Jan.-Mar. 1991. -See also Preen (1991). x Marsh, Helene D.; & Anderson, Paul K. 1983. Probable susceptibility of dugongs to capture stress. Biol. Conserv., 25(1): 1-3. Jan. 1983. -Reports an elevated blood serum potassium level in a dugong chased by a speedboat and harpooned; recommends caution in research and management actions that may result in stress to dugongs. x Marsh, Helene D.; Channells, Peter W; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Morrissey, Janice 1982. Analysis of stomach contents of dugongs from Queensland. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9(1): 55-67. 3 tabs. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Marsh (1981c). Stomach contents of 96 dugongs confirmed that the diet consists almost entirely of seagrasses of all available genera, and probably reflects the generic composition of the beds where the animals were captured. Rhizomes were present in all stomachs, including that of a neonatal calf. Non-epiphytic algae were found in 51% of stomachs, but in small amounts. Also discusses the effects of cyclones on dugong feeding areas and diet, and the dietary importance of seagrass rhizomes vs. leaves and stems. xD Marsh, Helene D.; Channells, Peter W; & Morrissey, Janice 1979. A bibliography of the Recent Sirenia.... Prepared for the Dugong Seminar Workshop held at James Cook University, May 8-13th 1979. Townsville (Australia), James Cook Univ., i + 163. -Lists 1,746 titles alphabetically by author, no index. Some entries are annotated. The preface states: "This bibliography was prepared as a background paper for the Dugong Workshop.... It was prepared in a limited time and without access to a major library. Accordingly, we were forced to rely on previous published and unpublished bibliographies of the recent Sirenia." This was the most comprehensive sirenian bibliography com- piled prior to the present one, and it contains many paleontological and desmostylian as well as neontological references. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Eisentraut, M. 1984. Die Gaumenfalten des Dugong. Zs. Sdugetierk., 49(5): 314-315. 1 fig. -Illustrates and briefly describes the rather re- duced pattern of palatal ridges in a dugong. Marsh, Helene D.; Freeland, W.J.; Limpus, Colin J.; & Reed, P.C 1986. The stranding of dugongs and sea turtles resulting from Cyclone Kathy, March 1984: a report on the rescue effort and the biological data obtained. Conservation Commission of the Northern Terri- tory (Darwin, Australia), Tech. Rept., No. 25: iv + 60. 8 tabs. 24 figs. May 1986. x Marsh, Helene D.; Gardner, Blair R.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981. Present-day hunting and distribution of dugongs in the Wellesley Islands (Queensland): implications for conservation. Biol. Conserv., 19(4): 255-267. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Apr. 1981. -Describes present hunting techniques using harpoons and outboard motors, and the results of aerial surveys of the Wellesley Islands area. Peak hunting activity coincides with seasonal move- ments of dugongs; 374 animals were counted, of which about 40 are taken each year. Hunting is now easier and less dangerous, but some socio- logical factors discourage it, and some hunters try to avoid taking pregnant females. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Glover, Timothy D. 1981. A preliminary description of the reproductive organs of the male dugong and suggested methods of specimen collection. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 261-273. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Proc. Soc. Study Fert. Camb., 1979: 16. Describes the gross anatomy of the male repro- ductive tract, and recommends procedures for tissue and blood collection and preservation. Also suggests topics and approaches for future study. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981. Report of the aerial survey workshop. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/ workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 345-353. 2 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes a workshop on aerial survey tech- niques, consisting of flights over the Cleveland Bay area (Queensland). Dugong sightings by different teams of observers are tabulated and compared, showing repeatability of the results, x Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1982. Conserving the dugong: Australia's responsibility. 220 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bull Austral Littoral Soc, 5(5): 1-5. 2 figs. Nov. 1982. -Text reprinted: Marsh & Heinsohn (1983). Gen. acc. of dugong biology, threats to dugong sur- vival, and conservation needs in Australia and Papua New Guinea, n Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1983. Conserving the dugong: Australia's responsibility. Habitat Austral, 11(2): 28-30. 1 fig. Apr. 1983. -Repr. of Marsh & Heinsohn (1982). x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Channells, Peter W 1984. Changes in the ovaries and uterus of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugongidae), with age and reproductive activity. Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 743-766. 4 tabs. 13 figs. -Gross and histological studies of 49 female reproductive tracts showed extreme flattening of the ovaries, a high frequency of sterile cycles, low fecundity, greater activity of the right ovary than the left, and the presence of ovarian cysts and parasites. The dugong appears to be polyovular and polyestrous. Placental scars are considered the best index to parity. Similarities of reproductive biology between dugongs and elephants are pointed out. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Glover, Timothy D. 1984. Changes in the male reproductive organs of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugondidae [sic]) with age and reproductive activity. Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 721-742. 5 tabs. 12 figs. -Gross and histological studies of 59 male reproductive tracts showed wide variation in testicular activity; many males in a population at any given time seem not to be producing sperm. Differences from and resemblances to other "paenungulates" and other mammals are dis- cussed. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Lachlan M. 1984. Breeding cycle, life history and population dy- namics of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugongidae). Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 767-788. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that fertility is discontinuous in both males and females; calving is diffusely seasonal; neonates are 1.0-1.3 m long; sexual maturity is attained at 2.2-2.5 m and at least 9-10 years; gestation lasts about 1 year and lactation at least 1.5 years; the sex ratio is 1:1; the calving interval is 3-7 years; mortality is more important than the age of maturity in influencing population dynamics; estrus can occur during lactation; the low nutritive value of seagrasses may explain the discontinuous fertility; and the delay in maturity may be density-dependent. Gives original accounts of three births, one shark attack, and one case of males fighting with their tusks. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V. 1977. The stomach and duodenal diverticula of the dugong (Dugong dugon). In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. London, Academic Press, Vol. 3: 271-295. 1 tab. 10 figs. -Describes the gross anatomy, histology, and histochemistry of the stomach and diverticula and discusses their functional and ecological implica- tions. Reports occurrences of the parasites Paradujardinia halichoris and Lankatrema sp. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Kasuya, Toshio 1981. Report of the age determination workshop. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 354-368. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes a workshop on the preparation and reading of growth layers in dugong tusks, with tabulation and comparison of the results obtained by experienced and inexperienced readers. Tusks from lower latitudes tended to be harder to score due to their numerous accessory layers. Marsh, Helene D.; O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. Research on sirenians. Ambio, 15(3): 177-180. 4 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1987. Tracking dugongs. Argos Newsletter, No. 29: 8-9. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -Text in French & Engl, x Marsh, Helene D.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1990. Development and application of conventional and satellite radio tracking techniques for studying dugong movements and habitat use. Austral. Wildl. Res., 17(1): 83-100. 4 tabs. 8 figs. -Describes techniques used on, and data obtained from, 6 male dugongs radiotagged in North Queensland and tracked for 1-16 months. Their movement patterns were surprisingly similar to those of Florida manatees; all spent most of their time in relatively small and overlapping home NUMBER 80 221 ranges near inshore seagrass beds. Only one pubertal male undertook long-distance move- ments (>140 km in 2 days). Another dugong repeatedly travelled 10 km up a tidal creek. Concludes that conventional transmitters are better for behavioral observations, but satellite transmitters are better for tracking movements. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W Keith 1989. The distribution and abundance of dugongs in the northern Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. Austral. Wildl. Res., 16(4): 429-440. 5 tabs. 5 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W. Keith 1990. The distribution and abundance of dugongs in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park south of Cape Bedford. Austral. Wildl. Res., 17(5): 511-524. 4 tabs. 8 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W Keith 1991. The status of the dugong in Torres Strait. In: D. Lawrence & T. Canfield-Smith (eds.), Sustainable development for traditional inhabitants of the Torres Strait region. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work- shop Ser., No. 16: 187-194. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Sinclair, D.F. 1989a. Correcting for visibility bias in strip transect aerial surveys of aquatic fauna. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 53(4): 1017-1024. 1 tab. 1 fig- -Reports on the procedures used to develop survey-specific perception-bias and availability- bias correction factors in surveys of dugongs in northern Australia. Marsh, Helene D.; & Sinclair, D.F. 1989b. An experimental evaluation of dugong and sea turtle aerial survey techniques. Austral Wildl Res., 16(6): 639-650. 1 tab. 5 figs, x Marsh, Helene D.; Spain, Alister V.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978. Minireview: physiology of the dugong. Compar. Biochem. Physiol, Part A, 61(2): 159- 168. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Briefly summarizes published literature and some unpublished data on dugong anatomy, feeding, digestion, fat composition, excretion, reproduction, respiration, circulation, nervous and endocrine systems, social behavior, and vocaliza- tions. Marsh, Lachlan M.: SEE Marsh, Heinsohn, & Marsh, 1984. Marsh, Othniel Charles 1877. Introduction and succession of vertebrate life in America. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3)14: 337-378. -Repr.: Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 26: 211- 258, 1878. Sirs, in latter, 234, 252. xD Marsh, Othniel Charles 1888. Notice of a new fossil sirenian, from California. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, (3)35(205)(whole vol. no. 135): 94-96. 3 figs. Jan. 1888. -This, the first scientific paper published on desmostylians, describes Desmostylus hesperus, n.gen.n.sp., from Alameda County, Calif., on the basis of isolated teeth and a lumbar vertebra deposited in the Yale Peabody Museum. It was believed to be Pliocene in age and related to Metaxytherium and Halicore. In fact it is Miocene in age, and according to Merriam (1911: 404) the type was actually collected in Contra Costa County. Marshall, A.G. 1970. The life cycle of Basilia hispida Theodor, 1967 (Diptera: Nycteribiidae) in Malaysia. Parasitology, 61(1): 1-18. x Marshall, Alan J. 1978. People of the Dreamtime. Ed. 2. Melbourne, Hyland House, 1-104. Illus. -Ed. 1, Melbourne, Cheshire: iv + 88, illus., 1952. Recounts an Aboriginal story, collected in Arn- hem Land, of "The bittern who caught a dugong" (80-84). Marshall, W 1887. Atlas der Tierverbreitung. (Berghaus "Physikali- scher Atlas," Abt. 6.) Gotha, 1-10. 45 figs., Maps 52-60. x Marshall, W 1896. Uber Waltiere. Zool. Garten (Frankfurt), 37: 17-25,40-48. -Notes the value to sirs, of a heavy skeleton in aiding submergence with large, air-filled lungs (46). x Martin, J.H.D. 1975. A list of mammals from Stradbroke Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 86(12): 73-76. Mar. 1, 1975. -P. 74: {"There is one Queensland Museum record of a dugong juvenile (J4391, Moreton Bay) and one record of a 'Porpoise' skull (J21718). Dugong (Dugong australis Owen, 1847) were common in the waters around Stradbroke Island (the Amity Banks) at the turn of the century, but in latter years sightings have been infrequent"} See also H. Kirkman (1975). x Martin, Johann Karl 1887. Westindische Skizzen; Reise-Erinnerungen. Leiden, E.J. Brill, vii + 186. 22 pis. -"Seperatausgabe des lsten Theils" of Martin 222 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (1888). Discusses food plants of "Manatus la- tirostris" (mentioning Montrichardia by name) and its range in Suriname (27). Martin, Johann Karl 1888. Bericht uber eine Reise nach Niederldndisch West-Indien und darauf gegrundete Studien. Zweite Teil. Geologic Leiden, EJ. Brill, ix + 238. 41 figs. 3 pis. 4 maps. -See also Martin, 1887. Fossil sirs., Aruba & ?Bonaire, 89, 101-103, pi. 1. Martin, Larry D.: SEE Whetstone & Martin, 1979. Martin, Lawrence: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Martin, R.M. 1977. Mammals of the seas. London, Batsford, 1-208. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and manatees, chap. 8. Martins, Charles 1857. Nouvelle comparaison des membres pelviens et thoraciques chez l'homme et chez les mammiferes d6duite de la torsion de 1'humerus. Ann. Sci. Nat., (4)8: 45-110. Pis. 2-3. -Sirs., 69. Martius, Carl Friedr. Phil, von: SEE Spix & Martius, 1831. Martyr, Peter (= Martire d'Anghiera, Pietro) 1516. De orbe novo decades. Alcala, A. Guillelmi, 67 leaves. -First printing of the Second and Third Decades. The First Decade was first published in 1511, but does not seem to refer to manatees. Martyr, Peter (= Martire d'Anghiera, Pietro) 1533. De rebus oceanis & orbe nouo decades tres: quibus quicquid de inuentis nuper terris traditum, nouarum rerum cupidum lector em retinere possit, copiose, fideliter, eruditique docetur. Eivsdem praeterea Legationis Babylonicae libri tres: vbi praeter oratorii mvneris pulcherrimum exem- plum, etiam quicquid in uariarum gentium mo- ribus & institutis insigniter praeclarum uidit queque terra marique acciderunt, omnia lectu mire iucunda, genere dicendi politissimo tradun- tur. Basileae [= Basel], Ioannem Bebelium, leaves 1-92. -Allen 4. First ed.: Martyr (1516). Engl, transl.: London, William Powell, 1555; repr. in E. Arber, The first three English books on America..., Birmingham, 1885, repr. New York, Krauss Repr. Co., 1971. Manati, leaf 60, C, D (in the Eighth Book of the Third Decade). "Peter Martyr has the distinction of being the earliest historian of the New World ..., a term coined by him" (Morison, 1942). Maruyama, Toshiaki: SEE Oishi et al., 1990. Masterson, James Raymond; & Brower, Helen 1948. Bering's successors, 1745-1780; contributions of Peter Simon Pallas to the history of Russian exploration toward Alaska. Seattle, Univ. Washington Press, 1-96. Mastrorilli, V.I. 1973. Rinvenimento di resti schletrici di sirenidi nel bacino oligocenico Ligure-piemontese presso Millesimo (Savona). Doriana (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. "G. Doria"), 5(205): 1-6. 2 figs. Jul. 15, 1973. -Engl. & German summs. Mate, Bruce R. 1986. Tracking marine mammals by satellite: identifica- tion of critical habitats. Whalewatcher, 20(2): 8-9. 1 fig. Summer 1986. Mate, Bruce R.; Rathbun, Galen B. ("Geylen Rathburn"); & Reid, James P. ("James Reed") 1986. An Argos-monitored radio tag for tracking mana- tees. Argos Newsletter, No. 26: 2-7. 1 tab. Jun. 1986. -Text in French & Engl. Mate, Bruce R.; Reid, James P.; & Winsor, M. 1987. Long-term tracking of manatees through the Argos satellite system. In: Proc. Argos Internatl. Users Conference (Greenbelt, Maryland), 211-220. Mathews, Edward Davis 1879. Up the Amazon and Madeira rivers, through Bolivia and Peru. London, S. Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, xv + 402. Illus. Matoba, N.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Matschie, Paul: SEE ALSO Hemprich & Ehrenberg, 1828-1899. Matschie, Paul 1893. Die Saugethiere des Togogebietes. Mitt. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. (Berlin), 6: 162-180. -Sirs., 180. x Matson, George Charlton 1915. The phosphate deposits of Florida. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 604: 1-101. Tabs. 2 figs. 17 pis. -Illustrates the "jawbone of a manatee" (pi. 12) that was later made the holotype of Metaxy- therium floridanum Hay, 1922; from the Bone Valley Formation. Matson, George Charlton; & Clapp, F.G. 1909. A preliminary report of the geology of Florida, with special reference to the stratigraphy. Florida Geol. Surv. Rept., 2: 25-173.2 figs. 8 pis. -Sirs., 136. x Matson, George Charlton; & Sanford, Samuel 1913. Geology and ground waters of Florida. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply Paper, 319: 1- 445. 7 figs. 17 pis. -P. 146: {"The Bone Valley gravel, however, contains many fossils which are contemporaneous NUMBER 80 223 with the deposition of the beds, among them being teeth of horses, rhinoceroses, mammoths, sharks, and manatees."} "Manatees" here refers to Mio- cene dugongids, principally Metaxytherium flori- danum. x Matthes Matsubara, S. 1912a. 1881. [On the dugong of Japan.] Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Tokyo, Zool. Soc. Japan), 1: 93-96. Matthes 1912b. -In Japanese. Matsuda, G.: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990. Matsui, Masaru: SEE ALSO Kimura et al., 1987; Minato et al., 1957; Uozumi et al., 1966; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Matsui, Masaru; & Ganzawa, Y Matthes 1915. 1987. Oligo-Miocene Kawakami Group in eastern Hok- kaido.—The age and horizon of Ashoro fossil fauna. In: Professor Masaru Matsui Memorial Volume. Sapporo, 137-143. May 1987. D Matsui, Masaru; Yamaguchi, Shoichi; & Kimura, Masaichi 1984. On the Desmostylus found from Hokkaido and Sakhalin, with stratigraphical and sedimentary environmental remarks. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 51-61. 1 tab. 5 figs. May 1984. Matthes. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. 1921a. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1918a. On a new fossil Trionyx from Hokkaido. Sci. Rept. Tohoku Imper. Univ. (Ser. 2, Geol), 3: 57-60. PI. 21. -Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 25: 467? Desmostyli- ans, 59. Matthes. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1921b. 1918b. A contribution to the morphology, paleobiology and systematics of Desmostylus. Sci. Rept. Tohoku Imper. Univ. (Ser. 2, Geol), Matthes, 3(2): 61-74. PI. 22. 1921c. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1923a. Mammalian horizons in the Japanese Tertiary revised stratigraphically, and the interrelation of Matthes the terrestrial and marine deposits. 192Id. Proc. Pan-Pacif. Sci. Congr., Australia, 2(1): 887-896. 2 figs. -Desmostylians, 891-892. Matthes Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1921e. 1923b. A contribution to the knowledge of Moeritherium. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 48(4): 97-140. 5 tabs. 11 figs. Sep. 21, 1923. Matthes -Sirs., Ill, 123-124. 1929. D Matsuuda, Nobuomi 1988. [Neogene fauna and mammal fossils from Ishi- kawa Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study Matthes on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of 1945. study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol- ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 22-28. 4 tabs. 1 fig. March 1988. -In Japanese. , Ernst Einige Bemerkungen uber das Gehororgan von Walen und Sirenen. Anat. Anz., 41(20/22): 594-599. Jul. 27, 1912. -Criticizes Abel's (1912) statements on the hearing of marine mammals, and supports Boen- ningshaus (1904). Concerning sirs., Matthes con- cludes (597-599) that their ears are adapted only for hearing in the water and not in the air. Ernst Zur Entwicklung des Kopfskelettes der Sirenen. 1. Die Regio ethmoidalis des Primordialkraniums von Manatus latirostris. Jena. Zs. Natw., 48: 489-514. Ernst Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsge- schichte der Sirenen. 1: Die aussere Korperform eines Embryos von Halicore dugong von 15 cm Riickenlange. Jena. Zs. Natw., 53(= n.s. 46): 557-580. PI. 8. Ernst Eine bemerkenswerte Eigentumlichkeit am Meckel'schen Knorpel eines Saugethieres: Zusammensetzung des Meckel'schen Knorpels bei Halicore dugong aus zwei hintereinander liegenden Teilstucken. Anat. Anz., 54(11): 209-229. 6 figs. Aug. 1,1921. Ernst Einige Beobachtungen uber die Entwicklung des Schadels der Sirenen. Verh. Deutsch. Zool Ges. (Berlin), 26: 73-75. Ernst Zur Kenntniss des Knorpel schadels von Halicore dugong. Zool. Anz., 52: 139-151. 2 figs. Ernst Zur Entwicklung des Kopfskelettes der Sirenen. II. Das Primordialcranium von Halicore dugong. Zs. Ges. Anat., 60(1): 1-304. 36 figs. 6 pis. Ernst Neuere Arbeiten uber das Primordialkranium der Saugethiere. Zs. Ges. Anat., Abt. 3, 23: 669-912. 13 figs. Ernst Die Dickenverhaltnisse der Haut bei den Mam- malia im allgemeinen, den Sirenia im besonderen. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 134(2/3): 345-357. 1 fig. Ernst Zur Embryologie und Systematik der Gattung Manatus. Mem. Estud. Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, 164: 224 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1-43. 3 figs. 2 pis. -Synonymizes Manatus koellikeri Kukenthal with T. m. manatus (42). Matthew, William Diller 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. African mammals. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 13: 156-162. -Sirs., 156. Matthew, William Diller 1915. Climate and evolution. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 24: 171-318. 33 figs. -Rev.: Amer. Jour. Sci. (4)40: 83-85. Sirs., 256, 314. x Matthew, William Diller 1916a. New sirenian from the Tertiary of Porto Rico, West Indies. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 27: 23-29. 2 figs. Jan. 28, 1916 (read Nov. 8, 1915). -Abstr.: Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 26: 439, May 12, 1915? Describes IHalitherium antillense, n.sp., and compares it with other sirs.; discusses sir. affinities and phylogeny, distribution, and cheek tooth formulae. The age of the new species is given only as "Tertiary"; it is Middle Oligocene according to Reinhart (1959: 21). D Matthew, William Diller 1916b. Recent progress in vertebrate palaeontology. Mammals. Science (n.s.), 43: 107-110. —Desmostylians, 109. Mattioli, Stefano 1981. E veramente scomparsa la ritina? Geodes, La Terra che Vive, 3(3): 88-96. 9 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1981. -Pop. acc. of Steller's sea cow. Maupin, B. 1969. Blood platelets in man and animals. Vol. 1. Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1-541. -Considers the manatee blood smear reported by Knoll (1958) to be inconclusive. Maureta, J.; & Thos y Codina, S. 1881. Descripci6n fisica, geoldgica y minera de la provincia de Barcelona. Mem. y Com. Mapa Geol. Espana: 1-487. 8 pis. -Reports the discovery of fossil bones and teeth, which later proved to be sirenian and were made the holotype of Metaxytherium catalaunicum Pilleri et al., 1989. x Maw, Henry Lister 1829. Journal of a passage from the Pacific to the Atlantic, crossing the Andes in the northern provinces of Peru, and descending the River Mar anon, or Amazon. London, John Murray: xv + 486. -Account of a manatee harpooned at Tabitinga, Brazil (near the border with Peru and Colombia), with general remarks on its appearance and gross anatomy (237-239). Mawdesley, Thomas L.E. 1974. Some aspects of neoplasia in marine animals. In: F.S. Russell & M. Yonge (eds.), Advances in marine biology. Vol. 12. New York & London, Academic Press (xii + 436), 151-231. Mawson, Patricia M.: SEE Johnston & Mawson, 1941. May, James H. 1974. Wayne County geology. Mississippi Geol. Surv. Bull, 117: 13-194. Illus. -Mentions sir. ribs from the Upper Oligocene Chickasawhay Formation (96). May, R.M.: SEE Dayton, P.K., 1975. x Mayer, Johann 1784. Nachricht von verschiedenen Knochen nicht ein- heimischer Thiere, so in Bohmen gefunden wer- den. Abh. einer Privatgesellschaft in Bohmen (Prague), 6: 260-267. Pis. 3-4. -Reports teeth and bones of "Mannatus" found in excavations at Leutmeriz (Litomerice) and There- sienstadt (Terezin?), Czechoslovakia (262-263). With them were found "verschiedene dunne spitzige stark gebogene Zahne"; could these have been Rytiodus-Mke tusks? Mayet, Lucien; & Lecointre, Comtesse Pierre 1909. Etude sommaire des mammiferes fossiles des faluns de la Touraine, proprement dite. Ann. Univ. Lyon, Sci. Med. (n.s.), 1, fasc. 26: 1-72. 30 figs. Maynard, C.J. 1872. Catalogue of the mammals of Florida, with notes on their habits, distribution, etc. Bull. Essex Inst., 4(10): 137-150. Maynard, C.J. 1883. The mammals of Florida. Quart. Jour. Boston Zool. Soc, 2(2): 20. x Maynes, G.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1981. The mammals on our stamps. Descriptions of the mammals featured on Papua New Guinea's October 1980 stamps issue. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 81/6: 1-6. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of the dugong, with an illustration of the 7-toea stamp depicting it (4-6). Mazzeo, Jeff: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. McAllister, A.: SEE Patton et al., 1989. D McAnally, Lee McKenzie 1993. Fallacy, felony and fossils from the Sooke Formation. Vancouver Island Paleontological Society News- NUMBER 80 225 letter, No. 3: 8-9. 4 figs. Spring 1993. -Relates the history of the type and other specimens of Cornwallius sookensis, including their apparent theft from the British Columbia Provincial Museum in 1928 and their mysterious return in 1932. x McAtee,W.L. 1950. Possible early record of a manatee in Virginia. Jour. Mamm., 31(1): 98-99. Feb. 21, 1950. -Calls attention to the account by Glover (1676) of an animal seen in the Rappahannock River, which may have been a manatee, or, in my opinion, perhaps a pinniped. x McBain, James 1860. Notice of a skull of a manatee from Old Calabar. Rept. 29th Meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Notices: 150-152. Read Sep. 1859, fide McBain (1863). -Describes in detail a skull of T senegalensis. x McBain, James ("M'Bain") 1863. Remarks on some comparative anatomical distinc - tions between the skull of the Manatus Senegalen- sis and that of a manatee from the Bay of Honduras. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 2: 261-267. Read Mar. 27, 1861. -Compares a skull of "Manatus australis" with the skull described by McBain (1860). x McCabe, M.; Hamilton, R.; & Marsh, Helene D. 1978. Some studies on the oxygen affinity of haemoglo- bin from the dugong. Compar. Biochem. Physiol, Part A, 61(1): 19- 22. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that the oxygen-hemoglobin equilibrium curves did not show the pronounced sigmoidality seen in humans; the oxygen affinities were rather high; and the Bohr effect was not very marked. Significant subunit dissociation of dugong hemo- globin may occur at low concentrations. McCarthy, T.J. 1986. The gentle giants of Belize. Part II: Distribution of manatees. Belize Audubon Soc Bull, 18: 1-4. McCleery, D.P.: SEE Oldham et al., 1938. x McClenaghan, Leroy R., Jr.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988. Genetic variability in the Florida manatee (Tri- chechus manatus). Jour. Mamm., 69(3): 481-488. 4 tabs. Aug. 30, 1988. -Reports that gel electrophoresis of tissues of salvaged carcasses from 20 counties in Florida showed normal to high levels of polymorphism and heterozygosity, and considerable genetic homogeneity across regions. The latter is attrib- uted to high gene flow. An excess of homozygotes within regions may be due to natal-area fidelity. McClintock, Jack 1990. Too nice to live. Life, 13(14): 42-43,45-48. 8 figs. Nov. 1990. -Sequel: Life, 14(9): 19. 1 fig. Jul. 1991. McClune, Michael C: SEE Bullock et al., 1982. McClung, Robert M. 1969. Lost wild America: The story of our extinct and vanishing wildlife. New York, William Morrow & Co., 1-240. Illus. -Brief pop. acc. of manatees in Florida (165- 166). McClung, Robert M. 1977. Man and manatee. Defenders Mag., 52(3): 187-189. 2 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and their conservation. x McClung, Robert M. 1978. Sad songs for the siren seacows. Defenders Mag., Feb. 1978: 46-47. 2 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and the discovery of Hydro- damalis. D McCornack, Ellen Condon 1914. A study of the Oregon Pleistocene; the Oregon Desmostylus skull. Oregon Univ. Bull (n.s.), 12(2): 1-16. Illus. McCue, J. 1971. Dugong tusks? Jour. Arabian Nat. Hist. Assoc. (Dhahran), 1: 10. McEachran, J.D.: SEE Miyake et al., 1992. McGrigor-Croft, John: SEE ALSO Anon., 1872. x McGrigor-Croft, John 1860. The dugong: the valuable medicinal properties of its oil in consumption and various diseases. Zoologist, 18:7166-7169. -Describes the marked improvement produced by dugong oil in two cases of scrofula and consump- tion. Also notes that it helps in treating chronic dyspepsia and dysentery. McGuire, Peter M.: SEE Bradley et al., 1993. Mchedlidze, Guram Andreyevich 1976. [Features of the evolution of cetacean fauna from the Black Sea and Caspian Sea regions in the late Oligocene-early Miocene.] Proc. Congr. Regional Committee on Mediterra- nean Neogene Stratigraphy, No. 6: 185-187. Mcintosh 1911. A brief sketch of the toothed whales (Odontoceti). Zoologist, (4)15: 81-103. -Sirs., 81. McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie: SEE ALSO Domning et al., 1986; Novacek et al., 1988; Ray et al., 1994; Wyss et al., 1987. x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1956. Survival of primitive notoungulates and condy- 226 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY larths into the Miocene of Colombia. Amer. Jour. Sci., 254: 736-743. 2 figs. Dec. 1956. -P. 739, note: {"Stirton (1947) has described a new genus, Lophiodolodus, from the Oligocene Chaparral fauna, found near Tolima, Colombia, comparing it with the didolodonts. I suspect that Lophiodolodus is a sirenian; for this reason the genus does not enter into the present discussion."} McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1969. The origin and early differentiation of therian mammals. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 167(1): 217-224. D McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1975. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Mam- malia. In: W.P. Luckett & F.S. Szalay (eds.), Phylogeny of the primates. New York & London, Plenum Publ. Corp., 21-46. 3 figs. Dec. 1975. -Introduces the taxon Tethytheria with the rank of "mirorder" to include the Sirenia, Desmostylia, and Proboscidea, and discusses the cladistic relationships of these orders with other mammals, x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1980. Early history and biogeography of South Amer- ica's extinct land mammals. In: R.L. Ciochon & A.B. Chiarelli (eds.), Evolutionary biology of New World monkeys and continental drift. New York, Plenum Publ. Corp., 43-77. -Suggests that Florentinoameghinia and Lo- phiodolodus are both sirs. (66). xD McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1987. Molecular and morphological analysis of high- level mammalian interrelationships. In: C Patter- son (ed.), Molecules and morphology in evolu- tion: conflict or compromise? Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 55-93. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -Summarizes the evidence tending to place sirs, and desmostylians together with other "paenungu- lates" in a very early, probably Cretaceous, side-branch of the Eutheria (61-63, 70-71, 79-82). x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1992. The alpha crystallin A chain of the eye lens and mammalian phylogeny. In: A. Forsreh, M. Forte- lius, & L. Werdelin (eds.), Bjorn Kurt6n—a memorial volume. Ann. Zool. Fennici, 28(3-4): 349-360. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Feb. 19, 1992. -Presents a new cladogram based on eye-lens protein sequence data, showing Trichechus clos- est to hyracoids and tubulidentates and farther from elephants (350, 354-355, 357). McKillop, Heather I. 1984. Prehistoric Maya reliance on marine resources: analysis of a midden from Moho Cay, Belize. Jour. Field ArchaeoL, 11(1): 25-35. x McKillop, Heather I. 1985. Prehistoric exploitation of the manatee in the Maya and circum-Caribbean areas. World Archaeology, 16(3): 337-353. 7 figs. Feb. 1985. -Reviews historical, ethnographic, and archae- ological records of manatee exploitation in the Caribbean; discusses the manatee remains found at Moho Cay, Belize, and other Mayan sites; illustrates manatee-bone carvings from Moho Cay; and offers generalizations about patterns of marine and terrestrial resource exploitation in the region, x McLaren, Suzanne B.; Schlitter, Duane A.; & Genoways, Hugh H. 1986. Catalog of the Recent marine mammals in the Carnegie Museum of Natural History. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 55(11): 237-296. Nov. 7, 1986. -Lists 2 T. inunguis from Brazil, 26 T manatus latirostris from Florida, and 1 T. senegalensis from Cameroun in the Carnegie Museum collec- tion (293-296). D McLeod, Samuel A.; & Barnes, Lawrence G. 1984. Fossil desmostylians. Mem. Nat. Hist. Foundation of Orange County (California), 1: 39-44. 6 figs. Jan. 1, 1984. McMillan, K.: SEE Barile et al., 1983. x McNally, Robert 1984. The short, unhappy saga of Steller's sea cow. Sea Frontiers, 30(3): 168-172. 4 figs. May-Jun. 1984. -Pop. acc. of Hydrodamalis and the Bering expedition. McNerney, B.B. 1982. Birth of a manatee: an eyewitness account. Oceans, 15(6): 12. Nov.-Dec. 1982. -Describes the birth of a wild manatee in the Tomoka R., Florida. McNulty, Faith 1979. Manatees. New Yorker, 55(2): 83-89. 1 fig. Feb. 26, 1979. -Repr. in The wildlife stories of Faith McNulty. Garden City (New York), Doubleday & Co. (470 pp.), 49-57, 1980. McSpadden, J. 1947. Animals of the world. Garden City (New York), Garden City Publ. Co.: 1-345. NUMBER 80 227 McTurk, William H. 1960. Stories of the manatees. Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. & Zoo, No. 26: 34. Jun. 1960. -Material in No. 23 also? Stories of people killed by manatees' upsetting canoes. Mead, James G.: SEE ALSO Marine Mammal Commis- sion, 1986. x Mead, James G. 1983. Ri or dugong? (Comment on Wagner [1982]). Cryptozoology, 2: 161-162. Winter 1983. -Concludes that the "ri" of New Ireland is not a porpoise, and suggests some sorts of evidence that would help determine whether it is a dugong. Meckel, Johann Friedrich 1806. Abhandlungen aus der menschlichen und ver- gleichenden Anatomie und Physiologic Halle, Hemmerde, & Schwetschke, 1-381. -Describes the thymus in a manatee fetus. Meckel, Johann Friedrich 1825. System der vergleichenden Anatomie. 2. Theil. Halle, Renger, 1. Abt. (1824): x + 542; 2. Abt. (1825): x + 638. Medeiros, Aury Felix de 1972. Couros e peles silvestres. Rio de Janeiro, ?publ. by the author, 1-40. Medem, F. 1968. Caza—exterminaci6n de nuestra fauna. Revista Pispesca (Bogoti), No. 17: 12-14. Meduna, A.J.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Medway, Lord 1965. Mammals of Borneo: field keys and an annotated checklist. Jour. Malayan Branch, Roy. Asiatic Soc, 36(3)(203): xiv + 193. 5 tabs. Frontisp. 9 figs. 34 pis. 1 map. -Reports dugong specimens from Sandakan and Kotawaringin; discusses their local distribution and exploitation (154). x Medway, William; Bruss, M.L.; Bengtson, John L.; & Black, D.J. 1982. Blood chemistry of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Jour. Wildl. Diseases, 18(2): 229-234. 3 tabs. Apr. 1982. -Blood of 8 wild manatees from Blue Spring, Florida, and 2 captives was similar to samples analyzed by White et al. (1976), but with increased anion gaps, protein, and albumin/ globulin ratios. Some values were probably affected by the animals' struggling. A narrow range of serum osmolality may reflect the Blue Spring population's freshwater habitat. x Medway, William; Dodds, W Jean; Moynihan, Ann C; & Bonde, Robert K. 1982. Blood coagulation of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Cornell Veter., 72(2): 120-127. 4 tabs. Apr. 1982. -Blood samples from 10 Florida manatees showed the presence of clotting factor XII; intrinsic system activities were much higher and extrinsic activities lower than those of the dog; and factor X activity was about the same as in the dog. Medway, William; & Geraci, Joseph R. 1986. Clinical pathology of marine mammals. In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wild animal medicine, 2nd. revised ed. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders (xxiv + 1127), 791-797. Illus. x Medway, William; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Black, D.J. 1982. Hematology of the West Indian manatee (Tri- chechus manatus). Veter. Clin. Pathol, 11(2): 11-15. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Hemograms on blood of 10 Florida manatees showed that the red cells were large and fewer in number than in most land mammals; neutrophils and reticulocytes were absent; eosinophils were hard to distinguish from heterophils; large and small lymphocytes, monocytes, and basophils were present; and the total numbers of white cells and platelets were comparable to those in common domestic mammals, x Meek, Charles Kingsley 1931. A Sudanese kingdom: an ethnographical study of the Jukun-speaking peoples of Nigeria. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., xxxiv + 548. Numerous figs. 64 pis. 2 maps. -Lists clans having manatee taboos, and mentions a couple of manatee myths and superstitions (76-78); gives the formula for a virility charm made from a manatee penis (304). Meggers, Betty J. 1971. Amazonia: man and culture in a counterfeit paradise. Chicago & New York, Aldine-Atherton, ix + 182. -Manatees, 25, 33-35, 127, 134, 154, 176. x Meggers, Betty J. 1977. Esteril Amazonia. Veja, No. 456: 48-49. 2 figs. Jun. 1, 1977. -In Portuguese. A magazine interview in which she urges the raising of manatees in Amazonia as an alternative to cattle raising (49). x Meggers, Betty J.; & Evans, Clifford 1957. Archeological investigations at the mouth of the Amazon. 228 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bur. Amer. Ethnol Bull, 167: xxviii + 664. 112 pis. -P. 570: {"According to La Barre (1666, p. 14), the Aracaret and Palicour hunted the manatee with a harpoon and traded their catch to the French, English, and Dutch."} Meinertz, Th. 1956. Beitrag zur Kenntniss vom Bau des Magens beim Dugong. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 97: 202-219. 12 figs. Meinertz, Th. 1969. Eine vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die Sauge- tiere besonders im Hinblick auf die Nierentypen, das Nierenbecken und die Verzweigungen der grosseren Gefasse. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 113(1): 78-146. Mellett, James S. 1982. Body size, diet, and scaling factors in large carnivores and herbivores. Proc. North Amer. Pal Conv., 3: 371-376. Mello-Leitao, Candido Firmino de 1947. Zoogeogrqfia do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro, Comp. Editora Nac, 1-649. D Mel'nikov, O.A.; & Shustov, L.N. 1969. O novo! nakhodke ostatkov kostei drevnikh krupnykh pozvonochnykh na Sakhaline. [On a new finding of bone remains of ancient large vertebrates in Sakhalin.] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Sibirsk. Otd., Sakhalinsk. Kompleks. Nauch.-Issled. Inst., Trudy, 21: 41-43. 3 figs. Melo Carvalho, Jose Candido de: SEE Carvalho, Jose" Candido de Melo. Melville, Herman 1851. Moby-Dick; or, the whale. New York, Harper & Bros., xxiii + 634. -A footnote to Chap. 32 ("Cetology") reads as follows: {"I am aware that down to the present time, the fish styled Lamatins [sic] and Dugongs (Pig-fish and Sow-fish of the Coffins of Nan- tucket) are included by many naturalists among the whales. But as these pig-fish are a nosy, contemptible set, mostly lurking in the mouths of rivers, and feeding on wet hay, and especially as they do not spout, I deny their credentials as whales; and have presented them with their passports to quit the Kingdom of Cetology."} But then, that is a Kingdom they never wished to enter in the first place! x Melville, Richard V 1985. Opinion 1320: Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 and Manatus inunguis Natterer in Pelzeln, 1883 (Mammalia, Sirenia): conserved. Bull. Zool. NomencL, 42(2): 175-176. Jun. 1985. -Pursuant to the petitions of Domning (1981c), Hydrodamalis (Manati) gigas, and (Manatus) inunguis are placed on the Official Lists of Names in Zoology, and Manati and (Manatus) exunguis are placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Names. Mendes, Amando 1938. As pescarias amazonicas e a piscicultura no Brasil (notas e sugestoes). Sao Paulo, Livr. Editora Record, 1-181. Pis. -Manatees, 21, 24-25, 34, 47-53, 75-81, 109- 111, 173; pis. facing 30 & 46. x Mendes, Amando 1948. Vamos criar o peixe-boi na represa de Santo Amaro? Chdcaras e Quintals (Sao Paulo), 78(3): 325- 327. 3 figs. Sep. 15, 1948. -Pop. acc. of hunting Amazonian manatees (called T. manatus) with harpoons and nets, and the use of their meat, oil, and hides. Repeats his earlier suggestion (Mendes, 1938) that manatees be raised commercially. M6ndez, Eustorgio 1970. Los principales mamiferos silvestres de Panamd. Panama, privately published, 1 -283. Illus. -Manatees, 227-230. x M£negaux, A. 1918. Elevage possible des lamantins comme animaux de boucherie. C.R. Sianc Acad. Agric. France, 4(24): 698-705. Stance of Jul. 3, 1918. -Summ.: Bull. Internatl. Inst. Agric, Rome! Abridged transl. in Beal (1939). Discusses the potential for raising manatees for meat and other products, especially in West Africa. Concludes with some comments by Jean Dybowski (704- 705). Menon, Gopinathan K.: SEE Elias et al., 1987. Mergner, W: SEE Kaiser et al., 1981. Merolla da Sorrento, Jerom 1814. A voyage to Congo, and several other countries, chiefly in southern Africk. In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of... voyages and travels.... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown and Cadell & Davies, Vol. 16: 195-316. -Transl. from Italian; repr. from Churchill's collection of voyages, vol. 1, p. 52Iff. An account of a voyage made in 1682, including a story of manlike "sea-monsters" (210) and a somewhat more credible description of "water-monsters" said to live in a lake at the source of the river Zaire, as well as the "mermaid," which lives throughout the course of the Zaire (216-217). NUMBER 80 229 Both these latter possibly, and the "mermaid" certainly, are to be identified as manatees; the description of the "mermaid," being at least in part first-hand, is fairly accurate. xD Merriam, John C 1906. On the occurrence of Desmostylus, Marsh. Science, 24(605): 151-152. -Discusses earlier finds, and two new ones in San Luis Obispo and Orange Counties, California. Comments on the paleoecology of Desmostylus and concludes that it was aquatic and hence probably a sir. rather than a proboscidean. xD Merriam, John C 1911. Notes on the genus Desmostylus Marsh. Bull Dept. Geol. Univ. California, 6(18): 403- 412. 11 figs. Nov. 1, 1911. -Summarizes the knowledge of Desmostylus to date; concludes that it is Miocene in age and a sir., though possibly of a new family. States (404) that the type locality of the genus is in Contra Costa County, California, not Alameda Co. as stated by Marsh (1888). D Merriam, John C 1915. Tertiary vertebrate faunas of the North Coalinga region of California. A contribution to the study of palaeontologic correlation in the Great Basin and Pacific Coast provinces. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, (2)22: 191-234. 49 figs. -Desmostylians, 196, 208. x Mertens, Robert 1925. Verzeichnis der Saugetier-Typen des Senckenber- gischen Museums. Senckenbergiana, 7(1/2): 18-37. Feb. 12, 1925. -Lists Senckenberg Museum no. 1510, the skin and skeleton of a female dugong from Noura Is., Dahalak Archipelago, Red Sea, as the type specimen of Halicore tabernaculi Riippell (30). Meunier, Stanislas 1903. Le role des etres vivants dans la physiologie g6n6rale de la terre. Rev. Scient. (Paris), (4)20: 769-779. -Sirs., 772. Meyer, Grant E.: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Meyer, Hermann von 1832. Palaeologica zur Geschichte der Erde und ihrer Geschopfe. Frankfurt am Main, Siegmund Schmerber, xii + 560. -Allen 779. Extracts: Mag. Nat. Hist, (n.s.), 1: 281-293, 341-353, 1837? Manatus fossilis, 98; 410? x Meyer, Hermann von 1837. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Dec. 4, 1837.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 8: 674-677. -Gives the name Manatus Studeri (nomen nudum) to a skull fragment from the Molassen- Sandstein (Burdigalian, Lower Miocene) of Mag- genwyl bei Lenzburg, Canton Aargau, Switzer- land (677). x Meyer, Hermann von 1838. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Sep. 18, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1838: 667-669. -Allen 939. Considers Halicore Cuvieri de Chris- tol, Hippopotamus medius and H. dubius Cuvier, and Manatus Studeri von Meyer to be synony- mous, and proposes for them the new generic name Halianassa in the combination Halianassa Studeri (667). x Meyer, Hermann von 1839a. Die fossilen Saugethiere, Reptilien und Vogel aus den Molasse-Gebilden der Schweitz. Neues. Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1839: 1-9. -Allen 968. ?Repr.: Verh. Schweiz. Ges. Natw., 23: 60-71, 1838? Lists Halianassa Studeri and "Ein noch nicht naher anzugebendes Genus" from Maggenwyl, Canton Aargau, Switzerland (4). x Meyer, Hermann von 1839b. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Dec. 1, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1839: 76-79. -Allen 967. Considers Pugmeodon Schinzii and Halytherium referable to Halianassa Studeri; mentions a single-rooted premolar like the holo- type of Pugmeodon from the "Molasse von Lbrrach," Germany (77). x Meyer, Hermann von 1840a. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jun. 26, 1840.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1840: 576-587. -Allen 1000. Mentions the acquisition of addi- tional material of Halianassa (587). x Meyer, Hermann von 1840b. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jul. 23, 1840.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1840: 587-588. -Allen 1001. Considers Cheirotherium subapen- ninum Bruno synonymous with Halianassa von Meyer, Halitherium Kaup, and Halicore Cuvierii de Christol (587). Meyer, Hermann von 1842. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Nov. 23, 1841.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1842: 99-102. -Reports a humerus of Metaxytherium from Baltringen, Germany (101). 230 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Meyer, Hermann von 1843. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jul. 20, 1843.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1843: 698-704. -Mentions skull fragments of "Halianassa" from Flonheim, Germany (702), and considers Hali- therium Christoli Fitzinger likewise referable to Halianassa (704). x Meyer, Hermann von 1846. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Feb. 26, 1846.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1846: 327-328. -Synonymizes Pugmeodon Schinzi (= Manatus Schinzi) with his Halianassa Collinii (328). This was apparently the first use of the latter name, which was based on unspecified material from Flonheim, Germany, x Meyer, Hermann von 1847. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jan. 4, 1847.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1847: 181-196. -Reports a Metaxytherium-likc humerus from the "Molasse von Otmarsingen," Switzerland, and a parietal and scapula of Halianassa Collinii from Linz, Austria (189-190). Michael, M.A.: SEE Waxell, S., 1962. x Michelson, R.C 1982. Tracking of the Florida manatee. ISA Trans. (Instrument Soc. Amer.), 21(1): 79- 85. 5 figs. -Discusses the technical problems associated with automated remote tracking of manatees in the Banana R.-Indian R. area, and recommends a VHF time-of-arrival radiotracking system with time-segmented identification. Micloucho-Maclay, N. de: SEE Miklouho-Maclay, N. de. Middendorf, Alexander Theodor von 1847-1875. Reise in den dussersten Nor den und Osten Sibiriens wahrend der Jahre 1843 und 1844. St. Petersburg (4 vols, in 5 + atlas), 1-841. -Sirs., 4(2): 841. Migeod, Frederick William Hugh 1924. Through Nigeria to Lake Chad. London, Heath Cranton Ltd., 1-330. 11 figs. 38 pis. 2 maps. -Sirs., 147, 167. Mignucci Giannoni, Antonio A. 1990. Manatee mortality in Puerto Rico: urgent need for assessment and preventive action. Whalewatcher, 24(1): 10-12. Mikhelson, Viktor M.: SEE Shoshani et al., 1981. x Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (= Micloucho-Maclay) 1886. Note on the brain of Halicore australis Owen. Proc. Linn. Soc New South Wales, 10(2): 193- Milani 1928. Miller, 1902. Miller, 1916. Miller, 1918. Miller, 1924. Miller, 1929. x Miller, 1955. D Miller, 1915. x Miller, 1981. 196. PI. 24. Read May 27, 1885. -Account of a dissection of the brain of a dugong from Mabiak, Torres Straits. A.; & Vialli, M. L'anatomia radiologica della mandibola nei mam- miferi. Ric MorfoL, 8: 323-364. 16 figs. Gerrit Smith, Jr. The mammals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 24(1269): 752. -Mentions dugong bones found in a native hut in the Andaman Islands in 1859. Gerrit Smith, Jr. Bones of mammals from Indian sites in Cuba and Santo Domingo. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 66(12): 1-10. 1 pi. -Reports bones of Trichechus sp. collected from kitchen middens at San Pedro de Macoris, Santo Domingo, by Theodoor de Booy (9). Gerrit Smith, Jr. Mammals and reptiles collected by Theodoor de Booy in the Virgin Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 54(2244): 507-511. PI. 81. Oct. 15, 1918. -Reports bones of T. manatus collected from a midden near the mouth of the Salt River, St. Croix, in 1917 (509). Gerrit Smith, Jr. List of North American Recent mammals. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull, 128: xvi + 673. -Sirs., 503. Gerrit Smith, Jr. Mammals eaten by Indians, owls, and Spaniards in the coast region of the Dominican Republic. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 82(5)(3030): 1-16. Pis. 1-2. Dec. 11, 1929. -Records remains of T. manatus from three Indian village sites (11-12). Gerrit Smith, Jr.; & Kellogg, Remington List of North American Recent mammals. U.S. Natl Mus. Bull, 205: xii + 954. -Gives the synonymies, type localities, and ranges of the subspecies of T. manatus (790-791). Loye Holmes The fauna of California. In: Z.S. Eldredge (ed.), History of California. New York, The Century History Co. (5 vols.), Vol. 5: 51-76. -Desmostylians, 72. Ronald R. The beach seiners of New Jersey. National Fisherman, 61(13): 51-53. 6 figs. -P. 53: {"What they would find there [in "pounds" or funneled nets set l/2-3 miles offshore NUMBER 80 231 at Long Beach Is., New Jersey] was always a surprise. There were the usual blues, stripers, weakfish, mackerel, sea bass, etc., in season, but sometimes they found huge shark, tuna, rays, sea turtles and even small manatees."} Miller, Theophile H.: SEE Floyd et al., 1958. x Miller, W.D. 1894. Caries der Thierzahne. Verh. Deutsch. Odont. Ges., 5: 15-24. 2 figs. Read Apr. 7, 1893. -Illustrates "caries" in T. senegalensis in micro- scopic section, with a drawing of their associated bacteria(!). The location of these "caries" on the tooth is not specified, but a number of teeth of one dry skull are said to have had them (15-18). Miller, Walter, & Miller, Jennie Emerson (translators): SEE Steller, G.W., 1899. x Miller, William A.; Sanson, Gordon D.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1980. Molar progression in the manatee (Trichechus manatus). [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 196(3): 128A. -Notes the presence of enlarged transseptal fibers connecting the teeth (as in kangaroos with molar progression), and suggests they play a role in manatee tooth replacement; assumes the motive force to be due to propalinal occlusion. Millett, Marcus W 1914. Jungle sport in Ceylon from elephant to snipe. London, Methuen & Co., xv + 267. Dlus. Millsap, Brian A.: SEE Wood et al., 1992. x Milne, Lorus Johnson; & Milne, Margery Joan Greene 1982. A time to be born: an almanac of animal courtship and parenting. San Francisco, Sierra Club Books, 1-218. Illus. -Pop. acc. of breeding and care of young among Florida manatees (154-158, 1 fig.). Milne, Margery Joan Greene: SEE Milne, Lorus Johnson Milne-Edwards, Alphonse 1875. Nouveaux documents sur l'6poque de la dispari- tion de la faune ancienne de l'ile Rodrigue. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), (6)2(4): 1-20. -Abstr.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)15: 436-439. Milne-Edwards, Henri 1834. Elimens de zoologie, ou legons sur Vanatomie, la physiologic la classification et les moeurs des animaux. Paris, Crochard, viii + 1066. Illus. -Allen 816. Issued in 4 parts, 1834-1837. "Famille des Cetaces herbivores," 471-472. Miloche, M.: SEE Giraud-Sauveur & Miloche, 1968. Minato, M.: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Committee. D Minato, M.; Matsui, Masaru; & Ishii, J. 1957. On the stratigraphical position of the Desmostylus tooth found in Tokachi Province, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 63(740): 308-316. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. The tooth is identified as Desmostylus cf. minor, possibly Oligocene in age. xD Minch, John A.; Schulte, Kenneth C; & Hoftnan, George 1970. A Middle Miocene age for the Rosarito Beach Formation in northwestern Baja California, Mex- ico. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull, 81(10): 3149-3154. 2 figs. Oct. 1970. -Reports "Desmostylus sp." associated with a ?Hemingfordian camelid and a diverse warm marine fauna of Middle Miocene vertebrates and invertebrates. The age of the fauna is now considered to be Barstovian. xDMinkoff, Eli A. 1976. Mammalian superorders. Zool Jour. Linn. Soc, 58(2): 147-158. Mar. 1976. -Places the Sirenia and Desmostylia in the Superorders Paenungulata and Amblypoda, re- spectively; suggests that desmostylians were the amblypod equivalents of sirs. (151-154). Minnegal, Monica 1984a. Dugong bones from Princess Charlotte Bay. Austral. Archaeology, 18: 63-71. x Minnegal, Monica 1984b. A note on butchering dugong at Princess Charlotte Bay. Austral. Archaeology, No. 19: 15-20. 1 tab. Dec. 1984. -Describes the condition of bones of 3 dugongs found at an archeological site, and speculates on butchering techniques. Miranda, Vicente Chermont de: SEE Chermont de Miranda, Vicente. Mishima, Hiroyuki: SEE Kozawa et al., 1988. Mishra, Vijay Prakash: SEE Sahni & Mishra, 1975. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1963. Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum- Channel Islands Biological Survey. 37. Brachy- dont desmostylian from Miocene of San Clemente Island, California. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 62(4): 192-201. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Oct.-Dec. 1963. -Reports teeth and bone fragments of Paleopara- doxia sp., compares them with other desmostyli- ans, and reviews distribution records of the order. States that pachyostosis occurs in bones referred to Paleoparadoxia. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1964. Pachyostosis in desmostylids. [Abstr.] Geol Soc Amer. Spec. Paper, No. 76: 214. 232 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Concludes that desmostylians are pachyostotic. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1965. History of research at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Spec. Publ. Kern Co. Hist. Soc: vi + 45. 14 figs. -Reports a tooth of Desmostylus hesperus from Sharktooth Hill (iii, 3, 7, 21, 26-29, 36). xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1966. Faunal succession of extinct North Pacific marine mammals. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tidende, 1966(3): 47-60. 19 figs. -Gen. acc. of desmostylians (50, 53, 56, 57, 59) and of North Pacific sirs. (56, 59,60), with figs, of a Desmostylus tooth and humerus (56) and life restorations by Bonnie Dalzell of Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia (57), and Halianassa (59). D Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1978. Origins of eastern North Pacific sea mammal fauna. In: D. Haley (ed.), Marine mammals. Seattle, Pacific Search Press (256 pp.), 13-20. 9 figs. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Lipps, Jere H. 1964. Miocene marine vertebrates from San Clemente Island, California. [Abstr.] Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper, No. 76: 214-215. -Summarizes the fauna, which includes a "brachyodont desmostylid, and paenungulate off. Desmostylia," and considers it comparable to the Sharktooth Hill fauna in age and paleoecology. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Lipps, Jere H. 1965. Fossil collecting on San Clemente Island. Pacif. Discovery, 18(3): 2-8. 19 figs. May-Jun. 1965. -Includes a brief account of desmostylians, with photos of Paleoparadoxia bones from the island and of their collection, and a restoration of the animal by CA. Repenning (4-6). xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Repenning, Charles A. 1963. The chronologic and geographic range of desmo- stylians. Los Angeles County Mus. Contr. Sci., No. 78: 3-20. 4 figs. Dec. 30, 1963. -Summarizes the records of Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, Cornwallius, Vanderhoofius, and other nominal genera of desmostylians, plus those of North Pacific sirs. Concludes that desmostylians lived in the North Pacific from the Late Oligocene to the end of the Miocene. x Mitchell, Janet 1973. Determination of relative age in the dugong Dugong dugon Miiller from a study of skulls and teeth. x Mitchell 1976. x Mitchell 1978. x Mitchell 1981. x Mitchell 1905. Mitchell 1931. x Mitchill, 1828. Zool. Jour. Linn. Soc, 53(1): 1-23. 10 figs. Aug. 1973. -A study of skull, mandible, and dental variates in 41 northeastern Australian dugongs indicated the presence of three age classes, "juveniles," "ado- lescents," and "adults." Several of these features may reflect sexual dimorphism. .Janet Age determination in the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller). Biol. Conserv., 9(1): 25-28. 1 fig. Jan. 1976. -Summary of Mitchell (1978). ,Janet Incremental growth layers in the dentine of dugong incisors (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) and their application to age determination. Zool. Jour. Linn. Soc, 62: 317-348. 10 figs. 2 pis. Apr. 1978. -Concludes from a study of Australian dugong tusks that sexual maturity is reached at about 10 growth layers (= 5 or 10 years of age) and that the life span is just under either 30 or 60 years. Tooth succession in the upper jaw is correlated with number of growth layers in the tusks. Janet The coincidence between a distinct accessory groove in young dugong teeth and a tropical cyclone. Biol. Conserv., 20(2): 99-109. 1 tab. 3 figs. Jun. 1981. -Analyzes the annual layers in the tusks of 4 young Queensland dugongs, discusses the forma- tion and identification of neonatal lines and other types of layering, and shows that a growth disturbance coincided with a cyclone in January 1965. P. Chalmers On the intestinal tract of mammals. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 17(5): 437-536. 50 figs. Dec. 1905 (read Jun. 6, 1905). -Describes the intestine and cecum of T. inunguis and compares them with those of other sirs., other mammals, and birds (464-465, 516, 523, 525, 530). Concludes that with regard to the intestinal tract, the Sirenia, Hyracoidea, and Proboscidea are linked only by shared primitive characteristics. ■Hedges, Frederick Albert Land of wonder and fear. New York & London, Century Co., xviii + 265. Illus. -Mentions Central American manatees. Samuel L.; Smith, J.A.; & Cooper, William Discovery of a fossil walrus in Virginia. Report of Messrs. Mitchill, J.A. Smith, and Cooper, on a NUMBER 80 233 fossil skull sent to Dr. Mitchill by Mr. Cropper of Accomac County, Virginia. Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New-York, 2: 271-272. Read Aug. 7, 1827. -Notice: Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 5: 325. Mentions "ribs and other parts ... supposed to be those of a species of Lamantin or Manati" found in the vicinity of the walrus locality (272). Mitra, Harish Chandra: SEE Sahni & Mitra, 1980. Mitra, S.K.: SEE Sarkar & Mitra, 1962. Mittermeier, Russell A. 1972. The Amazon: monkeys, manatees ... and men. Not Man Apart, 2(12): 10-11. 4 figs. Dec. 1972. Miyake, T; McEachran, J.D.; Walton, P.J.; & Hall, B.K. 1992. Development and morphology of rostral cartilages in batoid fishes (Chondrichthyes: Batoidea), with comments on homology within vertebrates. Biol. Jour. Linn. Soc, 46(3): 259-298. -Discusses formation of rostral cartilages in cetaceans and sirs. x Miyamoto, Michael M.; & Goodman, Morris 1986. Biomolecular systematics of eutherian mammals: phylogenetic patterns and classification. Syst. Zool, 35(2): 230-240. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Jun. 1986. -Supports the grouping of the Sirenia (repre- sented by T. inunguis) with the Hyracoidea, Proboscidea, and Tubulidentata in the Paenungu- lata, based on protein sequences; but concludes that paenungulates and ungulates are not closely related. Miyazaki, Nobuyuki: SEE ALSO Nishiwaki et al., 1979. n Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; Itano, Kazuomi; Fukushima, Minoru; & Kawai, Shin-ichiro 1981. Contamination by mercury and organochlorine compounds in the muscle of the dugong on Celebes Island. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 175. -Abstr. of Miyazaki et al. (1979). x Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; Itano, Kazuomi; Fukushima, Minoru; Kawai, Shin-ichiro; & Honda, Katsuhisa 1979. Metals and organochlorine compounds in the muscle of dugong from Sulawesi Island. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 125-128. 3 tabs. -Abstr.: Miyazaki et al. (1981). Reports that metal and residue levels in two female dugongs were much lower than in carnivorous marine mammals. Miyazaki, Shigeo: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1993. Miyazaki, Shigeo; Horikawa, Hideo; & Aizu Fossil Research Group 1988. [Skull of fossil sirenian from Takasato, Fukushima Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol- ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010: 100-101. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. x Mobius, K. 1861. Die hornigen Kieferplatten des amerikanischen Manatus. Arch. Naturgesch., 27(1): 148-156. PI. 7. -Describes the gross and microscopic anatomy of the rostral pads of a manatee from Belize, and gives measurements of the skull. Mohan: SEE Lai Mohan. Mohr, Erna 1923. Die Saugethiere der Sudsee-Expedition der Ham- burgischen Wissenschaftlichen Stiftung 1908- 1909. Mitt. Zool. Staatsinst. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 40: 67-78. -Dentition of "Sirenia australis," 68. x Mohr, Erna 1950. Ein Hautstiick der Stellerschen Seekuh, Rhytina gigas Zimm. 1780. Zool Anz., 145(7/8): 181-185. 6 figs. Sep. 1950. -Illustrates and discusses the Hamburg skin fragment of Hydrodamalis; also illustrates skulls of Dugong and Hydrodamalis in the Hamburg Museum. Reprints Zimmermann's (1780) de- scription of Manati gigas (184). Mohr, Erna 1957. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Wittenberg-Lutherstadt, A. Ziemsen Verlag (Die neue Brehm-Biicherei, No. 197), 1-61. Illus. x Mok, Wai-yin; & Best, Robin Christopher 1979. Saprophytic colonization of a hyphomycete on the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis (Mam- malia; Sirenia). Aquatic Mammals, 7(3): 79-82. 4 figs. -Reports a skin fungus resembling Cercospora in captive and wild T. inunguis calves. Moka, Willem: SEE Erftemeijer et al., 1993. Molnaf, Gahor 1970? Aventuras na mata amazonica. Sao Paulo, Livros Irradiantes S.A., 1-198. -Transl. of the author's Kalandok a braziliai oserdoben, 1940. Manatee, 93-97. x Molnar, Ralph E. 1982. A longirostrine crocodilian from Murua (Wood- 234 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY lark), Solomon Sea. Mem. Queensland Mus., 20(3): 675-685. 3 figs. Pis. 1-2. -Describes material from Papua New Guinea associated with the type specimen of Halicore brevirostre [sic] De Vis, 1905, and considers the fauna Pleistocene in age (676, 679). Also notes Etheridge's (1900) report of fossil vertebrae of Halicore dugong from Murua (680). x Moloney, CA. 1883. International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. ...On West African fisheries, with particular reference to the Gold Coast colony. London, Wm. Clowes & Sons, Ltd., 1-79. Read Oct. 24, 1883. -Describes a manatee trap and its use, mentions vernacular names and seasonal movements of manatees in the Gold Coast, and gives measure- ments of one that was caught in a drift-seine near Lagos (27-29). Monard, A. 1938. R£sultats de la mission scientifique du Dr. Monard en Guinee Porrugaise. 1937-1938. II. Ongutes. Arq. Mus. Bocage (Lisbon), 9: 150-196. 9 figs. Moncharmont Zei, Maria; & Moncharmont, Ugo 1987. II Metaxytherium medium (Desmarest) 1822 (Si- renia, Mammalia) delle arenarie tortoniane (Mio- cene sup.) di S. Domenica di Ricardi (Catanzaro, Italia). Mem. Sci. Geol. (Univ. Padova), 39: 285-341. 2 tabs. 3 figs. 14 pis. Dec. 1987. x Mondolfi, Edgardo 1974. Taxonomy, distribution and status of the manatee in Venezuela. Mem. Soc. Cient. Nat. La Salle, 34(97): 5-23. 11 figs. Jan.-Apr. 1974. -Spanish summ. Reports on the examination of 3 specimens, and concludes that only T. manatus and not T. inunguis occurs in the lower Orinoco River. Discusses the movements, feeding, hunt- ing, economic uses, and conservation problems of manatees in Venezuela. Monod, Theodore 1925. Notes sur le dugong de Madagascar. Revue Gen. Sci., No. 6: 163. Mar. 30, 1925. Monod, Theodore 1928. L'Industrie des peches au Comeroun. Paris, Soc. d'£ditions G6ographiques, Maritimes et Coloniales, 1-504. Illus. x Monroe, Watson Hiner 1980. Geology of the Middle Tertiary formations of Puerto Rico. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof Paper, 953: iv + 93. 8 tabs. 50 figs. 1 pi. -Reports sir. rib fragments from the upper member of the Cibao Formation (Early Miocene) near Corozal (38), and from the Ponce Limestone (Miocene) near Ponce, Puerto Rico (78). Montanus, Arnoldus 1673. Die unbekante Neue Welt, oder Beschreibung des Welt-Teils Amerika, und des Sud-Landes: darin- nen vom Uhrsprunge der Ameriker und Sudldn- der, und von den gedenckwurdigen Reysen der Europer darnach zu. Wie auch von derselben festen Ldndern, Jnseln, Stddten, Festungen, Dor- fern, vorndhmsten Gebeuen, Bergen, Brunnen, Fliissen, und Ahrten der Tiere, Beume, Stauden, und anderer fremden Gewdchse; als auch von den Gottes- und Gotzendiensten, Sitten, Sprachen, Kleider-trachten, wunderlichen Begdbnissen und so wohl alten als neuen Kriegen, ausfuhrlich gehandelt wird; durch und durch mit vielen nach dem Leben in Ameriken selbst entworfenen Ab- bildungen gezieret. Amsterdam, J. von Meurs, 658 + 11. Illus. -Transl. by Olfert Dapper of a Dutch ed., 1671. Sirs., 219. See also J. Ogilby (1671). Monteiro, Joachim John 1875. Angola and the River Congo. London, Macmillan & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 2: iv + 340. -Sirs., 17. Montgomery, G. Gene: SEE ALSO Best et al., 1981; Schad etal., 1981. x Montgomery, G. Gene; Best, Robin Christopher; & Yamakoshi, Megumi 1981. A radio-tracking study of the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 13(2): 81-85. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jun. 1981. -Describes the freeze-branding and radiotagging of a juvenile manatee, its release in a lake near the Rio Solimoes, Brazil, and its movements and habitat use during 20 days of radiotracking. Concludes that radiotracking is a practical means of studying manatee ecology in the Amazon Basin. Includes a list of plants thought to be eaten by manatees in the study area. For a slightly expanded Portuguese version of this paper, with illustrations of the tagging equipment, see Best, Montgomery, & Yamakoshi (1981). x Montgomery, G. Gene; Gale, N.B.; & Murdoch, W.P, Jr. 1982. Have manatee entered the eastern Pacific Ocean? Mammalia, 46(2): 257-258. 1 fig. -Reports that T. manatus, originally introduced into the Panama Canal in 1963 (see MacLaren, 1967), have increased in numbers to about 25 and have been seen in Miraflores Lake, only one lock away from the Pacific; hence if they have not NUMBER 80 235 entered the Pacific yet, they soon could. Moore, David R. 1971. The traditional culture and prehistory of Cape York, North Queensland. Sydney, 1-10. -Mentions dugong hunting and the construction of mounds of dugong and turtle bones on high points as lookouts for the animals. Moore, David R. 1979. Islanders and Aborigines at Cape York: an ethnographic reconstruction based on the 1848- 1850 'Rattlesnake' journals of O. W. Brierly and information he obtained from Barbara Thompson. Canberra, Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud- ies (AIAS New Ser. No. 3), xii + 340. Frontisp. 11 figs. 15 pis. 5 maps. Moore, John F.: SEE O'Shea et al., 1984. x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1946. Mammals from Welaka, Putnam County, Florida. Jour. Mamm., 27(1): 49-59. "Feb. 1946" (mailed Mar. 14, 1946). -Reports sightings of manatees in the St. Johns River, including an observation of possible mat- ing behavior (58). x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1951a. The range of the Florida manatee. Quart. Jour. Florida Acad. Sci., 14(1): 1-19. 1 tab. 1 fig. "Mar. 1951" (mailed Aug. 8, 1951). -Presents data from interviews and sightings, showing that manatee winter range in Florida lies south of the Sebastian River (east coast) and Charlotte Harbor (west coast); that many mana- tees migrate north in summer but seldom leave Florida; and that they use springs as natural warm-water refuges. Discusses the osteological basis for distinguishing Trichechus m. manatus and 71 m. latirostris, concludes that Texan manatees represent the former, and suggests that the northern Gulf Coast acts as a barrier separating the two subspecies, x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1951b. The status of the manatee in the Everglades National Park, with notes on its natural history. Jour. Mamm., 32(1): 22-36. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Feb. 15, 1951. -Includes notes on habitat, reproduction, respira- tion, behavior, body size and measurements, intelligence, food, and effects of cold. Gives further details of the captive birth recorded by Barbour, 1937 (26). x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1953. Distribution of marine mammals to Florida waters. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 49(1): 117-158. 19 figs. Jan. 1953. Moore 1954. Moore, 1956. Moore, 1957. Moore, 1961. Moore, 1964. Moore, 1976. Moore, 1936. -Reports (for the first time?) aggregations of manatees during cold snaps (120-121, 156); records sightings of calves in all months except December (121-122). Manatees also mentioned in key to marine mammals, 153. Joseph Curtis Want to see a Florida manatee? Animal Kingdom, 54 [or 57?] (1): 11-13. 1 fig. Jan. 1954. Joseph Curtis Observations of manatees in aggregations. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 1811: 1-24. 5 figs. Dec. 23, 1956. -Reports the first detailed observations of wild manatees, based on studies of the population in the Miami River, Florida, 1949-1955, using scars from boat collisions and other naturally-occurring marks to identify individuals. Includes some records of numbers of manatees observed, obser- vations on relationship of aggregations to tem- perature, attendance records of manatees at aggre- gations, and behavioral observations regarding play, greeting, courtship, reproduction, behavior of young, suckling posture, and locomotion. Joseph Curtis Newborn young of a captive manatee. Jour. Mamm., 38(1): 137-138. Feb. 25, 1957. -Reports on a Florida manatee calf bom in 1955 at Ojus, Florida, and compares its behavior to observations in earlier reports. Joseph Curtis Sailors' siren. Nat. Hist. (New York), 70(1): 54-55. 2 figs. Jan. 1961. -Pop. acc. of dugongs, with two photos of African specimens in captivity at Mombasa, Kenya. Joseph Curtis A mysterious encounter. Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus. Bull, 35(11): 7-8. 1 fig. + cover photo. Nov. 1964. -Pop. acc. of observations of a manatee with its tail badly mangled by a boat propeller, and other scarred individuals, in the Miami River, Florida. R.J.; & Balzarotti, M.A. Report of 1976 expedition to the Suakin Archipel- ago (Sudan). Privately published. W. Robert Beyond Australia's cities. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 70(6): 709-747. Illus. Dec. 1936. -Photograph of a captured Queensland dugong (746); the caption comments on local economic uses of the animal. 236 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Moraes, Raymundo 1931. O meu diccionario de cousas da Amazonia. Vol. 2. Rio de Janeiro, Abba, 1-206. -Includes a note on the manufacture of mixira (fried meat preserved in manatee fat) in the Brazilian Amazon (67). x Moraes, Raymundo 1939a. Naplanicie amazonica. Ed. 5. Sao Paulo, Cia. Editora Nacional (Bibliotheca Pedagogica Brasileira, Stiie 5, Vol. 63), xx + 227. -Ed. 6: Rio de Janeiro, Conquista, 1968. Notes the export of manatee meat from Gurupl, Brazil, in the 17th century, and the former occurrence of manatees south of Maraj6 and in the lower Rio Tocantins (91-92). Moraes, Raymundo (= Morais, Raimundo) 1939b. O homem do Pacoval. Sao Paulo, Cia. Melhoramentos de Sao Paulo, 1-297. -Manatee, 190-193. x Morais Rego, Aurora Ramos de 1944. O peixe-boi. Rev. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 1(2): 10-12. 2 figs. Dec. 1944. -Pop. acc. of Amazonian manatees, including information on their natural history (inaccurate), economic use, and hunting, with a photo of hunters using a barricade of stakes. Recommends the commercial raising of manatees, x Morales, Patricia 1986. The life and death of an Amazon manatee. Proc. Internatl. Assoc. Aquatic Animal Medicine (17th Annual Conference, Biloxi, Mississippi), 1(3): 43_48. 2 tabs. May 1986. -Describes the captive medical care, diet, and necropsy findings in "Butterball," the T. inunguis that lived at San Francisco's Steinhart Aquar- ium, 1967-1984. In addition to skin and bone damage from a harpoon wound and skin lesions possibly due to nutritional deficiencies, the main findings were pyogranulomatous pneumonia, cir- rhosis, testicular necrosis, and other effects of infection by Mycobacterium marinum. Cause of death was cardiac failure associated with the pneumonia, x Morales, Patricia; Madin, Stewart H.; & Hunter, Aline 1985. Systemic Mycobacterium marinum infection in an Amazon manatee. Jour. Amer. Veter. Med. Assoc, 187(11): 1230- 1231. Dec. 1, 1985. -An abbreviated version of Morales (1986). Describes the illness, death, and necropsy of the Steinhart Aquarium's manatee. Morales Vela, Benjamin; & Olivera G6mez, Le6n David 1991. Mamiferos acuaticos. In: T. Camarena-Luhrs & S. Salazar-Vallejo (eds.), Estudios ecoldgicos pre- liminares de la zona sur de Quintana Roo. Chetumal (Mexico), Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo, 172-185. Figs. 27-29. Sep. 1991. Morales Vela, Benjamin; & Olivera G6mez, Le6n David 1992. De sirenas a manaties. Chetumal (Mexico), Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo (Cuaderno de Divulgation 4), 1-30. 17 figs. Nov. 1992. Moreau, Laurent J. 1900. L'extinction des especes animaux. Bull. Soc. Zool France, 25: 109-117. -Sirs., 109. Moreira, G.R.S.: SEE Colares et al., 1987. Morel, G.: SEE Bourliere et al., 1976. Morera, Ram6n Jordana y: SEE Jordana y Morera, Ram6n. Morgan, Gary Scott: SEE ALSO Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982; Hulbert & Morgan, 1989. x Morgan, Gary Scott 1989. Miocene vertebrate faunas from the Suwannee River basin of north Florida and south Georgia. In: G.S. Morgan (ed.), Miocene paleontology and stratigraphy of the Suwannee River basin of north Florida and south Georgia. Southeastern Geol. Soc. Guidebook, No. 30: 26-53. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Oct. 7, 1989. -Describes the stratigraphic context, associated faunas, age, and paleoecology of specimens of Halitherium olseni, Dioplotherium manigaulti, and Metaxytherium sp. from the Suwannee River basin. See also Domning (1989b). D Morgan, Gary Scott 1994. Miocene and Pliocene marine mammal faunas from the Bone Valley Formation of central Florida. In: A. Berta and T.A. Ytemiri (eds.), Contributions in marine mammal paleontology honoring Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 239-268. 2 tabs. 13 figs. May 1, 1994. -Reviews the occurrences of Neogene sirs. throughout Florida, and debunks the report of Desmostylus in the state, x Morgan, Gary Scott; & Pratt, Ann E. 1983. Recent discoveries of Late Tertiary marine mam- mals in Florida. The Plaster Jacket (Florida State Museum), No. 43: 4-30. 15 figs. Sep. 1983. -Describes the discovery of an Early Miocene Metaxytherium skeleton in the Suwannee River in Jun. 1982 (4, 16-23), and other discoveries of sir. fossils (24-25). NUMBER 80 237 Morgan, Margaret A.: SEE ALSO Kadel, Morgan, & Patton, 1991. Morgan, Margaret A.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1990. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri- chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida. Mote Mar. Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 167: iv + 21 + [53]. 2 tabs. 23 figs. Mar. 28, 1990. Mori, G.: SEE Fujii & Mori, 1964. Mori, X: SEE Asano et al., 1978. Moriceau 1902. Peche de dugongs d'Ambanja. Revue Madagascar (Paris), 1902: 538-539. x Morison, Samuel Eliot 1942. Admiral of the Ocean Sea: a life of Christopher Columbus. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., xx + 680. Illus. Feb. 1942. -Also publ. simultaneously in a 2-vol. ed. that includes notes and other material (vol. 1: xlv + 448; vol. 2: vii + 445). Describes Columbus' sighting of "mermaids" off the coast of Haiti on his first voyage in 1493 (309-310); describes the use of remoras to catch manatees and turtles on the southern coast of Cuba in 1494 (457); states that "swarms of manatee are attracted to quench their thirst" at freshwater springs in the Gulf of Cochinos, Cuba, visited in 1494 (459); and mentions a manatee caught in 1502 at Azua, Dominican Republic, "which Ferdinand [Colum- bus] was clever enough to identify as a mammal, not a fish" (592). The description of a "sea monster" seen near Hispaniola in 1494 (478) may also refer to a manatee. In the 2-vol. ed. the identical statements are found on the following pages, respectively: 1: 397-398; 2: 131,134, 327, 158. The above information on Columbus's voyages is based on Columbus's own journal of the first voyage (which survives only in the form of an abstract and paraphrase by Bartolome' de Las Casas and which has appeared in various editions and translations) and on other documents, many of which Morison published in new translations in 1963 (q.v.). Morison, Samuel Eliot 1963. Journals and other documents on the life and voyages of Christopher Columbus. New York, Limited Editions Club, xv + 417. Illus. -Includes new transls. of, among other docu- ments: the Diario, the Las Casas abstract of Columbus's journal of the first voyage, 1492- 1493 (41-179); Syllacio's letter to the Duke of Milan describing the second voyage, 1493-1496 (229-245); and Ferdinand Columbus's account of the fourth voyage, 1502-1504 (321-370). Mana- tees, 84, 148, 243, 245, 325, 328. P. 84: "He [Columbus] ... says that they must have cows in it [Cuba] and other cattle, for he saw skulls which appeared to be those of cows." Las Casas suggested that these were manatees. P. 148: "The day before, when the Admiral went to the Rio del Oro [on the north coast of the Dominican Republic] he said that he saw three mermaids who rose very high from the sea, but they were not as beautiful as they are painted, although to some extent they have a human appearance in the face. He said that he had seen some in Guinea on the coast of Malagueta." This latter observation, made on the Grain Coast (Liberia) probably between 1482 and 1484 (Mori- son, 1942: 42), may well have been the earliest recorded European observation of an African or any other manatee. P. 243: "Huge fish as large as cattle are caught here [near Isabela, on the north coast of the Dominican Republic]; they are eaten avidly (after their legs have been removed) and have the taste of veal." A note on p. 245 presumes these to have been manatees. P. 325 (chap. 89 of Ferdinand Columbus's Historie): "The other fish was taken [near Azua, Dominican Republic] through another device; the Indians call it the manati, and there are none of that kind in Europe. It is as big as a calf, resembling one both in color and flavor, except that perhaps it is somewhat better and fatter. Therefore, those who declare that there are in the sea all sorts of creatures which live on land, say that these fishes are real calves, since inside they are nothing like a fish, and feed only on the grass they find along shore." Ferdinand accordingly deserves credit for realizing that the manatee is a mammal. Mornand, J.: SEE Ginsburg et al., 1979. Morris, John G.: SEE Silverberg & Morris, 1988; Steel & Morris, 1982. Morris, William J. 1983. A paleontologic reconnaissance of Baja Califor- nia, Mexico, 1974. Natl. Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 15: 157-174. Illus. Morrison-Scott, T.C.S.: SEE Ellerman & Morrison-Scott, 1951; Ellerman etal., 1953. Morrissey, Janice: SEE Channells & Morrissey, 1981; Marsh et al., 1979, 1982. x Morse, Douglass H. 1975. Ecological aspects of adaptive radiation in birds. Biol. Rev., 50: 167-214. -Suggests that manatees and turtles in tropical 238 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY waters are "at least a fortuitous ecological replace- ment" of herbivorous aquatic birds in temperate regions (173). Mortensen, Th. 1933a. On the "manatee" of St. Helena. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Forening (Copenhagen), 97: 1-9. 2 figs, x Mortensen, Th. 1933b. On the "solitaire" of the island of Rodriguez. Ardea, 22(1-2): 21-29. 4 figs. 2 pis. Jul. 1933. -Concludes (23-26) that Leguat's Voyages et avantures was based on actual experiences, though embellished with fictitious additions, including the account of sea cows at Rodriguez. Reproduces Leguat's illustration of a quadrupedal "Vache Marine" (fig. 3). x Mortensen, Th. 1934a. The "manatee" of St. Helena. Nature (London), 133: 417. Mar. 17, 1934. -Quotes Dampier's (1703-1705) observations to demonstrate that the "manatee" was actually a sea lion (Arctocephalus). x Mortensen, Th. 1934b. On Francois Leguat and his "Voyage et Avan- tures," with remarks on the dugong of Rodriguez and on Leguatia gigantea Schlegel. Ardea, 23(1-2): 67-77. 3 figs. Jun. 1934. -Concludes (71-72, 76) that Leguat's account is not fictitious and that its zoological data were based on actual observations, probably including observations of the dugong. Reproduces Leguat's illustration of a "Lamentin" (fig. 1). x Morton, B.S. 1974. Is it a dugong or a porpoise? Malayan Nature Jour., 27(3-4): 172. Jun. 1974. -Suggests that the animal seen in Johore Strait by Bland (1970) was Neophocaena, not Dugong. Mosbach, E.H.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Moses, S.T. 1942. The fisheries of the Gujarat coast. Jour. Gujarat Res. Soc, 4(2): 61-82. -Dugong, 75. Mosgovoy, A.A. 1950. [Ascaridata of animals.] Trudy Helmintol. Lab. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4: 263-269. -In Russian. Refers Typhlophorus hagenbecki to Plicatolabia. x Mossman, H.W 1987. Vertebrate fetal membranes. New Brunswick (New Jersey), Rutgers Univ. Press. -Gen. acc. of dugong and manatee fetal mem- branes, based on previous literature (267-270). Mossman, H.W; & Duke, K.L. 1973. Comparative morphology of the mammalian ovary. Madison, Univ. Wisconsin Press, 1-461. -Describes a mutilated ovary of T. inunguis (381). Mottl, M£ria von (= Gyorffy-Mottl, Maria) 1944. Egy uj trichechoid sirena-lelet Urom felso' eocen- j6bol. (Ein neuer, trichechoider Sirenenfund aus dem Obereozan von Urom in Budapest.) Foldt. Intizet, Evkon: 171-205. 1 tab. 21 figs. -Text in Hungarian (173-185) and German (186-203). According to L. Kordos (pers. comm.), this paper was typeset but, on account of the war, was never published, and exists in proofsheets only. Describes vertebrae, ribs, and a scapula from the Late Eocene of Hungary and compares them with other sirs.; the comparisons of the scapulae are particularly detailed. Con- cludes that the specimens from Urom are probably referable to Sirenavus. Mou Sue, Luis L.; Chen, David H.; Bonde, Robert K.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1990. Distribution and status of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Panama. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 6(3): 234-241. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jul. 1990. Mountford, Charles P. 1956. Records of the American-Australian scientific expedition to Arnhem Land. 1. Art, myth and symbolism. Melbourne, Melbourne Univ. Press, xxx + 513. 68 figs. 157 pis. 2 color pis. Mountford, Charles P. 1964. The art of Arnhem Land. In: R.M. Berndt (ed.), Australian Aboriginal art. Sydney, Ure Smith, 20-32. -Dugong, 25. Moustafa, Y Shawki 1974. Critical observations on the occurrence of Fayum fossil vertebrates. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 41-78. 11 figs. -Discusses Fayum stratigraphy and depositional environments, and the occurrence of partly articu- lated skeletons of Eotheroides libyca [sic] (49,50, 52, 60, 72). Moynihan, Ann C: SEE Medway, Dodds et al., 1982. Mozgovoy, A.A.: SEE Skrjabin et al., 1951. Mudaliyar, C: SEE Rasanayagam & Mudaliyar, 1926. Miiller, Arnold 1983. Fauna und Palokologie des marinen Mitteloli- gozans der Leipziger Tieflandsbucht (Bbhlener Schichten). Altenburger Natw. Forsch., 2: 1-152. Figs. Pis. -Engl. summ. NUMBER 80 239 Miiller, Gerhard Friedrich 1758. Nachrichten von Seereisen, und zur See gemach- ten Entdeckungen, die von Russland aus langst den Kusten des Eissmeeres und auf dem Ostlichen Weltmeere gegen Japon und Amerika geschen sind.... In: Midler's Sammlung Russicher Ge- schichte. St. Petersburg, Kayserl. Akad. Wiss. (9 vols., 1732-1764), Vol. 3 (Parts 1-3): 1-304. -Engl, transl.: Miiller (1761). French transl.: Amsterdam, 2 vols., 1766. Danish transl.: Copen- hagen, 1784. Account of Rhytina, based on Waxell's information, 251-259. Miiller, Gerhard Friedrich ("S. Muller") 1761. Voyages from Asia to America, for completing the discoveries of the north west coast of America. To which is prefixed, a summary of the voyages made by the Russians on the Frozen Sea, in search of a north east passage. Serving as an explanation of a map of the Russian discoveries, published by the Academy of Sciences at Petersburgh. Translated from the High Dutch ofS. [i.e., G.J Muller, of the Royal Academy of Petersburgh. ...By Thomas Jefferys... . London, T. Jefferys, viii + xliii + 76. Frontisp. 3 maps. -Edited transl. of Muller (1758). Sea-cow, 60-62. Muller, Otto 1898. Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen, welche die Respirationsorgane der Saugetiere durch die Anpassung an das Leben im Wasser erlitten haben. Jena. Zs. Natw., 32: 95-230. Pis. 3-6. x Muller, Philipp Ludwig Statius 1773. Des Ritters Carl von Linni ... vollstandiges Natursystem nach der zwolften lateinischen Aus- gabe und nach Anleitung des hollandischen Houttuynischen Werks mit einer ausfuhrlichen Erklarung.... Erster Theil. Von den sdugenden Thieren.... Nuremberg, Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe, [20] + 508 + [17]. Frontisp. 32 pis. -Allen 323. Gen. acc. of "Trichecus Manatus" (which here includes the dugong), based on earlier writers (174-176; pi. 29, after Clusius). Also lists vernacular names of manatees and dugongs in various languages, x Muller, Philipp Ludwig Statius 1776. Des Ritters Carl von Linni ... vollstdndigen Natursystems Supplements- und Register-Band iiber alle sechs Theile oder Classen des Thier- reichs. Mit einer ausfuhrlichen Erklarung.... Nuremberg, Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe, 1-384. 3 pis. -A sketchy account of the dugong based on previous writers, which bestows a Linnaean name (Trichecus [sic] Dugon) on the species for the first time (21-22). A somewhat overgenerous geo- graphic range is attributed to the animal, extend- ing from the Cape of Good Hope and the Philippine Islands to the Strait of Magellan and the South Pole! For the probable source of the Cape of Good Hope "record," see D. Beeckman (1812). x Mullerried, Federico K.G. 1932. Primer hallazgo de un sir£nido f6sil en la Republica Mexicana. An. Inst. Biol Univ. Nac. Mixico, 3(1): 71-73. 2 figs. -Reports sir. rib fragments from Chiapas, Mexico, said to be Oligocene in age although they were associated with Eocene fossils. x Muizon, Christian de 1984. Les vert6bres fossiles de la Formation Pisco (Ptiou). Deuxieme partie: Les odontocetes (Ceta- cea, Mammalia) du Pliocene inferieur de Sud- Sacaco. Inst. Franq. d'Etudes Andines, Mim., No. 50: 1-183. 98 figs. 17 pis. -Notes the presence of Metaxytherium calver- tense in Peru as evidence of a northwest Atlantic- southeast Pacific axis of faunal distribution, and discusses other evidence supporting Domning's postulated ecological barrier between the north- east and southeast Pacific (171). x Muizon, Christian de; & De Vries, T.J. 1985. Geology and paleontology of late Cenozoic ma- rine deposits in the Sacaco area (Peru). Geol. Rundschau, 74(3): 547-563. 1 tab. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 1985. -Mentions sirs, from the Sacaco and Montera Formations, and faunal similarities to eastern North America (560). x Muizon, Christian de; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1985. The first records of fossil sirenians in the southeastern Pacific Ocean. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), (4)7, Sect. C, no. 3: 189-213. 2 tabs. 14 figs. -French & Spanish summs. Reports skulls of Metaxytherium calvertense from the Early to Middle Miocene Montera Formation (190-206), and a rib of an undescribed dugongid from the Early Pliocene Pisco Formation (206-209), Peru. Compares these specimens with other sirs., and discusses (209-211) their biogeographic and phylogenetic implications. Mukhametov, L.M.: SEE ALSO Galantsev & Mukhame- tov, 1984; Sokolov & Mukhametov, 1982. 240 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Mukhametov, L.M.; & Galantsev, V.P. 1986. [Investigation of certain physiological features of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 377-384. -In Russian. Mukhametov, L.M.; Lyamin, O.I.; Chetyrbok, I.S.; Vas- silyev, A.A.; & Pezo Diaz, Roberto 1992. Sleep in an Amazonian manatee. Experientia (Basel), 48(4): 417-419. Muku, Tatsunori: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Mulholland, Rosemarie: SEE Packard & Mulholland, 1983. Mummery, John Howard 1924. The microscopic & general anatomy of the teeth, human and comparative. Ed. 2. London, H. Milford (Oxford Medical Pubis.), xvi + 618. Tabs. Figs. 41 pis. Mundkur, Taej: SEE Frazier & Mundkur, 1991. Muntz, W.R.A.: SEE Piggins et al., 1983. Murai, Takefumi: SEE Inuzuka & Murai, 1980. Murdoch, W.P., Jr.: SEE Montgomery et al., 1982. x Murie, Adolph 1935. Mammals from Guatemala and British Honduras. Misc. Pubis. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 26: 1-30. Jul. 15, 1935. -P. 30: { "Trichechus manatus Linnaeus / Mana- tee /On a key about one-half mile from Belize, I picked up a number of water-worn manatee bones. This key is said to have been formerly used for preparing manatees for market. The market master at Belize informed me that, although at one time they were often brought to market, of late only one or two are received during a year. A few manatees are said to occur in the Belize River."} x Murie, James 1872a. On the form and structure of the manatee (Manatus americanus). Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 8(3): 127-202. Pis. 17-26. Sep. 1872 (read Nov. 15, 1870). -Notice: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1870(3): 747-748, Apr. 1871. The outstanding nineteenth- century work on sirenian gross anatomy, still valuable for the detail of the illustrations as well as the anatomical descriptions. The colored plates are reproduced in black and white in Ronald et al. (1978). Describes in detail the external and internal anatomy of a female T. m. manatus from Puerto Rico and a male from Suriname (127-189). Discusses the relationships of sirs., concluding that they lie somewhere between cetaceans and proboscideans (189-191). Finally, describes the provenance of his two specimens and the efforts made to bring them alive to England, concluding with recommendations for care of captive animals to be followed in future attempts of this nature (191-193). Murie, James 1872b. On the skin &c. of the Rhytina, suggested by a recent paper of Dr. A. Brandt's. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)9(52): 306-313. PI. 19. Apr. 1872. -Discusses A. Brandt (1871a). Murie, James 1874. [Title?] Proc. Geol. Soc. London, Nov. 18, 1874. Murie, James 1879. Cause of death of the manatee at Westminster Aquarium. Field, 53(1373): 442. Apr. 19, 1879. -Repr. in Murie (1880: 23-24). x Murie, James 1880. Further observations on the manatee. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 11(2): 19-48. Pis. 5-9. Aug. 1880 (read Jun. 17, 1879). -Notice: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879(3): 552, Oct. 1879. A sequel to Murie (1872a), giving additional anatomical details based on the dissec- tion of another manatee, which had recently died in the Westminster Aquarium. Reviews recent literature on manatees (19-21); describes the captive history, behavior, and death of the female T. m. manatus brought to London from British Guiana (21-26), its external anatomy and meas- urements (27-32), including structure and move- ments of the lips; gives addenda on myology (32-35) and the nervous system (35-44), empha- sizing the cervical nerves and brain. The plates include drawings from life of the animal in different postures (pis. 5-7), details of muscles and nerves (pi. 8), and views of the brain and cranial arteries (pi. 9). The above-cited notice in Proc Zool. Soc. (for Jun. 17, 1879) is immediately followed by this related notice on p. 552: {"Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited and made remarks on a drawing of the Manatee by Mr. Wolf, taken from the specimen lately living in the Westminster Aquarium."} x Murie, Olaus Johan 1937. Notes on the mammals of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. In: O.W. Geist & F.G. Rainey (eds.), Archaeological excavations at Kukulik, St. Law- rence Island, Alaska. Univ. Alaska Misc. Publ, No. 2, Appendix 3: 335-346. 3 figs. -P. 345: {"Family TRICHECHIDAE, Manatees /Rhytina gigas, Steller's Sea cow. / Mr. [Otto NUMBER 80 241 William] Geist reports that the Eskimo "talk about a 'real walrus' obtained in olden days, without tusks." This would indicate the Steller's sea cow and is most interesting information. However, no bones have been obtained as yet. This Eskimo tradition may, of course, have come originally from some other locality, yet it deserves special attention in future work on the island."} Murie, Olaus Johan 1959. Fauna of the Aleutian Islands and Alaska Penin- sula. North American Fauna (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), No. 61: xiv + 364. -Steller's sea cow, 332-333. Murphy, C.J.: SEE West et al., 1991. Murphy, Mary Jane T. 1983. Manatee talk. Omni, 5: 45. Sep. 1983. Murray, Andrew 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London, Day & Son, Ltd., xvi + 420. 2 pis. 101 maps, x Murray, R.M. 1981. The importance of VFA in dugong nutrition. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 166-168. -Discusses the production of volatile fatty acids in the dugong's intestine, and calculates that they could provide some 25% of the dugong's digest- ible energy intake, x Murray, R.M.; Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V 1977. The role of the midgut caecum and large intestine in the digestion of sea grasses by the dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia). Compar. Biochem. Physiol, 56A: 7-10. 2 tabs. -Reports on the analysis of gut contents for plant species, apparent digestibilities, and volatile fatty acids; the blood was analyzed for phosphorus and urea. Digestion was found to occur principally in the hindgut. Mustafa, Muslimin: SEE Whitten et al., 1987. x Myers, H.M.; & Myers, P.V.N. 1871. Life and nature under the tropics. New York, D. Appleton & Co., xvi + 358. -Brief account of the Orinoco manatee, its uses by the natives (102), and their methods of hunting it (103). Myrick, Albert C, Jr.: SEE ALSO Domning & Myrick, 1980. Myrick, Albert C, Jr. 1984. Time significance of layering in some mammalian hard tissues and its application in population studies. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 171: 217-220. Myroniuk, P. 1988. A survey of mammals on Hinchinbrook Island, north Queensland. Austral. Zool, 25(1): 6-10. Illus. N x N. [Godefroy Loyer?] 1719. Voyages aux cotes de Guinie & en Amerique. Par Mr. N***. Amsterdam, aux depens d'Etienne Roger, 1-416. Frontisp. 38 pis. -An extremely rare work. The copy I examined (in the library of the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia, Manaus, Brazil) was accompanied by an excerpt from the catalog of an anonymous bookseller, who felt convinced after considerable research that the author was the Dominican priest Godefroy Loyer (bom 1660 or 1666, died 1715). Loyer wrote a Relation du Royaume d'Issyny, Cote-d'Or, Pais de Guinie, avec ce qui s'y passi ... dans I' etablissement que les Franqois y ont fait.... (Paris, 1714). I have not seen the latter, but the bookseller states that it is remarkably similar in content to the 1719 Amster- dam work, and he suggests that the latter was a version of Loyer's book adapted for a Protestant rather than Catholic audience, perhaps actually printed in France and sold in Amsterdam by Roger with his own title-page. Half the book is devoted to West Africa (Ghana, Gambia, Senegal, etc.) and the rest to the West Indies (Martinique, Cayenne, and St. Domingue). The following account of the (Afri- can?) manatee is on p. 70: {"II y a plusieurs autres sortes de Poissons le Requiem, le Lamantin, la Bicasse de Mer, la Bicune. "Je parlerai du Requiem dans la suite, pour le Lamantin c'est un monstre marin, qui a la tete fort semblable a celle d'une vache; ce poisson mon- strueux est fort bon a manger. II vient d'une grandeur & d'une grosseur prodigieuse, la femelle met ses petits dehors a la facon des vaches, & elles ont d'eux tetines avec lesquelles elles les allaitent; elles les portent entre deux petits bras qu'elles ont, comme vous le pouvez voir dans la Figure."} The plate facing p. 69 (labeled "Page 70") is redrawn and reversed from that in C de Rochefort (1667 and earlier eds.). N.N. 1655. America: or an exact description of the West Indies: more especially of those provinces which are under the dominion of the King of Spain. London, printed by Ric. Hodgkinsonne for Edw. Dod, 1-484. 1 map. -Allen 78. Account of the Manati or Oxe-fish, based mainly on Hernandez and Laet (154-155). Nabor, Peter; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1988. Manatee aerial survey program 1987 final report: studies of the West Indian manatee, Anna Maria to northern Charlotte Harbor and the Myakka River. Mote Mar. Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 127: v + 45 + 14. 13 tabs. 17 figs. + 14 figs, in appendix. Jul. 5, 1988. Nabor, Peter; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1989. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri- chechus manatus) from Anna Maria Florida to northern Charlotte Harbor including the Myakka River: recommended habitat protection and mana- tee management strategies. Mote Marine Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 134: iv + 94. 9 tabs. 28 figs. Jan. 31, 1989. Nachtigal, Gustav 1881. Sdhard und Suddn. Ergebnisse sechsjahriger Re is en in Afrika. Berlin, Weidmann (2 vols., 1879-1881), Vol. 2: xxiv + 790. -Sirs., 670. D Nagao, Takumi 1935a. On the teeth of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 42(505): 605-614. 2 pis. Oct. 20, 1935. -In Japanese. D Nagao, Takumi 1935b. Desmostylus mirabilis sp. nov. from Keton in Saghalin. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 42(507): 822-824. Dec. 20, 1935. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937a. A new species of Desmostylus from Japanese Saghalicn and its geological significance. Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(2): 46-49. 3 figs. Feb. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 58, Oct. 1937. Describes Desmostylus minor from the Lower Miocene of Sakhalin. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937b. Desmostylella, a new genus of Desmostylidae from Japan. 242 NUMBER 80 243 Proc Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(3): 82-85. 4 figs. Mar. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 58-59, Oct. 1937. Describes Desmostylella typica, n.gen.n.sp., from the Miocene of Honshu. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937c. A new occurrence of a small Desmostylus tooth in Hokkaido. Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(4): 110-113. 9 figs. Apr. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 59, Oct. 1937. Describes a specimen of uncertain age that he refers to Desmostylus minor. D Nagao, Takumi 1937d. Classification and geological distribution of the Desmostylidae. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(525): 533-534. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 59, Oct. 1937. D Nagao, Takumi 1941. On the skeleton of Desmostylus. Mem. Lect. Prof. Yabe, 1941: 43-52. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Nagao, Takumi; & Oishi, Saburo 1934. Newly discovered Desmostylus remains in the frontier district of south Sakhalin. Jour. Geogr. (Tokyo), 46(541): 103-111. 1 map. Mar. 1934. D Nagao, Takumi; & Oishi, Saburo 1935. Geographical distribution of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 42(497): 74-81. Feb. 20, 1935. -In Japanese. Nagelschmid, F. 1979. Seekuhe. Die lustigen Dickerchen. Tauchen, 2(11): 56-59. Illus. Nahke, P. 1986. Sirenen in Not. Tauchen, 9(9): 27-31. Illus. Naiff, R.D.: SEE Lainson et al., 1983. x Nair, R.V; & Lai Mohan, R.S. 1977. Studies on the vocalisation of the sea cow Dugong dugon in captivity. Indian Jour. Fish., 22(1/2): 277-278. 1 tab. Aug. 1977. -Sound recordings in air showed "chirp-squeaks" from 3 to 8 kHz in frequency. Nair, R.V; Lai Mohan, R.S.; & Rao, K. Satyanarayana 1975. The dugong Dugong dugon. ICAR Bull, Central Marine Fisheries Res. Inst. (Cochin, India), 26: 1-42 + 2 appendices. 1 tab. 7 figs. 1 pi. Feb. 1975. Nakamura, M.: SEE Itoigawa & Nakamura, 1978. Nakamura, Takeshi: SEE Abe et al., 1982; Takayasu & Nakamura, 1984. Nakashita, Shigeo: SEE Oishi et al., 1990. Naora, Nobuo 1944. [History of mammals in Japan. ] Nara, Yotoku-sha, 1-265. -In Japanese. National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A.: SEE Anonymous, 1973a, 1976g. National Science Research Council of Guyana: SEE Anonymous, 1973a, 1974c. Natterer, Johann: SEE Diesing, CM., 1839; Pelzeln, A. von, 1883. Naumov, N.P.: SEE Heptner & Naumov, 1967. Naumova, E.I. 1986. [Functional morphology of the digestive tract.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.): 312-330. Neal, F.C: SEE ALSO Irvine et al., 1980. Neal, F.C; Irvine, A. Blair; Bachman, K.C; & Jenkins, Robert L. 1979. Clinical data from free-ranging and captive West Indian manatees. [Abstr.] Proc. 10th Ann. Meeting Internatl. Assoc. Aquatic Animal Medicine, 32. x Neish,WD. 1896. The manatee, Manatus australis. Jour. Inst. Jamaica, 2(3): 287-288. "Jul., 1896" (issued Nov. 10, 1896). -Gen. acc. of West Indian manatees, with comments on some specimens recently captured, and measurements of one animal. States that the manatee is uncommon but not rare in Jamaica. Nelson, Edward William 1916. The larger North American mammals. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 30(5): 385-472. 73 figs. Nov. 1916. -Repr. in his Wild Animals of North America (Washington, Natl. Geogr. Soc, 1918). Florida manatee, 465, 467-468. Nelson, Michael S. 1992. Save the Manatee Club. Florida Naturalist, 65(2): 18. Summer 1992. -Summarizes the Club's activities over the previ- ous year. D Nemoto, H. 1963. A desmostylid excavation trip to Hatsuyukizawa, Keton, Saghalin. Warera-no-Kobutsu, 5(1): 10-18. Nemoto, Takabumi: SEE Shibata et al., 1981; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. 244 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Nery, Frederico Jos6 de Santa-Anna: SEE Santa-Anna Nery, Frederico Jose" de. Ness, PS. 1986. Introducing the West Indian manatee. Freshwater Mar. Aquar., 9(10): 50-51. Illus. Netto, Felippe Joaquim de Souza 1911. Relatorio da Recebedoria do Estado do Amazonas. In: A.C.R. Bittencourt, Mensagem lida perante o Congresso dos Representantes por occasido da abertura da primera sessdo ordinaria da setima legislatura em 10 de Julho de 1910. Manaus (Brazil), Secsao de Obras da Imprensa Official (387 pp.), Annexo no. 29: 1-16. Tabs. -Gives some statistics on the production of mixira (canned manatee meat) in the State of Amazonas during 1909 and 1910 (in annexos 1, 1ABC, 2, and 2C). Neumann 18??. [Title?]. Jour. Geogr. Soc. Irkutzk. -Publ. before 1883. Neumann, Dietrich 1936. Das Handskelett von Halitherium schinzi Kaup. Pal. Zs. (Berlin), 18(3/4): 257-291. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 31, 1936. Neumayer, E. 1983. Prehistoric Indian rock paintings. Bombay, Oxford Univ. Press, vii + 159. 17 pis. -Interprets rock paintings at Gandhi Sagar, Ra- jasthan, India as Mesolithic representations of dugongs (41, 146). Nevill, H. (ed.) 1885. Dugong. The Taprobanian (London, Trubner & Co.), 1(1): 2. x Neville, Melvin; Castro, Napoleon; Maf mol Burgos, An- dres E.; & Revilla, Juan 1976. Censusing primate populations in the reserved area of the Pacaya and Samiria Rivers, Depart- ment Loreto, Peru. Primates, 17(2): 151-181. Apr. 1976. -Notes that T. inunguis seemed to be abundant in the Santa Elena R., a tributary of the Samiria, and that one was drowned in a net (155). Newton, Edwin Tulley 1891. The Vertebrata of the Pliocene deposits of Britain. Gen. Mem. Geol. Surv. United Kingdom, 12: xi + 138. 10 pis. -Sirs., 48, pi. 5. Nichelson, W: SEE Herbert & Nichelson, 1780. Nichols, James D.: SEE Packard & Nichols, 1983. Nicholson, Henry Alleyne; & Lydekker, Richard 1889. A manual of palaeontology, for the use of students; with a general introduction on the principles of palaeontology. Ed. 3. Edinburgh & London, W. Blackwood & Sons (2 vols.), Vol. 2: xi + 889-1624. Figs. 813-1354. -Rev.: Rev. Quest. Sci., 28: 327-342, 1891? The first and second eds. were by Nicholson alone (1872, 1879). Sirs., 212. Nicorici, Eugen; & Popovici, Nicolae 1984. Sirenid endocranial cast from the Upper Eocene of Transylvania. Dari Seama Sedinfelor Inst. Geol. Geofiz. Rom., 68(3): 91-95. 2 pis. -In Romanian; Engl, and French summs. Nieda, Kurt von: SEE Wagner et al., 1983. Nieremberg, Juan Eusebio 1635. Historia naturae, maxime peregrinae, libris XVI, distincta. In quibus rarissima naturae arcana, etiam astronomica, & ignota Indiarum animalia, quadrupedes, aues, pisces, reptilia, insecta, zoo- phyta, plantae, metalla, lapides, & alia mineralia, fiuuiorumque & elementorum conditiones, etiam cum proprietatibus medicinalibus, describuntur; nouae & curiosissimae quaestiones disputatur, ac plura sacrae Scripturae loca erudite enodantur. Accedunt de miris & miraculosis naturis in Europd libri duo: item de iisdem in Terra Hebraeis promisd liber vnus. Antwerp, ex officina Plantiniana Balthasaris Mo- reti, [8]+ 502+[104]. Illus. -Sirs., lib. 11, cap. 9, p. 269. Nietschmann, Bernard 1971. Hunting and fishing focus among the Miskito Indians, eastern Nicaragua. Human Ecology, 1(1): 41-67. -States that manatees make up less than 3% of the meat poundage obtained by hunting. Nietschmann, Bernard 1973. Between land and water: the subsistence ecology of the Miskito Indians, eastern Nicaragua. New York & London, Seminar Press, xiv + 279. x Nietschmann, Bernard 1977. The wind caller. Nat. Hist. (New York), 86(3): 10-12, 14, 16. 1 fig. Mar. 1977. -Repr.: Reader's Digest, Canadian ed., Oct. 1977. Pop. acc. of the Torres Strait area, including traditional lore on the feeding behavior of du- gongs and their movements with respect to the tides (10-12, 14). x Nietschmann, Bernard 1984. Hunting and ecology of dugongs and green turtles, Torres Strait, Australia. Natl Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 17: 625-651. 5 tabs. 11 figs. -Relatively nondetailed account of a year-long NUMBER 80 245 research visit to Mabuiag Is., with catch statistics and measurements on dugongs and turtles caught (1976-1979), percentages of seagrass species found in dugong stomachs, lists of Islander terms for categories of dugongs and turtles, and other data on natural history and human ecology, x Nietschmann, Bernard; & Nietschmann, Judith 1981. Good dugong, bad dugong; bad turtle, good turtle. Nat. Hist. (New York), 90(5): 54-63. 11 figs. May 1981. -Gen. acc. of dugong and turtle ecology and hunting, and their role in Torres Strait society and economy. Nieuhof, Johan (= Jean Nieuhoff) 1665. L'ambassade de la Companie Orientale des Provinces Unies vers I'Empereur de la Chine, ou Grand Cam de Tartaric faite par les Srs. Pierre de Goyer, & Jacob de Key ser, illustrie d'une tres-exacte description des villes, bourgs, vil- lages, ports de mers, & autres lieuxplus consider- ables de la Chine: enrichie d'un grand nombre de tailles douces. Le tout recueilli par le Mr. Jean Nieuhoff, ...: mis enfrancois, orni, et assorti de mille belles particularitez tant morales que poli- tiques, par Jean le Carpentier, historiographe. Leiden, J. de Meurs (2 parts in 1 vol.), xii + 290 + 134. Illus. -Sirs., 2: 100. Nigrelli, R.F. 1940. Mortality statistics for specimens in the New York Aquarium, 1939. Zoologica, 25: 525-552. -Amphistome parasite in cecum of T manatus, 550. x Nimuendajii, Curt 1952. The Tukuna. [Ed. by R.H. Lowie; transl. by WD. Hohenthal.] Univ. California Publ. Amer. Archaeol. Ethnol, 45: x + 209. 13 figs. 18 pis. 1 map. Apr. 16, 1952. -P. 26: {"The peixe-boi, or manatee (Manatus inunguis; Tfukuna]., a'iruve), is rarely caught. The Tukuna do not kill the red dolphin (Delphinus sp.), notwithstanding their dislike for it because it scares away the fish."} This relates to the region of the Rio SolimSes or Amazon between Leticia and Tonantins, Brazil. Nishiwaki, Masaharu: SEE ALSO Kasuya & Nishiwaki, 1978. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1967. Distribution and migration of marine mammals in the North Pacific area. Bull. Ocean Res. Inst. Univ. Tokyo, No. 1: 1 -64. 22 figs. 8 pis. Dec. 1967. -Sirs., 7-8? Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1968. Dugong and manatee. Animals and Zoo, 20(2): 48-51. -In Japanese. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1972. General biology. In: S.H. Ridgway (ed.), Mam- mals of the sea: biology and medicine. Springfield (Illinois), Charles C Thomas (812 pp.), 3-204. -Sirs., 192-200. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1977. Ecology of the dugong and its management. Mar. Res. Indonesia, No. 19: 1-6. 1 tab. 1 fig. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1978. Recent distribution and status of Dugong. [Abstr.] Congressus Theriol. Internatl, 2: 94. Illus. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1984a. Current status of the African manatee. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 172: 135-136. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1984b. Significance of 55° S in the 'Indian Ocean Sanctuary of Whales' in relation to the distribu- tion of marine mammals. Mem. Natl Inst. Polar Res., Special Issue, No. 32: 122-129. Illus. x Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Kasuya, Toshio; Miyazaki, No- buyuki; Tobayama, Teruo; & Kataoka, Teruo 1979. Present distribution of the dugong in the world. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 133-141. 2 figs. Dec. 1979. -Abstr.: Nishiwaki et al. (1981). Summarizes dugong distribution based on interview surveys, and recognizes 5 more or less discrete areas of relatively continuous distribution: eastern Austra- lia, eastern Papua New Guinea, and Melanesia; western Australia, Moluccas, and Philippines; Sumatra, Malaysia, and Andamans; India and Sri Lanka; and East Africa and Madagascar. Suggests that dugong populations in the latter two regions are declining, and offers a population guesstimate of 30,000 animals worldwide. Cites records of rare dugong occurrences at Guam and Yap; discusses the roles of water temperature and ocean currents in dugong distribution; and notes the issuance of dugong postage stamps by the Ryukyus (in 1966) and Tanzania (in 1977). n Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Kasuya, Toshio; Tobayama, Teruo; Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; & Kataoka, Teruo 1981. Distribution of the dugong (Dugong dugon) in the world. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed- ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). 246 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 8-9. -Abstr. of Nishiwaki et al. (1979). Nishiwaki, Masaharu; & Marsh, Helene D. 1985. Dugong, Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776). In: S.H. Ridgway & R.J. Harrison (eds.), Handbook of marine mammals. Vol. 3. London, Academic Press, 1-31. 1 tab. 10 figs. x Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Yamaguchi, M.; Shokita, S.; Uchida, Senzo; & Kataoka, Teruo 1982. Recent survey on the distribution of the African manatee. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 34: 137-147. 2 figs. Dec. 1982. -An interview survey in 1980-1981 found evi- dence of T. senegalensis mainly in the Niger River and its tributaries; also in the Sanaga and Ivindo Rivers in Cameroon and Gabon, respectively; and in Gambia, Ivory Coast, and Ghana to some extent. They were found to be scarce or absent elsewhere, and not found at all in salt water. [More recent work by J.A. Powell, Jr., casts doubt on the accuracy of many statements in this report.] Points out the need for an international conservation strategy for the manatee. Noack, Th. 1887. Lebende Manati. Zool Garten (Frankfurt), 28(10): 293-302. Noack, Th. 1889. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Saugethierfauna von Siid- und Sudwestafrika. Zool. Jahrb., 4(1): 94-261. -Sirs., 105. Nohara, Tomohide: SEE Hasegawa & Nohara, 1982. x Nojima, Takao 1988. Developmental pattern of the bony falx and bony tentorium of spotted dolphins (Stenella attenuata) and the relationship between degree of develop- ment and age. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 4(4): 312-322. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Oct. 1988. -Mentions the presence of a bony falx cerebri of the "carnivore type" in Dugong and Trichechus; i.e., a bony falx that is an integral part of the skull bones and not an ossification seen only in old age (315,320). Nokariya: SEE Hasegawa & Nokariya, 1979. xD Nolan, T.B. 1964. Areal and stratigraphic range of desmostylians. In: Geological Survey research, 1964. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper, 501 A: A136-A137. -Summarizes the known ranges of desmostylians and their possible geologic and biogeographic implications. x Nopcsa, Franz von 1923. Vorlaufige Notiz iiber die Pachyostose und Os- teosklerose einiger mariner Wirbeltiere. Anat. Anz., 56(15/16): 353-359. Feb. 26, 1923. -Discusses pachyostosis and related physiologi- cal phenomena with reference to adaptation to air-breathing and submergence in sirs, and other marine vertebrates. Concludes that heavy bones serve as ballast, at least in earlier stages of aquatic adaptation, but that pachyostosis and osteosclero- sis are basically disturbances of function that might in some cases bring about extinction. Nopcsa, Franz von; & Heidsieck, E. 1934. Ueber eine pachyostotische Rippe aus der Kreide Riigens. Acta Zool, 15: 431-455. 13 figs. x Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1881a. The voyage of the Vega round Asia and Europe with a historical review of previous journeys along the north coast of the Old World. [Transl. by A. Leslie.] London, Macmillan & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxv + 524; Vol. 2: xvii + 646 [464?]. Figs. Maps. -This was the first Engl, ed.; original ed. in Swedish, 1880. American ed., New York, Macmillan: xxvi + 756, 1882. German eds., Leipzig, Berlin, Vienna, 1882; St. Petersburg, 1883. Extract: Korresp.-Bl. Deutsch. Ges. An- throp., 13: 20-21, 30-32, 39, 1 fig., 1882? Gen. acc. of Steller's sea cow and the history of its hunting (2: 272-276); reports of live sea cows at Bering Island ca. 1780 and 1854 (276-278); account of collecting sea cow bones (278, 280); mention of the natives' use of sea cow ribs for making sledge runners and carvings (280); and mention of the abundance of seaweed at Bering Is. (292). The figs, include illustrations of the Stockholm skeleton of Hydrodamalis (279), re- constructions of the animal by earlier authors (279, 280), and a frond of the alga Thalassio- phyllum clathrus (293). See also E.H. Yarnall (1879). Nordenskiold's claim in this work that the sea cow survived into the nineteenth century led to several years of dispute between himself (see also Nordenskiold, 1885b) and L. Stejneger (1884, 1886, 1887). The issue was eventually settled in Stejneger's favor by the paucity and weakness of evidence for sightings after 1768. Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1881b. Ein Besuch auf der Bering-Insel. Petermann's Geogr. Mitt., 27: 26-30. -?Review: D. Ausland, 1881: 86-89? NUMBER 80 247 n Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1885a. Bemotande af anmarkningar, som riktats mot min skildring af Vegas fard kring Asien och Europa. Ymer (Stockholm, Swedish Soc. Anthrop. Geogr.), 5: 246-267. -Engl, transl.: Nordenskiold (1885b). x Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1885b. Reply to criticisms upon "The voyage of the Vega around Asia and Europe." Jour. [Bull] Amer. Geogr. Soc, 17: 267-298. 2 maps. -Transl. of Nordenskiold (1885a) by VA. Elf- wing. Replies to Stejneger's (1884) criticisms of Nordenskiold's (1881a) reports of Steller's sea cow alive at Bering Island after 1768 (280-284). States that the bones he collected were distributed to the museums at Uppsala, Gothenburg, Lund, and principally Stockholm (284-285). Those deposited in Stockholm are said to have included a metacarpal, but this was actually the transverse process of a sacral vertebra (Domning, 1978b: 97-98, pi. 17). x Nordmann, Alexander von 1860. Palaeontologie Sudrusslands. TV. Elephas, Masto- don, Dinotherium, Phoca, Manatus, Cetotherium, Balaena, Balenoptera und Delphinus. Helsinki, H.C Friis, 271-360. Pis. 18-28. -Revs.: Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 33(3): 377-487?; J.J. Noggerath, Westermanns Monatsh., 6: 48-50, 1859? Describes scapulae, ribs, and vertebrae of "Manatus maeoticus" from Bessarabia (328- 333, pi. 25). x Nordmann, Alexander von 1861. Zur Palaontologie Sudrusslands. Notiz ueber eine Sendung fossiler Knochen aus den Steinbruechen um Kischinew in Bessarabien. Bull. Soc Nat. Moscou, 34(1): 577-586. Pis. 11-12. -Discusses scapulae, vertebrae, ribs, and sterna of "Manatus maeoticus " (581-582), and illustrates a scapula (pi. 11). The remains are Late Miocene (Sarmatian) in age. Nordmann, Alexander von 1862a. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Knochen-baues der Rhytina Stelleri. Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicae, 1: 1-33. Pis. 1-5. -?Rev.: Arch. Naturgesch., 28: 153? Describes in detail the skeleton of an immature Steller's sea cow in the Helsinki museum. This skeleton was collected by a Finnish expedition on Bering Island and appears to be genuinely associated, unlike all the other Hydrodamalis skeletons in museums, which are composite. See also P.J. Van Beneden (1862a). Nordmann, Alexander von 1862b. Rhytina stelleri und deren vollstandiges Skelet. Sitzb. Ges. Naturf Freunde Berlin, Jul. 1862: 1. Norkin, M. (ed.) 1980. Permanent protection areas proposed for manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(8): 15. Noronha, Jose" Monteiro de 1856. Roteiro da cidade do Par3 ate" as ultimas colonias dos dominios Portugueses em os rios Amazonas e Negro. Collecqdo de noticias para a historia e geografia das naqoes ultramarinas que vivem nos dominios Portuguezes (Lisbon, Acad. Real das Sciencias), 6: 1-85. -Written in 1768 and originally published anony- mously. Mentions manatees of the Rio Nhamundi region, Brazil, which furnish unusual amounts of oil (28). x Norris, CE. 1960. The dugong. The distribution of the dugong in Ceylon. Loris, 8(5): 296-300. 3 tabs. Jun. 1960. -Tabulates and analyzes records of dugongs captured in Ceylon in 1957-1959. Concludes that the breeding rate is insufficient to offset mortality. x Norris, H.T. 1972. Saharan myth and saga. Oxford, Clarendon Press, xv + 240. Frontisp. Figs. 5 pis. Maps. -Suggests that the "fishes in human form" mentioned in the tale of the City of Brass and the Cupola of Lead in the 1001 Nights may have been Mauretanian manatees (1-4). x Norris, Kenneth S. 1964. Some problems of echolocation in cetaceans. In: W.N. Tavolga (ed.), Marine bio-acoustics. Pro- ceedings of a symposium held at the Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, Bahamas, April 11 to 13,1963. Oxford, Pergamon Press (xii + 413), 317-336. 5 figs. -Suggests that the mandibular canal of manatees may function as a wave guide for echolocation signal echoes (334). Northridge, S.P. 1984. World review of interactions between marine mammals and fisheries. U.N. Food & Agric. Organization Fisheries Tech. Paper, 25\: vii + 190. Illus. Norwood, Victor George Charles 1964. Jungle life in Guiana. London, Robert Hale, 1-191. Illus. 248 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Notarbartolo di Sciara, Guiseppe 198?. [The elephant who chose to live underwater.] Air one (Milan), [vol.?]: 91-107. Illus. -In Italian. Pop. acc. of sirs, and sir. evolution. Novacek, Michael J.: SEE ALSO Wyss et al., 1987. x Novacek, Michael J. 1982. Information for molecular studies from anatomical and fossil evidence on higher eutherian phylo- geny. In: M. Goodman (ed.), Macromolecular sequences in systematic and evolutionary biology. New York & London, Plenum Publ. Co., 3-41. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Considers sirs, to be most closely related to proboscideans and (possibly) less close to hyra- coids(13, 25-28, 35). Novacek, Michael J. 1986. The skull of leptictid insectivorans and the higher-level classification of eutherian mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 183(1): 1-111. 4 tabs. 35 figs. Apr. 29, 1986. Novacek, Michael J. 1989. Higher mammal phylogeny: the morphological- molecular synthesis. In: B. Fernholm, K. Brenner, & H. Jornvall (eds.), The hierarchy of life. Elsevier Science Publishers B.V (Biomedical Division), 421-435. 4 figs. Novacek, Michael J. 1990. Morphology, paleontology, and the higher clades of mammals. In: H.H. Genoways (ed.), Current mammalogy. Vol. 2. New York, Plenum Publ. Corp., 507-543. 2 tabs. 2 figs. xD Novacek, Michael J. 1992. Fossils, topologies, missing data, and the higher level phylogeny of eutherian mammals. Syst. Biol, 41(1): 58-73. 2 tabs. 12 figs. Mar. 1992. -Concludes that the Tethytheria (Sirenia, Probos- cidea, and Desmostylia) are cladistically a well- supported and stable grouping, and that the Paenungulata (Tethytheria + Hyracoidea) are supported when fossil data are included but are considerably less stable than the Tethytheria. D Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andr6 R. 1986a. Higher-level relationships of the Recent eutherian orders: morphological evidence. Cladistics, 2(3): 257-287. 1 tab. 12 figs. Summer 1986. Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andre R. 1986b. Origin and transformation of the mammalian stapes. Univ. Wyoming Contr. Geol, Special Paper, 3: 35-53. 10 figs. Oct. 1986. D Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andre" R. 1987. Selected features of the desmostylian skeleton and their phylogenetic implications. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2870: 1-8. 3 figs. Apr. 6, 1987. Novacek, Michael J.; Wyss, Andre" R.; & McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1988. The major groups of eutherian mammals. In: M.J. Benton (ed.), The phylogeny and classification of the tetrapods, Volume 2: Mammals. Systematics Assoc. Special Vol., No. 35B: 31-71. 4 tabs. 5 figs. Novoselova, I.L.: SEE Umnova & Novoselova, 1986. Noyes, Ernest (ed. and translator) 1932. Fray Alonso Ponce in Yucatan, 1588. Middle Amer. Res. Inst. Publ, 4: 297-372. Numata Fossil Research Group: SEE Furusawa et al., 1990. o O'Donnell, Dennis Joseph 1982. Manatees and man in Central America. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl, (B)42(8): 3175. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1973. Haven for the manatee: Blue Springs. Florida Sportsman, 5(1): 10-14. 4 figs. Nov. 1973. x O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1977. Jacks or better for openers: let's take a dive at Crystal River. Florida Sportsman, 8(3): 64-65, 67-71. 5 figs. Feb.-Mar. 1977. -Brief pop. acc. of manatees at Crystal River, Florida (65, 67). O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1982a. The manatee in peril. Florida Naturalist, 55(1): 7, 11. Cover photo + 2 figs. Jan.-Mar. 1982. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1982b. Care and feeding of underwater orphans. Florida Naturalist, 55(1): 10-11. 2 figs. Jan.- Mar. 1982. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1987. Mandate without muscle. Scubapro Diving & Snorkeling, Winter 1987: 72-75. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of manatee conservation problems in Florida, emphasizing the need for more state and federal money and the importance of habitat protection, x O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1993. Manatees: our vanishing mermaids. Lakeland (Florida), Larsen's Outdoor Publishing, 1-127. 93 figs. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees, illustrated with numerous black-and-white photos. Includes a detailed description of captive facilities and other places to see manatees in Florida. O'Malley, L.S.S. 1908. Eastern Bengal District gazetteers: Chittagong. Calcutta, The Bengal Secretariat Book Depot, 1-13. -Reports of dugongs in Bangladesh in the nineteenth century. O'Shea, Thomas J.: SEE ALSO Beeler & O'Shea, 1988; Bonde et al., 1983; Buergelt et al., 1984, 1990; Bullock et al., 1982; Correa-Viana et al., 1990; Lefebvre et al., 1989; Marmontel et al., 1990; Marsh et al., 1986; McClenaghan & O'Shea, 1988; Mou Sue et al., 1990; Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Ralph et al., 1985; Reep & O'Shea, 1990; Reid & O'Shea, 1989. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1983. A review of three aquatic herbicides in relation to their potential hazards to the endangered West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 159-173. Dec. 1983. -Discusses the three herbicides used most heavily at Crystal River, Florida (Aqua-k [endothall], Diquat, and Komeen [copper salts]), with regard to the residue concentrations reached in aquatic plants, the likely duration of exposure of manatees to contaminated plants, the concentrations pro- ducing toxic effects in mammals, and the potential for residues to be detected in manatee tissues. Concludes that only copper salts might be potentially hazardous to manatees. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1986. Mast foraging by West Indian manatees (Tri- chechus manatus). Jour. Mamm., 67(1): 183-185. Feb. 25, 1986. -Describes manatees' feeding on acorns of Quer- cus virginiana at Blue Spring, Florida. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988a. The past, present, and future of manatees in the southeastern United States: realities, misunder- standings, and enigmas. In: R.R. Odom, K.A. Riddleberger, & J.C. Ozier (eds.), Proc. Third Southeastern Nongame & Endangered Wildlife Symposium. Social Circle (Georgia), Georgia Dept. Nat. Resources, Game & Fish Div. (253 pp.), 184- 204. 6 tabs. 4 figs. -Reviews historical records and recent data on manatee distribution, abundance, and mortality in the U.S., outlines future conservation needs, and presents biological, legal, and humanistic justifi- cations for protecting manatees. Concludes there is no evidence that the manatee population is reduced in range or numbers compared with the 249 250 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY past, or that it approached extinction at the turn of the century. Manatees may have become more numerous since the 1950s, but this trend is probably over, and a future decline is increasingly likely if strenuous efforts are not made to reduce or alleviate the effects of human population growth. O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988b. Manatee research efforts under way on Florida's east coast. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 13(2): 3-4. 3 figs. O'Shea, Thomas J.; Ackerman, Bruce B.; & Percival, H. Franklin (eds.) 1992. Interim report of the Technical Workshop on Manatee Population Biology. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re- search Unit), No. 10: ii + 83. 1 tab. Apr. 21, 1992. -Described in its Introduction as "an interim document designed to provide preliminary infor- mation to parties interested in the overall structure and outcome" of a workshop held at the Univer- sity of Florida on Feb. 4-6, 1992. Includes 15 abstracts by various participants, as well as "Topics for consideration by the working groups," reports of the latter, conclusions, and lists of the participants. "A peer-reviewed and professionally edited volume containing the full text of the presented scientific papers will be forthcoming...." x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; Kochman, Howard I.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1985. An analysis of manatee mortality patterns in Florida, 1976-81. Jour. Wildl. Manage, 49(1): 1-11. 5 tabs. 1 fig. -Summarizes and statistically analyzes the causes of death of 406 manatees, with regard to season, location, size, and other variables. Winter mortal- ity is considered to be largely attributable to hypothermia and cachexia in newly independent and inexperienced subadults who fail to find warm-water refugia. Sources of human-related mortality and possible means of mitigating them are discussed, and the importance of habitat protection to long-term manatee survival is stressed, x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Correa-Viana, Martin; Ludlow, Mark E.; & Robinson, John G. 1988. Distribution, status, and traditional significance of the West Indian manatee Trichechus manatus in Venezuela. Biol Conserv., 46: 281-301. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Abridged Spanish transl.: Correa-Viana et al. (1990). Presents results of interview and aerial surveys, and describes hunting methods, use of manatee products, and traditional beliefs. Some manatees were found in Lake Maracaibo, but they are most abundant in eastern Venezuela and the Orinoco. Hunting seems to be declining. The Caribbean coast of Venezuela may be a barrier to manatee gene flow. Evidence for seasonal move- ments is weak, and Orinoco manatees may undergo dry-season fasting. Ends with recommen- dations for improved conservation measures. O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1990. Florida manatees: distribution, geographically ref- erenced data sets, and ecological and behavioral aspects of habitat use. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 11-22. 1 tab. Dec. 1990. O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Ludlow, Mark E. 1992. Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris. In: S.R. Humphrey (ed.), Rare and endangered biota of Florida. Volume I. Mammals. Gainesville, University Press of Florida (xxviii + 392), 190-200. 2 figs. x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Moore, John F.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1984. Contaminant concentrations in manatees (Tri- chechus manatus) in Florida. Jour. Wildl Manage., 48(3): 741-748. 1 tab. 1 fig- —An earlier version of this paper was publ. in J.M. Packard (1983c: 133-158. 2 tabs. 2 figs.). Analyses of tissue samples from salvaged car- casses showed no excessive contamination by metals or organochlorines, except that unpre- cedentedly high copper concentrations were found in livers of manatees from Crystal River, where copper is heavily used in herbicides. These copper levels exceeded those reported for any other wild mammals and were comparable to levels associ-